Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

Learning Events at BCAS

1. 8th Long Duration Course on Goods and Services Tax held on 18th August 2025 to 17th November 2025 @ Virtual

The 8th Long Duration Course on GST- 2025, organised by the BCAS, was successfully conducted in a fully Virtual (Online mode) from 18th August, 2025 to 17th November, 2025. The programme was scheduled every Monday and was thoughtfully covered theoretical as well as practical aspects of GST, enabling the participants to gain a comprehensive understanding of the subject.

The course covered 24 pre-recorded training videos, each ranging from 90-120 minutes, along with 9 live interactive sessions. Each session was delivered by the proficient faculty having immense expertise in the field of indirect taxation. The course started with the levy under CGST & SGST, scope of supply & related definitions and covered various concepts such as ISD vs. Cross charge, E-way bills, Registration, Valuation Principles, refunds under GST, POS Services – Domestic & International, Appellate procedure, returns, Annual returns & reconciliation, etc.

The pre-recorded videos provided participants with the opportunity to learn at their own pace, grasp technical concepts in depth, and come prepared with queries for the live sessions. This significantly enhanced engagement during the sessions, allowing participants to highlight practical issues and discuss them with nearly 24 distinguished GST experts, who enriched the learning through their insights.

During the live sessions, the moderators effectively coordinated the flow of discussions, addressed questions raised by participants, and facilitated meaningful deliberations on the assigned topics. This interactive format encouraged collaborative learning and ensured that participants gained clarity on complex provisions of GST law.

The course received an overwhelming response, with 178 participants enrolling from various cities across the country. The consistently positive feedback shared by attendees at the conclusion of the programme serves as a strong motivation for us to continue designing and delivering more such knowledge-enhancing courses in the future.

BCAS Academy link: – https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/8th-long-duration-course-on-goods-and-services-tax/

QR code:

8th Long Duration Course on Goods and Services Tax

2. The Family Offices Masterclass 2025 held on 15th November, 2025@ BCAS – Hybrid.

Family Office.

The Family Offices Masterclass 2025 explored the evolving structures, governance models, and regulatory considerations relevant to family offices in India and overseas. The masterclass witnessed strong participation with around 75 attendees present physically and over 235 participants joining virtually. The keynote address by CA (Dr.) Anup Shah emphasized the importance of long-term planning and cross-border readiness for wealth-owning families. CA Toral Shah explained foundational structuring options, including trusts, LLPs, companies, and governance elements for both single and multi-family offices. Adv. Poorvi Chothani discussed key global jurisdictions—UAE, Singapore, UK, US, and Portugal—highlighting regulatory nuances and practical considerations.

In the session on succession and estate planning, CA Falguni Shah covered wills, settlements, conflict management and case law insights relevant to business families. An interactive segment with Dr Srinath Sridharan provided perspectives on founder-successor dynamics and behavioural aspects illustrated through real-life experiences. Adv. Bijal Ajinkya addressed drafting and governance pitfalls with a focus on trust deeds, shareholder agreements, and fiduciary responsibilities.

Further, CA Mehul Bheda delivered an overview of domestic tax and regulatory issues relating to GAAR, POEM, AIFs and compliance challenges. The concluding session by CA Rutvik Sanghvi focused on cross-border tax and regulatory matters, including FEMA, DTAA application, NRI heirs, foreign trusts and global inheritance tax trends. The full-day masterclass concluded with an informal networking interaction.

3. Kung Fu Panda: Lessons on Life & Leadership held on Saturday, 8th November 2025 @ BCAS

Kung Fu Panda

The HRD Committee organised a unique and engaging session that brought together both CA members and CA students, creating a shared learning platform rooted in storytelling, reflection, and community interaction.

 

The event began with a movie screening of Kung Fu Panda, setting the stage for an open and thought-provoking discussion. Post the screening, participants reflected on powerful themes from Po’s journey—from overcoming self-doubt to discovering purpose—and how these ideas inspire us to embrace challenges as catalysts for growth.

The discussion encouraged attendees to interpret scenes through their own lens, drawing parallels to real-life challenges and personal evolution. Many participants shared their experiences and insights, making the discussion diverse and deeply relatable.

The session highlighted the power of self-belief, mentorship, resilience, and authenticity, seamlessly blending entertainment with impactful learning. It reaffirmed that some of the most meaningful lessons can emerge from the most unexpected narratives.

4. Full Day Workshop on Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT) held on Saturday 01st November 2025 @ Hybrid.

Full Day Workshop on GST.

1. 125 participants from across 20 cities in India had registered for the workshop, with 37 participants enrolling for the physical event and the remaining participants enrolling virtually.

2. The first session covered the “Overview of the GSTAT framework”, including –

(a) Constitution of the GSTAT; Principal Bench; State Benches; Single and Division Benches.

(b) Distinguishing features between GSTAT, CESTAT and VAT / Sales Tax Tribunal.

3. The second session covered the “Significant and substantive aspects of GSTAT”, including appealable orders, timelines for filing appeals, the substantial changes proposed in the GSTAT Rules and their proposed functionality compared to the existing procedures in CESTAT, the inconsistencies between the provisions contained in the Act & Rules, etc..

4. The third session was on the technical subject of “Art of Drafting Pleadings”, where the speaker explained in detail the various fields in the appeal Form APL-05 and what information must be submitted therein, how the statement of facts and grounds of appeal must be drafted, care to be taken while preparing the appeal file, etc.

5. The fourth session covered the “Art of Advocacy” where the speaker explained the practical aspects of appearing before the Tribunal/ Courts, emphasizing how to conduct in court, realizing when to speak and when not to speak, the dual responsibility of the professionals, maintaining the decorum of the Court, operating ethically, etc..

The full-day workshop was completely interactive, with the faculty answering the queries raised by the participants.

BCAS Academy Link: https://academy.bcasonline.org/courses/workshop-on-goods-and-services-tax-appellate-tribunal-gstat-law-procedure-and-practice/

QR code:

Full Day Workshop on Goods and Services Tax Appellate Tribunal (GSTAT)

5. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle on “GST Annual Return Critical Amendments and Compliance Insight” held on Tuesday, 28th October 2025 @ Virtual

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society had organized the following Study Circle Meeting under Indirect Taxes on 28th October 2025:

Group Leader: CA. Aman Haria, Mumbai

Mentor: CA. Rajat Talati, Mumbai

The group leader first presented the various changes made to the GST Annual Return relating to F.Y. 2024-25, followed by seven case studies covering the various aspects of reporting in the Annual Return and its implications.

The presentation covered the following aspects of the GST Annual Return for a detailed discussion:

  •  Changes made to GST Annual Return (GSTR-9) vide CGST (Third Amendment) Rules, 2025 w.e.f. 17.09.2025, including the FAQs released by GSTN.
  •  Implication on reporting in case of errors relating to the nature of supply (inter-State vs. intra-State), category of recipient (B2B vs. B2C), and non-disclosure of RCM liability made in the monthly GST returns
  •  Nuances and issues in reporting ITC in cases where taxpayers have reported ITC in their monthly returns by following Circular No. 170/02/2022-GST, dated 06.07.2022, vs. taxpayers who have not followed the said circular.
  •  Effect of amendment to invoices by suppliers on the values reported in Table 8 of GSTR-9.
  •  Effect of reporting ‘additional ITC reversal’ in Annual Return, which is found during finalisation of accounts.
  •  Implications of mandatory details required to be reported in GSTR-9 of F.Y. 2024-25, which may not be readily available to the taxpayer.
  •  Difference between reporting details of Table 8C and Table 13 of GSTR-9.
  •  Challenges in reporting details in Table 12 of GSTR-9C owing to changes made in GSTR-9.

Around 112 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor.

6. Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Study Circle – Critical Issues Related to FCRA Laws for NPO held on Friday, 24th October 2025 @ Virtual.

On 24th October 2025, a virtual Study Circle meeting on “Critical Issues related to FCRA Laws for NPOs” was conducted with CA Khubi Shah Sanghvi as the speaker. She commenced the session by explaining the inception, scope and key definitions under the Foreign Contribution (Regulation) Act (FCRA), particularly the meaning of “foreign contribution” and “foreign source”. The discussion then moved to important periodic and event-based FCRA compliance and the relevant prescribed forms. The learned speaker provided valuable insights into critical aspects of registration, renewal, suspension, cancellation and surrender of FCRA registration, along with major reasons for rejection of applications. An in-depth analysis of the amendments made in 2020, 2024 and 2025 was shared, followed by a useful overview of the FATF Charter for Associations and expectations under the Charter for Chartered Accountants. Recent circulars, public notices and notifications were also highlighted, with the speaker addressing several practical compliance issues faced by NPOs. The session was highly informative and well-received by all attendees, with a total of 38 participants benefiting from the knowledge-sharing.

7. ITF Study Circle Meeting on “Nuances in Residential Status for Individuals – Income Tax Perspective” held on 14th October, 2025@ Virtual.

Chairman of the session – CA Mayur Nayak and Group Leaders: CA Nithin Surana and CA K Prasanna

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organized a meeting (virtual mode) on 14 October 2025 to discuss the nuances in the Residential Status of Individuals from an Income Tax Perspective.

  •  The session opened with introductory remarks from the chairman on his initial views on the determination of residential status.
  •  As a precursor to the decision of DCIT vs. M Mahadevan [2025] 175 taxmann.com 383 (Chennai ITAT), the group leaders began with a quick look at the core principles for determining residential status as per Section 6 of the Income-tax Act 2025 (ITA 2025).
  •  The group leaders discussed the facts of the case, the contentions of the taxpayers and the tax authorities and the ruling by the Chennai ITAT in the case of. Mahadevan (supra).
  •  Further, the nuances about the concept of deemed residency & ‘liable to tax’ as per section 6(7) of ITA 2025 read with Article 4 of the OECD MTC.
  •  Deliberation was done on various connecting factors relevant to determining residential status as per OECD MTC.
  •  The chairman highlighted key points during crucial moments of the discussion and subsequently opened the floor for deliberation on the topic of ‘Split Residency’.
  •  Several participants shared their perspectives on the various implications of the ruling, and a range of divergent views emerged on multiple issues. The session was attended by a number of senior members of the fraternity. The discussion was lively and enriching for the participants.

The session closed with the concluding remarks made by the chairman.

8. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle – Issues in Exports and Refunds Under GST held on Tuesday, 07th October 2025 @ Virtual

Group Leader: CA. Deepak Kothari
Mentor: CA. Jignesh Kansara

The group leader first presented the Law pertaining to Exports and Refunds under GST, followed by seven case studies covering the various aspects of Issues in Exports and Refunds under GST.

The presentation covered the following aspects of Refunds and Exports for a detailed discussion:

  •  Implications for delayed receipt of Foreign Exchange and its implications under GST under Rule 96 of the CGST Act 2017.
  •  Implication of the Commercial Invoice amount being higher than the value declared in the Shipping Bill owing to freight charges and its implication on the refund under GST.
  •  Interpretation of Intermediary and its implications under claiming refunds under GST, and discussion about erroneous refund and powers of the department in relation to the same.

Around 92 participants from all over India benefited while taking an active part in the discussion. Participants appreciated the efforts of the group leader and the mentor. Due to paucity of time, only three case studies were completed; hence, BCAS is planning a Second Session for the same.

9. Professional Accountant Course held on Saturday, 19th July 2025 to Sunday 5th October 2025 @ Guru Nanak College

Professional Accountant Course

The Professional Accountant Course, jointly conducted by the Human Resource Development Committee, DBM India, and Guru Nanak College, concluded with its certification ceremony on 10th October 2025.

The programme was spread across 20 sessions over the weekends, held at Guru Nanak College, aimed to bridge the gap between academic learning and professional application for undergraduate students aspiring to build careers in finance, taxation and accounting. The course sought to provide classroom learning with industry practices, building the competence required for emerging professionals. The sessions covered an overview of diverse topics across various domains, including Direct Tax, Auditing, GST, Corporate and Allied Laws, Accounting & MIS and Technology Applications for Accounting and Management Reporting, thoughtfully curated to provide a holistic understanding of accounting and finance.

Each session was designed to promote conceptual clarity through practical examples and interactive learning. The knowledge was delivered through engaging sessions conducted by eminent professionals. BCAS served as the Knowledge Partner, with members from various Committees across BCAS and other professionals volunteering their time and expertise to deliver high-quality sessions and mentor the participants. The programme received an enthusiastic response with 59 students from the college participating in these sessions.

A key highlight of the initiative is the Internship Assistance Programme, supported by BCAS, under which eligible students are being connected with CA firms and industry networks for internship placements. This initiative provides participants with an opportunity to experience hands-on learning and apply classroom concepts in real-world scenarios.

The Professional Accountant Course marks another milestone in BCAS’s ongoing efforts to strengthen student connect and build a bridge between academia and the profession, empowering students through learning, mentorship, and collaboration to become future-ready professionals.

10. Panel Discussion Webinar on implications of OBBBA on Indian NRIs and Indian companies investing in the USA held on Monday, 11th August 2025 @ Virtual

OBBBA 1

Moderator: CA Paresh Shah

Panellists: CPA Vinay Navani & CA Prathamesh Hegishte

The panel gave their insights on the recently enacted One Big Beautiful Bill Act, 2025, in the US. The discussion focused on the implications of the new law on the Indian entities wishing to invest in the US and US residents wishing to invest in India. Queries raised to the panellists were practical and relevant for people having business relationships with the USA. The panel also responded to other US tax-related queries of the participants.

More than 200 participants attended the panel discussion.

All the participants well received the program.

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D78cb9xGd2o&t

QR code:

OBBBA

II. REPRESENTATIONS

The Bombay Chartered Accountants Society (BCAS) submitted feedback on the Draft ECB Regulations to the RBI on 24th October, 2025. Key points:

  •  Eligible Borrower: Clarification sought on FDI-linked restrictions and statutory registration requirements.
  •  Lender Due Diligence: Recommended standardised procedures for non-compliant jurisdictions.
  •  Operational Clarity: Guidance requested on borrowing limits, pricing norms, and ALP applicability.
  •  Existing ECBs: Proposed enabling provisions for revised interest rates or reduced MAMP.
  •  Reporting & Monitoring: Clarification sought on ECB utilisation and parking procedures.

This submission underscores BCAS’s commitment to practical and member-friendly regulatory reforms.

QR Code:

REPRESENTATIONS

Readers can read the full representation by scanning the QR code or visiting our website www.bcasonline.org

III. BCAS INITIATIVES

1. “Are You Aware?” PODCAST Series.

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society continues its commitment to spreading knowledge and strengthening public understanding of complex international taxation matters. Through the “Are You Aware?” podcast series, the BCAS International Taxation Committee has been creating accessible, high-quality content on important cross-border tax and regulatory issues.

The latest podcast on the topic of Consequences of Non-Disclosure of Foreign Assets by CA Rutvik Sanghvi, CA Kartik Badiani, and CA Mahesh Nayak was released in the month of Oct 2025.

This episode dives deep into the legal, compliance, and procedural aspects of foreign asset disclosure, highlighting the implications of non-reporting under Indian tax law.

The other episodes in the series cover a wide spectrum of relevant topics, including:

  •  Global Taxation – Five decades of change & the road ahead by CA Hitesh Gajaria, in conversation with CA Pinakin Desai.
  •  Are You Aware? How to claim Foreign Tax Credit in India? by CA Divya Jokhakar, in conversation with CA Nilesh Kapadia.
  •  Are You Aware? Of Exposure to Foreign Companies under Indian Income-tax Act? by CA Divya Jokhakar, in conversation with CA Sushil Lakhani.
  •  FERA to FEMA & Beyond: Evolution of India’s Forex Laws – A conversation with CA Shri Dilip J Thakkar and CA Rutvik Sanghvi.

These initiatives reflect BCAS’s broader mission to contribute to society by promoting informed decision-making, voluntary compliance, and continuous professional development. The Society remains dedicated to offering resources that bring clarity to complex laws and empower stakeholders at all levels. To explore all episodes under the “Are You Aware?” podcast series, kindly scan the QR code below.

PODCAST

2. BCAS Library Now Open for Book Lending!

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society is pleased to reopen its Library Lending Service, welcoming members and students to rediscover the joy of reading. With a thoughtfully curated collection—from technical resources to enriching general reads—the library offers a space to learn, reflect, and grow.

Library Access at a Glance:

  •  Who Can Borrow? BCAS members and students
  •  Deposit: A one-time refundable ₹500
  •  Borrowing Allowance: One book per month
  •  Easy Returns: Drop-off at the BCAS office

We encourage members and students to explore the book list, understand the borrowing guidelines, and enrol to enjoy the benefits of this valuable resource.

Explore the Book List: https://lin-k.ai/BCAS-Library-List-2025x

QR code:

BOOK list

Library Enrollment Form & SOP: https://lin-k.ai/BCAS-Library-Enrollment-Form

QR code:

L Enrollment

IV. BCAS IN NEWS & MEDIA

• BCAS has been featured in several news and media platforms, showing our active involvement, professional contributions, and commitment to the field. This reflects the growing recognition of BCAS in the public and professional space.

Link: https://bcasonline.org/bcas-in-news/

QR Code:

News

Statistically Speaking

1. DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS FOR FY 2025-26

DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS FOR FY 2025-26

2. GLOBAL WEALTH INEQUALITY MEASURED BY GINI COEFFICIENT

GLOBAL WEALTH INEQUALITY MEASURED BY GINI COEFFICIENT

3. IPOs TREND IN FY 2025

Particulars Q4 FY25 Q3 FY25 Q2 FY25 Q1 FY25
No. of IPOs 11 30 26 13
Total funds raised * 165 955 344 166
Average
issue size*
15 32 13 13
Average total oversubscription (in times) 105 50 81 70
Average listing day gain/(loss) % 17% 28% 34% 33%
Money raised by PE backed IPOs 99 billion raised by 3 companies 174 billion raised by 5 companies 180 billion raised by 7 companies 109 billion raised by 7 companies
Total funds raised through Offer For Sale 147 billion

(58% of total funds)

643 billion (51% of total funds) 185 billion (45% of total funds) 120 billion (58% of total funds)

Source: KPMG in India Analysis, 2025 based on final offer documents filed with ROC

4. IPOs IN FY 24 AND FY 25

Particulars FY 25 FY 24
No of IPOs 80 76
Total funds raised 1630 619
Average issue size 20 8
Average total oversubscription (in times) 71 50
Average listing day gain/ loss (%) 29% 29%
Money raised by PE backed IPOs 562 billion raised by 22 companies 199 billion raised by 15 companies
Total funds raised
through OFS
1095 billion was raised through OFS constituting 51% of total funds 324 billion was raised through OFS constituting 42% of total funds

Source: KPMG in India Analysis, 2025 based on final offer documents filed with ROC

5. EDUCATION INDUSTRY IN INDIA

EDUCATION INDUSTRY IN INDIA

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of timelines for filing of various reports of audit and Income Tax Returns (ITRs) for the Assessment Year 2025-26 – Circular No. 15/2025 dated 29 October 2025

The due date for furnishing Income Tax Return for Assessment Year 2025-26 for the assessee referred to in Clause (a) of Explanation 2 to Section 139(1) is extended from 31 October 2025 to 10 December 2025. Consequently, the specified date for furnishing of report of audit as specified under clause (ii) of Explanation to section 44AB of the Act for Assessment Year 2025-26 stands extended to 10 November 2025.

2. CBDT notified Agreement and Protocol between the Republic of India and the State of Qatar for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on
income – Notification No. 154/2025 dated 24 October 2025

The agreement was signed in New Delhi on 18 February 2025 and entered into force on 10 September 2025. Its provisions will take effect in India and Qatar for income arising on or after the first day of the fiscal year immediately following its entry into force.

3. CBDT clarifies approved tolerance range for the variation between the calculated ALP and the actual transaction price for international or specified domestic transactions. – Notification No. 157/2025 dated 6 November 2025

If the variation does not exceed one percent of the actual price for wholesale trading, or three percent in all other cases, the actual transaction price will be deemed to be the ALP.

4. CBDT has notified the Protocol amending the Agreement and the Protocol between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of the Kingdom of Belgium for the avoidance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on income. – Notification No. 160/2025 dated 10 November 2025

II. IFSCA

1. IFSCA amends Listing Regulations to extend validity of financial information in offer documents to 180 days

IFSCA has amended the existing IFSCA (Listing) Regulations, 2024 with modifications in certain regulatory timelines and penalty provisions for entities listed in an IFSC. Following are the amendments:

a. Regulation 16(8) – The financial information in the offer document shall not be older than ‘One hundred and Eighty’ days. Earlier, the no. of days were ‘One hundred and Thirty-Five’ days.

b. Regulations 25(2), 52(3) and 65 – No. of days for allotment of specified securities and payment of refunds have been increased to ‘Eight’ days from ‘Five’ days from the date of closing of the issue.

c. Regulations 96(2) and 107(2) now mandate that a Listed Entity must disclose its first half-yearly financial statements to stock exchanges within forty-five days from the end of first half-year, following board approval.

[Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2025/011, dated 13th October 2025]

2. IFSCA issues Stewardship Code framework for fund management entities and institutional investors in IFSC

IFSCA has with reference to Fund Management Regulations, 2024, issued Framework on Stewardship code in IFSC. The Code aims at guiding the regulated entities (Fund Management Entities) to align their practices with global standards for long-term value creation. The regulated entities may adopt the Stewardship Code as provided in Annexure-A, or as published by:

a. Financial sector regulator in their home jurisdiction

b. Financial sector regulator in India like SEBI, IRDAI and PFRDA

c. Statutory professional body like ICSI

The code shall substantially reflect the core principles under this code. Upon adoption of such Stewardship Code, the Regulated Entities must ensure regular and transparent reporting in accordance with the same on their website, and the same must be reported to the Authority.

[Notification No. IFSCA-AIF/132/2024 – Capital Markets, dated 23rd October 2025]

3. IFSCA seeks public input on new pension fund regulations to boost GIFT-IFSC as global hub

Upon recommendations by IFSCA, the government of India (GOI) has notified the ‘schemes operated by a Pension Fund’ as ‘financial product’. IFSCA has now introduced a consultation paper on the proposed IFSCA (Pension Fund), Regulations, 2025 for launch of Pension schemes from IFSC. The consultation paper is aimed at developing robust inclusive and forward-looking forex pension framework. It would also cater to the needs of 15 million NRIs, 19 million PIOs and foreign expatriates.

The proposed regulations include voluntary participation of subscribers in pension scheme, flexibility to determine the frequency and amount of contributions, variety of investment options and integrated pension plan with medical policies.

IFSCA invites comments and suggestions from stakeholders, market participants and general public. The feedback maybe submitted to IFSCA on or before 25th November, 2025.

[Press Release, dated 4th November, 2025]

4. IFSCA mandates AML / CFT certification for Designated Directors and Principal Officers

IFSCA has mandated that all Designated Directors and Principal Officers under the IFSCA [Anti-Money Laundering (AML), Countering the Financing of Terrorism (CFT) and KYC] Guidelines shall undergo the “NISM-IFSCA-01” certification course on AML/CFT.

[Notification No. IFSCA-DAC/8/2024-AMLCFT, dated 17th November 2025]

II. FEMA

1. RBI extends the time period for realisation & repatriation of full export value of goods/software/services from 9 to 15 months

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued FEM (Export of Goods & Services) (Second Amendments) Regulations, 2025 amending the FEM (Export of Goods & Services) Regulations, 2015. Following changes have been made:

a. Regulation 9 – The period of realisation and repatriation of export proceeds has been increased to ‘fifteen months’ from ‘nine months’.

b. Regulation 15 – The period for submission of various export-related documents has been increased to ‘three years’ from ‘one year’.

Essentially, exporters have been provided with a longer compliance window.

[Notification No. FEMA 23(R)/(7)/(2025-RB), dated 13th November, 2025]

2. RBI issued Trade Relief Measures Directions

2.1 The RBI recently issued the RBI (Trade Relief Measures) Directions, 2025 to ease the debt servicing challenges faced by exporters affected by global trade disruptions. These directions are applicable to Banks, NBFCS, Financial Institutions and Credit information companies. It extends relief measures to borrowers who –

a. are engaged in exports relating to specified impacted sectors; and

b. had an outstanding export credit facility from Regulated Entities (REs) as of 31st August 2025; and

c. the accounts with all REs were classified as ‘Standard’ as on 31st August 2025.

2.2 The REs shall frame a policy and can provide following relaxations:

a. Grant a moratorium on payment of all instalments, principal and interest, falling due between 1st September and 31st December 2025.

b. Defer recovery of interest for working capital facilities during above-mentioned period.

c. Recalculate the ‘drawing power’ in working capital facilities either by reducing the margins or basis reassessment, during the above period.

d. Enhancement in maximum credit period from one year to 450 days for pre-shipment and post-shipment export credit disbursed till March 31, 2026.

e. Allow liquidation of packing credit facilities availed by exporters on or before August 31, 2025, where dispatch of goods could not take place, from any legitimate alternate sources of such goods or substitution of contracts with the proceeds of another export order.

Apart from the above, there are relaxations provided by way of Asset Classification & Provisioning by REs and certain Disclosure Requirements for REs.

[DOR.STR.REC.60/21.04.048/2025-26 dated 14th November 2025]

Address Verification

Arjun : O’ Lord ! Where are you? I am not finding your anywhere.

Shrikrishna : Parth, I am here !

Arjun : Here means where? I went to your house also; but you were not there!

Shrikrishna : Arjun, you very well know that I am everywhere! Whenever my devotee calls me, I rush to his rescue.

Arjun : Yes, Bhagwan. You are Omnipotent.

Shrikrishna : Yes. Now I am here before you. Tell me what happened?

Arjun : Lord, the problem is of verification of address only. Everywhere, there is a hype of KYC!

Shrikrishna : Ha! Ha!! Ha!!!

Arjun : My CA friend is in deep trouble. About 10 years ago, a few clients approached him for incorporation of a private limited company.

Shrikrishna : Ok. What next?

Arjun : You know, for incorporation, many documents are required and a CA or other professional is required to certify that all documents are in order. He has also to verify and verified the location of proposed registered office.

Shrikrishna : Fair enough!

Arjun : After incorporation, the promoters used my friend’s services for a couple of years – to obtain GST registration, other registrations and so on.

Shrikrishna : Good.

Arjun : Last 8 years, the promoters were totally out of contact. They would have engaged another CA!

Shrikrishna : Nothing uncommon.

Arjun : Now, it appears that the company did some shady deals and dodged the revenue for a huge amount! The investigating authorities visited the registered office and found that there were no business operations there. They interrogate the landlord. He denied any connection with the company. He said the NO Objection Certificate submitted by the company at the time of incorporation was a fake one! He had never signed such NOC. His signature could be a forged one!

Shrikrishna : Oh! Horrible.

Arjun : That’s why I was looking for you at your address!

Shrikrishna : (laughs) I agree, Arjun. This is a serious matter.

Arjun : We have to proceed in good faith when the clients give us such document. The place was very much there. Rent agreement was notarised. What more are we expected to verify?

Shrikrishna : True. I am told there are many similar cases coming up.

Arjun : During Covid time, it was not even feasible to personally visit any place.Moreover, the place may be situated at a distant location, perhaps in another city! That makes our responsibility endless!

Shrikrishna : Now, you people only will have to evolve a system of verification. Just check standards on secretarial practices issued by Institute of Company Secretaries of India.

Arjun : I understand that. But for a relatively small thing, too much of a burden! And the worst part is that the regulators try to rope the CAs also in a criminal conspiracy or abetment!

Shrikrishna : That is very alarming.

Arjun : Now, this my friend may be ultimately absolved; but he has to undergo the torturous proceedings for many years! Perhaps, henceforth, we will have to record the discussion with the landlord or gather ‘third party evidence’ by writing to him.

Shrikrishna : Yes, Arjun. In this kaliyuga, you have no choice! And despite all these precautions, anything may happen on which you have no control.

Arjun : Lord you will say ‘कर्मण्येवाधिकारस्ते मा फलेषु कदाचन

Shrikrishna : In this case, it is also likely that the owner may have given a negative statement out of fear.

Arjun : Exactly. Such chances are bright. Otherwise, over a period of 8 years, There would certainly be some correspondence at that address. Everything is very strange, Bhagwan.

Shrikrishna : I agree. It is ‘Maya ‘. In kaliyuga, anything can happen! The only lesson is that you need to be more cautious!

Arjun : Bhagwan, please save me.

This dialogue is based on a practical case involving factual verification of place of registered office; and how totally unforeseen things happen. Members are advised to make the verification fool-proof.

Miscellanea

1. ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

#Elon Musk’s xAI launches Grokipedia, a free AI-powered rival to Wikipedia

xAI, Elon Musk’s artificial intelligence company, has launched Grokipedia, a free AI-powered online encyclopedia designed as a direct rival to Wikipedia. Musk has long criticized Wikipedia for what he calls “woke” bias and inaccuracies caused by human editing. He argues that an encyclopedia written and maintained entirely by AI represents a “massive improvement” and is “super important for civilisation” because it reduces subjective human influence.

Grokipedia currently contains over 885,000 articles, initially sourced from Wikipedia under its Creative Commons license, with clear attribution. xAI plans to phase out reliance on Wikipedia by the end of 2025 and generate fully independent content using its Grok models. Unlike Wikipedia’s open-editing system, users cannot directly edit articles; they can only suggest changes or report errors. The service is accessible via web browsers, with no mention of mobile apps yet.

(Source: India Express – dated 28 October 2025)

#Google claims first verifiable quantum advantage for willow chip

Google has announced a groundbreaking achievement with its Willow quantum processor, claiming the first “verifiable” quantum advantage over classical computers. This milestone demonstrates that Willow can outperform the world’s fastest supercomputers in a practical task involving a specialized algorithm called Quantum Echoes, based on out-of-time-order correlators (OTOC). The algorithm ran approximately 13,000 times faster than the best classical algorithms on the world’s fastest supercomputers for a specific task. The OTOC measures how quantum information spreads, scrambles, and echoes back in a highly chaotic system, allowing Willow to complete complex simulations—such as atomic interactions observable via nuclear magnetic resonance—in mere hours, compared to over three years for classical systems on 65 qubits. This verifiable nature means the results can be independently repeated by other quantum setups or confirmed through physical experiments, drawing a clear boundary between quantum and classical computational limits due to inherent quantum interference effects.

The implications of Willow’s success are profound for quantum computing, particularly in fields like drug discovery and materials science, where it enables “Hamiltonian learning”—essentially fingerprinting a quantum system’s underlying rules to model complex chemical reactions or novel materials with unprecedented accuracy. By inserting random operations to test phase jiggles in quantum waves, the experiment confirmed signals from many-body quantum effects that classical methods cannot replicate. Google CEO Sundar Pichai hailed it as a pivotal step toward real-world applications, with details published in an open-access Nature paper. While the breakthrough awaits broader validation, it underscores Willow’s advanced superconducting qubit control and positions quantum tech closer to practical utility, though challenges in scalability remain.

(Source: Hindu.com dated 30 October 2025)

2. WORLD NEWS

#Harry and Meghan, Steve Bannon and More Sign Petition Urging AI ‘Superintelligence’ Ban

Hundreds of prominent figures from diverse backgrounds, including billionaires, AI pioneers, Nobel laureates, former U.S. officials, and media personalities, have signed a petition spearheaded by the non-profit Future of Life Institute. The initiative calls for an immediate ban on developing AI superintelligence—systems surpassing human cognitive abilities—until scientists achieve consensus on ensuring its safety and controllability, alongside robust public input. Key signatories include Richard Branson, Apple co-founder Steve Wozniak, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, conservative commentators Glenn Beck and Steve Bannon, AI experts Yoshua Bengio and Geoffrey Hinton, and former national security advisor Susan Rice. The petition underscores the need for AI designs that prevent harm from misalignment or misuse, highlighting a rare cross-ideological unity on the risks posed by unchecked AI advancement.

The urgency stems from the breakneck pace of frontier AI progress, with experts warning that such systems could outthink most humans within years and potentially lead to existential threats like human extinction. Signatories like Bengio stress the importance of scientific safeguards and democratic oversight, while AI researcher Stuart Russell frames it as a push for verifiable safety protocols rather than an outright technological halt.

Notably absent is Elon Musk, a past donor and advisor to the institute who leads his own AI firm, xAI. Public sentiment bolsters the call, with U.S. polls showing 80% support for government AI safety regulations—even if they slow innovation—and 64% opposing superintelligent AI until proven safe. This echoes the institute’s 2023 plea for pausing massive AI experiments, signalling growing momentum for global AI governance.

(Source: Forbes 22 October 2025)

2. ENVIRONMENT

November 2025’s biggest environmental story was COP30 in Belém, Brazil (Nov 10–21), the first climate summit held in the Amazon. World leaders pledged faster fossil-fuel phaseouts, $100 billion in annual climate finance, and progress on a global plastics treaty, while Morocco’s ratification triggered the High Seas Treaty for ocean protection starting 2026. However, Brazil faced fierce backlash for bulldozing ~100,000 trees to build a highway for delegates, drawing accusations of greenwashing.

Meanwhile, global CO2 emissions are set to hit a record 42.2 billion tonnes in 2025, extreme weather killed dozens in the Philippines, Indonesia, and Europe, and Antarctic ice melt accelerated. On the positive side, electric vehicles reached 25% of UK car sales, Colombia declared the entire Amazon a protected reserve, and new “MISO” bacteria were found that naturally clean toxic sulfide pollution.

(Source: bbc.com – 14 November 2025)

Accounting Treatment of Foreign Exchange Gain/Loss on a Disputed Foreign Creditor Balance under Indian Accounting Standards

The article analyses the correct accounting treatment for disputed foreign-currency trade payables under Ind AS 37 and Ind AS 21. When a quality dispute makes the final settlement uncertain, the liability is no longer a standard trade payable but becomes a provision, since the obligation exists, an outflow is probable, and a reliable estimate—such as a 30–40% settlement—is available (paras in full text). Only this best-estimated amount represents the carrying value under Ind AS 37. The remaining portion becomes a contingent liability, disclosed but not recognised. This estimated foreign-currency liability is a monetary item, which must then be re-translated at the closing rate under Ind AS 21, with resulting exchange differences recorded in profit or loss. The article contrasts this correct method with the incorrect practice of translating the full invoiced amount, and explains auditor expectations under SA 540, disclosure requirements, and the financial-statement impact.

Consider a common yet challenging scenario: a company procures goods from a foreign supplier, and a liability is recorded in a foreign currency. Subsequently, a significant dispute emerges over the quality of the supplies, leading to negotiations. Management, supported by robust evidence and ongoing communication, concludes that the final settlement will be a fraction of the amount originally invoiced.

This situation presents a critical accounting dilemma that strikes at the heart of the “true and fair view” principle. At the reporting date, the auditor come across with the common question: should the period-end foreign exchange (forex) impact be calculated on the full, legally invoiced liability, or on management’s best estimate of the probable settlement amount?

This article provides a definitive analysis of this issue, navigating the intricate interplay between Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and Ind AS 21, The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

The core thesis is that the correct accounting treatment is not a matter of choice between two alternative bases for forex calculation. Instead, it demands a sequential application of these two standards. First, the principles of Ind AS 37 must be applied to determine the appropriate carrying amount of the liability, based on the best estimate of the expected outflow. It is only this adjusted carrying amount that constitutes the monetary item to be subsequently re-translated under the mandatory requirements of Ind AS 21.

Using the Ind AS 37 Framework:

ESTABLISHING THE OBLIGATION:

While the obligation originated as a standard trade payable, the introduction of significant uncertainty regarding the final settlement amount transforms its accounting character, bringing it firmly within the purview of Ind AS 37. Ind AS 37 defines a provision as “a liability of uncertain timing or amount”. This uncertainty is the key feature that distinguishes provisions from other liabilities such as trade payables or accruals, where the amount and timing of the settlement are largely known.

In the scenario under review, the company has a clear liability to its foreign creditor. However, the dispute over quality has rendered the final settlement amount uncertain. The original invoice value no longer represents a certain future outflow. This transformation of a certain liability into an uncertain one is the critical event that triggers the application of Ind AS 37’s recognition and measurement rules.

For a provision to be recognized, Ind AS 37 stipulates that three cumulative criteria must be met which are as follows:

1. A present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event:

The “past event” or “obligating event” is the initial receipt of goods under a commercial contract. This event created a legal obligation to pay the supplier. The subsequent dispute does not extinguish this present obligation; rather, it introduces uncertainty about the quantum of resources required to settle it. The obligation to the creditor continues to exist at the reporting date.

2. It is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation:

The term “probable” in the context of Ind AS 37 means “more likely than not”. In the given situation, settlement negotiations are underway, and management anticipates, based on ongoing negotiations, a payment of 30-40% of the outstanding balance. This clearly indicates that an outflow of resources is not merely possible but probable.

3. A reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation:

The management’s estimate of a 30-40% settlement is not a speculative guess. It is substantiated by ongoing communications with the creditor and an assessment of the merits of the quality dispute. This demonstrates that a sufficiently reliable estimate can be made, even if it is a range rather than a single point figure.

Provision vs. Contingent Liability

It is crucial to distinguish this situation from a contingent liability. A contingent liability is defined as either a possible obligation whose existence is yet to be confirmed, or a present obligation that is not recognized because an outflow of resources is not probable or the amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability.

In this case, the obligation is present (not possible), and the outflow is probable (not remote or merely possible). Therefore, the liability must be recognized as a provision, not merely disclosed as a contingent liability. The core issue is one of measurement uncertainty, not existence or probability.

By correctly identifying the disputed payable as a provision, we establish that its accounting is no longer governed by the face value of the original invoice. Instead, it must be measured according to the specific principles laid out in Ind AS 37.

The amount not classified as a provision i.e., balance 60-70% will fall under the category of contingent liability. As contingent liability is defined as a possible obligation whose existence is yet to be confirmed, or a present obligation that is not recognized because an outflow of resources is not probable or the amount cannot be measured with sufficient reliability. The difference between total invoice value and amount already classified as a provision may turn into possible obligations once the matter under consideration finalised and hence it is contingent upon the future events and classified as a contingent liability in the notes to the financial statements.

DETERMINING THE BEST ESTIMATE:

Having established that the disputed liability is a provision, the next critical step is to determine its carrying amount at the reporting date. This is the central element that directly informs the subsequent foreign currency translation. Ind AS 37 provides clear, albeit judgement-intensive, guidance on this measurement.

Paragraph 36 of Ind AS 37 is unequivocal: “The amount recognised as a provision shall be the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period.” Now, this is a departure from the historical cost or invoice value, focusing instead on a realistic assessment of the future economic outflow.

For a single, one-off obligation, such as the settlement of a lawsuit or a disputed claim, Paragraph 40 of Ind AS 37 further clarifies that the best estimate of the liability may be the “individual most likely outcome”.

The facts of the scenario provide compelling evidence to support an estimate that is significantly lower than the full liability:

  • Management’s Assessment: The management team, being closest to the negotiations, holds the view that the full amount is not payable.
  • Corroborating Communications: This view is not merely an internal opinion; it is “backed by the communications taking place between the supplier and the company.” This documented correspondence is a key piece of audit evidence.
  • Creditor’s Concession: Most significantly, the foreign creditor has expressed “a reluctance on their part to receive the full amount, citing concerns regarding the poor quality of supplies.” This is a powerful admission that corroborates the company’s position and strengthens the reliability of a lower settlement estimate.
  • Specific Range: The estimate is not an arbitrary number but a specific range of 30-40%, indicating a degree of precision based on the negotiation status.

This body of evidence strongly suggests that the “most likely outcome” is a settlement within the 30-40% range. Recognizing a liability for the full 100% of the invoice value would ignore this evidence and would not represent the “best estimate” of the future economic outflow. It would, in fact, overstate the company’s liabilities and understate its equity, failing to present the economic substance of the situation. The principle of substance over form dictates that the financial statements must reflect the probable economic outflow, not merely the legal claim on the original invoice.

Therefore, the carrying amount of the liability must be adjusted at the reporting date to reflect this best estimate. For instance, if the range is 30-40%, management might use the mid-point of 35% as the best estimate, subject to further evidence. It is this adjusted amount in the foreign currency that represents the true liability for financial reporting purposes. It is also important to recognize that this estimate is not static; it must be reviewed at each subsequent reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate as negotiations evolve, or new information becomes available.

Using the Ind AS 21 Framework:

With the carrying amount of the liability determined under Ind AS 37, the focus shifts to Ind AS 21 to address the foreign currency translation. Ind AS 21 does not create provisions; it prescribes the methodology for translating existing assets and liabilities. The output of the Ind AS 37 measurement process becomes the direct input for the Ind AS 21 translation process.

DETERMINING MONETARY ITEM

Ind AS 21 applies different translation rules for monetary and non-monetary items. A monetary item is defined as “units of currency held and assets and liabilities to be received or paid in a fixed or determinable number of units of currency”. The provision for the disputed liability, although an estimate, represents an obligation to pay a determinable amount of foreign currency units (e.g., 35% of the original invoice value). The uncertainty lies in the final quantum, but once estimated under Ind AS 37, it becomes a determinable amount for translation purposes. It is, therefore, a monetary item.

SUBSEQUENT MEASUREMENT:

Paragraph 23 of Ind AS 21 states that at the end of each reporting period, “foreign currency monetary items shall be translated using the closing rate”. The closing rate is the spot exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. There is no alternative treatment or policy choice available.

Paragraph 28 of Ind AS 21 further mandates that “Exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were translated on initial recognition shall be recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise”.

The accounting standards require an entity to first determine the correct carrying amount of the liability in the foreign currency using the “best estimate” principles of Ind AS 37. This amount is the monetary item. This monetary item must then be translated into the functional currency at the closing rate as required by Ind AS 21. The resulting exchange difference is recognised in the statement of profit and loss. There is no conceptual basis for applying the closing exchange rate to the original, full invoice amount, as that amount does not represent the entity’s probable future obligation and is not the liability’s carrying amount at the reporting date.

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE:

Assume Company A, whose functional currency is the Indian Rupee (INR), purchased goods from a foreign supplier for 100,000 units of a foreign currency (FC) when the exchange rate was 1 FC = INR 80. A dispute over quality arises before the year-end.

  • Initial Transaction:

Liability recognized = FC 100,000

Liability in functional currency = 100,000 × 80 = INR 8,000,000

  • Dispute and Re-estimation (Application of Ind AS 37):

Based on negotiations, management’s best estimate for settlement is 35% of the invoice value, i.e., FC 35,000.

The liability is written down by FC 65,000 (100,000 – 35,000).

A gain on remeasurement of the provision is recognized in P&L: 65,000 FC×80 INR/FC = 5,200,000 INR.

The new carrying amount of the provision is FC 35,000, which is carried in the books at 35,000 FC×80 INR/FC = 2,800,000 INR.

FC 65,000 is Contingent Liability that needs to be converted into INR at each reporting date and that amount will be disclosed in Notes to Accounts. No impact in the Profit & Loss Accounts to be given for conversion of FC 65,000 as the same is not recognised liability.

  • Year-End Translation (Application of Ind AS 21):

The closing exchange rate at year-end is 1 FC = 83 INR.

The provision of FC 35,000 is re-translated at the closing rate: 35,000 FC×83 INR/FC = INR 2,905,000.

The exchange difference is calculated as the difference between the re-translated amount and the current carrying amount: 2,905,000 − 2,800,000 = INR 105,000.

An exchange loss of 105,000 INR is recognized in P&L.

Particulars Incorrect Approach (Forex on Full Amount) Correct Approach (Forex on Best Estimate) Impact on Financials
1. Initial Liability (FC) 100,000 100,000
2. Initial Liability (INR @ 80) 8,000,000 8,000,000
3. Remeasurement of Provision (Ind AS 37) Not performed. Liability kept at 100,000 FC. Liability adjusted to 35,000 FC. Gain of 5,200,000 INR recognized in P&L. Correct approach recognizes the gain from the dispute resolution estimate immediately.
4. Year-End Liability (FC) 100,000 35,000
5. Year-End Liability (INR @ 83) 8,300,000 2,905,000 Incorrect approach overstates year-end liability by 5,395,000 INR.
6. Forex Loss for the Period (300,000) (105,000) Incorrect approach overstates the forex loss by 195,000 INR, creating artificial P&L volatility.
Net P&L Impact (300,000) Loss +5,095,000 Gain Highlights the massive difference in reported profitability and the misleading nature of the incorrect approach.

The Auditor’s Lens

The measurement of a provision for a disputed liability is a significant accounting estimate, and as such, it will be subject to scrutiny under the Standards on Auditing (SAs), particularly SA 540, Auditing Accounting Estimates, Including Fair Value Accounting Estimates, and Related Disclosures.

SA 540 requires the auditor to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to evaluate whether accounting estimates are reasonable in the context of the financial reporting framework. A high degree of professional skepticism is required, especially for estimates that involve significant judgment, are complex, or are susceptible to management bias. A disputed liability, where management’s estimate directly impacts reported profit, is a prime example of an area requiring heightened skepticism. The auditor must challenge the assumptions and methodologies used by management rather than simply accepting them.

Given the inherent uncertainty in predicting the outcome of a negotiation or legal dispute, this type of provision is characterized by high estimation uncertainty. This elevates the matter to a “significant risk” in the auditor’s assessment, warranting a more robust and detailed audit response.

To gain assurance over the reasonableness of management’s “best estimate,” the auditor must perform a range of procedures to corroborate the assumptions and data used. These procedures would typically include:

  • Review of Correspondence: Scrutinizing all written communication (emails, letters, meeting notes) between the company and the foreign creditor to find consistent evidence supporting the dispute’s validity and the estimated settlement range.
  • External Confirmation: Requesting direct confirmation from the creditor regarding the outstanding balance and the status of the dispute. While a standard confirmation may not be fully effective, a carefully worded inquiry can provide valuable evidence.
  • Legal Counsel Evaluation: Obtaining and critically evaluating the opinion of the company’s external or internal legal counsel regarding the legal merits of the dispute and the likely range of outcomes.
  • Review of Board Minutes: Inspecting minutes of meetings of the Board of Directors or its audit committee to understand the governance and oversight of the dispute resolution strategy and to confirm consistency with management’s representations.
  • Developing an Independent Estimate: The auditor may develop their own independent point estimate or range of reasonable outcomes to compare against management’s estimate. A significant divergence would require further investigation.

Management must be prepared to provide a comprehensive file of evidence that triangulates information from internal assessments, external communications, and specialist opinions. Without such evidence, the auditor may be unable to conclude that the estimate is reasonable, potentially leading to a qualification in the audit report.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PRESENTATION:

  • Balance Sheet: The provision, measured at its best estimate and translated at the closing rate, should be presented as a liability. Its classification as current or non-current will depend on the expected timing of the settlement. If a settlement is anticipated within the next twelve months, it would be classified as a current liability.
  • Statement of Profit and Loss: Two distinct impacts would be presented.

First, the gain arising from the remeasurement of the provision (the write-down from the full invoice value to the best estimate) should be recognized.

Second, the foreign exchange gain or loss arising from the re-translation of this best estimate at the closing rate should be presented. The nature of both items should be clearly explained in the notes.

● Disclosure in Notes to Accounts

A reconciliation (roll-forward) of the provision: This table would show the carrying amount at the beginning of the period, the effect of the remeasurement (the write-down), the foreign exchange adjustment for the period, and the closing balance.

A brief description of the nature of the obligation: This narrative would explain that the provision relates to a disputed payable with a foreign creditor arising from concerns over the quality of goods supplied.

The expected timing of any resulting outflows: For example, “Management expects the dispute to be settled and the resulting payment to be made in the second half of the next financial year.”

An indication of the uncertainties and major assumptions: This is a critical disclosure. The company must disclose the uncertainties surrounding the final settlement amount and timing. Crucially, it must also disclose the major assumptions made in arriving at the best estimate, such as the basis for the 30-40% settlement range.

CONCLUSION:

The accounting treatment for a disputed liability denominated in a foreign currency is a complex issue that requires a disciplined and sequential application of Ind AS principles.

The process begins with Ind AS 37, which dictates that once a dispute introduces uncertainty, the liability must be treated as a provision and measured at the “best estimate” of the expenditure required for settlement. This best estimate, supported by all available evidence, becomes the new carrying amount of the liability in its foreign currency.

Subsequently, Ind AS 21 mandates that this monetary item be translated into the functional currency using the closing exchange rate at the reporting date, with any resulting exchange difference recognized in profit or loss.

Therefore, the definitive answer to the core question is that the forex impact must be calculated on the proposed or best-estimated settlement amount, as this is the amount that faithfully represents the entity’s present obligation at the reporting date. Applying forex calculations to the full, undisputed liability i.e., an amount the entity has no probable expectation of paying would fundamentally misrepresent the entity’s financial position, its performance, and its true exposure to foreign currency risk. Such a treatment would contravene the core tenets of both Ind AS 37 and Ind AS 21 and would ultimately fail the overarching test of presenting a true and fair view.

Trust & FEMA Who Owns Trust Property – Trustee Or Beneficiary?

The article analyses ownership of trust property under the Indian Trusts Act and its implications for FEMA. A trust is not a separate entity and cannot own property; instead, the trustee is the legal owner solely in a fiduciary capacity, holding the property for the benefit of beneficiaries. Beneficiaries do not own the trust property but possess a beneficial interest, which is transferable and treated as a distinct form of property. Supreme Court decisions confirm that a trustee’s ownership is limited to administration, while beneficiaries are the real owners in substance. For FEMA purposes, settlement of property into a trust is treated as a gift from settlor to beneficiaries, not trustees. Accordingly, FEMA applies wherever any party (settlor, trustee, beneficiary) or the property is outside India. Transfers must comply with LRS limits, overseas investment rules, and RBI permissions. RBI has clarified that whatever is permissible directly to a non-resident can also be done through a trust, subject to the same restrictions.

INTRODUCTION

Under FEMA, all current account transactions are permitted except where specifically prohibited or regulated. All capital account transactions are prima facie prohibited except where specifically permitted.

APPLICABILITY OF FEMA:

Where the settlor, trustees, beneficiaries are all Indian residents, and trust property is situated in India; FEMA is not applicable. However, if any of the three categories of persons is a non-resident or if the property is a foreign property, FEMA is applicable. For example, if the settlor, trustees and the beneficiaries are Indian residents, but the property is a foreign property; it is a capital account transaction. One has to examine overseas investment rules to ascertain whether the transaction is permissible or not. Similarly, if the settlor and trustees are Indian residents, property is situated in India, but one or more beneficiaries are non-residents; FEMA is applicable. Again, one will have to examine the applicable provisions of FEMA.

TRANSACTIONS THROUGH TRUST:

Can one say that whatever is permitted to individuals; a similar transaction is permissible through a trust? In this matter, the Reserve Bank of India has responded to a query sent to it. Full texts are reproduced in this article. In short, the answer says whatever is permissible for the individual can be transacted through a trust. As a corollary, whatever is not permissible to an individual, cannot be done through a trust. Thus, consider an illustration; Indian resident father wants to settle a trust where the beneficiaries will be his non-resident son and his family. Under LRS, the Indian resident can make a gift to the non-resident relatives upto $ 250,000 per year. If he settles a trust and contributes upto $ 250,000 per year, it is permissible. However, if the Indian resident settles in a trust an amount exceeding $ 250,000; it would be a violation of FEMA. If shares in an Indian company are to be settled in a trust then nothing can be done without prior permission of Reserve Bank of India. If one or more house property / properties is/are to be settled, any number of properties can be settled without RBI permission. can be done irrespective of the value of the property and without specific permission from RBI. If shares of a foreign company are to be gifted, the same can be gifted irrespective of the value involved.  This subject has attracted different opinions. Hence the author is elaborating his view. The readers may study & take an informed independent decision.

Under FEMA, it is an unwritten cardinal principle: whatever is transacted, should be bonafide in substance.

The query raised under Indian Trust Act is: When a property is settled in a private family trust, who becomes the owner of the Trust Property: Trust, Trustees or Beneficiaries?  In other words, the settlor is gifting the property to the trustee or to the beneficiary? Based on the answer to this query, FEMA applicability may be determined. This is a specific query on the subject covered above. We therefore need to examine the Indian Trust Act and FEMA.

Ownership Rights over Trust Property.

Indian Trust Act (ITA). Let us take the issue in the summary above. Answer to this issue will determine answers about applicability of FEMA.

  1. “Trust” is only a Relationship. It is not an entity. Hence a Trust cannot hold property.
  2. Trustee is the legal owner of trust property in a fiduciary capacity. Section 3 of Indian Trust Act (ITA). A “trust” is an obligation annexed to the ownership of property, and arising out of a confidence reposed in and accepted by the trustee” So trustee is the Legal Owner of the trust property.

While trustee is the owner of the trust property, the ownership is not absolute. It has annexed “Obligation” to use & manage the property for the benefit of the beneficiaries as specified by the settlor. He has NO personal right, title or interest in trust property. Trustee cannot use trust property for personal benefit – Section 51. If a trustee uses a trust property or income for his personal benefit, it will amount to a “Breach of Trust”. Trustee’s “Ownership” of trust property is NOT transferable.

Objective of the Indian Trust Act (ITA) in making the trustee as “Legal Owner” is to facilitate his management of Trust property. One has to look at a law and its purpose. A decision on one issue under one law may not be applicable for a similar issue under another law. (See S.C. decision in State Bank of India vs. West Bengal secretary. Civil Appeals Nos. 3573-74 of 1988. D/d. 24.2.1994.)  Beneficiaries may be minor or otherwise unable to manage and preserve trust property. Hence Trustee is given “Legal Ownership”. But this is only for management & not for personal enjoyment.

Trustee has a “fiduciary” relationship with beneficiaries. It is trustee’s duty to manage the trust property for the benefit of the beneficiaries. When the settlor settles a trust, he is not making any gift to the trustees. He is gifting the property to the beneficiaries subject to management by trustees. He appoints trustees and the trustees accept an obligation to preserve and protect the property for the benefit of the beneficiaries. Beneficiaries enjoy the benefits of the trust.

3. Beneficiary: Under Indian Trust Act, a beneficiary does not have any ownership rights over trust property – neither legal nor beneficial. But he has a Beneficial Interest in trust property. This interest is transferable – section 58; and its value depends on trust property & trust income. Hence beneficial interest is valuable. Any financial interest that is valuable & transferable is a “property” and is subject to the applicable laws.

4. Beneficial Interest: Different laws in India have created different kinds of rights over any property. Let us compare & contrast a few kinds of rights.

5. Types of Ownership

Personal Ownership. When a person has absolute, personal ownership of any property, he can use the same and deal with the same as he likes it. He does not need any one’s permission for sale or gift of the property. Compared to this personal ownership, the beneficiary has no ownership over trust property. He cannot sell or mortgage the property. He can enjoy the benefits of the property as directed in the trust deed.

Company: A company incorporated under Companies Act of India, is a separate legal entity. All the properties of the company are owned by the company. Shareholder does not have an ownership of company’s property. Shareholder, in his capacity of the shareholder cannot sell, mortgage or even use the company’s property. Shareholder owns shares in the company. Shares are a new kind of property created by the Companies Act. They are different from “Personal Ownership of property” and different from titles of partners, trustees etc. Shareholder can sell his shares in a company. But even if he holds 100% shares in a company, he, in his capacity as a shareholder, cannot sell company’s property. Shares in a company are a different property as compared to the properties owned by the company.

Beneficial Interest in a Trust: Beneficial interest is a separate property compared to the trust property. The beneficiary has no Ownership of trust property. He, in his capacity as a beneficiary, cannot sell or deal with the trust property. And yet, entire trust property and trust income are meant for beneficiaries as a group. Beneficiary can transfer his beneficial interest (Section 58) and no one can prevent beneficiary’s right to transfer his interest.

Company provides separation between ownership & management. Indian Trust Act provides a different kind of “Separation between Ownership and Management.” Both are quite different structures. Company is a commercial structure. Trust is generally, a family matter. Trust is created for a different objective – generally, a property is entrusted to a reliable person (trustee) to take care of persons who may not be able to take care of themselves (beneficiaries.) Under Trust Act, Beneficial Interest in a Trust is a valuable, transferable property. Settlement of a trust creates beneficial rights for the beneficiaries.

Who owns Trust Property? An analysis of Supreme Court Decisions.

H. O. W.O. Holdsworth vs. State of U.P. CIVIL APPEAL NO. 389 OF 1956 Year. 1957

In this case, a trust was settled for certain beneficiaries. Trust property consisted of agricultural land yielding agricultural income. The income was subject to U.P. Agricultural Income-tax. If the income was to be assessed in the hands of the trustees as one assessee; it would be subject to some tax. But if the same income were to be divided in the hands of all the beneficiaries; and then taxed as separate smaller incomes; then the aggregate income-tax would be smaller. This is what can happen in the normal income-tax under Income-tax Act, 2025. Hon’ble Supreme Court held that the Trustees owned the property and beneficiaries had no ownership rights. Hence the agricultural income had to be assessed in the hands of the trustees as one income. This is a decision under U.P. Agricultural Income-tax. The Supreme Court has, however, observed that the Trustee holds the property for the benefit of beneficiaries.

SBI vs. WB secretary S. C. Civil Appeals Nos. 3573-74 of 1988. (Year1994)

In this case, State Bank of India (SBI) was the trustee for a private family trust settled by an individual. Trust property was vacant land. UP government applied “Urban Land Ceiling Act” and started proceedings to acquire the surplus land. Under Section 19 of the Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act, 1976, land owned by SBI is exempt from land ceiling regulations. For the legal ground that SBI is the “Owner” of land and not its beneficiaries; support was taken from the S. C. decision in W.O. Holdsworth vs. State of U.P. in which case, S.C. has held that the Trustees owned the property and beneficiaries had no ownership rights. In the present case, Hon. S. C. observed that “The trustee, …. would, no doubt, become trust property’s owner for the purpose of effectively executing or administering the trust for the benefit of the beneficiaries and for due administration thereof but not for any other purpose.” Thus, the State Bank even though regarded under Trusts Act as the owner of trust property-vacant land for the purpose of executing or administering a trust, it (SBI) cannot hold a trust property as its owner …… as could make that land eligible for the benefit of exemption envisaged under Section 19 of the Act. Beneficiaries are the owners in substance and ULC Act will apply as if the beneficiaries are the owners.

S.C. decision in the SBI case is a later decision and after considering its decision in the Holdsworth case; S.C. has held that the trustee is the legal owner only to administer the trust property and not for its own (trustee’s) benefit. A Comparison of both the SC decisions on the subject of “Ownership of Trust Property” is very important. It is abundantly clear as held by Honourable Supreme Court that “Trustee’s Ownership of Trust Property” is for the limited purpose of administration. The concept of “Trustees are the Legal Owners” has to be applied with reference to context. Not blindly, not universally.

Conclusion on Ownership: Trustee is Legal Owner but only in a fiduciary capacity. His right is only for the purpose of managing trust property for the benefit of beneficiaries. Trustee has no beneficial ownership in trust property. A trust is created for the beneficiaries and not for the trustees. When one considers applicability of FEMA provisions, one has to consider as if the settlor is making a gift to the beneficiaries. For example, if the settlor is settling a trust where the trustees are Indian residents and beneficiaries are non-residents; the settlor must consider whether “he can make a gift to a non-resident beneficiaries.” He cannot make the gift considering that the trustees are Indian residents, ignoring the beneficiaries’ residential status.

Beneficiary is not an owner of trust property. But he is the owner of Beneficial Interest, and he is entitled to transfer his beneficial interest. This is a valuable property and subject to applicable law. Trustee cannot transfer a beneficiary’s beneficial interest. Therefore, when an Indian Resident Individual settles the shares in a foreign company for the benefit of Individual Relatives under the Trust Act, one can consider it as a gift to the beneficiaries and not to the trustees. (The query on 2nd page does not refer to foreign shares. It is only on – who is the owner of property – trustee or beneficiary).

Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA)

Under FEMA – Settlement of any property in a trust is considered a gift. Gift amounts to transfer of assets from one person to another person.

Definition of a Capital Account Transaction:

“Section 2(e) – “capital account transaction” means a transaction which alters the assets or liabilities, including contingent liabilities, outside India of persons resident in India or assets or liabilities in India of persons resident outside India, and includes transactions referred to in sub-section (3) of section 6;”
………………………………….

“6.(1) Subject to the provisions of sub-section (2), any person may sell or draw foreign exchange to or from an authorised person for a capital account transaction.

(For laws other than FEMA, “gift” and “transfer” are considered different kinds of transactions.) In a settlement, four factors are involved: Donor (settlor of trust), trustees, beneficiaries (donee) and the property being settled / gifted. If all the four factors are located within India, then FEMA does not apply. If all the four factors are located outside India, then also FEMA does not apply. If any one factor is in India and any other factor is outside India, then FEMA is applicable and it is a capital account transaction. We may call such transactions as “Cross Border” transactions.

Under FEMA, for a capital account transaction one has to check whether it is permitted by the Reserve Bank under any notification, rule or circular. In case, the transaction is not permitted by such notification etc., then the parties concerned must obtain an RBI permission before making the settlement. Please see section 6; Notification: FEMA 1 / 2000-RB dated 3rd May 2000 / GSR 384(E). Rule 4(a). Indian Resident gifting shares in foreign company is also subject to Overseas Investment Rules. One may refer to OI Rules. Schedule III, Rules: 1(2)(iii)(d) and Rule 2(2). These rules permit gift of shares in a foreign company by one Indian resident individual to another resident individual – who is a relative.

One may then refer to Schedule III, Rule 1. This investment is subject to the overall ceiling under LRS.  Hence, if a gift is to be made where FEMA is applicable, the gift has to be limited to LRS limit. In other words, if the settlement is proposed to exceed LRS limit; even before settlement of a trust, the settlor needs to obtain RBI permission.

However, gift by an Indian resident to another Indian resident of shares in a foreign company is permitted by Overseas Investment Rules Schedule III, Rule No. (2)(2). This transaction of gift between two residents is permitted without limit.

Can one say that “What is directly permitted is also permitted indirectly?” Well under FEMA, one has to examine the applicable rules. When an Indian resident acquires or holds shares in a foreign company, OI rules apply. Said OI Schedule III, Rule (2) permits inheritance and gifts. But there is no mention of “Settlement of a Trust”. For getting a clarity on this subject, CA Naresh Ajwani wrote a query to RBI and RBI has responded. Both letters are reproduced below.

Conclusion: Applicability of FEMA provisions to Settlement of a trust.

RBI has clarified that what can be done directly by an Indian resident individual; can also be done by him through a trust. However, in both cases, applicable limits and restrictions will be applicable. Thus, for example:

(i) An Indian resident can gift an amount to a non-resident upto the LRS limit of US $ 2,50,000 per year. He can also settle a trust in favour of a non-resident within the LRS limit of US $ 2,50,000. Any settlement in excess of the limit will amount to a violation of FEMA. (For gift to NRI in rupees in India, it is necessary that persons should be relatives. For remittance abroad, there is no condition of relative.)

(ii) An immovable property situated in India can be gifted to a Non-resident relative without any limit as far as value of the property is concerned. Hence, the Indian resident can transfer an immovable property situated in India to a trust where a non-resident is a beneficiary irrespective of the value of the property.

(iii) Shares in an Indian company cannot be transferred to a non-resident without a prior permission from RBI. Hence shares in an Indian company cannot be settled in a trust where a non-resident is a beneficiary without a prior permission from RBI.

(iv) Shares in a foreign company can be gifted by an Indian resident to another Indian resident without any limit (both donor and done should be relatives). Hence an Indian resident can settle into a trust shares in a foreign company where all beneficiaries are Indian residents (settlor and beneficiaries are relatives). However, if any beneficiary is a non-resident, no such shares can be settled.

ICAI and Its Members

I. ICAI ANNOUNCEMENTS

1. SUGGESTIONS ON REVISED ICAI CODE OF ETHICS

The 12th edition of the ICAI Code of Ethics was issued with effect from July 1, 2020. Due to changes then, revisions have been proposed in the Code of Ethics. The Exposure Drafts of Code of Ethics may be accessed at:-

Volume-I – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89062esb-coe-v1.pdf

Volume-II – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89063esb-coe-v2.pdf

Volume-III – https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89064esb-coe-v3.pdf

A brief summary of the key changes proposed in comparison to the existing 12th edition of Code of Ethics is enclosed as Annexure A [https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89065esb-coe.pdf]

Inputs/suggestions/comments/feedback on the Exposure drafts are called at esb@icai.in / ashishswaroop@icai.in latest up to 26th November, 2025.

The comments may alternatively be submitted on https://forms.office.com/r/CunNrHqpck?origin=lprLink

2. NOMINATIONS FOR CA WOMEN EXCELLENCE AWARDS

The Women & Young Members Excellence Committee (WYMEC) of ICAI is organizing 3rd CA Women Excellence Awards. Last date to submit the nomination form is 30th November 2025. Award categories are:

  • CA Women Life Time Achievement Award
  • CA Women Independent Direct Award
  • CA Women of the Year Award
  • CA Women in Social Service Award
  • CA Women Startup Award

For filing Nomination form, please visit: https://cawomenawards.icai.org/

II. OPINION

Accounting treatment of expenditure towards Special Development Plan by the Company, under Ind AS framework

1. FACTS OF THE CASE

A special purpose vehicle owned by government of Karnataka executes large-scale irrigation and drinking-water projects. Apart from its core projects, it undertakes Special Development Plan (SDP) works viz. construction of barrages, check dams, roads, bridges, community halls, and other infrastructure—funded through budgetary allocations treated as ‘advance against equity’, subsequently converted into share capital.

The Company does not own or control the assets created under SDP. These are handed over to the Government upon completion. Since FY 2017-18, the Company has been charging SDP expenditure to the Statement of Profit and Loss, considering the absence of future economic benefits. Statutory auditors have qualified this treatment as incorrect, while the C&AG has endorsed the revenue-expense treatment.

2. QUERY

Given the divergent views of the statutory auditors and the C&AG, the Company sought guidance from the Expert Advisory Committee (EAC) on:

  1.  Whether treating expenditure on SDP works—assets not owned by the Company, as revenue expenditure is appropriate under Ind AS.
  2.  If not appropriate, what the correct accounting treatment should be.

The issue is restricted specifically to the SDP-related expenditure.

3. POINTS CONSIDERED BY THE COMMITTEE

The EAC analysed the issue strictly under the Ind AS Conceptual Framework.

Key considerations included:

  •  Definition of an asset: Requires (a) a right, (b) control over the resource, and (c) the potential to produce economic benefits.
  •  Control: The Company does not control the SDP assets; nor does it have any right to direct their use or obtain economic benefits.
  •  Function: The Company functions as an implementing agency for SDP works; although funds are structured as equity, source of funding does not determine expenditure classification.
  •  Impact on other Assets: The SDP expenditure does not contribute to the creation or enhancement of any other recognisable asset of the Company under Ind AS 16 or Ind AS 38.

Accordingly, SDP expenditure fails the asset recognition criteria.

4. OPINION

  1.  The accounting treatment followed by the Company—charging SDP expenditure to the Statement of Profit and Loss—is appropriate and compliant with the Ind AS framework.
  2.  As the existing treatment is correct, the question of an alternative accounting method does not arise.

This position aligns with the view of the C&AG and is grounded in the fundamental asset-recognition principles of the Conceptual Framework.

ICAI Journal November 2025 Pages 111-116

Link: https://resource.cdn.icai.org/89217cajournal-nov2025-31.pdf

III. DISCIPLINARY COMMITTEE CASES

  1.  Case : Deputy Director of Income Tax (Inv.), Chennai vs. CA. S.S.M.G.

File No. : PR/G/428C/2019/DD/102/2020/DC/1870/2024

Date of Order : 12.11.2025

Particulars Details
Complainant Deputy Director of Income Tax (Inv.), Chennai
Nature of Case Alleged lack of due diligence in issuing multiple Form 15CB certificates
Background The Income Tax Investigation Wing recorded statements under section 131 revealing that the Respondent during the period of May 2017 to March 2018 had issued 470 certificates in Forms 15CB certificates to two travel companies, facilitating remittances totaling approx. ₹849.83 crore. It was alleged that these certificates were issued without adequate verification of underlying agreements or documents.
Key Allegations -Issued Form 15CB without examining mandatory documents such as agreements, supporting travel documents, and invoices.-
Relied only on proforma invoices, passenger lists, and declarations.-
Enabled substantial foreign remittances without ensuring tax compliance.-Failed to exercise due diligence, attracting Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule.
Respondent’s Defence -Form 15CB requires examination of the nature of remittance and TDS applicability, not verification of genuineness of underlying commercial transactions.-
Verified incorporation papers, foreign invoices, passport-based passenger lists, FEMA declarations, and bank remittance requests.-
Stated transactions were not taxable as foreign travel agencies had no PE in India.-Relied on: (a) Madras High Court decision in Murali Krishna Chakrala1 holding CAs are not required to test document genuineness; (b) ICAI’s own decision in another case order dated 05 February 2024.
Findings -On appreciating the various requirements in the form it was observed Form 15CB requires verification of documents for TDS determination only; CA is not expected to assess the genuineness of the actual business transaction.-
No statutory mandate to verify every underlying travel document; obligation arises only where suspicion is apparent.-
Respondent examined all available documents and acted within the limits of Form 15CB.-No evidence of her involvement in any subsequent misuse by the clients.
Charges Established None – No misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule.
Decision Not Guilty

1 [2022] 145 taxmann.com 248 (Madras). Supreme Court has dismissed SPECIAL
LEAVE PETITION (CRIMINAL) Diary No(s). 8123/2024 Order dated 18-3-2024

2.  Case : ROC, Delhi & Haryana vs. CA. M.J.

File No. : PR/G/167/2022/DD/101/2022/DC/1894/2024

Date of Order : 18.08.2025

Complainant Deputy Registrar of Companies, NCT of Delhi & Haryana
 

Nature of Case

 

Filing incomplete statutory financial statements on MCA Portal

Background During inspection of J, the ROC found that the company had filed Balance Sheets for FYs 2010–11 to 2013–14 on the MCA portal without attaching any schedules, though Form 23AC certification by the Respondent stated
that all required attachments had been verified and enclosed.
Particulars Details
Key Allegations -Respondent certified e-Form 23AC for four years without verifying completeness of Balance Sheets.-
Declared that all attachments were checked and enclosed, although schedules were missing.-
Failed to ensure completeness despite explicitly certifying compliance under the
Companies Act.
Respondent’s Defence -Forms were received from the auditee already filled and signed; omission occurred due to oversight.-
Respondent suffered from health issues at the time, resulting in human error.-
Asserted that the omission was unintentional and not a case of gross negligence.
Findings -Declaration in Form 23AC expressly states that the CA has verified completeness of attachments.-
Respondent failed to perform this basic and mandatory verification.-
Health issues or reliance on documents sent by client do not dilute statutory responsibility.-Misconduct under Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule established.
Charges Established Item (7), Part I, Second Schedule – Failure to exercise due diligence/gross negligence.
Punishment Reprimand under Section 21B(3) of the Chartered Accountants Act, 1949.

 

3. Case : Jammu & Kashmir Bank Ltd. (Informant) vs. CA. S.K.

File No. : PPR/333/2016/DD/003A/INF/17/2020/DC/1261/2020

Date of Order : 23.09.2025

Complainant: J&K Bank Ltd.
Particulars Details
Nature of Case Failure to detect and report massive LC discounting fraud during concurrent audit
Background The Respondent was appointed as Concurrent Auditor of J&K Bank’s RP Branch for May 2014–April 2015. A major fraud later uncovered at the branch revealed fake and fabricated Letters of Credit (LCs) amounting to ₹29.22 crore forming part of an overall fraudulent exposure of higher amount. Investigation showed discounting of LCs issued on plain paper, manual handling of LCs bypassing SFMS, and use of newly opened accounts to route fraudulent transactions.
Key Allegations -Failed to report material irregularities in discounting of LCs, including one-day issuance/acceptance/discounting patterns.-
Ignored manually issued LCs lacking authentication, contrary to bank policy.-
Reported “No Record Found” for critical LC-related areas despite high-value exposures.-Did not escalate non-availability of records or suspicious activity to bank management.-Failed to examine internal branch books which showed large outstanding amounts.
Respondent’s Defence -Fraud was perpetrated by Branch Manager in collusion with clients; documents appeared genuine.-
LC acknowledgments and dispatch were routinely manual at the branch; hence no red flag arose.-Internal auditors also failed to detect the fraud.-Produced working notes and claimed 167 instances of adverse remarks across reports.
Particulars Details
-Maintained that concurrent auditors cannot detect management-driven fraud under SA 240.
Findings -Concurrent auditor must verify both documents and internal branch records, especially for material transactions like LCs.-
Respondent failed to comment even once on LC discounting during the audit period.-
“No Record Found” is insufficient where high-value LCs existed and were discounted through newly opened accounts.-Serious irregularities (manual LCs on plain paper, absence of SFMS usage, new accounts used for discounting) should have raised suspicion.-Non-availability of records should have triggered escalation, not reliance on automated outputs.-Failure to detect or report these red flags amounted to lack of due diligence and gross negligence.
 

Charges Established

 

Guilty under Items (5), (6), (7) & (8) of Part I, Second Schedule –

(ii)failure to disclose material facts,

(iii)failure to report misstatements,

(iv)gross negligence/lack of due diligence,

(v)failure to obtain sufficient information.

Punishment Reprimand and fine of ₹2,00,000, payable within 60 days.

 

Company Law

18. Satyanarayan Gupta vs. Shivangan Real Estate Pvt Ltd & Ors

Before NCLAT, Principal Bench, New Delhi

Date of Order: 9th October 2025

Failure to declare beneficial ownership, not oppression / mismanagement.

FACTS

  •  Appellant claimed to be beneficial owner of 5,000 equity shares in Shivangan Real Estate Pvt. Ltd.
  •  Respondents: Shivangan Real Estate Pvt. Ltd. (company), and two other individuals (Respondent Nos. 2 & 3). The main dispute relates to the ownership and control of equity shares and a valuable company property in Jaipur.
  •  In 2017, the appellant transferred his shares to Respondent No. 3, and this transfer was reflected in company records.
  •  A Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) dated 01.01.2022 confirmed loans provided by Respondent Nos. 2 & 3 to the appellant, with properties jointly invested and registered with the company as a security. The MoU provided that, after repayment of dues, shares/directorships would revert to the appellant, and the sale proceeds of land at Jaipur would be shared equally.

Procedural History

  • The appellant filed a company petition before the NCLT, seeking a declaration of beneficial ownership, rectification of the register of members, and various other orders under Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013.
  •  The NCLT, Jaipur, dismissed the petition at the threshold, stating that the appellant is not a shareholder/member, and non-compliance with Section 89 does not amount to oppression and mismanagement.
  •  The appellant then challenged this decision before the NCLAT under Section 421 of the Companies Act, 2013.

Appellants’ Arguments

  •  Claimed to be a beneficial owner of shares, alleging wrongful acquisition and oppression by Respondent Nos. 2 & 3.
  •  Sought declaration and rectification of shareholding, relying on MoU and Section 89.
  •  Argued that the respondents, as beneficial owners, failed to declare their interest as required by Section 89, and this should be treated as oppression/mismanagement.

Respondents’ Arguments

  •  Asserted appellant was neither a member nor a shareholder at the time of petition and he had voluntarily transferred shares.
  •  The company was not a party to the MoU, and the petition was intended to execute a private contract and not a corporate dispute.
  •  Noted that the appellant had failed to pay dues under the MoU, and that the relevant civil suit (No. 93/2025) had already been dismissed. Appellant’s claims relating to property rights must await settlement of liabilities.

Findings and Reasoning:

  •  The NCLAT recorded that all parties acknowledged the share transfer, and that the appellant’s rights are conditional upon repayment of loans as agreed in the MoU.
  • The tribunal found that the company petition was not maintainable, as the appellant was not on the register as a shareholder at the relevant time, nor was the company party to the MoU.
  •  Payment and other obligations under the MoU remained unfulfilled by the appellant.
  •  Since property at Jaipur is owned by the company (not individuals), the petition was unrelated to company affairs and was more in the nature of an MoU execution.
  •  The NCLAT agreed with NCLT that Section 89 requires declaration of beneficial interests in shares, imposing only financial penalty for default, not a cause of oppression / mismanagement actionable under Section 241/242 of the Act.

Judgement and Orders

The appeal was dismissed, upholding the NCLT order. The court specifically held:

  •  Non-compliance with Section 89 leads to penalties, not a finding of oppression or mismanagement.
  •  The transfer of shares and dismissal of the related civil suit further nullified appellant’s claims to shareholder rights.
  •  The appellant’s share in sale proceeds from company property must be settled only after the deduction of his outstanding dues and interest as acknowledged in the MoU.
  •  No interim relief or status quo order was granted and all other pending applications were also closed.

Conclusion:

  •  The decision reinforces that Section 89 of the Companies Act, 2013 is a compliance provision with penal consequences for nondisclosure, but not a civil / corporate governance claim for minority oppression or mismanagement.
  •  Petitions for corporate relief must establish shareholder / member status and focus on governance, not private contractual issues.

19. Union of India and Another vs. Deloitte Haskins and Sells LLP & Anr.

CRIMINAL APPEAL NOS. 2305-2307 OF 2022

SUPREME COURT OF INDIA

Date of Order: 03rd May, 2023

Supreme Court upheld the constitutional validity and scope of Section 140(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 which is not discriminatory, arbitrary, or violative of Articles 14 and 19(1)(g) of the Constitution of India.

The key upholding in the case by Supreme Court are as follows:

  •  The Court held that allowing resignation to end proceedings would defeat the legislative intent, as auditors could simply resign to evade scrutiny for alleged fraudulent acts. Hence the resignation of an auditor does not terminate or end proceedings initiated against them under Section 140(5) which are maintainable even after the resignation of the concerned auditors.
  •  Restore the NCLT and Criminal Proceedings by setting aside the Bombay High Court’s order that had quashed the maintainability of the Section 140(5) petition against former auditors M/s Deloitte and M/s BSR on the ground of their resignation.
  •  Held that the application/proceedings under Section 140(5) have directed the NCLT to pass a final order after holding an inquiry, as proceedings initiated under Section 140(5) must be taken to their “logical end” for the Tribunal (NCLT) to pass a final order on whether the auditor acted fraudulently or colluded in any fraud.
  • Quashed the Bombay High Court’s decision to set aside the SFIO’s Criminal Complaint (CC No. 20/2019), directing the concerned Trial Court to proceed with the criminal case in accordance with law and on its own merits.

In conclusion, the Supreme Court ruled that the legislative intent behind Section 140(5) is to allow the NCLT to determine allegations of fraud and collusion against auditors, and this quasi-judicial power can’t be curtailed by the auditor’s subsequent resignation.

Governance Framework Of Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) In Gift City

1. INTRODUCTION

The establishment of the International Financial Services Centre (IFSC) at Gujarat International Finance Tec-City (GIFT City) is conceived as a globally benchmarked financial jurisdiction within India’s sovereign territory. The IFSC provides an operational, regulatory, and tax framework in line with other leading financial centres. It represents India’s effort to bring offshore financial activities onshore, thereby reversing decades of capital outflow through fund domiciliation in foreign jurisdictions.

Within this rapidly evolving ecosystem, the Alternative Investment Fund (AIF) segment has emerged as one of the most dynamic pillars of the IFSC’s growth trajectory. Globally, AIFs comprising private equity, venture capital, hedge, infrastructure, and debt funds have become key channels of long-term, risk-capital deployment across sectors and geographies. India’s onshore AIF industry, regulated by SEBI, has already demonstrated exponential growth, crossing significant milestones as a privately placed investment vehicle. The establishment of AIFs within GIFT City’s IFSC builds upon this domestic success, extending it into the international domain. These funds provide a platform for global investors, sovereign wealth funds, pension funds, family offices, and high-net-worth individuals to access India-focused and global investment opportunities through a jurisdiction that combines regulatory credibility with tax efficiency and cross-border flexibility.

The introduction of the IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2022 & amended as IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2025 (Referred as ‘the FME Regulations’) marked an evolution in India’s international fund management regime. Prior to their enactment, fund activities within the IFSC were governed by adapted versions of domestic SEBI regulations, which proved restrictive for global fund management objectives. The FME Regulations consolidated these fragmented norms into a single, comprehensive, and principle-based framework, providing clarity, uniformity, and global parity. The Regulations introduced the concept of a Fund Management Entity (FME), a registered and regulated manager responsible for establishing and operating AIFs, Mutual Funds, and Portfolio Management Services in the IFSC. This framework aligns India’s fund governance standards with international best practices while facilitating cross-border investments, foreign currency operations, and global investor participation.

2. DISTINCTIVENESS OF AIFs IN GIFT CITY VIS-À-VIS DOMESTIC AIFs

A. Regulatory Philosophy and Orientation

The domestic AIF framework under SEBI primarily caters to Indian markets, while it can accept investments from NRIs or foreign investors, its underlying assets are predominantly Indian securities. In contrast, the IFSC AIF regime under IFSCA follows a globally aligned, principle-based framework that allows both domestic and foreign investors to participate and facilitates investment in securities across multiple jurisdictions, promoting true cross-border fund management.

B. Unified Oversight and Entity Structure

SEBI primarily regulates the fund with an active oversight on sponsor and manager, creating distinct compliance norms. The IFSC framework simplifies this by introducing the Fund Management Entity (FME) as a single regulated entity performing all managerial and fiduciary roles.

C. Currency Flexibility and Investment Scope

While domestic AIFs operate in Indian rupees and invest primarily in Indian securities, IFSC regulated AIFs may raise capital in freely convertible foreign currencies and invest globally, facilitating diversified cross-border portfolio strategies.

D. Taxation and Fiscal Incentives

IFSC AIFs enjoy a favourable tax regime including a ten-year tax holiday for FMEs, capital gains exemptions, GST relief, and no withholding tax on certain foreign distributions, enhancing post-tax investor returns.

E. Regulatory Flexibility and Global Alignment

IFSCA’s principle-based approach allows flexible fund structuring, valuation, and leverage subject to disclosure and investor consent, promoting innovation and global competitiveness.

F. Institutional Infrastructure and Operational Ecosystem

GIFT City provides an integrated ecosystem with offshore banking units, foreign currency settlement, professional custodians, and specialized dispute resolution enabling seamless international fund operations within India.

G. Strategic Positioning of IFSC AIFs

The IFSC regime elevates India from being a capital destination to a global capital management hub, competing with international jurisdictions by offering globally compliant, tax-efficient, and operationally agile fund structures.

3. KEY AMENDMENTS INTRODUCED UNDER THE IFSCA (FUND MANAGEMENT) REGULATIONS, 2025

The IFSCA (Fund Management) Regulations, 2025 (“FME Regulations”) introduces a series of substantive and clarificatory reforms aimed at enhancing managerial flexibility, refining qualification norms, streamlining governance, and deepening the international competitiveness of GIFT City’s fund ecosystem. The following sections outline the principal changes introduced by the 2025 framework:

Category II AIFs maintained their dominance in the market, attracting the highest commitments and deploying the largest share of capital. Within Category I, Venture Capital Funds (VCFs) remained the most active, while Special Situation Funds and SME Funds recorded steady gains in both fundraising and capital deployment. The cumulative net investments made by AIFs, reflected in Assets Under Management (AUM), stood at ₹5,38,161 crore at the end of FY 2024–25.

Overall, gross cumulative funds raised by AIFs reached ₹7,95,143 crore as of March 31, 2025, while cumulative capital distributions to investors stood at ₹2,31,713 crore. These figures not only highlight the continued growth and resilience of the AIF ecosystem but also emphasize its increasing role in supporting India’s alternative financing landscape and driving capital towards emerging and other segments of the economy. (Source: SEBI Annual Report 2024-25)

I. Flexibility and Enhancement in Appointment of Principal Officer and Other Key Managerial Personnel

The 2025 framework revises qualification and experience norms for Principal Officers, Compliance Officers, and other KMPs by recognizing globally accepted certifications like CFA and FRM and relaxing the minimum education requirement to a graduate degree for professionals with over 15 years of experience. It broadens experience criteria to include up to two years of consultancy work, mandates at least three years of compliance or risk management experience for Compliance Officers, and requires FMEs with AUM above USD 1 billion to appoint an additional fund-management KMP within six months of the financial year-end. The prior approval requirement for KMP appointments is replaced with a simple intimation process, with vacancies to be filled within six months. Overall, these reforms enhance flexibility, strengthen governance, align with global standards, and promote standardized competence across FMEs.

II. Revised Eligibility Norms for Registered FME (Retail)

The eligibility framework for Registered FMEs (Retail) has been clarified and expanded. Applicants must demonstrate either:

(i) five years of collective experience in managing AUM of at least USD 200 million with over 25,000 investors, or

(ii) that their controlling shareholders (holding at least 25%) have operated in fund management-related businesses such as portfolio management, investment advisory, or distribution for a period of not less than five years, managing assets of at least USD 50 million for 1,000 or more investors.

A minimum net worth of USD 2 million continues to apply. Additionally, the third key managerial person may now be appointed prior to filing the first retail scheme’s offer document, providing operational flexibility during establishment.

III. Stringent assessment for Fit and Proper Person Credentials

The Amended Regulations have introduced stricter fitness and integrity checks for applicants and persons associated with FMEs. Disqualifications now include cases where charge sheets have been filed or charges framed in economic offences, or where a person has been restrained by any regulator or court in matters relating to financial misconduct.

A materiality threshold has been introduced for prior regulatory orders, allowing IFSCA to assess their impact on eligibility based on discretion and context. Moreover, any person declared as “not fit and proper” by any regulatory authority is ineligible to apply until the criteria are fully satisfied.

IV. Key Amendments to Schemes: Venture Capital, Restricted, and Retail

(a) Placement Memorandum and Minimum Corpus

For Venture Capital (VCF) and Restricted Schemes, investments may now commence only after IFSCA confirms that the Private Placement Memorandum (PPM) has been taken on record.

The validity of the PPM has been extended from six months to twelve months, with a one-time six-month extension available upon payment of 50% of the new scheme filing fee.

The minimum corpus requirement has been reduced from USD 5 million to USD 3 million, with open-ended schemes permitted to commence operations upon raising USD 1 million, achieving the minimum within twelve months.

(b) Joint Investor Provisions

The threshold for joint investors (spouse, parents, and children) has been relaxed to USD 250,000 for VCFs and USD 150,000 for Restricted Schemes, broadening accessibility for family-based participation.

(c) Investment and Diversification Norms

The 2025 regime introduces enhanced flexibility:

  •  Open-ended fund-of-funds and retail schemes may now invest in unlisted securities issued by appropriately regulated funds in their home jurisdiction.
  •  Concentration limits for sectoral, thematic, and index-linked funds are relaxed in line with benchmark weights, and listing of close-ended retail schemes is optional for investments above USD 10,000.

(d) Related Party Transactions and Contributions

Funds are prohibited from transacting with associates or investors contributing 50% or more of the corpus without 75% investor approval by value, though this does not apply to fund-of-funds with pre-disclosed investments. The restriction on FME and associate contribution exceeding 10% has been waived where such entities are non-residents with no Indian ultimate beneficial ownership (UBO) and where diversification criteria are met.

V. Reforms Relating to Family Investment Funds (FIFs)

The definition of Family Investment Fund (FIF) has been broadened to remove restrictive references to “self-managed funds,” allowing greater structural flexibility. The concept of a “single-family office” has been expanded to include various legal forms, companies, LLPs, trusts, partnerships, and other body corporates where individuals of a single family hold substantial economic interest. FIFs may be classified under Category I, II, or III AIFs, depending on their investment strategy.

4. STRATEGIC DIFFERENTIATORS OF THE IFSC FRAMEWORK FOR FMES

One of the most compelling yet less-discussed advantages for FMEs in the IFSC is the regulatory architecture deliberately designed to remove “jurisdictional friction” that typically constrains cross-border fund management. Unlike domestic regimes where taxation, currency rules, investment restrictions, and securities oversight stem from multiple independent regulators, the IFSC uniquely consolidates all financial lawmaking, across banking, securities, insurance, derivatives, investment funds, and fintech, under a single unified authority (IFSCA). This allows FMEs to structure products that combine elements of AIFs, PMS, ETFs, private credit, and digital asset strategies without navigating the fragmented approvals required onshore.

The IFSC also permits FMEs to design umbrella fund platforms, set up multi-strategy master–feeder structures, and operate multi-currency share classes with segregated books. This structural coherence where fund management, banking channels, settlement infrastructure, and capital flows are engineered to operate in a single harmonized loop gives FMEs in GIFT City a level of operational agility that meaningfully differentiates it from both domestic India and competing offshore domiciles.

5. WAY FORWARD- TOWARDS A GLOBALLY ALIGNED AND FUTURE-READY FUND ECOSYSTEM

With the introduction of the Fund Management Entity model, cross-border investment flexibility, and an internationally competitive tax and compliance environment, IFSCA has established a foundation that is distinct in its approach and purpose, one that harmonizes India’s regulatory prudence with global best practices. The underlying objective has been to create an enabling environment that attracts international fund sponsors, institutional investors, and professional intermediaries while maintaining strong governance standards and market discipline.

The 2025 amendments signal a transition from procedural oversight to outcome-based supervision, one that prioritizes competence, accountability, and investor protection without impeding operational innovation. The redefinition of the Family Investment Fund, relaxation of portfolio management thresholds in IFSC collectively enhance the jurisdiction’s credibility and alignment with global fund domiciles.

For fund managers, institutional investors, and allied professionals, the regulatory trajectory offers both opportunity and responsibility: opportunity in the form of greater operational latitude and market access, and responsibility through heightened standards of governance and transparency. As the IFSC framework continues to evolve, it is poised to serve as a bridge between India’s domestic financial depth and the international capital ecosystem, positioning GIFT City as a jurisdiction of choice in the global fund management landscape.

Transfer Pricing For Captive Service Providers in India: Disputes, Resolution and Policy Considerations

India’s Information Technology (IT) and IT-Enabled Services (ITES) sector, particularly the captive service provider segment operating within Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), stands as a cornerstone of the nation’s economy. These captives engage in extensive cross-border transactions with their associated enterprises (AEs), making transfer pricing (TP) a paramount area of focus for both taxpayers and the Indian tax administration. This article provides an analysis of the TP landscape for captive IT/ITES providers in India, focusing on practical challenges, dispute resolution mechanisms, and policy considerations.

INTRODUCTION: CAPTIVE IT & ITES PROVIDERS IN INDIA1

The Indian IT/ITeS sector holds a prominent global position and has significantly driven export growth. Within this dynamic landscape, captive service providers, commonly structured as Global Capability Centres (GCCs), play an essential role. GCCs, subsidiaries of Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), are primarily established to deliver specialised services to other entities within their global groups. India hosts over 1,700 GCCs employing more than 1.9 million professionals. These GCCs typically offer diverse services such as software development (SWD), IT-enabled services (ITES)—including back-office support—Knowledge Process Outsourcing (KPO), engineering design, and contract Research & Development (R&D).

In contrast to third-party outsourcing, the captive model integrates these operations within the MNE group, enabling parent companies to maintain comprehensive control over operations, quality assurance, data security, intellectual property management, and strategic alignment. Moreover, the scope and complexity of roles within GCCs are rapidly expanding. Global roles based in Indian GCCs are projected to grow dramatically from approximately 6,500 currently to over 30,000 by 2030, driven by robust leadership and professional training initiatives.

While many captives are established as wholly-owned operations, alternative structures like the Build-Operate-Transfer (BOT) model exist, where third-party providers set up and manage operations temporarily before transferring control back to the parent company. Additionally, some captive centres evolve into hybrid models through strategic collaborations with external service providers.


1. Economic Survey 2025

TYPICAL FUNCTIONAL, ASSET, AND RISK (FAR) PROFILES

A robust FAR analysis is fundamental in accurately characterising entities involved in controlled transactions, facilitating the selection of both the tested party and the most appropriate transfer pricing method. It goes beyond contractual terms, emphasising the economic substance and reality of the transaction. For Indian IT/ITES captives servicing their Associated Enterprises (AEs), a typical FAR profile commonly looks as follows2 (though variations exist based on the complexity and maturity of the captive):

Particulars Captive Indian Entity Associated
Enterprise (Parent/Principal)
Functions Performed3 Primarily focused on service delivery as per AE directives.

SWD: Performs coding, testing against AE-defined criteria, maintenance, and technical support.

– ITES/BPO: Executes standardised operations such as data entry, call handling, or transaction processing in line with defined SOPs.

– R&D Captives: Undertakes specific research tasks allocated by AE.

Captives typically do not engage in strategic planning, core product/service design, market development, significant financial decision-making, or customer relationship management.

Undertakes strategic, higher-level functions, including:

– Overall business strategy formulation.

– Product/service roadmap and core R&D/IP development.

– Market identification and penetration strategies.

– Key customer acquisition, relationship management, and pricing decisions.

– Overall financial risk management.

– Defines work scope, methodologies, tools, or platforms for the captive.

Assets Employed Uses tangible assets such as office infrastructure, computers, servers, communication equipment, and standard software licenses required for operational execution.

Typically, does not own significant or high-value operating intangibles such as brands, core proprietary technologies, or customer lists.

Captives may develop some process-specific know-how or utilise intangible assets provided free of cost by the AE4.

Owns substantial intangible assets, including:

– Global brand names;

– Core technological patents and proprietary software platforms;

– Customer relationships and goodwill.

– Strategic assets concerning market access and overarching business direction.

Owns or controls key tangible assets supporting its global business operations.

Risks Assumed Structured to bear minimal contractual risk.

Primarily exposed to operational risks such as non-compliance with Service Level Agreements (SLAs), employee performance issues, attrition, and process execution quality.

Typically shielded from significant market fluctuations, credit risks, and pricing risks due to the cost-plus arrangement structure.

Bears considerable entrepreneurial and strategic risks inherent to the overall business operations, such as:

– Market Risk: Changes in demand and competition.

– Credit Risk: Customer default.

– Product Development Risk: R&D failures or technological obsolescence.

– Inventory Risk: If applicable.

– Overall Financial Risk: Associated with running the global business operations.

Capacity utilisation risk related to captive operations is implicitly borne by the parent under typical cost-plus frameworks.


2. The CBDT Circular No.06 /2013 (amending Circular No.03/2013 dated 26th March,2013) provides conditions relevant to identify development centres engaged in contract R&D services with insignificant risk. The criteria laid out are also reflected in the eligibility conditions for availing Safe Harbour rates for contract R&D services (both software and generic pharma) and IT/ITES services, which explicitly require the provider to operate with "insignificant risks". Taxpayers claiming insignificant risk status must meticulously document their FAR profile, demonstrating alignment with the CBDT's criteria through robust evidence of the parent's control, risk-bearing, and decision-making authority.
3. The use of DEMPE (Development, Enhancement, Maintenance, Protection, Exploitation) analysis helps scrutinize functions related to intangibles.
4. The treatment of FOC assets can be a point of contention. Refer IQVIA Analytics Services (P.) Ltd. vs. Income-tax Officer [2025] 170 taxmann.com 409 (Bangalore - Trib.)[18-12-2024]

TRANSFER PRICING MODEL AND ARM’S LENGTH PRICING

Reflecting their typical FAR profile, Indian captive IT/ITES service providers commonly adopt a cost-plus remuneration model. Under this arrangement, the captive entity providing services to its AEs is compensated by recovering all relevant operating costs plus a pre-agreed mark-up percentage (the ‘plus’).

This remuneration approach aligns with the economic profile of a low-risk service provider, as it largely protects the captive entity from downside business risks. Essentially, the parent AE guarantees a routine, stable profit margin to the captive, irrespective of the ultimate market performance or commercial success of the products or services supported by the captive. Consequently, the entrepreneurial risks, including market uncertainties and business fluctuations, are borne entirely by the AE, which correspondingly retains any potential upside or absorbs the losses arising from the overall business activities.

However, despite its widespread acceptance and economic rationale for contract service providers, the cost-plus model frequently becomes a focal point for transfer pricing disputes in India, primarily due to disagreements around the appropriate mark-up and the treatment of costs.

CHALLENGES IN IDENTIFYING SUITABLE COMPARABLES

The intrinsic nature of the captive model—an internal service provider operating exclusively for its parent entity—creates inherent complexities in applying the arm’s length principle, which requires comparisons with independent, market-facing enterprises. Independent service providers operate under fundamentally different economic conditions; they assume entrepreneurial risks, invest significantly in their own intellectual property and marketing efforts, and compete openly in the market. Consequently, their FAR profiles rarely align closely with captive entities, whose risk profile is primarily defined by intra-group contractual arrangements rather than genuine market forces.

This fundamental difference significantly complicates the identification of reliable external comparables from commercial databases (e.g., Prowess, Capitaline, Ace TP), despite their extensive usage for transfer pricing methods like the Transactional Net Margin Method (TNMM). In addition, publicly available financial data lacks sufficient granularity, such as segment-specific financial information, detailed cost breakdowns, or standardised accounting policies, necessary to perform accurate and meaningful comparability analyses.

Furthermore, the rigorous application of comparability filters frequently reduces the potential comparables set to a very limited pool, raising legitimate questions about the statistical reliability and representativeness of the resultant arm’s length range. Such challenges underscore that benchmarking remains highly judgmental and subjective, frequently leading to contentious debates and prolonged litigation.

Additionally, the ongoing evolution of Indian captive entities—many now performing complex, higher-value activities such as advanced R&D or even taking ownership of specific processes or products—further complicates their characterisation. As captives transition beyond traditional routine services, the argument for their low-risk profile weakens, rendering the simple cost-plus mark-up potentially inadequate to capture the true arm’s length value of their enhanced functions and risks. Consequently, assessing the captive’s TP characterisation and policies becomes essential, often necessitating consideration of alternative methods, such as the Profit Split Method. This shift inherently increases the complexity of the transfer pricing analysis and the likelihood of disagreements with tax authorities.

ARM’S LENGTH MARGIN – EXPECTATIONS AND THRESHOLDS

Determining an appropriate “arm’s length” margin for captive IT/ITES providers in India is challenging and often contentious. Perspectives and benchmarks vary significantly among stakeholders, creating fertile ground for disputes:

  • Tax Authority Expectations – Even when the low-risk characterisation of captives is accepted, tax authorities scrutinise the level of mark-up intensely. Historically, TPOs have proposed significantly higher mark-ups (commonly 25-40% during past audits), compared to margins typically applied by taxpayers (often initially ranging from 7-12% and currently in the range of 12-15%). This discrepancy regularly leads to substantial TP adjustments. Authorities frequently question or reject comparables selected by taxpayers, often excluding loss-making entities or including companies generating “super-normal” profits. Additionally, captives reporting losses or very low margins (inter alia due to extraordinary economic conditions) face scepticism, as tax authorities argue that low-risk entities should consistently earn stable, positive returns.
  • Safe Harbour Rates – India’s Safe Harbour Rules prescribe fixed margins—such as 17-18% for IT/ITES services, 18-24% for KPO, and 24% for contract R&D activities—to provide taxpayers a degree of certainty and protection against disputes. However, industry stakeholders commonly perceive these rates as higher than realistic arm’s length margins derived from market comparables. Moreover, the turnover threshold of ₹300 crore severely limits eligibility, making this option impractical for many large captives.
  • Benchmarking Study Results – Actual benchmarking analyses conducted using commercial databases typically yield varied results. Median margins identified through such analyses often fall within approximately 8-12% for Indian IT service providers and around 12-15% for ITES providers. These results, however, can fluctuate considerably based on factors such as the specific service type, financial year, choice of databases, comparability filters, and adjustments performed. Notably, the margins observed in India tend to be higher than those for comparable service providers in regions like the US or EMEA5, potentially reflecting regional market dynamics, location-specific cost advantages (“location savings”), or comparability complexities.

Ultimately, there is no universally agreed “correct” margin. Determining an appropriate arm’s length margin for a captive IT/ITES provider depends significantly on the robustness of the benchmarking analysis, the quality and comparability of selected benchmarks, and the reasonableness of adjustments. The persistent gap between taxpayer expectations and tax authority benchmarks—fuelled by inherent complexities in applying the arm’s length principle to captive entities—remains a central driver of transfer pricing litigation in this sector.

TRANSFER PRICING CONTROVERSIES AND LITIGATION TRENDS

The application of TP regulations to captive IT/ITES service providers has given rise to disputes on several key aspects. Rulings from High Courts and Tribunals provide crucial insights into these disputes, offering valuable guidance for taxpayers navigating TP controversies.

Table 2: Common TP Issues & Litigation Hotspots for Indian Captive IT/ITES Providers

Issue Typical Tax Authority Position Common Taxpayer Arguments/Challenges Key Judicial Trends
Comparability Analysis – Selection (most litigated issue) – Rejects the taxpayer’s comparables.

– Introduces high-margin comparables or excludes loss-making entities.

– Challenges the inclusion of TPO’s comparables, arguing functional dissimilarities (e.g., super-normal profits, significant intangibles,  different scale, software products business or extraordinary events)

 

– Tribunals typically perform detailed, company-specific analyses, often excluding TPO-selected comparables based on FAR, turnover size, brand influence, or R&D intensity.
– Justifies inclusion of specific comparables (including loss-makers).

– Questions the application and the fairness of the filters to select comparables.

– Acceptance of loss-making comparables remains contentious.
Comparability Analysis – Filters – Applies arbitrary filters (turnover, related-party transactions, export earnings thresholds, employee cost ratios, persistent losses). – Argues against arbitrary or overly restrictive filters.

– Seeks consistent and transparent application of filters.

 

– Tribunals rigorously scrutinise filters based on case-specific facts (consistency, rationale).
Choice of Method – Prefers TNMM

– Occasionally, advocates for CUP, if potentially comparable internal/external transactions exist.

– Justifies the selected method based on the FAR profile, availability, and reliability of data. – Method selection is closely evaluated against the FAR analysis.
Characterisation of Services (ITES vs. KPO) – Challenges the taxpayer’s characterisation.

– Attempts to reclassify services as KPO to justify higher mark-ups, if elements of analytical judgment or value-added processes are identified.

– Provides detailed FAR analyses supporting routine, process-driven ITES characterisation. – Courts emphasise the importance of robust FAR analyses for characterisation.
Risk Profiling and Adjustments – Assumes captives bear minimal or no risk, thus expecting stable, guaranteed positive returns;

– Occasionally, challenges limited-risk characterisation, arguing that critical functions imply risk assumptions beyond a routine return.

– Frequently, disputes cost base items included for mark-up calculations.

– Argues that captives realistically bear operational risks and may face legitimate business downturns or market risks.

– Argues for adjustments for the differences in the risk profile vis-à-vis the comparables selected.

– Tribunals require a clear demonstration of genuine business reasons for any deviations from stable profit expectations.
Interest on Outstanding Receivables – Imputes interest on delayed AE receivables, typically benchmarked against PLR or similar market benchmarks. – Justifies delayed payments based on commercial practices or comparable third-party credit arrangements.

– Challenges the appropriateness of the interest rate used by TPO.

– Tribunals commonly allow working capital adjustments to address the economic reality of receivables delays.

– Moderated through credit period and interest rate considerations.

Procedural Compliance by Authorities – Procedural deficiencies are attributed to tax authorities themselves rather than to taxpayers. – Challenges assessments on procedural grounds: missed statutory deadlines (Section 92CA(3A)), improper draft orders (Section 144C), absence of Document Identification Number (DIN), and non-adherence to DRP directions. – Courts consistently mandate strict adherence to statutory and procedural requirements.

– Taxpayers frequently succeed in litigation on procedural grounds.

ALTERNATE DISPUTE RESOLUTION

  • Advance Pricing Agreement (APA) Regime6 

The APA regime aims to create a non-adversarial tax environment by allowing taxpayers and the Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) to agree on the Arm’s Length Price (ALP) or the methodology for determining the ALP in advance. APAs can cover up to five future years, with an optional rollback provision extending certainty to up to four prior years, offering a total coverage period of nine years.

The Indian APA framework provides both Unilateral APAs (UAPAs, between the taxpayer and CBDT) and Bilateral APAs (BAPAs, involving the taxpayer, CBDT, and treaty partner authorities), effectively mitigating double taxation. India recently concluded its first Multilateral APA (MAPA), further enhancing its dispute resolution landscape.

APA adoption has steadily increased, reaching a record 174 agreements signed in FY 2024-25 (including 65 BAPAs and 1 MAPA). By March 2025, India had cumulatively signed 815 APAs, predominantly within the IT/ITES sector. This sector, largely represented by captive entities engaged in software development and ITES, consistently dominates the APA filings.

Despite its success, challenges remain—primarily lengthy processing times. Unilateral APAs currently average around 44 months, while Bilateral APAs average 59 months, contributing to a considerable backlog. Nevertheless, the collaborative nature and tax certainty offered through APAs make them an attractive alternative to traditional TP audits and litigation.


6. https://www.taxsutra.com/sites/default/files/sftp/CBDT_APA_Annual_Report__2023_24.pdf
  • Dispute Resolution Panel (DRP):

The DRP provides an alternative first appellate forum specifically designed for foreign companies and TP disputes. A significant advantage of the DRP route is that tax demands remain suspended during proceedings, unlike CIT(A) appeals, which typically require payment of at least 20% of the disputed amount. Additionally, while taxpayers retain the right to further appeal DRP directions before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (ITAT), the tax department cannot appeal DRP decisions.

However, despite the intended benefits of speed and procedural efficiency, the effectiveness of the DRP mechanism as a final resolution forum is often questioned. Experience indicates DRP decisions frequently favour the revenue, prompting taxpayers to routinely escalate matters to ITAT. Consequently, DRP proceedings may function more as an expedited intermediate step rather than a definitive dispute resolution avenue.

  • Mutual Agreement Procedure (MAP):

The MAP, available under India’s tax treaties, is a critical tool for addressing TP disputes that lead to double taxation. Under this mechanism, taxpayers can request intervention from the competent authorities of the treaty jurisdictions involved to collaboratively engage with the Indian competent authority to find a resolution.

Policy Recommendations

Based on the analysis of prevalent disputes, existing dispute resolution mechanisms, international best practices, and judicial guidance, the following policy recommendations are proposed to foster a stable, predictable, and efficient TP regime for captive IT/ITES providers in India:

1. Enhance and Rationalise Safe Harbour Rules (SHR)

  • Issue: The existing SHR margins (e.g., 17-24%) are high compared to typical market benchmarks, limiting their attractiveness.

The Economic Survey 2025 recommended that expanding the scope of SHR is expected to make the country’s TP regime more attractive and competitive, thereby boosting IT exports and enhancing ease of business for the IT services industry.

Recommendation:

  • Revisit and rationalise SHR margins to reflect realistic market benchmarks, making them more attractive to taxpayers and effective in reducing litigation.
  • Consider expanding eligibility thresholds beyond INR 3 billion to accommodate larger captive entities.

2. Improve Audit Quality and Consistency

Issue: Audits are often inconsistent due to varying levels of understanding of IT/ITES business models and TP nuances among TPOs.

Recommendation:

  • Adopt a robust, risk-based approach to audit selection, focusing resources on high-risk cases.
  • Provide detailed guidance on comparability analysis and permissible comparability adjustments to ensure consistency and transparency in benchmarking analyses.
  • Leverage APA/MAP Data (anonymised, aggregated) and Court rulings for Benchmarking Insights.

3. Strengthen Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) Mechanisms

Issue: APA and MAP processes face lengthy delays, affecting their effectiveness as dispute prevention/resolution tools. Additionally, the DRP is perceived as revenue-biased, reducing its credibility.

Recommendation:

  • Streamline the APA process to reduce average processing times by enhancing resources, capacity, and procedural efficiencies.
  • Allocate sufficient resources to MAP, ensuring the timely resolution of international disputes and enhancing coordination with treaty partners.
  • Evaluate and reform the DRP mechanism to improve neutrality and credibility.

4. Implement the Block Assessment Scheme Effectively

Issue: The three-year block assessment scheme offers potential to reduce repetitive TP audits, but lacks detailed operational guidelines.

Recommendation:

  • Issue clear, comprehensive CBDT guidelines detailing eligibility criteria, defining “similar transactions,” outlining the procedure for taxpayers opting into the scheme, clarifying the role of TPOs in validation, and explaining interactions with annual documentation requirements.

Implementing these targeted measures would significantly enhance predictability, transparency, and efficiency within India’s TP regime for the captive IT/ITES sector, ultimately fostering a more stable investment climate.

CONCLUSION

Transfer pricing remains a highly litigious area for captive IT and ITES service providers operating in India.

While litigation remains prevalent, India has implemented mechanisms aimed at providing greater tax certainty and facilitating dispute resolution (The APA program, DRP). MAP continues to be essential for resolving international double taxation disputes under India’s tax treaties.

To foster a more stable environment, policy interventions should focus on rationalising Safe Harbour Rules, enhancing audit quality and consistency, strengthening APA, DRP and MAP processes, and ensuring the effective implementation of new initiatives like the block assessment scheme. Improving comparability requires clearer guidance and potentially leveraging anonymised APA data and insights from Court rulings for indicative benchmarks.

In conclusion, navigating the TP environment for captive IT/ITES providers in India requires robust documentation and strategic use of dispute resolution mechanisms. While challenges persist, potential policy reforms could  offer pathways towards greater tax certainty for this vital sector.

An In-Depth Look at Supplier Finance Arrangements

The recent amendments to Ind AS 7 and Ind AS 107 introduced disclosure requirements for Supplier Finance Arrangements (SFAs) to enhance transparency around liquidity and working capital financing practices. SFAs—often referred to as reverse factoring or channel finance—involve a buyer, supplier and finance provider, enabling suppliers to receive early payment while buyers obtain extended credit terms. Historically, limited disclosures made it difficult for users to distinguish trade payables from arrangement-driven financing and to assess liquidity risk. The amendments require entities to disclose the terms of each arrangement, the carrying amounts of SFA-related liabilities (including amounts already settled by finance providers), and ranges of payment due dates for both SFA and comparable non-SFA payables. Entities must also explain non-cash changes in these liabilities. Although classification as trade payables or borrowings is not prescribed, entities must exercise judgement considering Ind AS 1 and 109. The amendments apply from FY 2026 with limited transition reliefs.

BACKGROUND

In an effort to enhance the financial transparency of general-purpose financial statements, the Ministry of Corporate Affairs has recently issued the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Second Amendment Rules, 2025. This amendment introduces several significant changes across various Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS). A key concept introduced is supplier finance arrangements, which is covered under Ind AS 107, about disclosures related to financial instruments, as well as Ind AS 7, which focuses on the statement of cash flows. These revisions are designed to improve the clarity of supplier finance arrangements and their effects on financial statements, thereby enabling stakeholders to more effectively assess the financial condition and liquidity risks of any entity.

WHAT IS SUPPLIER FINANCE ARRANGEMENT (SFA)?

The Global Supply Chain Finance Forum1 defines supply chain finance to include a variety of techniques, including financing for receivables (e.g. factoring arrangements), financing for inventories (e.g. pre-shipment financing) and financing for payables (e.g. payables finance arrangements). Many use ‘supply chain finance’ to describe only arrangements that finance payables (such as payables finance or reverse factoring arrangements).

Financing the supply chain is a critical aspect of supply chain management, and thus, in recent years, many organisations have resorted to unique financing structures for better liquidity management and to facilitate faster
payments of their supplier invoices so as to maintain an unaffected supply chain, which becomes more imperative in the current global scenario considering inherent uncertainty.

It can be called by many names, such as channel finance or reverse factoring; however,in basic terms supplier finance arrangement involves 3 parties and primarily transaction flow remains as follows.

Optimizes the working capital cycle

Note – In practical terms, there is involvement of multiple intermediaries, such as negotiating bank and other technical documentation; however, for understanding simplified version is demonstrated above.

supplier finance arrangement

In January, 2020 IFRS Interpretations Committee received a submission from Moody’s Investor Services (Moody’s), primarily two questions where they seek guidance were

(a) Presentation of trade liabilities when related invoices are part of a Supply chain finance arrangement and
(b) disclosure related to reverse factoring arrangements.

In response, IFRIC in its Dec, 20 update included agenda decision on the matter, which becomes the foundational pillar for such amendment over time, at that time IFRIC concluded that “the principles and requirements in IFRS Standards provide an adequate basis for an entity to determine the presentation of liabilities that are part of reverse factoring arrangements, the presentation of the related cash flows, and the information to disclose in the notes about, for example, liquidity risks that arise in such arrangements. Consequently, the Committee decided not to add a standard-setting project on these matters to the work plan” (Extract of IFRIC agenda decision – Dec,20), to which Moody’s responded that fewer than 5% of entities they rate disclose information about the use of supply chain finance arrangements and their effects, which poses a challenge in comparing these data points.

Based on the above response and staff recommendations, the board added a narrow-scope disclosure-only standard-setting project on SFA, striking a balance between comprehensive reporting and practical feasibility for preparers. At its June 2021 meeting, the Board tentatively decided on the package of disclosure objectives and requirements that it would propose to add to IAS 7 and IFRS 7.

While drafting the proposed amendment, the board recognised that because entities applying IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements might present liabilities that are part of a supplier finance arrangement within different line items (i.e. trade and other payables vs. Other financial liabilities), the board also proposed to require an entity to disclose, the line item in which the entity presents the carrying amount of financial liabilities that are part of SFA.

Finally, in November, 2021 exposure draft was released proposing an amendment to IAS 7 and IFRS 7, post comments from all the relevant stakeholders and analysis thereof, In May, 2023 IASB amended IAS 7 and IFRS 7 introducing new disclosure requirements to enhance transparency and thus, the usefulness of the information provided by entities about SFA, applicable from 01st January, 2024.

As a part of convergence, ICAI in July, 2023 issued an exposure draft to amend Ind AS 7 and Ind AS 107 with no modifications to the amendments as suggested by IASB. In February, 2024 NFRA approved recommendations by ICAI for the Ministry of Corporate Affairs. MCA notified the same in August, 2025.

APPLYING THE AMENDMENTS

The amendments introduce enhanced disclosure rules intended to improve transparency around supplier finance programs. These changes are designed to help investors and other users of financial statements understand the impact of such arrangements on an entity’s liquidity position and overall financial health, while ensuring that the benefits of this additional information outweigh the associated implementation costs for companies.

Notably, the term Supplier financing arrangement has not been defined in IAS 7 or IFRS 7 and consequently not in Ind AS 7 or Ind AS 107, the reason being the dynamic nature of new practices and new type of arrangements entities enter into, which is not possible to be covered in one set of definition and to keep up with the market practice, the definition would need amendments, thus considering the evolving nature of arrangement the amendment (para 44G of Ind As 7) describes the characteristics of a SFA, which are as below :

characteristics of a SFA

All arrangements with the characteristics of supplier finance arrangements (as described above) are, therefore, subject to the proposed new disclosure requirements, irrespective of where and how an entity presents and classifies the related liabilities and cash flows in its Balance Sheet and cash flows. Variations in the form or labelling of the arrangement would not affect whether the disclosure requirements apply.

AMENDED DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

Users of financial statements have highlighted to the IASB the information needs that the standard needs to adhere to. The new disclosure requirements are designed to complement the current requirements in IFRS Standards. The objective of the disclosure requirements is to help users evaluate the effect of SFA on an entity’s liabilities and cash flows and on the entity’s exposure to liquidity risk.

The IASB identified that users of financial statements find it difficult to

  • analyse the total amount and terms of an entity’s debt, especially when financial liabilities that are part of the arrangement are classified as trade and other payables;
  • identify operating and financing cash flows arising from supplier finance arrangements, influencing their understanding of how the arrangement affects an entity’s cash flows and associated financial ratios;
  • understand the effect supplier finance arrangements have on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk; and
  • Compare the financial statements of an entity that uses supplier finance arrangements with those of an entity that does not.

IASB aimed to provide the greatest benefit to users of financial statements without asking entities to provide an excessive amount of additional information—in other words, the proposals are intended to balance implementation costs for entities and others with the benefits of the information for users of financial statements

To meet the stated objective, an entity shall disclose in aggregate for its SFA (Ind AS 7)

Disclosure 1 (Para 44H (a)) – Qualitative information

The terms and conditions of the arrangements (for example, extended payment terms and security or guarantees provided). However, an entity shall disclose separately the terms and conditions of arrangements that have dissimilar terms and conditions.

Rationale – would identify the existence of supplier finance arrangements and explain their nature.

Disclosure 2 (Para 44H (b)) – Quantitative information

As at the beginning and end of the reporting period:

(i)the carrying amounts, and associated line items presented in the entity’s balance sheet, of the financial liabilities that are part of a supplier finance arrangement.

(ii)the carrying amounts, and associated line items, of the financial liabilities disclosed under (i) for which suppliers have already received payment from the finance providers.

(iii)the range of payment due dates (for example, 30–40 days after the invoice date) for both the financial liabilities disclosed under (i) and comparable trade payables that are not part of a supplier finance arrangement.

Comparable trade payables are, for example, trade payables of the entity within the same line of business or jurisdiction as the financial liabilities disclosed under (i).

If ranges of payment due dates are wide, an entity shall disclose explanatory information about those ranges or disclose additional ranges (for example, stratified ranges)

Rationale

  • Para 44H(b)(i) would indicate the size of the arrangement and enable users of financial statements to identify where in its balance sheet an entity presents financial liabilities that are part of an arrangement (Trade Payables vs. Other financial liabilities)
  • Para 44H(b)(ii) would help users of financial statements analyse the entity’s debt and consequential effects on operating and financing cash flows, and display exposure already financed by third parties
  • Para 44H(b)(iii) would help users of financial statements assess the effect of each arrangement on the entity’s days payable, i.e. assesses delay or extension of payments through SFAs, IASB also clarified that the disclosure of the range of payment due dates does not overlap with or effect the maturity analysis requirements of IFRS 7 (Ind AS 107). The IFRS 7 maturity analysis is prepared for the liabilities at the reporting date and generally shows the earliest time that an entity could be contractually required to repay financial liabilities. Information about the payment due dates of financial liabilities that are part of SFAs and comparable trade payables shows the potential effect that SFAs have on the time it takes an entity to pay for goods or services.

Disclosure 3 (Para 44H (c)) –Additional information

The type and effect of non-cash changes in the carrying amounts of the financial liabilities disclosed under 44H(b)(i).

Examples of non-cash changes include the effect of business combinations, exchange differences or other transactions that do not require the use of cash or cash equivalents

Rationale – would help users of financial statements assess the effect of each arrangement on the entity’s cash flow and any non-cash changes in liability positions.

The above-stated disclosure

  • would help in assessing the extent to which operating cash flows improve from increased use of supplier finance arrangements, because due dates differ for liabilities that are part of an arrangement and trade payables that are not.
  • would provide information about the extent to which the entity has used extended payment terms or its suppliers have used early payment terms. That information would help users of financial statements understand the effect of supplier finance arrangements on the entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and how the entity might be affected if the arrangements were no longer available to it.
  • would help users of financial statements identify and assess changes and trends in the effect of each supplier finance arrangement on an entity’s liabilities and cash flows.

OTHER ADDITIONAL ASPECTS

44H(b)(ii) (the carrying amount of financial liabilities for which suppliers have already received payment from the finance providers)

Entities would need to obtain the information from finance providers (i.e. banks) that would be required to be disclosed here; finance providers would generally be able to make this information available to a buyer that engages the finance providers’ services—if the information is currently not provided, it could be made available to a buyer before the implementation of amendments. Although for some arrangements there may be restrictions on the information that finance providers could provide, such restrictions would be unlikely to prevent the finance providers from providing the information on an aggregated and anonymised basis.

Non-Cash changes

Para 44A and 44B of Ind AS 7 require disclosure of changes in liabilities from financing activities (cash + non-cash), thus 44H(c) specifically requires disclosure of non-cash changes, for example, an entity buys goods and services from suppliers and would typically classify the future cash outflows to settle amounts owed to its suppliers as a cash flow from operating activities. When an amount the entity owes its suppliers becomes part of a supplier finance arrangement, the entity—having considered the terms and conditions of the arrangement—classifies the future cash outflow to settle the amount owed as arising from either operating activities or financing activities. If the entity classifies the future cash outflow as a cash flow from financing activities (without reporting any cash inflow from financing activities), the outcome is that there has been a non-cash change in liabilities arising from financing activities. Such a non-cash change may not be apparent to users of financial statements without the disclosure.

Outstanding SFA: Trade payables or Other Financial liability

There is no doubt that the purchaser has a financial liability till it settles dues under the arrangement, however it would continue as a trade payables or reclassified to borrowings or other financial liabilities needs additional analysis, IASB considered whether to add requirements to IAS 1 (Ind AS 1) Presentation of Financial Statements to help assess whether the nature of financial liabilities within the scope of the proposed requirements is similar to, or dissimilar from, that of trade payables (which is part of an entity’s working capital) or other financial liabilities. IASB was of the view that a project on the classification and presentation of liabilities in the Balance Sheet or on the occurrence and classification of cash flows in the statement of cash flows would need to consider a wider range of liabilities and cash flows than only those related to supplier finance arrangements. Thus, IASB decided not to address classification and presentation in the Balance Sheet and cash flows as part of this project.

We also need to adhere to derecognition criteria as provided under Ind AS 109 pertaining to derecognition of financial liability, which says that a financial liability is derecognised when the obligation is extinguished by settling, cancelling, or expiration. This occurs when the contractual obligation is discharged/settled, and an entity must remove the liability from its balance sheet. Further, the guidance provided under Ind AS 109 specifies that a financial liability (or part of it) is extinguished when the debtor either:

(a) discharges the liability (or part of it) by paying the creditor, normally with cash, other financial assets, goods or services; or

(b) is legally released from primary responsibility for the liability (or part of it) either by process of law or by the creditor. (If the debtor has given a guarantee, this condition may still be met.)

As a part of the Agenda decision, IASB has considered below key pointers

  • entity is required to determine whether to present liabilities that are part of a reverse factoring arrangement:

a. within trade and other payables;

b. within other financial liabilities; or

c. as a line item separate from other items in its Balance Sheet

  • entity presents a financial liability as a trade payable only when it

a. represents a liability to pay for goods or services;

b. is invoiced or formally agreed with the supplier; and

c. is part of the working capital used in the entity’s normal operating cycle.

  • Further, an entity assessing whether to present liabilities that are part of a reverse factoring arrangement separately might consider factors including, for example:

a. whether additional security is provided as part of the arrangement that would not be provided without the arrangement.

b. the extent to which the terms of liabilities that are part of the arrangement differ from the terms of the entity’s trade payables that are not part of the arrangement.

The above evaluation is not an accounting policy choice but requires the exercise of judgment based on the evaluation of the terms of the arrangement and relevant guidance. There is one more factor that requires some consideration is how finance providers (banks) look at it.

It is imperative to note that the presentation under statement of cash flow, would depend on the balance sheet classification, i.e. if the entity considers the related liability to be a trade or other payable that is part of the working capital used in the entity’s principal revenue-producing activities, the entity presents cash outflows to settle the liability as arising from operating activities in its statement of cash flows. In contrast, if the entity considers that the related liability is not a trade or other payable because the liability represents borrowings of the entity, the
entity presents cash outflows to settle the liability as arising from financing activities in its statement of cash flows.

IFRS 7 (i.e. Ind AS 107)

Reverse factoring arrangements often give rise to liquidity risk. By entering into such an arrangement, an entity typically concentrates a portion of its liabilities with one or a few finance providers (rather than a diverse group of suppliers). Consequently, should the arrangement be withdrawn during times of stress (which finance providers can typically do at short notice), that withdrawal could increase pressure on an entity’s cash flows and affect its ability to settle liabilities when they are due. A supplier may also be able or inclined to renegotiate payment terms with its customer (the entity) during times of stress, whereas finance providers—subject to capital requirements—may not be able or inclined to be as flexible.

Users of financial statements need information to help them assess the effect of SFA on an entity’s exposure to liquidity risk and risk management. The liquidity risk disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 (which apply to recognised and unrecognised financial instruments) are already comprehensive, and IASB concluded that there is no need to add to them as part of this project.

Nonetheless, the Board decided to add supplier finance arrangements as an example within the liquidity risk disclosure requirements in IFRS 7 to highlight the importance of providing liquidity risk information about these arrangements.

This inclusion links Ind AS 107 to Ind AS 7, ensuring coordinated application. The entity now must incorporate SFA-related liabilities into risk disclosures, maturity analysis and liquidity-related disclosures.

CONNECTING THE DOTS – US GAAP

In October 2022, the FASB issued final guidance that requires entities that use supplier finance programs in connection with the purchase of goods and services to disclose the key terms of the programs and information about their obligations outstanding at the end of the reporting period, including a roll forward of those obligations. The guidance does not affect the recognition, measurement or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations, which are classified as either trade payables or bank debt, depending on the terms of the program.

Unlike US GAAP, the IASB would require additional disclosure from the buyer to

(1) specifically disclose amounts recognised as financial liabilities for which the suppliers have already received payment from the intermediary and

(2) disclose payment due dates separately for trade payables that are or are not part of a supplier finance program.

Further, under US GAAP, they have not clarified how to present and disclose amounts payable under supplier finance programs, but they have additionally analysed that Regulation S-X, Rule 5-02(19)(a), requires SEC registrants to present amounts payable to trade creditors separately from borrowings on the face of the balance sheet. Accordingly, a purchasing entity that participates in a trade payable program involving an intermediary should consider whether the intermediary’s involvement changes the appropriate presentation of the payable from a trade payable to a borrowing from the intermediary (e.g., bank debt). Entities often seek to achieve trade payable classification because trade payables tend to be treated more favourably than short-term indebtedness in the calculation of financial ratios (e.g., balance sheet leverage measures) and in the determination of whether financial covenants are met.

Generally, a supplier’s decision to factor a trade receivable to a bank or other financial institution does not affect the purchaser’s presentation of the associated trade payable if the factoring terms are negotiated and agreed to independently by the supplier and the institution without any involvement of the purchaser, which may not even be aware of the factoring transaction. Similarly, an entity’s decision to outsource its supplier processing payments to an intermediary and involvement of mere intermediary does not necessarily cause a reclassification of associated trade payables if the terms of the payables remain unaffected and the entity is not involved in, or does not benefit from, transactions between the suppliers and the intermediary. In other words, if the intermediary’s involvement does not change the nature, amount, and timing of the entity’s payables and does not provide the entity with any direct economic benefit, continued trade payable classification may be appropriate. However, reclassification may be required if such changes or benefits result from the intermediary’s involvement.

ILLUSTRATIVE DISCLOSURES

Although the amendments do not necessitate such disclosures, however in line with Ind AS 1 requirements and considering inherent subjectivity and involvement of management judgement, an entity should consider providing material accounting policy information and significant judgements that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the SFA recognition.

The IASB developed a package of disclosure requirements illustrated below (a company might decide to disclose the information in a different format to that shown).

Disclosure under Notes to accounts

Disclosure pertaining to Cash Flows

Source : IFRS May, 23 Investor Perspectives

GLOBAL ADOPTION AND DISCLOSURE PRACTICE

The amendments were effective from annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024. Early adoption was permitted with adequate disclosures.

A few transition reliefs were offered by the amendments. For instance, for any reporting periods submitted before the start of the annual reporting period in which the modifications initially take effect, a business is exempt from disclosing comparative data. Additionally, part of the quantitative data given at the start of the yearly reporting period, when the amendments initially take effect, is relieved. Additionally, the amendments make it clear that during the first annual reporting period in which those amendments apply, organizations are not obliged to make disclosures in accordance with the new requirements during any interim reporting period.

Extracts of Consolidated Financial Statements of the Nestlé Group 2024

Reporting period – 01st January, 2024 to 31st December, 2024 , being the first year of adoption of such amendments

Disclosure 1 under Accounting policies

Disclosure 2 under notes to accounts – Trade and Other Payables

APPLICABILITY

An entity shall apply the amendments from FY 26 Annual Financial Statements. In applying this amendment, an entity is not required to disclose:

(a) comparative information for any reporting periods presented before the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

(b) the information otherwise required by paragraph 44H(b)(ii) – (iii) as at the beginning of the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

(c) the   information   otherwise   required   by   paragraphs   44F– 44H   for   any interim   period presented within the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies those amendments.

PRACTICAL APPLICATION NOTES

  • Neither Ind AS nor Schedule III to Companies Act, 2013 define borrowings, however it specifies that a payable shall be classified as ‘trade payables’ if it in respect of amount due on account of goods purchase or services received in the normal course of business.
  • For ease in adoption of amendments, corporates need to modify its MIS related to borrowing and vendor so as to capture additional data points such as
  1. Payment received by suppliers under SFA
  2. Range of payment due dates
  3. Key terms and conditions of each arrangements
  • Under Indian supplier finance eco-system many products exist with differing terminologies such as trade credits, buyer’s credits, suppliers’ credits, letter of credits, import bills collections, Bills acceptances etc. (which may have overlapping transaction flow or terms). corporates need to assess each and every such products initially based on its terms & conditions and transaction flow, does it fall under definition of SFA or not.

COMMENT

It would be interesting to observe the first set of disclosures by India Inc. in FY 26 Annual reports, wherein we would find many different practices and implementation subjectivity, along with explanations and terms of such arrangements. It remains to be seen whether these requirements will evolve into an additional reporting burden for preparers or a valuable analytical tool for stakeholders.

Income-Tax Act 2025: Changes in International Tax and Transfer Pricing Provisions

The Income-tax Act, 2025 (“ITA 2025”) marks a structural overhaul of India’s direct tax legislation, replacing the six-decade-old Income-tax Act, 1961 (“ITA 1961”) with effect from 1 April 2026. In international tax and transfer pricing, ITA 2025 preserves the substantive foundation of ITA 1961, focusing on structure, coherence and interpretational certainty. Indirect transfer rules have been re-drafted, with refined language that broadens the scope of taxable offshore interests while omitting the earlier retrospective deeming phrase “shall always be deemed,” thereby signaling a shift toward prospective clarity. Transfer Pricing provisions remain largely intact, though key clarifications include the uniform applicability of the ±3% tolerance range even where a single arm’s-length price is determined, and a re-organised definition of Associated Enterprises that simplifies interpretational hierarchy and integrates Specified Domestic Transactions within the AE framework. Withholding tax provisions undergo the most significant structural rationalisation. Forty-three TDS sections of ITA 1961 are consolidated into a single comprehensive Section 393, supported by tabular presentation and expanded eligibility for lower/nil deduction certificates, including for non-residents. Presumptive taxation provisions applicable to non-residents are similarly consolidated. Overall, ITA 2025 enhances readability and structural coherence but does not materially simplify long-standing substantive complexities. Further administrative guidance will be critical to ensuring interpretational certainty for taxpayers and professionals.

INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

There has long been recognition that the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘ITA 1961’) had become complex and voluminous due to its traditional drafting style and frequent amendments. To modernise and simplify the law in line with global trends, the Government initiated a comprehensive restructuring exercise. In her July 2024 Budget speech, the Hon’ble Finance Minister emphasised the objective of making the legislation “concise, lucid, easy to read and understand,” following which the Income-tax Bill, 2025 (‘Original Bill’) was introduced in the Lok Sabha on 13 February 2025.

A Parliamentary Select Committee (‘PSC’) was constituted to conduct an in-depth examination of the Original Bill. After extensive consultations and identification of drafting, structural and interpretational issues, the PSC recommended substantial clarifications and refinements. Incorporating these recommendations, the Government introduced the Income-tax (No. 2) Bill, 2025 (‘Revised Bill’) in the Lok Sabha on 11 August 2025. The Income-tax Act, 2025 (‘ITA 2025’) received presidential assent on 21 August 2025 and was subsequently notified in the Gazette. The new Act will come into force on 1 April 2026, replacing the six-decade-old ITA 1961.

KEY SIMPLIFICATIONS IN THE ITA 2025

ITA 2025 is designed to align closely with the ITA 1961 in terms of substantive policy principles. While ITA 2025 aims to simplify, modernize, and restructure the law, it retains the same core framework on key aspects. To reframe Income Tax law framework, the simplification exercise followed three guiding principles:

  • Textual and structural simplification for improved clarity and coherence
  • No major tax policy changes to ensure continuity and certainty
  • No modifications of tax rates, preserving predictability for taxpayers.

Accordingly, the following key modifications have been made for the purpose of simplification:

  • Reduction of word count and simplification of language and layout compared to ITA 1961
  • Compliance provisions have been simplified, and clarity has been achieved by consolidating scattered clauses.
  • Consolidation of TDS provisions under one single section making it easier for taxpayers, professionals, and authorities to locate and interpret TDS regulations without having to stride through complex provisions.

SIGNIFICANT INTERNATIONAL TAX AND TRANSFER PRICING REFORMS INTRODUCED BY THE ITA 2025

The international tax framework under the ITA 2025 largely preserves the substantive principles contained in the ITA 1961, with changes primarily aimed at improving structure, clarity and interpretational consistency. Core concepts such remain intact. No new compliance requirements or administrative procedures have been introduced.

The overall Transfer Pricing framework remains unchanged with minor clarifications to provisions. There are no changes in the proposed timelines, compliances, procedural aspects and penalty provisions.
Section 536 provides the transition mechanism to ensure continuity, with the repeal of the ITA 1961 governed by the General Clauses Act, 1897.

Indirect Transfer Provisions

The indirect transfer under the ITA 1961 states that if a foreign company derives most of its value from assets located in India, then gains from selling the shares of that foreign company are taxable in India, even though the transaction happens entirely outside India. In simple terms, selling an overseas holding company is treated as if you have sold the underlying Indian business. Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961 reads as follows:

“For the removal of doubts, it is hereby clarified that an asset or a capital asset being any share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India shall be deemed to be and shall always be deemed to have been situated in India, if the share or interest derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from the assets located in India.”

The provision was introduced in 2012 after the Supreme Court decision in the Vodafone International Holdings BV case. Vodafone bought shares of a foreign company that indirectly owned an Indian telecom business. The Court held that India could not tax this offshore share transfer. To counter this outcome and prevent similar avoidance structures, the Government amended section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961 to clarify that indirect transfers that derive substantial value from Indian assets are deemed taxable in India, even when the transaction takes place abroad.

Section 9(10) of the ITA 2025 (corresponding to Explanation 5 of the ITA 1961) now reads as under:

“In sub section (2), –
(a)
An asset or a capital asset, being any share of, or interest in, a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India, which derives substantial value from assets (whether tangible or intangible) located in India shall be deemed to be situated in India.”

There are 2 key take aways from the slight change in the language:

1. It may be said that the placement of commas in the phrase — “any share of, or interest in, a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India” — is deliberate and affects interpretation. The commas separate two distinct taxable assets:

“any share of” a foreign company; and “interest in” a foreign company.

Because of this drafting, “share” and “interest” operate as independent charging triggers. The law therefore may apply not only to equity shares but also to any other form of economic, beneficial, participative, or derivative interest in a foreign entity (e.g., partnership interests, membership interests, convertible instruments, contractual rights that confer value).

By isolating the phrases through commas, the provision appears to broaden the scope and make it unambiguous, and not restrict the application to traditional shareholding, thereby capturing a wider range of indirect transfer situations.

2. The retrospective deeming provisions with respect to location of a capital asset in India are not present in ITA 2025. The wordings ‘always be deemed to have been situated in India’ have been removed.

The removal of the retrospective deeming language—specifically the phrase “shall always be deemed to have been situated in India”—from the indirect transfer provisions in ITA 2025 suggests a potential policy shift toward greater tax certainty and the avoidance of reopening historical transactions. While this indicates an intention to move away from the retrospective framework embedded in Explanation 5 to section 9(1)(i) of the ITA 1961, the legislation does not expressly clarify whether this omission is intended to eliminate retrospective tax positions or merely streamline drafting. Accordingly, the precise legislative intent remains uncertain until supported by judicial interpretation or explicit administrative guidance.

Overhaul of withholding tax provisions

There are multiple provisions under the ITA 1961 which govern withholding tax provisions, prescribing different rates and threshold limits based on the nature of the payment and the category or status of the payee. ITA 2025 seeks to streamline and simplify the existing framework by consolidating all such provisions into a single section (except for TDS on salary) i.e. Section 393.

Section 393 brings together 43 different sections from ITA 1961 into one unified framework. Section 393 provides for following categories:

  • withholding on payments to residents [Section 393(1)]
  • withholding on payments to non-residents [Section 393(2)]
  • withholding on payments to any person (viz. resident or non-residents)

Although the rates are largely unchanged, the revised provisions are presented in a tabular format, enhancing clarity, accessibility, and consistency, thereby minimizing ambiguity for both taxpayers and tax authorities.

Further, the ITA 1961 permits obtaining both lower as well as Nil TDS/TCS certificates by payees, but only for specified payments and receipts. The ITA 2025 has addressed this limitation by significantly broadening the scope of the lower deduction/collection certificates. ITA 2025 permits obtaining both lower and nil deduction TDS/TCS certificates for all payments/receipts, including for non-residents.

The TDS rates in respect of certain key payments to non-residents are given below:

Nature of Payment Payee Payer Rate
Interest Income Any non- resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any infrastructure debt fund referred to in Schedule VII 5%.
a.
Income from units of a Mutual Fund specified under Schedule VII orb.
in respect of units from the specified company
Any non- resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any person 20% or lower DTAA rate applied to payee.
Income from long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of units referred to in Section 208 Any offshore fund Any person. 12.5%
Income from interest or dividends in respect of bonds or Global Depository Receipts referred to in Section 209 Any non-resident Any person 10%
Income from long-term capital gains arising from the transfer of bonds or Global Depository Receipts referred to in Section 209 Any non-resident Any person 12.5%
Interest (not being interest referred to above) or any other sum chargeable under the provisions of this Act, not being income chargeable under the head “Salaries”. Any non-resident (not being a company) or a foreign company Any person Rates in force

Presumptive Taxation of Non-Residents

The ITA 2025 has introduced changes to the presumptive taxation regime, including for non-residents. All identical presumptive taxation schemes for non-residents are consolidated into one section i.e. Section 61 of the ITA 2025 in a tabular form, while simplifying the language and the common eligibility conditions are listed as sub-sections below the table. Section 61 of the ITA 2025 covers the following:

  • Business of operation of ships, other than cruise ships (Section 44B of ITA 1961)
  • Business of providing services or facilities (including supply of plant or machinery on hire) for prospecting, extraction or production of mineral oils. (Section 44BB of ITA 1961)
  • Business of operation of aircraft (Section 44BBA of ITA 1961)
  • Business of civil construction or erection or testing or commissioning of plant or machinery, in connection with a turnkey power project, approved by the Central Government (Section 44BBB of the ITA 1961)
  • Business of operation of cruise ships (Section 44BBC of the ITA 1961)
  • Business of providing services or technology in India, for the purposes of setting up an electronics manufacturing facility or in connection with manufacturing or producing electronic goods, article or thing in India to a resident company (Section 44BBD of ITA 1961)

Key comparison of changes applicable for non-residents engaged in providing services, engaged in business of exploration, etc. of mineral oils or engaged in the business of civil construction, etc. in certain turnkey power projects are as under:

Provision ITA 1961 ITA 2025
All provisions Prohibits set-off of unabsorbed depreciation and brought forward business loss Section 61(4) – Prohibits set-off of any loss and claiming of any deduction / allowance against deemed profits

Meaning of Undefined Terms in Tax Treaties

  • Presently, ITA 1961 provides that if any term is not defined in the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement (‘DTAA’) assigned by India with other country, then the meaning given under ITA 1961 or any explanation given to it by the Central Government is required to be referred to. Further, if the term is not defined under ITA 1961, the term will have the same meaning as given to it in the notification issued by the Central Government and will be effective from the date on which the tax treaty came into force.
  • Interpretation of terms used but not defined in DTAAs has often been a source of litigation. The ITA 2025 has clarified India’s position in relation to terms used in DTAAs entered into by India with various countries. Section 159(7) of the ITA 2025 provides hierarchy for interpreting undefined terms in a DTAA.
  1. Any term used in the ITA 2025 and DTAA will have the meaning assigned to it under the DTAA
  2. Any term used in the DTAA but not defined under the respective DTAA but defined under the ITA 2025 will have the meaning assigned to it in the ITA 2025 or under any explanation which is given to the term by the Central Government and the meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.
  3. Any term used in the DTAA and neither defined under the DTAA or ITA 2025 will have the meaning assigned to it in the notification issued by the Central Government and the meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.
  4. Any term used in the DTAA and neither defined under the DTAA or ITA 2025 or in any notification will have the meaning given in any Act of the Central Government relating to taxes, or in its absence, in any other law of the Central Government and such meaning will be applicable from the date on which the agreement entered into force.

Meaning of Associated Enterprises

The criteria of direct and indirect participation in the management, control or capital of another enterprise remains the same under Section 92A of ITA 1961 and Section 162 of ITA 2025. However, the structure of the definition of Associated Enterprises (‘AE’) under Section 162 of the ITA is now different since all the conditions for determining an AE relation are listed under sub-section (1) of Section 162 as compared to Section 92A of the ITA wherein the general conditions in the first part of the definition and specific deeming conditions under the second part had to be read conjunctively for two enterprises to be regarded as associated enterprises.

The Supreme Court had dismissed the Special Leave Petition filed by the Revenue against the ruling of the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court in case of PCIT vs. Veer Gems [2018] 407 ITR 639 (Guj) wherein the Hon’ble Gujarat High Court ruled in favour of the assessee and held that the conditions under sub-section (1) and (2) of Section 92A of the ITA must be read together for the assessee and the other entity which were controlled by the same family members to be considered as AE’s.

In view of the above, as per section 162 of the ITA 2025, the general definition of AE in sub-section (1)(a) remains applicable even if the specific deeming conditions in sub-section (1)(b) to (1)(l) are not met.

Further, the definition of AE under Section 162 of ITA 2025 has been expanded to include Specified Domestic Transactions (SDT) under the AE framework. The scope of SDTs has not been expanded; however, a new sub-section (3) has been included under Section 162 to include the meaning of AE for SDTs.

Determination of arm’s length price

The manner of determining arm’s length price is provided under Section 92C(2) of ITA 1961. The language of the Section is not very clear regarding applicability of tolerance range (+/-3%) when a single price is determined as the ALP.

Section 165 of ITA 2025 clearly states that the tolerance range of (+/-3%) is applicable even in case of a single ALP determination, ensuring uniform application in transfer pricing arrangements. Further, in case where multiple prices are determined, the final ALP is required to be computed in accordance with the prescribed rules, as against the current requirement of determination by taking the arithmetical mean

Advance Pricing Agreement (‘APA’)

The current provisions under ITA 1961 do not provide a time limit upto when proceedings shall be deemed to be pending. Section 168(10) of the ITA 2025 clarifies that APA proceedings will remain pending until the agreement is signed or formally closed as per prescribed rules, eliminating ambiguity among tax payers.

The above change is clarificatory in change and the rules in this regard are yet to be prescribed.

CONCLUSION

The shift from ITA 1961 to ITA 2025 reflects a structural clean-up rather than a substantive modernisation of India’s international tax regime. While the new Act improves readability, many long-standing complexities continue to remain largely unchanged. The absence of deeper policy rationalisation, clearer safe harbours, or simplified compliance mechanisms indicates a missed opportunity to make the law more user-friendly and globally competitive. As a result, ITA 2025 must still be read with caution, and further clarification from the Government will be essential to provide the level of certainty that taxpayers and practitioners expected from a once-in-a-generation redrafting exercise.

Can You Be A Coparcener In Your Maternal Grandfather’s HUF?

INTRODUCTION

The Indian HUF is like the mythical ‘10-headed hydra’, cut off one head of controversy and two new controversies will spring up in its place! The storm over daughters being coparceners in their father’s HUF raged on for a very long time and finally, a three-judge decision of the Supreme Court in Vineeta Sharma’s case settled the issue. Just when one thought that this matter had been resolved, a new, related issue has cropped up – can one be a coparcener in his/her maternal grandfather’s HUF?

To discuss and deliberate on this issue, one would first need to understand the checkered background in relation to this aspect and then move on to the problem at hand.

HINDU SUCCESSION ACT – 2005 AMENDMENT

The Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, amended the Hindu Succession Act, 1956 with effect from 9th September 2005. The Hindu Succession Act, 1956, is one of the few codified statutes under the Hindu Law. It applies to all cases of intestate succession by Hindus. The Act applies to Hindus, Jains, Sikhs, Buddhists and to any person who is not a Muslim, Christian, Parsi or a Jew. Any person who becomes a Hindu by conversion is also covered by the Act. The Act overrides all Hindu customs, traditions and usages and specifies the heirs entitled to property in case of intestate succession and the order or preference among them. The Act also deals with some important aspects pertaining to HUFs.

The 2005 Amendment provides that a daughter of a coparcener shall become, by birth, a coparcener in her own right in the same manner as the son, and further, she shall have the same rights in the co¬parcenary property as she would have had if she had been a son. It also provides that she shall be subject to the same liabilities in respect of the coparcenary property as a son. Accordingly, the amendment equated all daughters with sons, and they would now become a coparcener in their father’s HUF by virtue of being born in that family. She has all the rights and obligations in respect of the coparcenary property, including testamentary disposition. Not only would she become a coparcener in her father’s HUF but she could also make a will for er share in the same.

S.1(2) of the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, stated that it came into force from the date it was notified by the Government in the Gazette, i.e., 9th September 2005. Thus, the amended s.6 was operative from this date. However, did this mean that the amended section applied to:

(a) daughters born after this date;

(b) daughters married after this date; or

(c) all daughters, married or unmarried, but living as of this date.

There was no clarity under the Act on this point.

JUDICIAL MATRIX

Various Supreme Court decisions dealt with these issues. Prominent amongst them were G. Sekar vs. Geetha (2009) 6 SCC 99; Sheela Devi vs. Lal Chand, (2007) 1 MLJ 797 (SC); Prakash vs. Phulavati, (2016) 2 SCC 36; Danamma @ Suman Surpur & Anr. vs. Amar & Ors., (2018) 3 SCC 343, etc. Some of the principles emanating from these decisions were as follows:

(a) The 2005 amendment is not retrospective and its application is prospective;

(b) If the HUF’s partition has taken place before 9th September 2005, then the amendment has no impact;

(c) The rights under the Hindu Succession Act Amendment applied to living daughters of living coparceners (fathers) as on 9th September, 2005, irrespective of when such daughters were born;

(d) The amendment applied to living daughters of living coparceners as of 9th September 2005. It did not matter whether the daughters were married or unmarried. It did not matter when the daughters were born.

VINEETA SHARMA’S DECISION

A three Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in the case of Vineeta Sharma vs. Rakesh Sharma, 2020 (9) SCC 1, considered a bunch of SLPs before it on the issue of the Amendment Act, 2005. The Court, by a very detailed verdict, considered the entire genesis of HUF Law. It held that in the Mitakshara School of Hindu law (applicable in most parts of India), in a coparcenary, there is unobstructed heritage, i.e., right is created by birth. When right is created by birth is called unobstructed heritage. At the same time, the birthright is acquired in the property of the father, grandfather, or great-grandfather. In case a coparcener dies without leaving a son, the right is acquired not by birth, but by virtue of there being no male issue is called obstructed heritage. It is called obstructed because the accrual of the right to it is obstructed by the owner’s existence. It is only on his death that the obstructed heritage takes place. It held that property inherited by a Hindu from his father, father’s father, or father’s grandfather (but not from his maternal grandfather) is unobstructed heritage as regards his own male issues, i.e., his son, grandson, and great-grandson. His male issues acquire an interest in it from the moment of their birth. Their right to it arises from the mere fact of their birth in the family, and they become coparceners with their paternal ancestor in such property immediately on their birth, and in such cases, ancestral property unobstructed heritage. Further, any property, the right to which accrues not by birth but on the death of the last owner without leaving a male issue, is called obstructed heritage. It is called obstructed, because the accrual right to it is obstructed by the existence of the owner. Consequently, property which devolves on parents, brothers, nephews, uncles, etc., upon the death of the last owner, is obstructed heritage. These relations do not take a vested interest in the property by birth. Their right to it arises for the first time on the death of the owner. Until then, they have a mere spes successionis, or a bare chance of succession to the property, contingent upon their surviving the owner. Accordingly, the Apex Court held that unobstructed heritage took place by birth, and the obstructed heritage took place after the death of the owner.

The Apex Court laid down a very vital principle that the coparcenary right, under s.6 (including after Amendment), is given by birth, which is called unobstructed heritage. It is not a case of obstructed heritage depending upon the owner’s death. Thus, the Supreme Court concluded that a coparcener’s father need not be alive on 9th September 2005, i.e., the date of the Amendment.

It held that though the rights could be claimed, w.e.f. 9th September 2005, the provisions were of a retroactive application, i.e., they conferred benefits based on the antecedent event, and the Mitakshara coparcenary law should be deemed to include a reference to a daughter as a coparcener. Under the amended section 6, since the right was given by birth, i.e., an antecedent event, the provisions concerning claiming rights operated on and from the date of the Amendment Act. Thus, it is not at all necessary that the father of the daughter should be living as on the date of the Amendment, as she has not been conferred the rights of a coparcener by the obstructed heritage. The effect of the amendment is that a daughter is made a coparcener, with effect from the date of the amendment, and she can also claim partition, which is a necessary concomitant of the coparcenary. Section 6(1) recognises a joint Hindu family governed by Mitakshara Law. The coparcenary must exist on 9th September 2005 to enable the daughter of a coparcener to enjoy the rights conferred on her. As the right is by birth and not by dint of inheritance, it is irrelevant that a coparcener whose daughter is conferred with the rights is alive or not. Conferral is not based on the death of a father or other coparcener.

The Court also held that the daughter should be living on 9th September 2005. It held that the expression ‘daughter of a living coparcener’ has not been used by Parliament. One corollary to this explanation would mean that if the daughter had died before this date, then her children cannot become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF. However, if she dies on or after this date, then her children can become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

POSITION OF DAUGHTER’S CHILDREN?

A son’s children automatically become coparceners in their paternal grandfather’s HUF. This is a right that is enjoyed by them by virtue of being born in that family. However, what would be the position of a daughter’s children? Could they also automatically now claim to be coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF? Their mother is a coparcener at par with her brother, their mother can now be the karta of her father’s HUF (see Sujata Sharma vs. Manu Gupta, 2016 (222) DLT 647), then should they not necessarily become coparceners in such an HUF?

A Single Judge of the Aurangabad Bench of the Bombay High Court had an occasion to consider this issue in the case of Vishambhar s/o Namdev Nikam vs. Sunanda w/o Maheshankar Suryawanshi, Civil Revision Application No. 119/2025, Order dated 3rd September 2025.

In this case, a person (Namdev) had 4 daughters and 4 sons. His HUF owned land. One of his daughter’s daughters, Sunanda, filed a suit claiming to be recognised as a coparcener in her maternal grandfather’s HUF. Sunanda claimed that since her mother had a 1/8th share in the HUF of her father, Namdev (by virtue of the 2005 Amendment), she (Sunanda) in turn, had a ½ share (since her mother had 2 children) in this 1/8th share of her mother. She filed this claim when her mother was alive.

The Single Judge negated the claim of the granddaughter. The Court relied heavily on Vineeta Sharma’s decision (supra) to explain the concept of unobstructed and obstructed heritage. It held that the plaintiff has not acquired any right by birth. Thus, there she did not have any unobstructed heritage. She was not the lineal descendant of a paternal ancestor. She had a right of obstructed heritage in her maternal grandfather’s HUF. The Court also relied upon a decision of the Privy Council in the case of Muhammad Husain Khan vs. Kishva Nandan Sahai, AIR 1937 PC 233. In that case, the Privy Council held that an estate inherited by a person from his maternal grandfather cannot be held to be ancestral property. Only property which a man inherits from any of his 3 paternal ancestors, namely, his father, his grandfather and his great-grandfather would be called ancestral property.

Following this decision of the Privy Council, the High Court held that the mother of the plaintiff did not inherit an ancestral property. Further, as long as her mother was alive, she could not claim any interest in her grandfather’s HUF. The Court held that the plaintiff had no locus standi/cause of action till her mother was alive.

By virtue of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, the plaintiff’s mother would become the absolute owner of the joint property when she is allotted a share in it. After that, she would be at liberty to dispose of this share. In the event that she died without making a valid Will, then the plaintiff could say that she had a ½ share in her estate.

IMPLICATIONS OF THIS JUDGEMENT

This judgment has far-reaching consequences till such time as it is reversed by a Higher Court.

(a) While a daughter and son are at par in their father’s HUF, their children are not.

(b) The son’s children will become coparceners in their paternal grandfather’s HUF, the daughter’s children will not become coparceners in their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

(c) These grandchildren will not be able to claim a partition of their maternal grandfather’s HUF.

(d) Such grandchildren could become entitled to their mother’s share only after her demise, either by her Will or by virtue of intestate succession.

(e) Property inherited from one’s paternal grandfather is ancestral but not if it is inherited from the maternal grandfather.

One other (though not so held) implication, could be that the son-in-law would not become a member in his father-in-law’s HUF. A daughter-in-law on the other hand, would become a member in her father-in-law’s HUF!

EPILOGUE

The Supreme Court in Vineeta Sharma held that “The goal of gender justice as constitutionally envisaged is achieved though belatedly, and the discrimination made is taken care of by substituting the provisions of section 6 by Amendment Act, 2005”. So much for gender parity!!

Allied Laws

39. Rhutikumari vs. Zanmai Labs Pvt. Ltd. & Ors.

2025 LiveLaw (Mad) 373

October 21, 2025

Cryptocurrency – Property – Not a currency nor a tangible property – Virtual Digital Asset. [S. 9 Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, S. 2(47A) Income-tax Act, 1961]

FACTS

The Applicant invested in XRP coins. Following a cyberattack, the platform froze user accounts, preventing the Applicant from accessing or trading her holdings. The Applicant filed an application under Section 9 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, seeking an injunction restraining the Respondents from interfering with her portfolio.

HELD

Allowing the Application, the Court inter alia, relying on the decisions of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Ahmed G.H. Ariff vs. CWT 1969 (2) SCC 471 and Jilubhai Nanbhai Khachar vs. State of Gujarat 1995 Supp (1) SCC 596 held that “cryptocurrency” is a property. It is not a tangible property, nor is it a currency. However, it is a property which is capable of being enjoyed and possessed (in a beneficial form). Further it observed that cryptocurrency is treated as a virtual digital asset and transacting in it is not treated as a speculative transaction, and governed under Section 2(47A) of the Income-Tax Act, 1961.

40. Zoharbee & Anr vs. Imam Khan (D) Thr. Lrs. & Ors.

2025 LiveLaw (SC) 1014

October 16, 2025

Muslim Law – Inheritance – Matruka Property – Agreement to Sell. [S. 54 & 55 of Transfer of Property Act , 1882]

FACTS

The dispute was between the widow of the deceased Chand Khan and brother of the deceased concerning the inheritance of properties left behind by the deceased. The Respondent, brother contented that a plot was already transferred to third parties through an agreement to sell executed during the lifetime of the deceased and with part consideration received before the death and the rest afterward. The Trial Court accepted the brother’s contention, holding that the agreement to sell stood proved and nothing remained for partition. The First Appellate Court, however, reversed the decision, holding that an agreement to sell does not transfer the ownership and that the properties continued to vest in the name of the deceased at the time of his death. Therefore, the widow’s claim to 3/4th of the estate was maintainable. The High Court dismissed the second appeal, finding no substantial question of law.

HELD

On appeal, the Supreme Court, affirming the orders of the First Appellate Court and High Court, held that an agreement to sell does not convey the title or create any proprietary interest. Consequently, all the property left in the deceased’s name at the time of his death formed part of his matruka estate. The Court clarified that matruka includes all movable and immovable property left by a deceased Muslim, to be distributed after satisfaction of debts and legacies. The Court further held that under Sunni law, where a man dies leaving a wife but no child, the wife
is entitled to one-fourth share, and the remainder devolves upon the brother as the residuary heir. The Court also observed that the widow could have sold only her one-fourth share and not the entire property.

Accordingly, the Appeals were dismissed. The orders of the First Appellate Court and High Court were affirmed.

41. B S Enviro N Infracon Pvt. Ltd. vs. Vij Contracts Pvt. Ltd.

2025:DHC:9230-DB

October 17, 2025

Contract – Full and Final Settlement – Effect of Acceptance of Payment – Bar to Subsequent Claims. [S. 62 & 63, Indian Contract Act, 1872; S. 96, Civil Procedure Code, 1963; S. 13, Commercial Court Act, 2015]

FACTS

The Appellant, BS Enviro N Infracon Pvt. Ltd., was engaged by the Respondent, Vij Contracts Pvt. Ltd., as a sub-contractor for supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of an 800 KLD Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) at Haryana. The principal contract was between the Respondent and IRCON Infrastructure & Services Ltd. A Letter of intent was issued to the Appellant. The Appellant supplied materials through three invoices and claimed balance payment. A meeting was held between both parties and IRCON officials, during which a written settlement statement was prepared, recording a total reconciliation and settlement of accounts subject to withdrawal of the MSME complaint. Two cheques were issued and encashed by the Appellant. The Appellant did not withdraw the MSME complaint and subsequently filed a civil suit, which was dismissed by the Commercial Court. The present Appeal was filed under Section 96 of the Civil Procedure Code, 1963 (CPC).

HELD

The Delhi High Court upheld the findings of the Trial Court and dismissed the appeal. It was observed that the document bore the signatures of both the parties and clearly recorded the mutual settlement of dues. Having accepted and endorsed the cheques in full satisfaction, the Appellant could not subsequently reopen settled accounts. The Court held that under Sections 62 and 63 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, a contract can be novated or discharged by mutual consent, and once a creditor voluntarily accepts a lesser amount in satisfaction of the total claim, he is barred from raising further demands. The Appellant’s contention that the payment was made to “keep the contract alive” was found inconsistent with the contemporaneous written record. No independent evidence was led by the Appellant to prove any additional or unbilled contract value, retention, or damages. Once the accounts were settled and payment accepted, the Applicant was estopped from re-agitating the claim.

Accordingly, the Appeal was dismissed. The decree of the Commercial Court was affirmed.

42. Giri Chhaya Cooperative Hsg. Society Limited vs. Sushila Laliwala (since deceased) through heirs and legal representatives.

2025:BHC-AS:45381

October 16, 2025

Cooperative Housing Society – Recovery of Maintenance Charges – Limitation – Continuous Cause of Action. [S. 91, 92(1)(b) Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act, 1960]

FACTS

The Petitioner, a Cooperative Housing Society, filed a dispute before the Cooperative Court seeking recovery of maintenance arrears from the Respondent, occupant. The flat was originally owned by Smt. Sushila Laliwala, a member of the society, and her legal heirs continued to occupy the flat and enjoy common amenities but failed to pay maintenance charges. Despite repeated demands and a demand notice, the Respondents did not clear the dues. Consequently, the society initiated a dispute under Section 91 of the Maharashtra Cooperative Societies Act, 1960 (MCS). The Respondent contested the claim on the grounds that (a) the dispute was barred by limitation, (b) the interest charged was excessive, and (c) the claim lacked particulars. The Cooperative Court dismissed the claim as time-barred under Section 92(1)(b), and the Cooperative Appellate Court affirmed the dismissal in an Appeal. Aggrieved, the society filed a writ petition before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court. .

HELD

The Bombay High Court held that both the Cooperative and Appellate Courts misinterpreted Section 92(1)(b) of MCS, 1960. The Court observed that the liability to pay maintenance charges is a recurring and continuous obligation, arising each billing period, so long as the occupant continues to occupy the premises and enjoys common facilities. The cause of action, therefore, is continuous and recurring, and limitation runs afresh for every billing cycle. The society had restricted its claim to arrears from January 1 2009, to 31 December 2015 and filed the dispute in 2015, which was within the six-year limitation period prescribed under Section 92(1)(b). The Court emphasised that Section 92 is a special provision of limitation intended to protect the legitimate dues of cooperative societies, overriding the general limitation Act. The court observed that the Respondent had not disputed receiving maintenance bills or produced any proof of payment. The objection regarding excessive interest could not defeat the principal claim, though the Court reduced the rate of interest at 9% per annum as reasonable.

Accordingly, the writ petition was allowed. The orders of the Cooperative and Appellate Courts were set aside.

From Published Accounts

COMPILER’S NOTE

Under Section 143(3)(i) of the Companies Act, 2013, an auditor of a company is required to state in his/her audit report whether the company has an adequate internal financial controls (IFC) system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls. The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) has also issued a Guidance Note for the same.

Given below are excerpts of instances where the auditors have issued qualified reports for the financial year 2024-25 for deficiencies observed in different areas in the Internal Financial Controls.

Ola Electric Mobility Limited (from Consolidated Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

In conjunction with our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Ola Electric Mobility Limited (formerly known as ‘Ola Electric Mobility Private Limited’) (hereinafter referred to as “the Holding Company”) as of and for the year ended 31 March 2025, we have audited the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements of the Holding Company and such companies incorporated in India under the Act which are its subsidiary companies, as of that date.

In our opinion, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described below in the Basis for Qualified Opinion section of our report on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria in respect of one of the wholly owned subsidiary company, the Holding Company and such companies incorporated in India which are its subsidiary companies has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to consolidated financial statements were operating effectively as of 31 March 2025, based on the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements criteria established by such companies considering the essential components of such internal controls stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (the “Guidance Note”).

We have considered the material weakness identified and reported below in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Group as at 31 March 2025, and such material weakness does not affect our opinion on the consolidated financial statements.

Basis For Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified as at 31 March 2025 in respect of one of the wholly owned subsidiary company:

  •  Such subsidiary company did not have an appropriate internal control system for physical verification of raw material and finished goods located at its Stores and State Distribution Centers which could potentially result in material misstatements in the Group’s inventories, Cost of materials consumed and Change in inventories of finished goods, stock-in-trade and work-in-progress account balances.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Ventive Hospitality Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified as at March 31, 2025:

The Company did not have appropriate Information Technology General Controls (ITGCs) in respect of application software used by the Company, related to managing program changes and managing access, which could potentially result in misstatements to the relevant account captions in the financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to these financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to financial statements were operating effectively as of March 31, 2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI.

TCI Finance Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness have been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting as at March 31, 2025 in respect of financial statements closure and assessment of impairment loss or provision required in respect of investments or financial assets which could potentially result in misstatement in the financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, maintained adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting as of March 31, 2025, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and except for the possible effects of the material weakness described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company’s internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as of March 31, 2025.

Hindustan Construction Co. Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON THE INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Qualified opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses have been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone Ind AS financial statements as at March 31, 2025:

a. The Company’s internal financial control system towards estimating the carrying value of its investment in subsidiary company, as explained in Note 32 to the standalone Ind AS financial statements were not operating effectively which could potentially lead material misstatement in the carrying values of investments and dues recoverable from such subsidiary and its consequential impact on the earnings, other equity and related disclosures in the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

b. The Company’s internal financial controls system with respect to assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, as explained in Note 9.5 to the standalone Ind AS financial statements, as per Ind AS 12 ‘Income Taxes’ were not operating effectively, which could potentially lead to a material misstatement in the carrying value of deferred tax assets and its consequential impact on the earnings, other equity and related disclosures in the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial controls with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim Ind AS financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements as at March 31, 2025, based on internal control with reference to the standalone Ind AS financial statements established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI, and except for the possible effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone Ind AS financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025.

We have considered the material weaknesses identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the Company as at and for the year ended March 31, 2025, and these material weaknesses have affected our opinion on the standalone Ind AS financial statements of the Company, and we have issued a qualified opinion on the standalone Ind AS financial statements.

From notes to Financial Statements:

Note 32:

As at March 31, 2025, the Company has investments (including deemed investments) in its wholly owned subsidiary HCC Infrastructure Company Limited (‘HICL’) aggregating ₹1,294.33 crore (March 31, 2024: ₹1,294.45 crore) classified as non-current investment ₹1,159.48 crore (March 31, 2024: ₹1,294.45 crore) and current investment of ₹134.85 crore (March 31, 2024: Nil). While the consolidated net worth of HICL as at March 31, 2025 has been substantially eroded, the management has assessed the fair value of HICL based on a valuation report from an independent valuation expert. The valuation includes significant judgements and estimates in respect of future business plans, expected share of future revenues of subsidiaries sold and outcome of litigations for favourable arbitration awards in a step-down subsidiary. Accordingly, based on aforementioned valuation report and future business plan, the management believes that the recoverable amount of investment in HICL is higher than its carrying value.

Note 9.5:

Movement in components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

(Rupees in crores)

Business loss / unabsorbed depreciation / MAT credit entitlements Impairment allowance on receivables / other assets Timing difference on tangible and intangible assets depreciation and amortisation Section 35 Expenses Expense allowable on payment basis Others Arbitration awards Total
As at April 1, 2023 2,100.17 9.69 35.07 166.98 (1,569.98) 741.93
(Charged) / credited
– to profit or loss (131.75) 6.52 6.19 69.00 (78.80) (128.8)
– to other comprehensive income 0.00*
As at March 31, 2024 1,968.42 16.21 41.26 235.98   (1,648.78) 613.09
(Charged) / credited
– to profit or loss (Refer note 9.6) (867.56) (3.40) (12.85) (2.35) (18.33) 483.63 483.63
– to other comprehensive income 1.39 (420.9)
– to security premium 11.28 11.28
As at March 31, 2025 1,100.86 12.81 28.41 8.93 217.65 1.39 (1,165.15) 204.90

* Represents amount less than ₹1 lakh.

Fusion Finance Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Basis for Qualified Opinion

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weakness has been identified in the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements as at March 31, 2025.

The Company has concluded that it was impracticable to evaluate and determine any amounts for retrospective recognition and measurement in those prior periods on account of expected credit loss allowance as explained in note 60 of the financial statements of the Company. As a result, we are unable to determine whether any adjustments were required for prior period(s) relating to the impairment charge recorded for the year ended March 31, 2025.

Because of the deficiency in financial closing and reporting process, in respect of information as aforesaid, we are unable to assess whether or not the current year’s figures are comparable to those of the previous year.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to the financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Qualified Opinion

In our opinion, to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, except for the possible effects of the material weakness described in the Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements and such internal financial controls with reference to the financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025, based on the criteria for internal financial control with reference to financial statements established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.

We have considered the material weakness identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025, and the material weakness does not affect our opinion on the financial statements of the Company.

From Notes to Financial Statements:

Note 60:

During the year ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded an allowance for Expected Credit Loss (“ECL”) of ₹1,864.91 crore, in respect of loans given, with a corresponding charge to the Statement of Profit and Loss, consequent to a significant increase in credit risk evidenced by slowing and delayed collections. In preparing this statement, the Company has not evaluated whether any of these allowances should have been recognized in any of the prior period presented because of limitations in objectively determining information relating to assumptions and circumstances as it existed in those prior periods. As a result, the Company has concluded that it was impracticable to evaluate and determine any amounts for retrospective recognition and measurement in those prior periods.

Kolte-Patil Developers Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS REPORT

Qualified Opinion:

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses have been identified as at March 31, 2025:

  •  The Company’s information technology general controls with respect to manage change process were not operating effectively which could potentially result in material misstatement in the standalone financial statements.
  •  The Company’s internal financial controls over financial statements closure process were not operating effectively which could potentially result in material misstatement in the standalone financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In our opinion, the Company has maintained, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with reference to the standalone financial statements based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note issued by the ICAI and except for the possible effects of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, such internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025.

Reliance Communications Limited (Standalone Financial Statements)

REPORT ON INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS

Basis for Qualified Opinion

According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our audit, the following material weaknesses and deficiencies has been identified in the operating effectiveness of the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements as at March 31, 2025:

  1.  The Company’s internal process with regard to confirmation and reconciliation of Balances of trade receivables, trade payables & other liabilities and loan & advances which are not providing for adjustments, which are required to be made to the carrying values of such assets and liabilities. (Read with Note no. 2.31) (not reproduced as the note is on Going Concern).
  2.  The Company’s internal control process in respect of closure of outstanding entries in Bank Reconciliation Statements which are pending to be reconciled.
  3.  In respect of delays in payment of certain statutory dues and filing of certain statutory returns during the year with the respective authorities.
  4.  In respect of transactions carried out by Director of foreign subsidiary company without obtaining the adequate approvals from the Management of the Company (Refer Note 2.60).
  5.  The Company’s internal financial control with regard to the compliance with the applicable Indian Accounting Standards and evaluation of carrying values of assets and liabilities and other matters, as fully explained in Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph of our main report, resulting in the Company not providing for adjustments, which are required to be made, to the standalone financial statements.

A ‘material weakness’ is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal financial control with
reference to standalone financial statements, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s standalone financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

Qualified Opinion

In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, except for the effects / possible effects of the material weaknesses described above under Basis for Qualified Opinion paragraph on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has, in all material respects an adequate internal financial controls with reference to standalone financial statements and such internal financial controls were operating effectively as at March 31, 2025, based on the internal financial control with reference to the standalone financial statements criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note.

We have considered material weakness identified and reported above in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025 and these material weaknesses affect our opinion on standalone financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2025 [our audit report dated May 27, 2025, which expressed an Qualified Opinion on those standalone financial statements of the Company].

Interpreting Guarantees Under Ind As: Determining The Correct Standard By Contract Term

Companies frequently provide guarantees on the obligations of other entities, for example bank loan of a joint venture (JV), performance under a contract of a subsidiary, or payment obligations of an associate. These guarantees can take many forms such as financial guarantees, performance guarantees, credit guarantees, and there has been significant diversity in how these are accounted for. Some entities treated guarantees as mere contingent liabilities with disclosure only, while others recognized liabilities at fair value under Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments. This divergence arose due to ambiguity over which Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) applies to a given guarantee.

A recent agenda decision by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) in April 2025 dealing with analogous IFRS standards has provided much needed clarity on the accounting treatment for issued guarantees. Although issued under IFRS, this guidance is relevant for interpreting Ind AS. In this article, the authors discuss the types of guarantees commonly seen, the diversity in practice, the clarifying guidance, and the conclusion reached.

TYPES OF GUARANTEES AND COMMON SCENARIOS

Guarantees can be issued in many forms and for various purposes, such as:

(i) Financial Guarantees: These involve an entity guaranteeing payments of debt obligations of another entity. For example, a parent company may guarantee repayment of a bank loan taken
by its subsidiary or joint venture. If the debtor fails to pay, the guarantor must reimburse the holder of the debt.

(ii) Performance Guarantees: These ensure the performance of contractual obligations. For instance, a company may guarantee that its associate or JV will fulfil the terms of an EPC (engineering, procurement, construction) contract covering completion of a project or meeting certain performance standards. If the obligor fails to perform, the guarantor compensates the affected party which could involve monetary compensation or stepping in to perform the work.

(iii) Other Contractual Guarantees: Variations include guarantees of payment obligations under non-debt contracts (e.g. guaranteeing a minimum revenue or profit to a third party), warranty and service guarantees provided in customer contracts (assuring quality or uptime), and guarantees in partnership agreements (e.g., one partner guaranteeing certain returns to another).

These guarantees may be issued on behalf of different related parties such as a joint venture, an associate, a subsidiary, or even an unrelated third party. The terms and conditions can vary widely, some guarantees cover specific loans or bonds, others cover broader obligations or future losses. The rights and obligations of the guarantor also differ. Some guarantees give the guarantor recourse against the primary obligor, for example, an indemnity from the subsidiary to the parent, while others do not. Some are provided for a fee, others are free of charge often when given to benefit a related party. This variety means that no single Ind AS governs all guarantees, and careful analysis is required for each contract.

THE ACCOUNTING DILEMMA AND DIVERGENCE IN PRACTICE

The core question which arise is which Ind AS applies to a given guarantee? In the absence of explicit guidance, companies interpreted standards differently.

Many companies defaulted to Ind AS 109 for guarantees, especially for explicit financial guarantees of debt. Ind AS 109 contains the definition of a financial guarantee contract (FGC) and specific accounting requirements. According to Ind AS 109, a financial guarantee contract is “a contract that requires the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for a loss it incurs because a specified debtor fails to make payment when due in accordance with the original or modified terms of a debt instrument”. If a guarantee met this definition (essentially a credit guarantee on a debt obligation), it would clearly fall under Ind AS 109 as a financial instrument. In such cases, Ind AS 109 requires the guarantor to recognize a liability at fair value at inception of the guarantee, and subsequently measure it as per financial instrument guidance (typically at the higher of the initially recognized amount amortized, and the expected credit loss allowance). Many companies did follow this for bank loan guarantees and similar credit guarantees, recording a liability with the offset often treated as an investment in the subsidiary or an expense, depending on the context.

However, when the guarantee related to non-debt obligations or performance risks, practice varied. Some viewed these as not meeting the narrow Ind AS 109 definition, since the trigger was not strictly a ‘debt instrument’ default. For example, a parent guaranteeing to compensate a customer if its JV fails to complete a project on time (a performance guarantee). This type of guarantee does not meet the Ind AS 109 definition of a financial guarantee contract, because it is not a guarantee of payment on a debt instrument. Lacking a clear Ind AS analogy for such insurance-like guarantees, some companies resorted to Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets treating the guarantee as a contingent liability to be disclosed, and only recognized as a provision if payment became probable. Under Ind AS 37, unless an outflow is probable and estimable, only a disclosure is required. This meant many performance guarantees remained off-balance-sheet except perhaps a provision at the tail end if a default was imminent. Other companies, attempting to be conservative, recognized a provision upfront at some estimate of potential loss, citing general prudence. The lack of uniformity was evident, as IFRIC also observed diversity in practice globally with such guarantees.

A few entities, noting the insurance-like nature of performance guarantees, drew analogy to Ind AS 104/Ind AS 117 Insurance Contracts. Ind AS 104 which is based on IFRS 4 was the interim standard for insurance and Ind AS 117 based on IFRS 17 is the new comprehensive insurance standard effective from financial year 2024-25 in India. Under insurance accounting, a performance guarantee (which involves accepting significant risk of a non-financial loss) could be seen as an insurance contract. However, historically this treatment was rare unless the company was itself an insurer. Ind AS 104/117 were typically outside the scope for non-insurance companies, and many firms were unaware that they could consider a guarantee as an insurance contract. In fact, IFRS/Ind AS allowed an option: if an issuer explicitly treated certain guarantees as insurance contracts in the past, it could continue to do so. In Ind AS terms, an issuer who had asserted that its guarantees are insurance could elect to apply Ind AS 117 instead of Ind AS 109 for those contracts.

Guarantees as part of customer contracts: Another grey area was when guarantees were provided to customers as part of a sales or service contract. For example, a construction company might guarantee the performance of a facility for a period (beyond a normal warranty), or a parent entity might guarantee the obligations of its subsidiary to a customer. Some aspects of such guarantees could be viewed as extended warranties or performance bonuses/penalties, possibly falling under Ind AS 115 Revenue from Contracts with Customers as part of the revenue arrangement. Many companies do not segregate these, or they treated any such guarantees as either Ind AS 37 contingencies or simply include any payouts as reductions of revenue when incurred with no liability upfront.

The net result is a lack of comparability. Some companies carry significant guarantee liabilities on their balance sheets under Ind AS 109 while others with similar exposures show nothing but contingent liability disclosures.

IFRIC AGENDA DECISION (APRIL 2025): CLARIFYING GUIDANCE AND ITS IND AS INTERPRETATION

In April 2025, the IFRS Interpretations Committee published an agenda decision titled “Guarantees Issued on Obligations of Other Entities.” This decision, while not introducing new rules, clarified how existing standards should be applied to guarantee contracts. The authors interpret the essence of this guidance in the Ind AS context below, as the underlying principles apply equally to Ind AS 109, 117, 115, and 37 given their alignment with corresponding IFRSs.

No single standard for all guarantees: The IFRIC emphasized that accounting for a guarantee should not be based on the nature of the issuer i.e., whether the company is an insurer, a bank, or a non-financial entity, but on the terms of the contract and the scope definitions in the standards. There is no definition of ‘guarantee’ in the standards and no one Ind AS applies to every type of guarantee. Instead, one must analyze the guarantee’s features and determine which standard’s scope it falls under. In other words, the substance of the guarantee determines the accounting a principle that guides the step-by-step framework described below.

Step 1: Is it a financial guarantee contract under Ind AS 109?

The first assessment is whether the guarantee meets the definition of a financial guarantee contract as per Ind AS 109 (Financial Instruments). As noted earlier, Ind AS 109 defines a financial guarantee contract (FGC) as an obligation to reimburse the holder for loss due to a debtor’s failure to pay a debt when due. Classic examples that do meet this definition include a parent guaranteeing a bank loan of its subsidiary or a corporate guarantee on a bond, in both cases, there is a specified debtor, a debt instrument (loan/bond), and the guarantor pays only if the debtor fails to pay covering the lender’s loss.

If the guarantee does meet this definition, then Ind AS 109 applies unless the company has a prior insurance accounting election. Under Ind AS 109, such guarantees are treated as financial liabilities. The issuer must recognize a liability at fair value when the guarantee is issued even if no fee is charged). This typically results in an immediate debit to an appropriate account (investment in subsidiary if the guarantee benefits a subsidiary, or to P&L expense if it’s for an unrelated party).

Subsequently, the guarantee liability is typically measured at the higher of (a) the amount initially recognized (less any income recognized if a fee was received) and (b) the loss allowance determined as per expected credit loss (ECL) methodology. In practice, for intra-group financial guarantees given for no fee, the initial fair value of the guarantee is often credited to a liability and debited as an increase in the investment in the subsidiary (in separate financial statements), reflecting a capital contribution. Any difference if a fee is charged would be recognized as income over the guarantee period. Importantly, Ind AS 37 would not apply in this case indeed, Ind AS 37 explicitly scopes out provisions for matters covered by Ind AS 109’s financial instruments. Some entities treated financial guarantees as contingencies, but this is incorrect given the Ind AS 109 requirements (a ‘common misconception’ that Ind AS 37 could be used for financial guarantees has been debunked by the guidance).

One nuance: the term ‘debt instrument’ in the definition has been a point of debate. Does it strictly mean a loan or bond, or could it include other payables like a fixed payment obligation under a contract? The IFRIC noted diversity in interpreting debt instrument, and the IASB plans to further examine this definition. Until clarified, companies must apply reasonable judgment with disclosure in determining whether an obligation is a debt instrument under Ind AS 109. If in doubt and the guarantee primarily covers a payment default risk, it’s safer to lean towards treating it as a financial guarantee contract, given that what is being guaranteed is a credit loss.

Exception of insurance accounting election: Ind AS 109 (similar to IFRS 9) provides an option that if an issuer had previously asserted explicitly that certain guarantees are insurance contracts and accounted for them as such, it can continue to do so (on a per contract election basis). This means if a company historically treated its financial guarantees under Ind AS 104/117, it may elect to continue using Ind AS 117 for those contracts, despite them meeting the financial guarantee definition. This is a narrow exception aimed at insurers or special cases and must have been established in prior practice. The election is irrevocable for each contract once made. Few non-insurer Indian companies are likely to have this history. Going forward, new issuers of financial guarantees will apply Ind AS 109 if the contract meets the FGC definition unless they meet any regulatory criteria for not doing so. Such guarantees also need financial instrument disclosures such as credit risk exposure, and other related disclosures as per Ind AS 107.

Lets discuss it with an example:

On 1 April 20X1, Parent ‘P Ltd.’ signs a guarantee in favour of Bank for a credit limit of ₹1,000 crore sanctioned to its joint venture ‘JV’. The facility works like an overdraft. The JV can draw any amount within the limit over three years and repay as it earns cash from the project. No guarantee commission is charged by P Ltd.

Since the JV has not utilised the entire limit on day one, does P Ltd. still recognise a liability?

Analysis under Ind AS:

A financial guarantee contract exists when P Ltd. becomes obligated, not when the JV draws the money. If the JV does not pay when an instalment becomes due, P Ltd. must reimburse the bank. The guarantee protects the bank against credit loss arising from non-payment of a debt.

This meets the definition of a Financial Guarantee Contract under Ind AS 109, because the guarantee is linked to repayment of a debt.

Accounting by P Ltd. (separate financial statements):

(i) On the date the guarantee is issued, P Ltd. recognises a liability at fair value, even if the loan is undrawn or partially drawn.

(ii)   After initial recognition, the liability is measured at the higher of:

– the unamortised portion of the initial fair value, and

– the expected credit loss (ECL) on the guarantee.

In other words, P Ltd. recognises a present obligation because the guarantee exposes it to the JV’s credit risk from the moment the guarantee is signed and not from when the JV draws the loan.

Step 2: If not a financial guarantee under 109, is it an insurance contract under Ind AS 117?

If the guarantee does not squarely fall under financial guarantee scope under Ind AS 109 (for instance, it does not involve reimbursing a loss on a debt instrument), the next question is whether it meets the definition of an insurance contract per Ind AS 117. Ind AS 117 defines an insurance contract as an arrangement under which one party (issuer) accepts significant insurance risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to compensate the policyholder if a specified uncertain future event adversely affects them. ‘Insurance risk’ is essentially any risk other than financial risk (financial risk relates to changes in financial variables like credit risk, market prices, etc.). In the context of guarantees, a pure performance guarantee often entails insurance risk, the uncertain future event could be the failure of the underlying entity to perform some service or deliver a product, which is not a financial variable but an outcome risk. If that failure adversely affects the counterparty (e.g. the customer of the JV or subsidiary), and the guarantor will compensate for that loss, the contract is transferring significant non-financial risk to the guarantor, essentially an insurance arrangement.

Ind AS 117 is applicable to insurance contracts issued regardless of the issuer’s typical business. So even a construction or manufacturing company can issue an ‘insurance contract’ in substance. For example, a parent company’s guarantee to complete a project or pay damages if its JV fails is very much like a performance bond, which economically is an insurance contract (the parent takes on the project completion risk). If such risk is significant and the compensation is linked to an adverse event (project failure), the guarantee meets the insurance contract definition.

If a guarantee qualifies as an insurance contract under Ind AS 117, the issuer has two possibilities:

(a) Mandatory application of Ind AS 117 in general, insurance contracts should be accounted under Ind AS 117, which involves recognition of a liability for remaining coverage and incurred claims, measured using either the general model (fulfilment cash flows plus a contractual service margin) or the simplified premium allocation approach, along with disclosure of risk assumptions, etc. Ind AS 117 is a complex standard and will result in a very different measurement than Ind AS 109. For non-insurers, applying Ind AS 117 could be challenging operationally, but it might better reflect the nature of the obligation (especially if there are many guarantees issued or which extends over multiple periods and the risk is significant).

(b) Elect to apply Ind AS 115 (for service contracts) or Ind AS 109 (for certain credit limits). Ind AS 117 itself provides some scope choices. In particular, if a contract’s primary purpose is the provision of services for a fixed fee (often called the “fixed-fee service contract” scope exception, e.g. certain extended warranty contracts), an entity may choose to account for it under Ind AS 115 instead. Also, as noted earlier, if the contract is essentially a financial guarantee (compensation capped at the amount of the debtor’s obligation), the issuer can choose Ind AS 109 or Ind AS 117. These choices are to be made carefully and consistently for similar contracts, and once made for a portfolio, the choice is irrevocable.

In summary, a guarantee that transfers significant non-financial risk (and is not a financial guarantee of debt) will generally fall under Ind AS 117. The guarantor would account for it much like an insurance company would by recognizing an insurance contract liability, measuring the best estimate of fulfilment cash outflows plus a risk adjustment, and recognizing income as it is released from risk over time (if consideration is received, unearned premium or a similar liability is recognized). If no consideration is received (e.g., a parent gives a free performance guarantee for its JV), under Ind AS 117 the initial recognition would still record a liability for the stand-ready obligation and a corresponding deemed contribution (much as under Ind AS 109 , the entity would record a contribution). The recent guidance essentially reminds companies that not all guarantees are financial instruments, some are insurance contracts in nature and should be accounted for using insurance principles, even by non-insurers. Importantly, this is not an elective treatment as per step 1, this is not a per contract election, and would apply to all contracts of this nature.

Step 3: If neither financial guarantee nor insurance contract, then consider other standards (Ind AS 109, 115, or 37).

If after the above analysis the guarantee doesn’t neatly fit Ind AS 109 or Ind AS 117, then one needs to look at other accounting standards that might capture the substance of the guarantee. In Ind AS context, the remaining possibilities are:

(i) Ind AS 109 (other scopes): Just because a guarantee is not a ‘financial guarantee contract’ by definition, it might still be within Ind AS 109 if it meets another category. For example, loan commitments. Paragraph 2.3 of Ind AS 109 brings some loan commitments (to provide a loan at below-market rates) into its scope. A standby liquidity facility or guarantee to lend money if needed might fall here. In such cases, recognition and measurement principles for financial liabilities of Ind AS 109 would apply.

(ii) Ind AS 115: If the guarantee is issued to a counterparty that is also a customer in a revenue contract, and none of the above standards captures it, Ind AS 115 might come into play. Ind AS 115 excludes financial instruments and insurance contracts from its scope, but if the guarantee doesn’t qualify as those, and it is part of the sales deal, the arrangement could be treated as a performance obligation or a guarantee obligation under the revenue standard. For example, consider a technology vendor that guarantees a certain performance of a product for three years. If that guarantee is beyond a standard warranty (which itself is accounted either as assurance warranty, a cost accrual under Ind AS 37 or service warranty which is a separate performance obligation under Ind AS 115), it may effectively be a separate service that the customer receives (a form of insurance service). Ind AS 115 would then require identifying that performance guarantee as a distinct obligation and allocating some of the transaction price to it (or if free, perhaps recognizing a liability for the obligation to stand ready, akin to an onerous performance obligation). In a parent-subsidiary-customer scenario, like a parent guaranteeing the performance of its subsidiary to the customer, Ind AS 115 could be relevant in the consolidated financial statements of the parent (because from the group’s perspective, the customer contract includes a guarantee feature). In such consolidated accounts, any payout under the guarantee might be treated as a contract cost or a reduction of revenue rather than a separate financial expense. The entities should thus examine if a guarantee given to a customer (directly or implicitly) is actually an element of a revenue arrangement. If so, ensure compliance with Ind AS 115, e.g. recognize a liability for future penalty/compensation obligations as an offset to revenue, if material.

(iii) Ind AS 37: Finally, if none of the above standards governs the guarantee, Ind AS 37 serves as the fallback. Ind AS 37 applies to contingent obligations that are not within the scope of another standard. So, only when a guarantee does not qualify as a financial instrument or insurance contract, the entity account for it under Ind AS 37. In practice, very few guarantees should land here after the above analysis. Under Ind AS 37, if a provision is recognized, it would be measured as the best estimate of the obligation (similar concept to fulfilment cost but without the insurance contract framework of risk adjustment and service margin). If the likelihood of payout is low, it may only be disclosed as a contingent liability. However, entities must be cautious, if a guarantee is a contract that could potentially require payment, usually it does create a present obligation (even if conditional) and if not covered by other standards, Ind AS 37 would demand a provision if the obligation is probable and estimable.

CONCLUSION

The accounting for guarantees on obligations of other entities has evolved from a divergent practice to a more principled approach under Ind AS, made easy by the IFRIC agenda decision of April 2025 which provides clarification. The key is to identify the nature of risk a guarantee covers and apply the appropriate Ind AS, i.e., financial instrument standards for pure credit risk guarantees, insurance standard for performance and other non-financial risk guarantees, revenue standard for customer-related guarantees, and provisions standard only as a last resort. This multi-standard framework may appear complex, but it aligns each type of guarantee with the accounting model that best captures its economics under Ind AS.

In essence, the clarifying guidance (when translated to Ind AS) is that companies must use judgment to determine which Ind AS applies, based on the substance and terms of the guarantee contract, and apply that standard’s recognition and measurement requirements.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

71. (2025) 34 Centax 284 (M.P.) Study Metro Edu Consultant Pvt. Ltd. vs. Joint Director, DGGI, Indore dated 05.08.2025

Writ petition against a SCN under section 74 CGST is not maintainable as the Adjudicating Authority decides independently, unaffected by the Investigating Authority’s findings

FACTS

Petitioner was engaged in providing Software-as-a-Service based student recruitment solutions, including overseas advisory services for foreign universities. Pursuant to an investigation initiated by the respondent, summons were issued under section 70 of the CGST Act, 2017, and a detailed enquiry was conducted, during which the petitioner was directed to appear and explain the leviability of GST on the consideration received for advisory services rendered to foreign universities. In response, the petitioner submitted that such services qualify as “export of services” under section 2(6) of the IGST Act, 2017 and therefore no GST is applicable. Despite the petitioner’s explanation during investigation and submissions of requisite documents in response to summons, SCN was issued to petitioner under section 74 of the CGST Act, to appear before the Deputy/Assistant Commissioner, CGST seeking explanation as to why GST should not be demanded. Being aggrieved by the issuance of the SCN and the procedural lapses committed by the adjudicating authority in merely following the investigating authority’s finding, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the Investigating Authority and the Adjudicating Authority are distinct. Adjudicating authority is required to adjudicate the matter independently based on material on record, uninfluenced by any findings recorded during investigation. However, to address the petitioner’s apprehension, the respondents voluntarily stated that if the Court deems fit, they are willing to have the adjudication conducted by a higher-ranking officer namely, an Additional Commissioner or Joint Commissioner, and will issue a corrigendum accordingly. Court concluded that there is no reason for the High Court to intervene at this stage, especially when the SCN itself is not a final order. Therefore, the writ petition was dismissed, with no order as to costs.

72. (2025) 34 Centax 342 (Guj.) Sintex BAPL Ltd vs. State of Gujarat dated 28.08.2025

Once a resolution plan is approved by the NCLT under IBC, SCN cannot be issued subsequently demanding GST on past tax dues of the corporate debtor

FACTS

Petitioner, a corporate debtor was engaged in the manufacturing and supply of plastic products. The National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) initiated the Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (CIRP) against the petitioner and resolution plan was approved on 17.03.2023. Despite initiation of CIRP, the respondent issued multiple SCN, intimations and orders raising tax demands along with interest and penalties for various financial years prior to the approval of the resolution plan. The petitioner submitted detailed responses requesting withdrawal of these notices, contending that all prior liabilities stood extinguished upon the NCLT’s approval. Being aggrieved by the respondent’s actions, the petitioner approached Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court stated that on approval of the resolution plan under IBC, all tax liabilities of the petitioner would stand extinguished and no demand could be raised. Thus, upon the complete extinguishment of all tax liabilities of the petitioner upon the approval of the Resolution Plan, there could be no occasion whatsoever for the respondents to issue the impugned notices. Accordingly, all notices/orders along with all other proceedings or coercive action relating thereto were quashed and set aside.

73. (2025) 34 Centax 361 (Ker.) XL Interiors vs. Deputy Commissioner (Intelligence), SGST Department dated 28.07.2025

The denial of cross-examination of a witness, whose evidence is crucial to the tax demand, constitutes a violation of natural justice.

FACTS

Petitioner was issued a SCN alleging suppression of turnover based on an inspection and statements recorded of its customers by the State intelligence unit. In its detailed reply, the petitioner contested the allegations and specifically sought permission to cross-examine several customers, especially Sri Krishna Pilla, to establish that the amounts received from him were advances and not suppressed turnover. Respondent however, passed the impugned order without granting the opportunity for cross-examination, observing that the persons sought to be examined had nothing to do with the transactions. Being aggrieved by this denial of cross examination opportunity, which pertained directly to a transaction relied upon in the order, the petitioner approached the Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that the denial of an opportunity for cross-examination caused prejudice to the petitioner because Sri Krishna Pilla had actual transactions with the petitioner, which the revenue had relied upon to treat advances as taxable turnover. The impugned order passed without granting cross-examination was violative of the principles of natural justice. Accordingly, the order was quashed, and the matter was remanded to the adjudicating authority with a direction to re-hear the matter after providing the petitioner an opportunity to examine the said witness.

74. (2025) 36 Centax 52 (Del.) Oriental Insurance Company Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner CGST dated 26.09.2025.

Demand on Reinsurance services rendered for the period 01.07.2017–24.01.2018 would not sustain as benefit of CBIC Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST was applicable for past period on “as is where is basis” even though Order was prior to date of issuance of Circular

FACTS

Petitioner had availed reinsurance services between 01.07.2017 and 24.01.2018. A SCN dated 27.09.2023 was issued proposing to levy GST on such services. Despite the petitioner’s explanations and objections, Additional Commissioner passed an Order-In-Original on 29.12.2023 confirming the demand, which was upheld by Commissioner (Appeals) on 11.07.2024. Soon thereafter, CBIC issued Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST on 15.07.2024 implementing the GST Council’s recommendation that GST liability on reinsurance of exempt insurance schemes for this period would be regularized on an “as is where is basis”. Being aggrieved, the petitioner approached the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that the Order-In-Original dated 29.12.2023 and the Order-In-Appeal dated 11.07.2024 were passed before CBIC Circular No. 228/22/2024-GST dated 15.07.2024. which regularized past GST liability on reinsurance services for 01.07.2017 to 24.01.2018 on “as is where is basis” pursuant to 53rd GST Council’s recommendation. It further stated that Circular was squarely applicable in the petitioner’s case and benefit could not be denied. It also relied upon its own earlier decision in the case of AXA France Vie-India vs. Union of India — (2024) 23 Centax 330 (Del.), where it was held that GST on reinsurance services was exempt for the period under consideration. Accordingly, both Order-In-Original and Order-in-Appeal were set aside.

75. (2025) 36 Centax 13 (All.) Trimble Mobility Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. vs. State of U.P. dated 07.10.2025..

Penalty cannot be imposed where delay in movement due to vehicle breakdown resulted in expiry of an e-way bill in absence of any intent to evade tax particularly where fresh e-way bill is generated before passing order of seizure under section 129.

FACTS

Petitioner was supplying GPS devices under a contract with the National Geo-Spatial Data Centre, Department of Surveyor General of India, accompanied by valid tax invoices and e-way bills. During transit, the vehicle carrying the goods broke down, and the driver transferred the goods to another vehicle. As a result of this delay, the original e-way bill expired on 20.12.2022. The new vehicle was intercepted, and goods were detained since vehicle carrying goods was different and E-Way Bill had already expired. Petitioner generated a fresh e-way bill on 22.12.2022 before any order of detention or penalty under section 129(3) of the GST Act was passed. Despite this, the adjudicating authority passed the Order-In-Original on 27.12.2022, which was subsequently upheld by the respondent through the Order-In-Appeal on 17.06.2023. Aggrieved by these orders, petitioner preferred a Writ before the High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that petitioner’s goods were transported under valid tax invoices and e-way bills. The expiry of the original e-way bill was due to a vehicle breakdown resulting in transfer of goods to another vehicle without any intention to evade tax. Since a fresh e-way bill was generated before any order of detention or penalty under section 129(3) of the GST Act was passed, the Court found that the impugned Order-In-Original and Order-In-Appeal could not be sustained. The Court also placed reliance on Asstt. Commissioner (ST) vs. Satyam Shivam Papers (P.) Ltd. [2022 (57) G.S.T.L. 97 (S.C.) along with several of its own earlier decisions where it was held that mere expiry of an e-way bill where movement of goods was genuine along with valid tax invoices does not indicate intention to evade tax. Accordingly, the writ was allowed.

76. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 163 (Allahabad) Singhal Iron Traders vs. Additional Commissioner dated 04.11.2025.

If the supplier’s registration was valid at the time of purchase and transactions were duly supported by e-way bills and bank payments, ITC cannot be denied merely because the supplier’s registration was subsequently cancelled. Authorities must verify the supplier’s existence and validity at the time of the transaction, not retrospectively.

FACTS

The petitioner is a proprietorship firm engaged in the trading and supply of all kinds of iron scrap, etc. The petitioner purchased iron scrap from the registered dealer against tax invoices and two e-way bills, the said payment was made to the supplier through banking channels. The supplier/seller also filed his GSTR-1 and GSTR-3B for the relevant period on time on the GST Portal. Proceedings against the petitioner were initiated under section 74 of the GST Act, 2017, and a show cause notice was issued to the petitioner demanding ITC and a penalty, as the supplier’s registration had been cancelled and no business activity had been undertaken. The petitioner filed his detailed reply, annexing all the documentary evidence, stating that he had validly claimed the ITC, but that, without considering the same, the order in GST DRC-07 was passed.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court noted that the registration of the supplier was cancelled after the transactions in question. The Court observed that the supplier filed its return in the forms of GSTR-01 and GSTR-3B after payment of taxes. The Court held that once the supplier (sic) paid the tax in the forms of GSTR-01 and GSTR-3B, no adverse inference can be drawn against the petitioner on the premise that the dealer’s registration, from whom the purchases were shown to be made, was subsequently cancelled. The Hon’ble Court also observed that purchases were made by the petitioner, for which due e-way bills were generated and the payments were shown to be made through banking channels, and that it is also not the case of the revenue that the vehicle used for transportation was not found registered.

The Hon’ble Court further held that it was the duty of the authorities to verify the said information as to whether at the time of transactions, the firm was in existence or not and therefore, without verifying the same, the authorities ought not to have initiated the proceedings against the petitioner only on the borrowed information as the petitioner discharged its preliminary duty by making the payment of due taxes through banking channels.

Accordingly, the orders demanding ITC reversal and equal penalty were held unsustainable and quashed.

77. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 437 (Bombay) Adarsh s/o Gautam Pimpare vs. State of Maharashtra dated 14.10.2025.

The returns furnished by the taxpayers cannot be disclosed by the GST authorities under section 158(1) except as provided in section 158(3) of the GST Act. Provisions of section 158 of the CGST Act will override the provisions of RTI Act as former is a special legislation.

FACTS

The petitioner applied under the Right to Information Act, 2005 (RTI Act), to the GST Department and sought information regarding the submissions of GST returns for the financial years 2008 to 2023 for six different entities. In pursuance of the application, the Information Officer issued a notice to the concerned entities seeking their response. The concerned industries responded with objections to providing information to the petitioner. Thereafter, the petitioner’s application was rejected. The appeals filed by the petitioner were also decided against the petitioner. It was contended before the High Court that the returns filed by the entities with Government are public documents and not personal information and that information was required in connection with one large scale fraud where public interest is involved.

HELD

Discussing the provisions of RTI Act, and relying upon the decision in the case of Central Public Information Officer vs. Subhash Chandra Agarwal [2019] 111 taxmann.com 206 (SC)/(2020) 5 SCC 481, the Hon’ble Court held the proviso to section 11(1) permits disclosure where the public interest in disclosure outweighs any possible harms in disclosure highlighted by the third party. However, the said Act provides that in any case where the information sought is personal information within the meaning of section 8(1)(j) of the RTI Act the procedure under section 11 must be complied with before final order is passed and the third party concerned are required to be issued notice and heard as they are not parties before it. The Court also noted that section 8(1)(d) of the RTI Act provides that information is exempt from disclosure where such disclosure would harm the competitive position of a third party and the exemption is further qualified by the phrase, unless the competent authority is satisfied that larger public interest warrants the disclosure. The Hon’ble Court held that in the instant case the information which is sought relates to the third party and the GST Authorities holds the information i.e. GST returns of the third party. Therefore, when such an information is asked the Authorities constituted have to issue under section 11 to the effected person as this provision is held to be mandatory.

The Hon’ble Court also held that the returns furnished by the entities under section 158(1) cannot be disclosed by the GST authorities except as provided in section 158(3) of the GST Act. The GST Act being a special enactment would override the RTI Act (general enactment) and the information which is prohibited to be provided under section 158 of the GST Act cannot be disclosed under the RTI Act

The Court dismissed the petition, holding that there is no prima facie evidence to show that the industries have indulged in large scale fraud and that there is no larger public interest involved in the matter. Therefore, no case under proviso to section 8(1)(j) to grant information is made out.

78. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 378 (Orissa) GAEA Engineers and Contractors (P.) Ltd vs. Chief Commissioner of CGST & Central Excise dated 06.11.2025.

Where the petitioner filed manual appeal without payment of pre-deposit and such appeal was registered by the department without issuing any deficiency memo and also issued a notice of personal hearing, but such appeal rejected subsequently, without discussing merits on the ground that pre-deposit is not made, the Court issued directions for restoring the appeal for deciding the same on merits on subsequent payment of pre-deposit by the petitioner.

FACTS

The petitioner received a manual Order-In Original against which he filed a manual appeal under section 107 of the GST Act without payment of pre-deposit. The department having received the memorandum of appeal, registered the case and allotted No.518/GST/BBSR/ADC/2024-25. Thereafter, the First Appellate Authority issued the “notice of personal hearing”, but rejected the appeal without considering the merits thereof. The petitioner subsequently paid the amount of pre-deposit and filed the petition to set aside the order dismissing the appeal.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that despite statutory bar against filing of appeal without payment of pre-deposit, the Appellate Authority accepted the appeal and assigned number to it. This indicates that the Appellate Authority omitted and/or waived the condition stipulated in section 107(6) and intended to proceed with the hearing of appeal on merit. The Court further held that since the petitioner has deposited the amount of pre-deposit required under section 107(6) of the GST Act, the rejection order was to be set aside and the appeal was restored for adjudication on merits.

79. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 218 (Delhi) Kemexel Ecommerce (P.) Ltd. vs. Sales Tax Officer, Avato dated 31.10.2025.

Once the matter covered in ASMT-10 issued in terms of section 61 of the CGST Act is satisfactorily explained by the assessee and closed by the Authorities by issuing ASMT-12, further issuance of show cause notice under section 73 on the same matter is not permissible.

FACTS

A notice under section 61 was issued to the petitioner for scrutiny of returns under Form GST ASMT-10. The discrepancies observed in the said notice issued under section 61 of the Act pertained to ITC reflected in Form GSTR-2A, ITC claimed in Form GSTR-3B and the liability shown in Form GSTR-1. The petitioner submitted a detailed reply along with the requisite documents. After perusing the same, the matter was closed by FORM GST ASMT-12. The details of the said Order of acceptance of reply against the notice was issued under section 61. However, subsequently on the same grounds, a show cause notice in DRC-01 was issued to the petitioner in respect to the same transactions and the impugned order was then passed.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that section 61 of the Act would show that the scheme of the said provision is that whenever the proper officer finds any discrepancies, a notice can be issued to the taxpayer and an explanation can be sought. Upon the explanation being furnished, if the explanation is found acceptable, then no further action can be undertaken. Thus, section 61(2) of the Act would create an embargo against any further demands being raised under section 73 of the Act. Accordingly, the issuance of SCN under section 73 of the Act and passing of the consequent impugned order, after the acceptance of the explanation was directed to be set aside.

80. [2025] 180 taxmann.com 298 Symphony Ltd. vs. Union of India (Gujarat) dated 12.09.2025.

Liability of returns stand discharged if the payment is made in cash ledger before the due date. A debit in the electronic credit ledger during return filing is just an accounting adjustment.

FACTS

The petitioner firm filed Form GSTR-3B return of July 2017 on 14.08.2018. However, it made the payment of tax along with applicable interest on 19.09.2017. The department issued letters calling upon the petitioner to pay the interest for the period 20.09.2017 to 14.08.2018.

HELD

Relying upon the decision in the case of Arya Cotton Industries vs. Union of India [2024] 164 taxmann.com 2(Guj), the Hon’ble Court held that the amount deposited by the petitioner by generating challan will get credited to the account of the Government immediately upon deposit and later on the same shall be adjusted against the tax payable as per the return filed by debiting the electronic cash ledger and therefore, the tax liability of the registered person will be discharged to the extent of deposit made with the Government. It further held that as per the Scheme of the GST Act, it is only for the purpose of accounting that the debit in electronic cash ledger is made at the time of filing of the return otherwise an amount which is credited to the account of the Government immediately upon the deposit in electronic cash ledger, the same would be appropriated in the Government treasury and the tax liability of the assessee would stand discharged. Moreover, as per the Scheme of the GST Act, the deposit in the electronic cash ledger would be in the nature of an advance payment by the assessee, which would be adjusted at the time of filing of the return in Form GSTR 3B while computing the tax liability. Therefore, no interest can be levied from the date of deposit of the amount by the assessee in the electronic cash ledger till the time the return in Form GSTR-3B is submitted. The impugned communications were quashed, and the petitions were allowed.

Recent Developments in GST

A. CIRCULARS

(i) Clarification about Assigning proper officer under Sections 74A,75(2) and 122 of CGST Act – Circular no.254/11/2025-GST dated 27.10.2025

Fresh guidelines regarding assignment of proper officers under Sections 74A, 75(2) and 122 of CGST Act,2017 & CGST Rules are provided.

B. NOTIFICATIONS

i) Notification No.17/2025-Central Tax dated 18.10.2025

The CBIC has extended the due date for filing GSTR-3B returns for the month of September 2025 and for the quarter of July–September 2025 till October 25, 2025.

ii) Notification No.18/2025-Central Tax dated 31.10.2025

The Central Goods and Services Tax (Fourth Amendment) Rules, 2025 are published to introduce a faster, technology-enabled, and taxpayer-friendly GST registration process within three working days. These amendments come into effect from 1st November, 2025.

C. NOTIFICATION RELATING TO RATE OF TAX

i) Notification No.18/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 24.10.2025

The above notification seeks to amend Notification No. 26/2018-Central Tax (Rate) dated 31.12.2018, to provide definition of “Nominated Agency”. This change is effective from November 1, 2025.

D. ADVANCE RULINGS

Issue: Hotel accommodation vis-à-vis Renting of immovable property – applicable rate of Tax

Orsino Hotels & Resorts LLP

(AAR Order No.08/WBAAR/2025-26 dt.22.8.2025)(WB)

The facts are that the applicant is engaged in the hotel business through its property named Orsino Spa Resort located in Darjeeling. The resort comprises 45 rooms and offers various amenities such as a spa, banquet facilities, a bar, a multi-cuisine restaurant, and a cafe. The applicant has entered into a contractual agreement with the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) on 19th March 2025 to provide continuous accommodation services for RBI officers and their families. As per the agreement, the applicant is obligated to provide a minimum of two double-bedded “Premium Rooms” per day at a pre-agreed rate. The agreement is valid from 1st April 2025 to 31st March 2026, with a provision for extension. Applicant has raised following questions:

“(i) Whether the accommodation services provided by the applicant to RBI having room tariff of less than ₹7500 per day per unit, as part of the agreement for providing accomodation (rooms) services to RBI staff, are taxable under GST at the rate of 12%

(ii) If not, under which HSN code and tax rate will the services be taxed?”

The applicant explained the nature of services which are all akin to facilities provide in hotel room, with Check in time-12 noon, check out time-11:00 am. The RBI is to pay the room tariff per day at an agreed rate. The applicant has charged GST @ 12%.

One of the factors was that RBI is to deduct TDS under Section 194I of the Income Tax Act, 1961, in respect of the payments made by RBI for the accommodation services under the said contract.

The applicant brought to notice of the ld. AAR the definition of “Hotel Accommodation” as provided in Notification No.11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as well as GST Rate applicable on such accommodation services w.e.f. 18.7.2022, which are as under:

Room Tariff GST Rate
Value of supply less than ₹7500 per day per unit 12%
Value of supply more than ₹7500 per day per unit 18%

It was submitted that since, the room tariff per unit per day for these accommodation services provided to RBI as per the agreement does not exceed ₹7500, GST rate applicable to applicant shall be 12%.

The applicant also made submission about difference in renting of property vis-a-vis hotel accommodation.

The ld. AAR analysed position vis-à-vis the facts of the case.

The ld. AAR observed that accommodation services refers to providing residential or lodging services for a short period where the tariff for a unit of accommodation is usually declared per unit per day. Accommodation services may include certain other facilities depending on the policy of the hotel.

The ld. AAR also referred to recent changes in the GST Act vide Notification no.05/2025-Central Tax (Rate) dated 16.1.2025 in respect of accommodation services given by the hotel.

The ld. AAR also discussed about various plans available in hotel regarding food facility and modalities connected there with. As compared to above, in renting of premises, the demarcated premises are allotted to the customer. Since this is not position, the ld. AAR held that transaction cannot fall in ‘renting of immovable property’.

The ld. AAR observed that the issue appears to have arisen as RBI is deducting TDS under section 194I of the Income Tax Act which provides for TDS in respect of payment made for renting of immovable property.

The ld. AAR observed that two acts (Income Tax Act and GST) are different. The ld. AAR held that so far as the concept of hotel accommodation services in the GST is concerned there is no reference to the Income Tax Act and it has nothing to do with the Income Tax Act. Therefore, for the purpose of the GST Act, hotel accommodation services will come under serial no. 7 (i) or (vi) of the Notification No. 11/2017 and Central Tax (Rate) Dated 28.06.2017 and liable to GST rate accordingly, irrespective of treatment given by RBI under Income Tax Act.

The ld. AAR held that since the value of supply has not exceeded ₹7500/- for one room as per the agreement with RBI, the applicable rate will be 12%.

Issue: Classification – Pre-packaged and Labelled Goods

Neeli Sea Foods Pvt. Ltd.

(AAR Order No.11/AP/GST/2025 dt.16.9.2025)(AP)

The applicant is engaged in the business of processing and exporting of shrimps. Applicant procures raw shrimp locally from farmers and processes it at the factory. Shrimp processing includes washing, de-veining, peeling, de-heading, tail removal, sorting, grading, and freezing. However, further processing can be done independently based on the customer’s requirements to produce the desired results.

Processed frozen shrimps are packaged separately in accordance with the buyer’s specifications. The Applicant employs the following packaging methods:

a) Primary packaging: The final product is packed into individual pouches or boxes, weighing between approximately 250 grams and 2.5 kilograms.

b) Secondary Packaging: The aforementioned pouches or boxes (i.e., primary packaging) are placed into master cartons, with a maximum weight limit of 25 kilograms.

The primary packaging serves as the principal container for the processed shrimps. These pouches should be stored within master cartons to facilitate convenient transportation. Both the primary and secondary packaging are printed with comprehensive details regarding the product, such as the type, weight, branding information and other relevant specifications (i.e. packaged and labelled). The shrimps so packed are exported to international buyers.

Applicant raised following issues before the ld. AAR:

“- Whether the export of processed frozen shrimps (HSN 0306), which are packaged in individual printed pouches or boxes and subsequently placed inside a print master carton (of up to 25 Kilogram each) that includes the design, label, and other specification provided by the buyer, attracts GST?

– Whether the export of processed frozen shrimps (HSN 0306), packaged in individual plain pouches or boxes and subsequently placed inside a plain master carton (of up to 25 Kilogram each), attracts GST?”

Applicant made reference to relevant entry like entry 2 of Schedule I of Notification No. 01/2017-CGST(R) dated 01.07.2017 updated from time to time and lastly on 13.7.2022. Reliance was also placed on various earlier ARs.

Based on above legal position the ld. AAR observed that as per the provisions of the Legal Metrology Act, 2009 (1 of 2010) and the rules made there under, as the inner packing is printed and is having pre-determined quantity it immediately attains the characteristics of ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ category, meant for retail sale, irrespective of the fact whether the outer packaging is printed or not. Under these circumstances, the inner packaging which ranges from 250 grams to 2.5 kilograms becomes liable to GST, as the same fall within the ambit of ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ category which is mandated to bear the declaration.

The ld. AAR made reference to FAQ dated 18.7.2022 as well as Ministry of Finance clarification on doubts/queries regarding the GST levy on ‘pre-packaged and labelled’ goods vide Press Release dated 18th July 2022.

The ld. AAR concluded the issue as under:

“The supply of shrimps in pouches or boxes of upto 25kg, which are duly pre-packaged and labelled as per Legal Metrology Act 2009 is a taxable supply which is neither exempted nor nil rated supply. As per the Notification no 06/2022 (CT Rate), dated 13th July 2022, GST has been made applicable on supply of such “pre-packaged and labelled” commodities attracting provisions of Legal Metrology Act, 2009. Therefore, where the quantity involved is 25Kgs or less in respect of specified commodities including shrimps (HSN 0306, as per S.No.4 of schedule 1 of notification 01/2017-central tax (rate) dated 28th June 2017) which are pre-packed, they would mandatorily get covered within the ambit of Legal Metrology Act, 2009, and the rules made there under. Accordingly, we are of the considered view that GST would be applicable on the supply of “pre-packaged and labelled” shrimps, capacity upto 25 kgs, and it will be liable for GST @ 5%, irrespective of the fact whether it is for domestic supply or for export outside the country.”

Accordingly, the ld. AAR answered both issues in affirmative.

Issue: Nature of Composite Supply

Greater Visakhapatnam Smart City Corporation Ltd.

(AAR Order No.14/AP/GST/2025 dt.16.10.2025)(AP)

The applicant is a special purposes vehicle (SPV) incorporated as Public Limited Company under the Companies Act, 2013, owned by the State Government of Andhra Pradesh and the Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC). The applicant has undertaken two convergence projects with smart city funds towards development of sewerage system and supply of recycled water to industries.

The applicant has entered into renewed tripartite agreement dated 10.06.2025 between Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation (GVMC), Greater Visakhapatnam Smart City Corporation Limited (GVSCCL) and M/s. Hindustan Petrol Corporation Limited (HPCL) towards supply of recycled water to M/s. HPCL, wherein GVMC and GVSCCL provided sewerage infrastructure situated in Visakhapatnam, comprising of various equipments and facilities.

Clause 9 of the tripartite agreement towards supply of recycled water specifies that Metering for determining the exact quantities of the Product supplied shall be done at the Delivery Point in the premises of HPCL. Applicant shall install a meter with a standby at the Delivery Point i.e. at M/s. HPCL. There is also clause for levy of charges for maintenance of meters, instrumentation, automation etc at the rate of 0.75% of monthly supply of recycled water bill. In above process applicant has installed only flow meters in the premises of M/s. HPCL to measure recycled water and no other instrumentation/automation of applicant are installed at the premises of M/s. HPCL.

With the above background following questions were raised before ld. AAR.

“1. Whether the maintenance charges of flow meters installed at the end user premises to record the recycled water falls under composite supply.

2. If yes, the rate applicable to principal supply i.e., nil rate can be applied to Ancillary supply also i.e., maintenance charges of flow meters also.

3. If not? What is the applicable GST rate and what is the SAC/HSN code applicable to the same?”

The ld. AAR observed that applicant has installed only flow meters at the consumer’s end to record water flow and no other automation or instrumentation systems involved at HPCL’s premises. It was also noted that the maintenance charges are being collected separately on a monthly basis as a percentage of the recycled water supply bill. The ld. AAR was to determine as to whether such maintenance of flow meters constitutes a part of a composite supply along with the supply of recycled water, and if not, what rate of GST would be applicable for such activity.

The ld. AAR referred to definition of ‘Composite Supply’ and analysed clauses of tripartite agreement in light of same. The ld. AAR observed that as per the provisions contained in Para 5(a)(vi) and 5(b)(vi) of the agreement, applicant is levying separate charges upon HPCL at the rate of 0.75% (plus applicable taxes) of the monthly bill value, towards maintenance of meters, instrumentation and automation etc., which are further subject to revision, as and when deemed necessary.

It was further observed that such maintenance charges are not subsumed within the consideration payable for the supply of “product and clear water,” which has been distinctly provided for under Para 5(a)(i) and 5(b)(i) of the said agreement. Noting above contractual separation, the ld. AAR observed that it clearly establishes that the maintenance of flow meters is being charged as an independent service, in addition to the primary supply of recycled water.

Therefore, the ld. AAR held that the maintenance of flow meters is to be treated as a standalone supply of service, falling under Heading 9987 – Maintenance, repair and installation (except construction) services, taxable at 18% (9% CGST + 9% SGST) under Notification No. 11/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017 as amended.

Accordingly, the ld. AAR gave ruling in negative.

Issue: ITC through TRC-06 challan

Becton Dickinson India Pvt. Ltd.

(AAAR Order No.AAAR/06/2025(AR) (A. R. Appeal No.05/2025/AAAR dt.8.10.2025)(TN)

The present appeal is against the Advance Ruling No. 20/ARA/2025 dated 09.05.2025 – 2025-VIL-88-AAR passed by AAR (TN) on the application for AR filed by the Appellant.

The appellant has put various questions for opinion of ld. AAR. The short gist is that the appellant wanted to know whether it is eligible to ITC for payment of IGST though TR-6 challan in Customs department. The ld. AAR rejected the same and gave ruling in negative.

The facts are that the appellant is importer and imports from its group companies. For above purpose the appellant has a limited risk distributorship agreement (“LRD agreement”), and as per the same, the goods are supplied by the overseas companies to the appellant at a price which would ensure that the appellant earns an Arm’s Length Price (ALP) operating profit margin. At the end of the financial year as per the Income Tax Laws, the ALP margin is determined and compared with the actual margin earned by the appellant on the sale of imported goods. In case the actual margin earned by the Appellant is more than the ALP margin, then the appellant transfers the differential margin through a pricing adjustment (“true up”) by the overseas entity from whom the goods were to imported, and vice versa. While doing so the appellant has to discharge differential duties through TR-6 challan.

The ld. AAR denied ITC for above payment on ground it is neither Bill of entry or other similar documents, for the purpose of Section 16(2) of CGST Act.

The ld. AAAR held that the documents prescribed under Custom Act like Bill of Entry are document valid for section 16(2). The ld. AAAR noted that TR-6 challan is not a document prescribed under the Customs Act or the rules made thereunder, but it is a challan prescribed under the ‘Treasury Rules of the Central Government’, under which any person can pay money into the treasury or Bank on Government Account. The ld. AAAR observed that it does not contain all the details relating to assessment encapsulated in a ‘bill of entry’. Since TR-6 lacked legal backing as authenticated document under Customs Act, the ld. AAAR concurred with ld. AAR and confirmed the order of AAR.

Regarding second query about application of section 16(4) to TR-6 challan, the ld. AAAR held that since TR-6 itself not eligible to ITC, no question of considering application of section 16(4) arises.

The third query was, whether section 16(4) applies to reassessment Bill of entry for availing ITC. The ld. AAAR referred to section 16(4) and observed that when the provisions of Section 16(4) of the CGST Act, 2017 applies ‘mutatis mutandis’ to the IGST Act, 2017, the document ‘Bill of Entry or any similar document’ also gets covered under the said provision and that the time limit prescribed u/s.16(4) applies to documents like Bill of Entry.

Accordingly, the ld. AAAR confirmed the AR and rejected appeal on all issues.

Issue: ‘Supply’ – Scope

Laila Nutra Pvt. Ltd.

(AAR Order No.12/AP/GST/2025 dt.22.9.2025)(AP)

The applicant is engaged in the business of extraction of Concentrate from Herbs and Other Products.

The applicant had a wide range of Research and Development facilities including in Ayurvedic and Herbal Medicines. Applicant carries out R&D activities on certain raw materials, which are further extracted in to concentrates and exported to other countries. Along with four other institutes, applicant was selected to implement a designated project. Among the selected institutes, the applicant was the only one equipped with both an extraction facility and a Research& Development (R&D) facility.

As per instruction from the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS), the applicant is responsible for procuring various raw materials
from different sources/vendors, extracting
concentrates from them, and distributing these extracts to the other institutes for further research and development. In certain cases, the applicant also undertakes further research and development on selected extracts. Upon completion of the project, the applicant is required to submit the final project documentation to the Ministry of AYUSH (MoA), through CCRAS.

Presently applicant is awarded two contracts viz:

“Project 1: Research, analysis, and manufacturing of 100 kg each of 5different raw material extracts for further testing by other selected institutes. (Grant sanctioned from Government: ₹10 Cr approximately)

Project 2: Further testing, safety analysis, and reporting on one of the products manufactured in Project 1. (Grant sanctioned from Government: Rs. 10 Cr approximately).

The deliverables under Project 1 include 100 kg of each of 5 different raw material extracts (which constitute less than 10% of the project cost), along with detailed research and analysis on these extracts.

Under Project 2, the deliverable is a comprehensive Testing, Safety, and Analysis Report on one of the extracts developed in Project 1. This report is intended to be placed in the public domain to serve as a reference for other Ayurveda and Herbal Medicine manufacturers in the long term.”

There are further procedural rules to be followed by applicant as Sub-Nodal Agency.

The applicant had sought advance ruling on the following:

“1. Whether the Research and Development activity undertaken by the applicant for the Ministry of AYUSH (MoA), through the Central Council for Research in Ayurvedic Sciences (CCRAS), under a grant-in-aid arrangement, falls within the scope of ‘supply’ as defined under Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017?

2. If the aforementioned Research and Development activity is considered a ‘supply’ under Section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017, whether such activity qualifies for exemption under Entry No. 3 or Entry No. 3A of Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28.06.2017, as amended?”

The applicant was contending that the applicant has neither proprietary rights nor control over the results of the R&D to claim any form of disposal or transfer thereof and hence not within scope of ‘supply’.

To determine questions (1), the ld. AAR referred to Section 7 which specifies the scope of ‘supply’.

The ld. AAR observed that under sub-section (a) of Section 2(31) of the Act, the consideration for the supply of goods or services may be paid by the recipient or any other person. Hence, even if it is assumed that services supplied by the applicant are not received by CCRAS but are received by the beneficiaries i.e., general public and medicine manufacturers, the amount paid by CCRAS to the applicant is still covered under the definition of ‘consideration’ paid for the said supply of goods or services by the applicant and is covered in the definition of ‘supply’ given under Section 7(1) of the Act. The profit motive held not important, considering combined reading of all above definitions, including that of the “business”.

Grants held to be consideration as it is not ‘subsidy’. It is also observed that R&D services, even when not resulting in the transfer of ownership or IP, are still services under GST as per definition of ‘services’ in Section 2(102) of the CGST Act.

Regarding question of exemption under entry 3 or 3A of Notification 12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dt.28.6.2017, as activity falling under Articles 243G/243W, the ld. AAR held that the said exemption is not available as the service is not provided to Panchayat or Municipality, nor it is directly related to any functions given in said Articles.

Accordingly, the supply is held taxable under GST, and the applicant is held liable to discharge GST at the applicable rate.

Classification Of Goods

The GST law enacted under Article 246A of the Indian constitution made a significant attempt to unify the tax law on ‘goods and services’. Yet, distinctions prevail in areas of rate fixation, exemptions, time of supply, place of supply, refunds, input tax credit eligibility, etc. To appreciate this, we could examine certain experiences of the GST law.

REAL LIFE EXPERIENCE

Apex courts have settled that any movable property (tangible or intangible) having fundamental attributes (a) utility; (b) capable of being bought and sold; and (c) capable of being transmitted, transferred, delivered, stored and possessed, would be “goods”. In contrast, “services” has been stated to be as ‘anything other than goods’. While negative phraseology draws a Chinese wall between goods and services, an overlap re-emerges on application of the phrase “supply of goods” or “supply of services” (generally when both components are combined in a single transaction).

We may recollect instances of the health care industry grappling with taxability on supply of implants used in medical surgeries; educational sector facing legal ambiguity on providing books, periodicals, materials to students, IT services were subjected to tax as goods and services, etc. While the Supreme Court in the famous BSNL judgement coined the ‘dominant intention test’ for application in such hybrid commercial transactions (except the hotel and the construction industry), subjectivity continued at the ground level. Certain industries continue to face question over transaction being classifiable as a “Goods” or “as Services” under GST.

The diversity in tax implications between supply of goods or services arises even in a unified code – let’s take the EV revolution where “Mobility is being provided as a Service” (MaaS) rather than an outright purchase of a car. The transaction format fundamentally shifts the transaction from a ‘supply of goods’ to ‘supply or services’, commercials remaining the same. Consequently, goods rate notifications, which would have otherwise been applicable, would be displaced by the service rate notifications. Having treated MaaS as a ‘supply of service’, advances become taxable upfront, service rate notifications come into operation, place of supply rules apply differently, export provisions vary, etc. As a corollary, the service classification would also be transmitted to the recipient’s and the credit viewed as an ‘input service’ rather than as ‘inputs’ i.e. establish receipt as a service, restrictive refund eligibility, blocked credit examination, ISD provisions, etc. Therefore, the starting point of classification into supply of goods or services must be minutely addressed prior to proceeding to the rate/exemption scheme.

MACRO SCHEME

Therefore, the classification process under GST should be applied in a hierarchical manner – at the core of a transaction lies the question of whether it is “goods” or “services”. Once this is ascertained, Schedule II should be resorted to label the transaction as “supply of goods” (involving transfer of title in goods either in present or future) or classifiable as “supply of services”. This decision would then direct us to either the “Goods Notification” or the “Service Notification”. We will not delve much into the domain of goods vs. service as the focus of the article is on the classification scheme of goods.

GOODS CLASSIFICATION SCHEME

Section 9 of the CGST Act opens the pathway into Goods Rate Notification 01/2017-CT(R) (now superseded by 09/2025) for supply of goods. Being a levy provision, the rule is absolute – refer the notification only for the purpose of rate ascertainment. The said notification provides for merit, standard and de-merit rates. On the exemption front, a separate notification 11/2017-CT(R) (now superseded by 10/2025) has been issued under the provisions of section 11(1) exempting the entire GST on specified goods. Unfortunately, exemption notification has by-passed the rate fixation exercise on the premise that any unscheduled goods (not specified in the rate schedule) would anyway be subject to the residuary entry of 18% (refer entry 639 below).

Both the notifications enlist the description of various goods with corresponding tariff items of the Customs Tariff Act (‘CTA’). The description of goods is elaborated in column (3) of the notification. Column (2) contain the “Chapter”, “Heading” or “Sub-Heading” as mentioned in the CTA. The Harmonised System of Nomenclature (‘HSN’) based system for goods containing Chapters 1 to 98 has been adopted. Furthermore, the rules for interpretation of the First Schedule to the CTA, the Section and Chapter Notes and the General Explanatory Notes of the First Schedule of CTA shall (to the extent consistent with the notification), apply to the interpretation and classification of goods under said notification. A glimpse of the notification is extracted below:

 

Goods Clasification Scheme

SIMPLE UNDERSTANDING OF COLUMN (3) OF RATE NOTIFICATION

In terms of the preamble to the notification, goods meeting the description in column (3) would be covered by the corresponding entry. Depending on the context, the description would be based on ‘common parlance’ or ‘technical nomenclature’ of the product. In many cases the said description is identical to the CTA description (a.k.a. HSN scheme) at the corresponding heading, sub-heading or tariff level. There are also cases where the description has been customised for Indian requirements (rakhi, makana, puja samagri, pre-packaged and labelled, processed and unprocessed, etc) and they should be contextualised appropriately.

SIMPLE UNDERSTANDING OF COLUMN (2) OF RATE NOTIFICATION

Column (2) has many classification variants of the CTA numbering scheme : ‘two-digit level’, ‘four-digit level’, ‘six-digit level’, ‘eight-digit level’, ‘any chapter’, ‘- ’, ‘any chapter except.. ’, ‘ .. other than …’ etc. Each variant has a separate connotation and can be examined by way of a table below:

Variant Scope [subject to column (3) description]
Two-digit All headings contained in the chapter
Four-digit All goods in the four-digit heading
Six-digit All goods in the six-digit heading
Eight-digit Specific Tariff item only
Any chapter Any tariff item in Chapter 1 to 98 : all goods in the universe
88 or Any Chapter Same as above
(-) Not mentioned in the HSN
Any chapter except … All goods in Chapter 1 to 98 except that specifically excluded
Multiple HSN Goods description could comply with either HSN

Importantly, these columns should be cohesively read and a temptation to view them in isolation should be avoided. Certain examples have been elaborated later in the article.

PRIMER OF CTA/HSN CLASSIFICATION

CTA is based on the HSN scheme which is structured into 21 Sections and 98 Chapters:

  •  Sections: These are broad groups of chapters codifying classes of goods. Section Notes explain the inclusions/ exclusion of sections/ chapters/ headings;
  • Chapters: Chapters (two-digit sequence) contain Chapter Notes and brief descriptions of commodities;
  • Headings: These are four-digit codes within chapters, providing a general description of a class of goods;
  •  Sub-headings: These are six-digit codes offering a more specific description within a heading.
  • Tariff Items: These are eight-digit codes, providing the most specific description of a product. Rates are indicated at the tariff item level and not at the heading/ sub-heading level.

The arrangement of goods in the Tariff follows an increasing degree of manufacture, typically moving from natural products and raw materials to semi-finished and fully finished goods/machinery. India being a signatory to the WCO convention aligned its rate structure in Customs/Central Excise with this international system. Customs/ Central Excise laws were designed with standard rates being fixed at the tariff level i.e. 8 digit level (in a rate schedule) and product/ end-use based exemptions were issued separately under a descriptive style of wordings. On the other hand, State VAT laws have been laggards in adoption of the HSN scheme and have always been “description-based”. HSN was used only to a limited extent for understanding trade parlance. The GST system had mixed both systems. It would have been ideal if the GST rate schedule were drafted entirely on the CTA/HSN system which is a scientific grouping of goods and separately granted exemptions either based on descriptions or based on HSN. But the Government, in its endeavour to fulfil their socio-economic objective, has by-passed rate fixation at 8-digit level and deviated from the CTA/HSN entries making the rate/exemption notification a mix of HSN and descriptive styles. Interestingly, the rate/exemption notifications have adopted multiple HSN levels (2 digit, 4 digit, etc.) while GST returns require that the taxpayers should adopt a six-digit level of reporting of their goods.

INTERPLAY OF RATE NOTIFICATION WITH HSN/CTA

The divergence between the description in the CTA/HSN with that of the rate/exemption notification raises the important question on the relative significance of the HSN and the description of the rate/exemption entry. As stated above, harmonious interpretation ought to be adopted to make the entry workable i.e. ‘Description of goods’ in column (3) and the goods enlisted under the specific HSN in column (2) need to be cumulatively satisfied for the entry to be made applicable.

Interplay between the notification and HSN about edible preparations (such as khakra, parotta, snacks, etc.) was intensely debated at multiple forums. At the core was the variance between the “description” and the “HSN heading”. Let’s take the case of classification of Kerala Malabar Parotta either under Entry 97 or 99A:

97 (exemption) 1905 Bread (branded or otherwise), except when served for consumption and pizza bread
99A (rate) 1905 or 2106 Khakhra, plain chapatti or roti]

Originally, Entry 97 for Breads provided for exemption. Subsequently, a tax entry 99A was inserted for rotis, chapatis, etc. in the rate notification @ 5%. HSN 1905 finds mention in both notification and the exemption in Entry 97 is for all kinds of Breads (i.e. including rotis, chapatti, etc.). Revenue made an extreme claim that Entry 97 granted exemption only to Breads and Kerala parotta was not specifically mentioned in the description of the entry was classifiable under HSN 2106 – miscellaneous edible preparations at 18%. Kerala High Court1 examined this issue and held that such parottas are classifiable under Entry 99A of the tax notification under HSN 1905 as chapatti (probably the petitioner gave up exemption claim and had pressed for such goods to be declared at 5%). While not specifically stated by the Court, but parottas could also be classifiable as “Breads” under 1905 but the specific description of chapatti in Entry 99A has an over-bearing effect on the HSN classification. An aggressive view would be that the exemption notification should be exempting even entries which are specified in the rate notification and despite the specific mention of rotis in the rate notification, the broader exemption in the exemption notification should prevail. Pursuant to elimination of the 12% slab and large scale rate rationalisation measure in September 2025, this issue seems to have now been dissipated, but the principle which resolved this controversy continues to prevail.


1 2024 (86) G.S.T.L. 280 (Ker.) Modern food enterprises Pvt. Ltd. vs. UOI

Similar controversy arose in case of extruded snacks (popularly called as fryums or papad) which are part of HSN scheme under heading 1905. Revenue claimed that these are unscheduled items since they are not specifically mentioned in exemption notification or rate notification and liable to tax under Entry 16 @ 18%. This is despite the HSN scheme clearly including extruded snacks under HSN 1905. The GST council had to step in and specifically provide for extruded snacks under a separate entry. Let’s take another example of the variance between the HSN and the description in the context of bio-degradable bags. The notification recognises that bio-degradable bags would be made of paper or plastic items (refer Entry 319). Accordingly, both Chapter 39 and 48 have been assigned to the entry. The description being generic, one would have to follow the heading/ sub-heading and tariff level for ascertaining the type of bio-degradable bags which are included in the said entry.

Conversely, there are also cases where the HSN is narrower than and the description. The example below specifies all goods, but HSN tariff item 3605 00 10 is only applicable to safety matches other than fireworks. Here, emphasis should be placed on the HSN entry and its coverage rather than the generic goods description.

256. 3605 00 10 All goods

In summary, both description and the HSN play equally important role in rate fixation. For a broad based “HSN”, the narrower “goods description” would prevail and conversely for a broad based “goods description”, the narrower “Tariff entry” would prevail.

INTERPLAY BETWEEN THE RATE NOTIFICATION AND THE EXEMPTION NOTIFICATION

Another important aspect is the manner of interpretation of the rate notification (09/2025) vs. the exemption notification (10/2025). Rate notifications are issued u/s 9(1) i.e. levy provisions where only the rate can be prescribed by the Government. Exemption notifications have been issued u/s 11(1) given larger leeway to the Government to exempt wholly or partially subject to conditions. It is settled law that levy provisions have to be applied strictly and the onus of establishing a levy is on the revenue. As against this, exemption notifications are considered an exception and hence the onus of claiming exemption is on the taxpayer. Going back to the example of parotta, while the Courts taxed the transaction at 5% under the entry of “chapattis” based on the plea of the taxpayer, if the taxpayer intended, it could have sought for a complete exemption for such goods under the large category of ‘breads’ under the said HSN. Any ambiguity in the exemption notification can only be resolved through the interpretative tools specified in the CTA and HSN explanatory notes. If the case of exemption is not established, the benefit of exemption may not endure upon the taxpayer.

Interpretative Tools – The notification permits application of the interpretative principles applicable to CTA without controverting the plain description of the entry. In simple words, examination of the classification of goods under entries with broad descriptions could be supported with interpretative rules.

Section Notes and Chapter Notes:

Section Notes are given at the beginning each Section, which apply to all Chapters in that section. Chapter Notes are given at the beginning of each Chapter, which govern entries in that Chapter. The Section Notes and Chapter Notes are considered legally binding for classification. They can either expand the scope of certain headings to include goods that might not otherwise appear to fall within them, or they can restrict the scope of a heading by explicitly excluding certain goods.

General Rules for the Interpretation (GIR) of CTA

These rules are specified in the CTA and fundamental to understand the HSN coverage and are applied sequentially for the classification of goods. The primary rules are:

  •  Rule 1: The titles of Sections, Chapters and Sub-Chapters are provided for ease of reference only; for legal purposes, classification shall be determined according to the terms of the headings and any relative Section or Chapter Notes and, provided such headings or Notes do not otherwise require, according to the following provisions…”. In Hitachi Home & Lift Solutions Ltd2 it was held that where the Tariff clearly specifies “refrigerator combined with freezer”, it would be incorrect to classify under “household refrigerator” based on essential character test in subsequent rules of GIR, thus reiterating the importance of Rule 1 and plain reading of tariff entries.

2 2012 (285) E.L.T. 504 (Tri. - Mumbai)
  • Rule 2(a): Any reference to an article would include even incomplete or unfinished articles, and even disassembled or unassembled articles, if it has the essential character of the complete and finished article. The Larger Bench of Tribunal in Sony India3 (affirmed in Supreme Court) held that parts of a Television which are imported in separate consignments cannot be brought under Rule 2(a) since they were not presented at the same time for customs clearance. However, the Supreme Court in Tata Motors4 that where the exemption notification itself grants the benefit to “parts” in CKD/SKD form, the exemption should be extended even though rule 2(a) considers this as fully built cars. The former decision was rendered while interpreting the rate entry and the latter decision was rendered in examining exemption notification. The point to be appreciated here is that while interpretative rules would apply to ascertain the scope of the HSN / tariff entry, it stops there and cannot extend further.Where the description in the exemption notification narrows the scope of the entry, the interpretation under GIRs should give way to full operation of the exemption entry.

3 2002 (143) E.L.T. 411 (Tri-LB) & affirmed in 2008 (231) E.L.T. 385 (S.C.)

4 2004 (174) E.L.T. 289 (S.C.)
  • Rule 2(b): Any reference to a “material” or “substance” or “goods of such material or substance” would include mixtures or combinations with other materials and substances. For example, bio-fertilizers were classified under the heading of ‘Organic manure’ because organic manure constituted 50% of the final product and gave it its essential character. Similarly, ‘Breaded Cheese’ with less than 55% cheese was not classified as cheese but as ‘Food preparations not elsewhere specified or included’. It is important for one to examine composition of goods especially where the heading relies upon composition for its lineage.
  • Rule 3(a) – In case of mixture of composite goods, where goods are prima-facie classifiable under two or more headings, heading with most specific description shall be preferred to headings providing general description. For instance, “eco-friendly expandable paper wrap (honeycomb paper for wrapping),” manufactured from kraft paper and adhesives and used for wrapping, was classified under the specific Tariff Item 48239013 (“Packing and wrapping paper”) rather than a general description. In the context of “Seats for Railway Coaches,” Heading 9401, which specifically classifies all seats, was preferred over the more general Heading 8607 (parts of railways).
  • Rule 3(b) – Essential Character Rule: Where classification is not possible under above rule, they shall be classified based on the material or component with essential character. In the case of “Appy Fizz”, the Court in Parle Agro5 relied upon the essential character of the 10% apple extract and held that aeration was serving an ancillary purpose of preservation. Hence goods are to be classified as a ‘fruit-based juice drink’ and not a ‘carbonated beverage’.

5 2017 (352) E.L.T. 113 (S.C.)
  • Rule 3(c): When goods cannot be classified by applying Rule 3(a) or 3(b), they are to be classified under the heading that occurs last in numerical order among those which equally merit consideration. In a similar case of fizzy drinks containing mere 5% fruit content and carbonation, the Court6 approved the fruit-based juice drinks classification and rejected the carbonated drinks entry on the ground that since both are equally important, the latter entry should prevail

6 2021 (378) E.L.T. 611 (Tri. – Kolkata)
  • Rule 4 – Goods Akin to Others: “Goods which cannot be classified in accordance with the foregoing Rules shall be classified under the heading appropriate to the goods to which they are most akin”. This rule is applied when preceding rules do not lead to a clear classification. For example, “Ada” was classified under HSN 1902 alongside “Seviyan (Vermicelli)” as it was most akin to it, despite differences in manufacturing dies. Similarly, as discussed above certain types of ‘Parotta’ were held to be akin to “bread” and classifiable under HSN 1905, rather than 2106.
  • Rule 5: This rule covers classification of packing materials, product cases for primary goods, and goods contained with the articles for their retail sale.
  • Rule 6: This rule specifies that for legal purposes, classification of goods in the sub-headings of a heading shall be determined according to the terms of those sub-headings and any related Section or Chapter Notes and, mutatis mutandis, to the foregoing rules, on the understanding that only sub-headings at the same level are comparable.

HSN Explanatory Notes

HSN Explanatory Notes are internationally accepted and serve as a “relevant and safe guide for deciding issues of classification”. India, being a signatory to the HSN Convention, widely relies on these notes for interpretation. They provide detailed guidance on the scope of headings and sub-headings, including examples and exclusions. For instance, the Explanatory Note for HS 9401 was considered in classifying seats for two-wheelers. Courts7 have unequivocally insisted on application of HSN explanatory notes in interpreting the scope of the tariff entry.


7 Central Excise vs. Wood Craft Products Ltd. [1995 (77) E.L.T. 23 (S.C.)] & 15. Again, in O.K. Play (India) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Central Excise [(2005) 2 SCC 460 = 2005 (180) E.L.T. 300 (S.C.)],

Technical Understanding vs. Common Meaning8 :

Classification requires a “deep appreciation of the technical understanding of words and phrases in each domain”. Reliance on the common meaning of words should be discouraged, as the Government deliberately uses specific terminology to convey a precise interpretation within the relevant trade. However, where a word is not defined in the statute, it must be construed in its popular sense, meaning “that sense which people conversant with the subject matter with which the statute is dealing would attribute to it”. This “common parlance test” remains a determinative factor for classification. The Users understanding is also a strong factor in determining classification. For example, the classification of “Papad” versus “Fryums” relies heavily on common parlance and market understanding. The common parlance test cannot be a test applied in revenue’s own mind without adducing evidence. The Court while examining the classification of Coconut Oil rejected the classification the revenue under HSN 3305 (Hair preparations) on the grounds of (a) being an over-the-counter product; (b) product label containing film actress’s long hair and (c) sold in small quantities. Court held that the coconut oil belonged to HSN 1513 under the Chapter

Oils which described the product as “coconut oil”. Once the product meets the description of HSN classification, multiple uses of such oil did not justify a change in its classification based on the end usage.


8 Oswal Agro Mills Ltd. and Others vs. Collector of Central Excise and Others, reported at 1993 Supp (3) SCC 716 = 1993 (66) E.L.T. 37 (S.C.), Commissioner of Central Excise, Nagpur vs. Shree Baidyanath Ayurved Bhavan Limited, reported at (2009) 12 SCC 419 = 2009 (237) E.L.T. 225 (S.C.):  Dunlop India Ltd. vs. Union of India and Others, reported at (1976) 2 SCC 241 = 1983 (13) E.L.T. 1566 (S.C.)

CONTROVERSY OVER SECTION NOTES AND GIRS – AUTO PARTS ISSUE

Classification of parts, components and accessories has been a high-stake battle between the Auto Ancillaries and the tax administration. It is settled that parts and components are those items which are necessary for functioning of the machine. Accessories are items that facilitate or improvise and not necessary for operation. For eg. tyres are “parts” whereas the car mats would be accessories to motor car.

At the heart of the controversy is the classification of ‘parts’ suitable solely for automobiles @ 28% (bearings) v/s specific entries for such products under other chapter headings @ 18%. Revenue claims that Chapter 87 which classifies Motor vehicles and its parts includes not only parts which are specifically mentioned (i.e. brakes, gear box, drive axle, radiators, steering wheels, etc.) but also other parts which are designed exclusively or principally for use in motor vehicles (such as bearings, car mats etc.). Despite specific exclusion of these parts from the Chapter of “Motor Vehicles and Parts” under Note 2(f) of the Chapter, revenue insisted the imposition of 28% based on the plain reading of the entry.

Unfortunately, in Westinghouse Saxby9 the Supreme Court failed to apply the section notes strictly. The Court classified “Relays” which were used specifically for Railway signalling equipment under “8608 : Railway traffic control equipment” on the premise of being a specific part and rejected the specific entry under “8536.90 – Electrical Relays” in the chapter of electrical items. This is despite Note 2(f) excluding the electrical items from the scope of the chapter. Citing the Supreme Court order, tax authorities argue that automotive parts made exclusively for vehicles should be classified as ‘parts and accessories of motor vehicles’ in terms of the said decision and taxed them at the higher rate of 28% (eg. fasteners, bearings, windshields, car mats, tyres were being classified as parts of the motor vehicles @ 28% despite a separate entry @ 18%).


9 2021 (376) E.L.T. 14 (S.C.)

The Board clarified a similar issue in respect of roof mounted air conditioners. For example, Section Note 2 of Section XVII of the CTA, clarified that goods of heading 8401 to 8479 (including 8415 – Air Conditioning Machines) are excluded from the ambit of “parts” covered under Chapter 86 (parts of railways or tramway locomotives). This note states that Roof Mounted Package Unit (RMPU) – Air Conditioning Machines for Railways are classifiable under HS 8415 with 28% GST, despite their specific use for railways. Impliedly the Board has stepped aside from the decision of the Supreme Court in Westing house Saxby’s case by stating that section/chapter notes continue to be essential for ascertaining the scope of the chapter and the headings/ sub-headings contained therein. While manufacturers have been paying GST at lower rates, usually 18%, based on specific classifications under their respective heads in the GST Law, some have opted to close the lid by availing the tax amnesty scheme and passing on the credit to the OEMs.

PACKAGED AND LABELLED GOODS

Food staples are present as generic items in the HSN/CTA without a qualification on packaging and/or labelling. But the rate/exemption notification added this condition to differentiate based on retail and bulk quantity. ‘Pre-packaged and labelled goods’ means commodities that are intended for “retail sale” and containing not more than “25 kg or 25 litre”, which are ‘pre-packed’ under 2(l) of the Legal Metrology Act, 2009 (1 of 2010). The products which are pre-packed and labelled are taxable at the merit rate and the products which are in bulk packs are exempt. The application of the said condition would be to all the goods covered under the specific HSN heading. Again, the nature of packaging would decide whether the benefit of exemption notification is available on such goods.

INTERPRETATION OF RESIDUARY ENTRIES

In respect of residuary entries, it is the burden on revenue to first establish conclusively that product cannot be brought under any of the tariff items and hence taxable under the residuary item10. In case of M/s. Bharat Forge and Press Industries (P) Ltd. vs. CCE11, the Supreme Court in paragraph 4 has held that only such goods which cannot be brought under the various specific entries in the tariff schedule should be attempted to be brought under the residuary entry. In other words, unless the department can establish that the goods in question cannot be brought under any of the tariff items, resort cannot be had to the residuary item.


10 2003 (154) E.L.T. 328 (S.C.), 2006 (196) E.L.T. 3 (S.C.)

11 (1990) 1 SCC 532 = 1990 (45) E.L.T. 525 (S.C.),

POWER OF GST COUNCIL TO INTERPRET CLASSIFICATION

The GST council as a recommendatory authority empowered to fix the rates and exemption for goods. Yet, in certain Circulars and press releases, they have overreached this power and also interpreted the scope of tariff entries. The GST council stated that flavoured milk would be included in HSN 2202 – Other beverages containing milk rather than HSN 0402 – “Milk and cream, concentrated or containing added sugar or other sweetening matter”. This was contrary to the HSN explanatory notes and GIR principles provided in the CTA. The recommendatory power does not extend to determining the classification of products under HSN entries12. Similar views were also resonated by Delhi High Court in Association of Technical Textiles Manufacturers and Processors vs. UOI and Bombay High Court in Schulke India Pvt Ltd. vs. UOI13.


12 PARLE AGRO PVT. LTD. v. UOI

13 2024 (81) G.S.T.L. 283 (Mad.); 2023) 12 Centax 195 (Del.); 2024 (91) G.S.T.L. 225 (Bom.)

CONCLUSION

The classification of goods under the GST regime is a multifaceted process governed by the HSN, interpreted through the General Rules for Interpretation, and influenced by specific GST rate notifications and official clarifications. While the HSN provides a standardized global framework, its practical application in India necessitates a nuanced understanding of legal principles, judicial pronouncements, and administrative guidelines. Businesses must diligently evaluate their products against tariff entries, apply interpretative rules consistently, meticulously verify end-use conditions for concessional rates, and ensure accurate HSN disclosure in all compliance documents. The evolving nature of rulings from Advance Ruling Authorities and appellate forums continues to refine the interpretative landscape, underscoring the dynamic challenges and the imperative for continuous vigilance in GST compliance.

Mechanical Approval by the Sanctioning Authority under Section 151

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

The Assessing Officer is permitted to issue a notice under Section 148 only after obtaining an approval of the higher authorities in accordance with the provisions of Section 151. In a recent decision in the case of Union of India vs. Rajeev Bansal [2024] 167 taxmann.com 70, the Supreme Court in dealing with the new scheme of reassessment, held that Section 151 imposes a check upon the power of the Revenue authorities to reopen assessments. The provision imposes a responsibility on the authorities to ensure that it obtains the sanction of the specified authority before issuing a notice under Section 148. The purpose behind this safeguard is to save the assessees from harassment resulting from the mechanical reopening of assessments and to provide for the dual check by the higher authority.

Even the higher authority, entrusted with the duty to check whether the reasons of the AO are tenable in law, itself is found lacking in discharge of its statutory obligation by routinely sanctioning the reopening by the AO. Time and again the Courts have held that, while granting the approval under Section 151, the sanctioning authority should have applied his mind and have verified as to whether the concerned case is a fit case for issuing notice under Section 148 and that it satisfies all other applicable conditions. The notices issued, wherein it was found that the sanctioning authority had granted the approval mechanically lacking application of mind, have been quashed by the High Courts as bad in law. Quite often, the validity of the notice issued under Section 148 is being challenged on the basis of the manner in which the sanctioning authority has granted the approval under Section 151. Depending upon what has been mentioned/noted by the sanctioning authority while granting the approval, the Courts have tested as to whether there was an application of mind on the part of the authorities or whether they had granted the approval mechanically.

Recently, the Delhi High Court however took conflicting views in two different cases with respect to the validity of the approval granted under Section 151. In one case, where the sanctioning authority mentioned “Yes, I am satisfied”, the High Court considered it to be an invalid approval. In other case, where the sanctioning authority mentioned “Yes, I am convinced it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148”, the High Court considered it to be a valid approval.

CAPITAL BROADWAYS (P.) LTD.’S CASE

The issue had first come up for consideration of the Delhi High Court in the case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO 301 Taxman 506 (Delhi).

In this case, the return of income was filed by the assessee for AY 2010-11, which was processed under Section 143(1). Subsequently, information was received from the Investigation Wing of the Department about money laundering operation conducted by the Jain Brothers. The information contained the report as to how the Jain Brothers, through their paper companies, had provided accommodation entries to various beneficiaries in the guise of share capital/share premium etc. with the help of various mediators. Upon examination of the report, it was found that in the list of beneficiaries, the name of the assessee was also appearing, as having taken accommodation entries aggregating to ₹55 lakh during the AY 2010-11, through three paper companies managed and operated by the Jain Brothers. Accordingly, on 28-3-2017, the Assessing Officer issued the notice under Section 148 on the allegation that there has been an escapement of income.

In response to the impugned notice, the assessee made a request to the Assessing Officer to treat the original ITR filed as the ITR filed in response to the notice under Section 148. It also requested him to provide the reasons on the basis of which the assessment proceedings were initiated. Pursuant to the request of the assessee, the reasons for reopening the assessment, along with the proforma for seeking necessary approval of the Principal Commissioner Income Tax [“PCIT”], were provided.

Feeling aggrieved, the assessee filed a writ petition, challenging the impugned notice issued under Section 148 of the Act. The principal challenge was that the approval under Section 151 was granted without application of mind. The assessee submitted that the PCIT had approved issuance of the impugned notice by merely endorsing his signatures on the file in a routine and mechanical manner by simply writing “I am satisfied”. It was further submitted that if the PCIT had delved into the issue, he would have discovered that there was no specific allegation qua the assessee in the reasons recorded as per the information given by the Investigation Wing. Therefore, there was no independent conclusion of the Assessing Officer to believe that income had escaped assessment. It was also submitted that the sanction was vitiated as the PCIT was influenced by the sanction of the Additional CIT. For all these reasons, it was submitted that the impugned notice under Section 148, issued consequent to the grant of approval, was liable to be quashed.

On behalf of the revenue, it was submitted that the statutory requirement was only to the extent of grant of approval by the PCIT on the reasons recorded by the AO. It was submitted that the PCIT had examined the elaborate reasons recorded by the AO to form the belief that income had escaped assessment. It was further submitted that the order granting approval need not contain the reasons, as the same was based on prima facie finding arrived at from the record. It was thus submitted that the approval had been granted based upon the material, and therefore the conditions envisaged in Section 151 stood satisfied.

The High Court noted that the request for approval under Section 151 of the Act in a printed format was placed before the Addl CIT, who after according his satisfaction, placed the same before the PCIT. The PCIT had granted the approval on the very same day. It was observed by the High Court that both these authorities merely mentioned ‘Yes, I am satisfied’ against the relevant questions posed before them as to whether they were satisfied on the reasons recorded by AO that it was a fit case for the issue of notice u/s. 148. On this basis, the High Court held that the approval order was bereft of any reason. There was no whisper of any material that might have weighed for the grant of approval.

The High Court further held that even the bare minimum requirement of the approving authority having to indicate what the thought process was, was missing in the aforementioned approval order. While elaborate reasons might not have been given, at least there had to be some indication that the approving authority has examined the material prior to granting approval. Mere appending the expression “Yes I am satisfied” said nothing. The entire exercise appeared to have been ritualistic and formal rather than meaningful, which should be the rationale for the safeguard of an approval by a high ranking official. Reasons were the link between material placed on record and the conclusion reached by the authority in respect of an issue, since they helped in discerning the manner in which the conclusion was reached by the concerned authority.

The High Court relied upon the decision of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of CIT vs. S. Goyanka Lime & Chemicals Ltd. 231 Taxman 73, wherein the identical issue was involved where the competent authority just recorded “Yes I am satisfied”. In that case, in turn, reliance was placed upon the case of Arjun Singh vs. Asstt. DIT 246 ITR 363 (MP), where it was held that the mechanical way of recording satisfaction by the competent authority which accorded its sanction for issuing notice under section 148 was clearly unsustainable. The High Court also noted that the SLP challenging the decision rendered by the Madhya Pradesh High Court was dismissed by the Supreme Court [reported in CIT vs. S. Goyanka Lime & Chemical Ltd. 237 Taxman 378 (SC)].

By following this decision of the Madhya Pradesh High Court, the Delhi High Court held that mere repeating of the words of the statute, mere rubber stamping of the letter seeking sanction or using similar words like “Yes, I am satisfied” would not satisfy the requirement of law. The mere use of expression “Yes, I am satisfied” could not be considered to be a valid approval, as the same did not reflect an independent application of mind. The grant of approval in such a manner was thus flawed in law.

The High Court also referred to its earlier decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. [IT Appeal No. 651 of 2015,dated 26-5-2017] wherein it was held that by writing the words “Yes, I am satisfied” the mandate of Section 151(1) of the Act as far as approval of Additional CIT was concerned, stood satisfied. However, the High Court noted that such finding was arrived at by the Court in light of the fact that the Additional CIT addressed a letter to the ITO stating as under:

“In view of the reasons recorded under Section 148(2) of the IT Act, approval for issue of notice under Section 148 is hereby given in the above-mentioned case, you are, accordingly directed to issue notice under Section 148 and submit a compliance report in this regard at the earliest.”

Accordingly, it was held that such letter sent by the Additional CIT to the ITO clearly revealed that the sanction was accorded after due application of mind, and on considering the reasons narrated by the Assessing Officer. However, in the present case which the High Court was dealing with, there was no such material to come to the conclusion that the PCIT granted approval after considering the reasons assigned by the Assessing Officer. On this basis, the decision rendered in Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra), was therefore considered to be distinguishable and not applicable to the facts and circumstances of the present case.

Further, the High Court also relied upon the decision in the case of Principal CIT vs. Pioneer Town Planners Pvt. Ltd. 465 ITR 356 (Delhi).

For all of the reasons as discussed above, the High Court held that the approval granted by the PCIT for issuance of notice under Section 148 of the Act was not valid, and that therefore the impugned notice under Section 148 dated 24.03.2017 could not be sustained.

AGROHA FINCAP LTD.’S CASE

The issue had again recently come up for consideration before the Delhi High Court in the case of Principal CIT vs. Agroha Fincap Ltd. [2025] 179 taxmann.com 185 (Delhi).

In this case, for AY 2009-10, the assessee had filed its return of income on 22-9-2009 declaring income of ₹40,720 which was then processed under Section 143(1). After the return of income was processed, on 30.10.2010, the Assessing Officer received information from the office of the DIT (Investigation-II) vide letter dated 12.03.2013 that a search operation was carried out in the case of S. K. Jain Group, wherein seized documents revealed that the assessee was involved as a beneficiary of accommodation entries in the form of share capital / share premium amounting to ₹25,00,000. Accordingly, the Assessing Officer issued a notice dated 28.3.2016 under Section 148.

The assessee, vide its letter dated 11.08.2016, filed objections against reopening of assessment, which was disposed of by the Assessing Officer on 11.08.2016.

During the course of the assessment proceeding, it was observed that the share capital / share premium of the assessee was increased by ₹25,00,000 during the year under consideration. It was the case of the Assessing Officer that the said amount of ₹25,00,000 represented unexplained credit under Section 68 of the Act in the books of account of the assessee. The assessee had failed to pass the test of identity, creditworthiness and genuineness of transactions. Accordingly, a show cause notice was issued to the assessee dated 19.10.2016 requiring it to explain as to why this amount should not be added as unexplained cash credit. In its response, the assessee filed a detailed reply vide letter dated 26.10.2016 objecting to the proposed addition.

Finally, the assessment order dated 28.11.2016 was passed making the addition of the said amount of share capital / share premium of ₹25,00,000 under Section 68, as well as of an unexplained investment in the form of an expenditure at the rate of 1.8% of the accommodation entry, which amounted to ₹45,000. Against this assessment order, the assessee filed an appeal which was dismissed by the National Faceless Appeal Centre vide its order dated 10.10.2022.

Upon further appeal, the tribunal duly followed its earlier order in the assessee’s own case for AY 2010-11, wherein it was held that merely giving approval by mentioning “Yes, I am convinced it is fit case for re-opening of assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148.” was considered to be not complying with the mandatory requirement of granting approval u/s 151 of the Act. Since for the year under appeal also, the approving authority had merely given a ritual approval in a mechanical manner, the tribunal declared the entire assessment proceeding as bad in law. The tribunal also followed the decision of the High Court in the case of Pr. CIT vs. N.C. Cables Ltd. 391 ITR 11 (Delhi).

Against this order of the tribunal, the revenue filed an appeal before the High Court. On behalf of the revenue, it was contended that the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) was distinguishable on the ground that the approving authority therein had ritualistically granted the approval merely by stating “approved”, and the Court had held that the CIT has to record elaborate reasons for agreeing with the noting, while the satisfaction has to be recorded of the given case and was to be reflected in the briefest possible manner. It was argued that in this case, the above conditions were satisfied, because the approving authority briefly recorded that the case was fit for reopening.

On the other hand, the assessee stated that the approval granted in its case did not satisfy the requirements of a considered approval by the authority. On that basis, it was submitted that the tribunal rightly relied upon the decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra).

The High Court observed that the tribunal had relied upon the decision in the assessee’s own case for AY 2010-11, in respect of which the revenue had submitted a certificate stating that no appeal was filed against the order of the ITAT, because of the low tax effect. Further, reliance was also placed upon the decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) wherein the Court was concerned with only the expression ‘approved’ as used by the approving authority. It was in that context, that it was held that merely appending the expression “approved” said nothing. It was held that the satisfaction has to be recorded, which can be reflected in the briefest possible manner.

On this basis, the High Court observed that its earlier decision in the case of N.C. Cables Ltd (supra) was clearly distinguishable. Further, the reliance was placed upon the other decision of the same Court in the case of Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra) wherein this Court had considered “Yes, I am satisfied” to mean that it satisfied the mandate of Section 151(1) of the Act.

Accordingly, the High Court held that the language “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148” satisfied the mandate of Section 151 of the Act in this case.

OBSERVATIONS

The Supreme Court in the case of Chhugamal Rajpal vs. S.P. Chaliha 79 ITR 603 (SC) was concerned with a case where the sanctioning authority had, in the proforma which was being used for the purpose of obtaining approval u/s. 151, merely mentioned “Yes” against the AO’s question “Whether the Commissioner is satisfied that it is a fit case for the issue of notice under section 148.”. In this context and based on the facts of that case, the Supreme Court quashed the notice issued under Section 148 on the ground that the important safeguards provided in sections 147 and 151 were treated lightly by the Income-tax Officer as well as by the Commissioner. This decision of the Supreme Court was thereafter being followed in numerous cases by the different High Courts and the notices issued under Section 148 were being struck down where the sanctioning authority had merely written “Yes” and affixed his signature while granting the approval. Pr. CIT vs. N.C. Cables Ltd. (supra) is one of such cases wherein the sanctioning authority had merely mentioned ‘Approved’ while granting the requisite approval under Section 151. This particular decision has been taken into consideration in both the later decisions of the Delhi High Court which are discussed above to arrive at the conflicting conclusions.

If the sanctioning authority has mentioned “Yes, I am satisfied” instead of merely mentioning “Yes”, then also it cannot be said that the additional words have altered the position substantially and that such words reflect the application of mind on the part of the sanctioning authority. Approving this requirement of the law, the Delhi High Court has rightly taken a view in the case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. (supra) that such an approval granted by the sanctioning authority was without application of mind that rendered the proceedings invalid.

Now, the issue which is required to be considered is whether the mentioning of “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148” by the sanctioning authority results into a material change in the position and whether such additional words show the application of mind on the part of the sanctioning authority. In substance, by putting these words, what has been done by the sanctioning authority is that in answering the question posed to it by the AO it has reproduced the same words that was used in the question posed before him and nothing more. As per the proforma of the approval, the question posed before the sanctioning authority generally is “Whether he is satisfied that it is a fit case for the issue of notice under section 148”. Irrespective of whether this question is being answered by merely mentioning “Yes” or by mentioning “Yes, I am satisfied” or by mentioning “Yes, I am satisfied, it is a fit case for the issue of notice under Section 148”, it should carry the same meaning in any of the cases. There is no qualitative difference between the three answers that indicate application of mind needed by the law. Therefore, in our respectful view, the Delhi High Court should not have taken a different view in the case of Agroha Fincap Ltd. (supra), merely because the approving authority had mentioned “Yes, I am convinced, it is a fit case for re-opening the assessment u/s 147 by issuing notice u/s 148.

Further, the decision of the court in the case of Meenakshi Overseas (P.) Ltd. (supra) was rightly distinguished by the same court in the subsequent case of Capital Broadways (P.) Ltd. (supra) on the ground that a separate letter was being issued by the sanctioning authority, wherein a reference to the reasons was being made on the basis of which the approval was granted. No such evidences were placed on record and to the notice of the High Court in the case of Agroha Fincap Ltd. (supra), to establish the fact of application of mind by the sanctioning authority with some additional proofs.

Interestingly, in the case of Venky Steels (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax 475 ITR 111 (Patna), the Patna High Court recently has taken a view that there was no requirement for the Commissioner to have recorded his own reasons while sanctioning the reasons and it would suffice that he had recorded the satisfaction regarding the reasons recorded by the Assessing Officer. In that case, the sanctioning authority had granted the approval by mentioning “Based on the reasons recorded, I am satisfied that this is a fit case for issuing notice under Section 148”. The SLP filed by the assessee in this case before the Supreme Court has been dismissed [Venky Steels (P.) Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income-tax-II 475 ITR 148 (SC)]. The development in law confirms that the issue continues to be debatable, in spite of the various rulings of the apex court on the subject.

It seems that the use of the words “Yes”, “Yes I am satisfied based on the reasons recorded” or otherwise by themselves may be inadequate but such words together with the proofs of the verification of the facts with records and inquiry by the sanctioning authority may help in ascertaining whether the mind was applied in the manner desired by the law. The onus however for establishing the facts with proof will be that of the authorities. In the absence thereof, the better view is that the sanctions issued or obtained in the facts of the cases discussed are not in accordance with law till such time the issue is decided by the apex court conclusively.

Glimpses of Supreme Court Rulings

9. Cutler Hammer Provident Fund Trust vs. Income Tax Officer

(2025) 478 ITR 235 (SC)

Penalty for filing the return of income in wrong form – High Court dismissed the petition against penalty with a liberty to seek rectification of the same under section 154 to file the return in correct form – Supreme Court clarified that the application may be decided expeditiously

The assessee filed its return of income for the assessment year 2013-14 on 30.03.2014. The case was processed u/s 143(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, on 17.03.2015, creating a demand of ₹68,36,280/-. It was noticed that the Petitioner has filed ITR Form 7 u/s. 139(4A) due to which it was treated as defective as the same was filed in wrong ITR form and section which was not applicable in the case of the assessee. The intimation regarding the defective ITR was sent by CPC to the assessee as could be seen from the CPC 2.0 portal Tax Department. Since the assessee did not respond, the said return had been transferred to the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer. The ITR was then processed by the Assessing officer but as the same was filed under wrong ITR form and section, the exemption was denied and a demand was created.

A penalty notice dated 18.7.2022 was issued u/s. 221(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 seeking to impose penalty on account of filing wrong return for the assessment year 2013-14. The said notice was challenged in a writ petition before the Punjab and Haryana High Court.

The High Court noted that the assessee was having full knowledge of having filed return in the wrong format. It had also filed return for the AY 2014-15 in the ITR Form 7, which was later on revised by it and ITR was filed under Form No.5, subsequently. Though the assessee had himself corrected its ITR for the subsequent AY 2014-15, there was no reason to not to correct the ITR for AY 2013-14.

According to the High Court, the assessee had remedy in terms of Section 154 of the Act for seeking necessary rectifications. The High Court directed that if such an application is moved by the assessee, the Department shall decide the same on the basis, and allow the assessee, if required, to file return.

The Supreme Court disposed appeal of the assessee noting that the High Court having reserved the liberty for the assessee to move an application for rectification under section 154, there was no reason to interfere with the order.

The Supreme Court directed that if any application is preferred by the assessee in terms of section 154 of the Act, the same shall be decided at the earliest in accordance with law.

10. Pride Foramer S.A. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax and Ors.

(Civil Appeal Nos. 4395-4397/2010 decided on: 17.10.2025)

Deductions – Business Expenditure -Expenditure which is undertaken wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and profession – The Assessee therefore has to demonstrate that it was carrying on business in India – A business going through a lean period of transition which could be revived if proper circumstances arose, must be termed as lull in business and not a complete cessation of the business – Expenditure incurred during such period cannot be disallowed even though an assessee may not have an office in India

Appellant, a non-resident company, incorporated in France and was engaged in oil drilling activities. In 1983, the Appellant was awarded a 10-year contract for drilling operations in offshore Mumbai from 1983 till 1993.

Thereafter, the Appellant was awarded another drilling contract in October, 1998, which came to be formalised in January, 1999.

In the interregnum i.e., during the relevant assessment years 1996-1997, 1997-1998 and 1999-2000, though no drilling contract was awarded, the Appellant carried on business correspondences with ONGC from its office at Dubai and headquarters at France and had also submitted a bid for oil exploration in 1996.

During this period, Appellant undertook various expenditures including administrative charges, audit fees etc. with the intention of carrying out its business activities as well as realising tax refunds from the Income Tax Department.

For the relevant assessment years, the Appellant filed its return showing ‘NIL’ income. The only income credited was under the head ‘Income from Business’ on account of interest received on income tax refunds amounting to ₹1,69,57,395/- for Assessment Year 1996-1997, ₹5,49,628/- for Assessment Year 1997-1998 and ₹11,29,957/- for Assessment Year 1999-2000.

Against this, business expenditures aggregating to ₹2,50,000/-, ₹5,55,152/- and ₹11,29,957/-, respectively, were claimed as deductions and Appellant also claimed set-off against unabsorbed depreciation on furniture and fixtures brought forward from earlier years.

The Assessing Officer disallowed deduction of business expenditure as well as carry forward of unabsorbed depreciation on the ground that the Appellant was not carrying on any business during the relevant assessment years. The findings of the AO were upheld by CIT (A). ITAT, however, reversed the findings of the CIT (Appeals), holding a temporary lull in business for whatever reason cannot be termed as cessation of business. It proceeded to hold as follows:

“6…….. In the present case, undoubtedly, after 1992-93, the Assessee did not have any business activity. However, there is enough evidence on record to suggest that the Assessee had not completely gone out of business. Copies of correspondence dated 1996 with ONGC show that the Assessee was in constant touch with ONGC for supply of manpower in respect of expert key personnel for deep water drilling and a tender in this regard was in fact submitted in September 1996. This proves that even after the completion of the earlier contract in 1993, the Assessee was contemplating to bid for another contract. The efforts of the Assessee finally culminated in a firm contract being awarded to it in 1998 which was formalized in 1999. A copy of the said contract is on record. As held by the Bombay High Court in the case of Hindustan Chemical Works Ltd. vs. CIT in 124 ITR 561, there is a marked distinction between “lull in business” and “going out of business”. A temporary discontinuance of business may, in certain circumstances, give rise to an inference that a business is going through a lean period of transition and it could be revived if proper circumstances arise. In the present case, the period between 1993 and 1998 was of such temporary discontinuance only which can be termed as a “lull in business”. Thus, when the intention of the Assessee was never to go completely out of business, it cannot be concluded that the Assessee had discontinued its business. To our mind, it makes no difference if the correspondence was by the Dubai Office of the Assessee or by its office in France as was one of the contentions of the ld. DR. In fact, in the accounting year 1995-96, the Assessee had also paid consultancy Charges to follow up the aforesaid ONGC bid. Further, the receipts from this contract were offered for taxation in assessment year 2000-03 as reflected by the copy of the statement of total income placed on record. Another factor which weighed with the revenue authorities to conclude that the Assessee had discontinued business in India, was the so called admission by the Assessee that it had no permanent establishment in India. No doubt, the authorized representative had averred in the affidavit dated 22.1.01 that the Assessee did not establish nor had any existing permanent establishment in India. However, the revenue authorities have considered this affidavit out of context. The affidavit had to be sworn in context of the Assessee’s claim for concessional rate of tax with regard to interest income. Since the Assessee had claimed concessional rate of tax, the Assessing Officer inferred that there was a permanent establishment in India. On account of this wrong inference, the Assessee had to swear an affidavit denying the existence of a permanent establishment in India. However, taking this as the base, the Assessing Officer and the CIT(A) concluded that since there was no permanent establishment in India, the Assessee was out of business. It is not well appreciated by the authorities below that whether there is a permanent establishment in India or not, has to be determined as per the provisions of the relevant DTAA. As per the DTAA, the Assessee may not have a permanent establishment in India, but that does not necessarily lead to the conclusion that the Assessee is not in business. The Assessee can be in business, depending upon the facts and circumstances of the case de hors’ the permanent establishment which we do find in the present case. Thus, considering all the facts and circumstances of the case, we hold that the Assessee was in business during the period relevant to the assessment year in question.”

In light of such finding that the Appellant had not ceased to carry on business, the Tribunal though holding income on account of interest on tax refunds was chargeable under the head ‘Income from Other Sources’ and not ‘Income from Business’, allowed set off of the expenses on account of administrative charges, legal professional fees undertaken by the Appellant as business expenses from ‘income from other sources’ under Section 71 of the Act. For similar reason unabsorbed depreciation from previous years was allowed under Section 32(2) of the Act.

The Department challenged the ITAT orders in appeals arising out of Assessment Years 1996-1997 and 1999-2000 before the High Court. The High Court reversed the ITAT orders.

The High Court while agreeing with the proposition that mere lull in business does not mean the Assessee had ceased to do business in India, reversed the finding of ITAT, holding as follows:

“..when the Assessee has neither permanent office, nor any other office in India, nor any contract was in execution during the relevant period, it cannot be said that they were in business in India, as such, it cannot be said that Assessee was entitled to set off claimed by it under Section 71 of the Act.”

According to the Supreme Court, the issue which fell for its consideration was as follows:

Whether, in the facts of the case, the Appellant can be said to have been carrying on business during the relevant period, so as to avail deduction of business expenditure under Section 37(1) read with Section 71 of the Act, and carry forward unabsorbed depreciation of previous years under Section 32(2) of the Act?’

The Supreme Court noted that Section 37(1), inter alia, provides that any expenditure (not being an expenditure in the nature described in Section 30 to 36 or in the nature of capital expenditure or personal expenses of the Assessee) which is undertaken wholly and exclusively for the purpose of business and profession shall be allowed to be deducted in computing income chargeable under the head ‘Profits and Gains from Business and Profession’ and consequently, may be set off as loss against income under any other head subject to the conditions provided in Section 71 of the Act.

The Supreme Court further noted that Section 32(2) provides unabsorbed depreciation allowance of a previous year may be carried forward and set off against income of the following assessment years in the manner and subject to the conditions provided therein. The first proviso to the said sub-section further provided such depreciation allowance can be carried forward if the business or profession for which the depreciation allowance was originally computed, continued in the previous year relevant to the assessment year in question. However, the said proviso has since been omitted by the Finance Act, 2001 w.e.f. 1st April, 2002. The Supreme Court observed that it was therefore evident that to avail the benefit of the aforesaid provisions, the Appellant had to demonstrate that it was carrying on business in India during the relevant period. While the Tribunal was of the view mere failure to procure a business contract or maintain a permanent establishment in India was not a sine qua non to demonstrate the Assessee’s intention to carry on business, the High Court held to the contrary and disallowed the claim of the Appellant.

The Supreme Court noted that in the present case, the Appellant, a non-resident company had been awarded 10 years’ drilling contract by ONGC in 1983. The contract continued till 1993. Thereafter, the Appellant failed to procure another contract till October, 1998. But ample materials have been placed on record to show during the interregnum, the Appellant had continuous business correspondences with ONGC with regard to hiring of manpower services in respect of expert key personnel for drilling in deep waters and had even unsuccessfully submitted a bid in 1996.

The Supreme Court was of the view that whether failure to procure the drilling contract with ONGC was owing to the Appellant’s disinterest to carry on business during relevant period and amounted to cessation of business or not must be construed from the Appellant’s conduct. If such conduct, from the standpoint of a prudent businessman, evinces intention to carry on business, mere failure to obtain a business contract by itself would not be a determining factor to hold the Appellant had ceased its business activities in India.
According to the Supreme Court, the Tribunal rightly noted a business going through a lean period of transition which could be revived if proper circumstances arose, must be termed as lull in business and not a complete cessation of the business.

The Supreme Court observed that the word ‘business’ has a wide import and connotes some real, substantial and systemic or organised course of activity or activity with a set purpose.

The Supreme Court noted that in CIT vs. Malayalam Plantations Ltd. (1964) 53 ITR 140 (SC) it had further underlined that the expression ‘for the purpose of business’ is wider in scope than the expression ‘for the purpose of earning profits’ and would encompass in its fold “many other acts incidental to the carrying on of a business”.

According to the Supreme Court, continuous correspondences between the Appellant and ONGC with regard to supply of manpower for oil drilling purposes and its unsuccessful bid in 1996 demonstrated various acts aimed at carrying on business in India which unfortunately did not fructify in procuring a contract.

The Supreme Court, in this factual backdrop, was of the opinion that the High Court erred in holding that the Appellant was not carrying on business as it had no subsisting contract with ONGC during the relevant period.

The other issue on which the High Court misdirected itself was to infer as the Appellant did not have a permanent establishment and corresponded with ONGC from its foreign office, it cannot be said to carry on business in India. This view, according to the Supreme Court, was wholly fallacious and contrary to the very scheme of the Act which does not require a non-resident company to have a permanent office within the country to be chargeable to tax on any income accruing in India.

The Supreme Court observed that a combined reading of the charging provisions under Section 4 and Section 5(2) of the Act read with Section 9(1)(i) makes it amply clear that a non-resident person shall be liable to pay tax on income which is deemed to accrue or arise in India. Under Section 9(1)(i), income accruing or arising, directly or indirectly, through or from any business connection in India is deemed to accrue or arise in India and is accordingly chargeable to tax as business income under Section 28 of the Act. According to the Supreme Court, none of these provisions make it mandatory for a non-resident Assessee to have a permanent establishment in India to carry on business or have any business connection in India. The issue of ‘permanent establishment’ may be relevant for the purposes of availing the beneficial provisions of the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement (DTAA) between India and France which was not a relevant consideration for the purposes of this case.

The Supreme Court observed that in an era of globalisation whose life blood is trans-national trade and commerce, the High Court’s restrictive interpretation that a non-resident company making business communications with an Indian entity from its foreign office cannot be construed to be carrying on business in India is wholly anachronistic with India’s commitment to Sustainable Development Goal relating to ‘ease of doing business’ across national borders.

For the aforesaid reasons, the Supreme Court allowed the appeals and set aside the judgment and order of the High Court. Orders passed by the ITAT were revived and Assessing Officer was directed to pass fresh Assessment Orders for the relevant Assessment Years in terms of the ITAT orders.

Refund of excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source :

19. BJ Services Company Middle East Limited vs. The Deputy Commissioner of Income Tax International Taxation, Circle 1(2)(2),

Mumbai & Ors

[WP (L) NO. 26966 OF 2025, Dated: 08/07/2025, (Bom)(HC)]

Refund of excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source :

The Petition challenges the alleged inaction on the part of the Respondents in not disposing of the applications made by the Petitioner to refund excess amount deposited in the Government Treasury in the form of tax deducted at source. It is the claim of the Petitioner that it is entitled to a refund of ₹1,90,97,348/- in respect of Assessment Year 2012- 13 for the excess tax deposited by it.

The Petitioner is a company engaged in providing services of maintaining and testing oil and gas equipments and other related activities. To execute its project in India, the Petitioner employs overseas employees. As per the mutual understanding between the Petitioner and the expatriate employees, the Petitioner bears the tax liabilities of these expatriate employees. As the tenure of stay of the overseas employees in India is dependent upon the completion of a particular project, the Petitioner beforehand estimates and deposits the tax liabilities of such employees on estimation. However, the actual number of days the employee has worked in India and the proportionate salary paid to them is determined at the end of the Financial Year. It is at that time that the precise tax liability of the expatriate employee is calculated.

For Assessment Year 2012-13, the initial estimated tax deposited was found to exceed the actual liability. The result of this over estimation was that the Petitioner had deposited excess tax to the tune of ₹1,90,97,148/-. It is the claim of the Petitioner that it had duly applied for obtaining the refund of the said amount by filing Form 26B on the TRACES portal (TDS Reconciliation Analysis and Correction Enabling System) on 27th February 2018. Further, it also made representations time and again before Respondent Nos. 1 and 2 for seeking the said refund. The Petitioner also refiled its applications for refund in Form-26B on several dates. It was later discovered by the Petitioner that few of the refund requests were rejected alleging invalid Bank details on account of incorrect PAN-Bank account linkage. It is the case of the Petitioner that it had thereafter updated its bank details on the TRACES portal. However, the refund requests were again rejected for various reasons namely, incorrect PAN-Bank account linkage, for not approaching the Assessing Officer, time lapsed for updating details asked for. Consequent to the above, the present Writ Petition is filed.

The Hon. Court directed the Petitioner to file fresh applications for seeking refund in Form-26B and produce the required details/documents. Once this is done, the said applications shall be processed by the Respondents in accordance with the law, in a time bound manner and after affording the Petitioner an opportunity of being heard inter-alia by providing a personal hearing.

Reassessment – period of limitation – “surviving period” – Effect of UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] & UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [ 469 ITR 46 (SC):

18. Hitesh Ramniklal Shah vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax-23(1),Mumbai & Ors.

[WP No. 4164 OF 2025, Dated: 11/11/2025. (Bom) (HC)]

Section: 148

Reassessment – period of limitation – “surviving period” – Effect of UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] & UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [ 469 ITR 46 (SC):

The Petitioner challenges a notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the subsequent notices issued by Respondent No.1, inter alia on the ground that the notice under Section 148 of the Act is issued beyond the period of limitation, and therefore, all subsequent notices will also be bad in law.

For the year under consideration, i.e. the A.Y. 2014-15, the Petitioner filed his return of income on 29 September 2014 declaring a total income of r64,86,660/- in respect of which no scrutiny assessment was made. Respondent No.1 issued a notice dated 29 June 2021 under the unamended provisions of Section 148 of the Act, after obtaining the approval of the Principal Commissioner of Income Tax, Mumbai-19. The Petitioner filed his return of income on 18 November 2021 in response to the notice issued under Section 148 of the Act declaring the same income that was declared in the original return of income.

After the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal [444 ITR 1 (SC)] delivered on May 4, 2022, Respondent No.1 issued a notice dated May 25, 2022 under Section 148A(b) of the Act and called upon the Petitioner to furnish his reply within two weeks to show cause as to why a notice under Section 148 of the Act should not be issued to the Petitioner. In reply thereto, the Petitioner filed a letter dated June 3, 2022 requesting Respondent No.1 to drop the reopening proceedings. A further reply was filed on 17 June 2022 inter alia pointing out that the notice is time barred as per Section 149 of the Act; that there was no information with Respondent No.1 which suggested that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment; and submissions were made on the merits to demonstrate that no income has escaped assessment. The Petitioner filed another reply on 25 June 2022 pointing out that the same information was already considered while seeking to reassess the income for the A.Y. 2015-16 and, hence, the reopening for the A.Y. 2014-15 should be dropped. However, Respondent No.1 passed an order under Section 148A(d) dated 26 July 2022 rejecting the submissions of the Petitioner and issued the impugned notice dated 27 July 2022 under Section 148 of the Act.

Being aggrieved, the Petitioner filed Writ Petition No.130 of 2024 challenging the validity of the notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act. The impugned notice dated 27th July 2022 was quashed by the High Court vide its order dated 1 March 2024 solely on the ground that the notice was barred by limitation. This was done by relying on its earlier judgment in Godrej Industries vs. ACIT [160 taxmann.com 13(Bom)]. All other grounds canvassed by the Petitioner were kept open by this Court.

Being aggrieved, Respondent No.1 filed a Special Leave Petition before the Hon’ble Supreme Court on 24 January 2025 being SLP No.5515 of 2025. This SLP was disposed-off vide order dated 24 February 2025 in terms of the findings given in UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal [(469) ITR 46 (SC)].

The Petitioner submitted that the present Petition challenges the validity of the reassessment proceedings on the grounds which were not disposed-off and expressly kept open in Writ Petition No.130 of 2024, as well as on the ground of limitation having regard to the interpretation placed by the Supreme Court in its judgment in Rajeev Bansal (Supra) on Section 149 read with the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 [TOLA].

In view of the order passed by the Hon’ble Supreme Court on 24th January 2025, Respondent No. 1 issued a notice dated 9 October 2025 under Section 142(1) of the Act to the Petitioner to provide details in connection with the assessment for the A.Y.2014-15 and referred to the assessment being revived consequent to the judgment of the Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra). In response thereto, the Petitioner filed letters dated 13 October 2025 and 14 October 2025 pointing out the effect of the judgment of the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal (supra) and the effect of the “surviving period” as per the judgment of the Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra) specifying that the notice dated 27 July 2022 issued under Section 148 of the Act fell beyond the “surviving period” as per the judgment of Rajeev Bansal (supra), and hence, the reopening proceedings should be dropped and Respondent No.1 is precluded from issuing the notice under Section 142(1) of the Act.

The Respondent No.1 noted the Petitioner’s objections as to limitation but held that prima facie the notice and the ensuing proceedings appear to be within the relaxation/extension framework under TOLA. Respondent No.1 thereafter issued a show cause notice for the proposed additions before finalizing the assessment. In this notice, Respondent No.1 dealt with the Petitioner’s objections on limitation and found the same to be untenable.

The Hon. Court confined to the challenge to the notice under Section 148 of the Act on the ground that the same is barred by limitation in view of the first proviso to the substituted Section 149(1) as interpreted by the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

The Hon. Court referred to the judgment of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in Rajeev Bansal (supra) more particularly para 149 :
“…149. The first proviso to Section 149(1)(b) requires the determination of whether the time limit prescribed under section 149(1)(b) of the old regime continues to exist for the assessment year 2021-2022 and before. Resultantly, a notice under Section 148 of the new regime cannot be issued if the period of six years from the end of the relevant assessment year has expired at the time of issuance of the notice. This also ensures that the new time limit of ten years prescribed under section 149(1) (b) of the new regime applies prospectively. For example, for the assessment year 2012-2013, the ten year period would have expired on 31 March 2023, while the six year period expired on 31 March 2019. Without the proviso to Section 149(1)(b) of the new regime, the Revenue could have had the power to reopen assessments for the year 2012-2013 if the escaped assessment amounted to Rupees fifty lakhs or more. The proviso limits the retrospective operation of Section 149(1)(b) to protect the interests of the assessees.
******
The Hon. Court further relied on other High Court decisions which have considered the judgment in Rajeev Bansal while dealing with the issue of the surviving period namely Ram Balram Buildhome (P.) Ltd vs. ITO [477 ITR 133 (Del)] the Gujarat High Court in Dhanraj Govindram Kella vs. ITO [177 taxmann.com 194 (Guj)], and the Madras High Court in Mrs. Thulasidass Prabavathi vs. ITO [174 taxmann.com 508 (Mad)]

Based on the above, the Court held that a notice under Section 148 of the Act cannot be issued if the period of six years from the end of the relevant assessment year has expired at the time of issuance of the notice relying on the first proviso to Section 149 of the Act. Hence, the submission of the Respondent that a period of ten years is available to issue the notice under Section 148 of the Act was misconceived.

The Court further noted that in the case of Gurpreet Singh vs. DCIT [176 taxmann.com 673 (Bom)], where the Court records the argument of the Respondent [in paragraph 7(vii)] that the order under Section 148A(d) is to be passed within one month from the end of the month in which the reply has been received, specifically rejected the same in paragraph 18 as Section 148A(d) does not govern the computation of time as contemplated in terms of Section 149 of the Act (paragraph 18 ) hereunder:

“…18. The said contention is fundamentally misconceived. A notice under Section 148 of the IT Act accompanied by an order under Section 148A(d) is required to be issued within the time stipulated under Section 149 of the IT Act. Section 148A(d) does not govern the computation of time as contemplated in terms of Section 149 of the IT Act. The entire process under Section 148A(a) to (d) and the issuance of notice under Section 148 has to be completed within the total time available in terms of Section 149(1) of the IT Act for issuance of notice under Section 148. A notice issued under Section 148 of the IT Act which is beyond the time line stipulated under Section 149(1) is non-complaint and invalid. The timeline under Section 148A(d) is for the Assessing Officer to comply with the stipulations and the streamlining contemplated under Section 148A. This is primarily to bring in transparency and accountability into the system and is intended for the benefit of the assessees. However, to suggest that Section 148A(d) extends the time limit under Section 149(1) and/or has a bearing on the time under Section 149(1) is a submission which is misconceived and lacks legal sanctity.”

(emphasis supplied)

The Court observed that after in the present case, the period of two days would expire on 10 June 2022 or 27 June 2022 respectively and, therefore, the notice under Section 148 of the Act issued on 27 July 2022 is time barred, inasmuch as it is issued much after the surviving period. Therefore, the notices issued under Section 148 of the Act passed was beyond the surviving period.

Refund — Rejection of application on the ground that request can be made only through TRACES portal and further there is no provision to adjust outstanding demand against refund on TRACES portal — Unjustified — Income-tax authorities bound to refund the amount without any formalities to be completed by the assessee — Non-functionality of portal cannot be the ground for denying the refund statutorily allowed to the assessee — AO directed to either grant refund or set-off the demand payable against the refund.

51. (2025) 345 CTR 99 (MP)

Birla Corporation vs. Principal CIT

F. Ys. 2009-10 and 2011-12: Date of order 18/09/2024

Ss. 220, 240 and 243 of ITA 1961

Refund — Rejection of application on the ground that request can be made only through TRACES portal and further there is no provision to adjust outstanding demand against refund on TRACES portal — Unjustified — Income-tax authorities bound to refund the amount without any formalities to be completed by the assessee — Non-functionality of portal cannot be the ground for denying the refund statutorily allowed to the assessee — AO directed to either grant refund or set-off the demand payable against the refund.

Proceedings u/s. 201/201(1A) were initiated for the A.Ys. 2009-10 to 2011-12 and aggregate tax liability (including interest) of more than r12 crores was determined to be payable by the assessee.

The assessee’s appeal before the CIT(A) was dismissed and the order of the Assessing Officer was confirmed. The assessee filed further appeal before the Tribunal. The Tribunal set-aside the order and remanded the matter back to the Assessing Officer.

Pursuant to the remand proceedings, the Assessing Officer once again passed the order and determined an aggregate amount about r3 crores. Once again, the assessee challenged the order of the Assessing Officer in appeal before the CIT(A). However, the CIT(A) dismissed the appeal. Thereafter, the assessee filed appeals before the Tribunal which were allowed.

During the pendency of the appeal, the assessee deposited the outstanding tax demand in instalments aggregating to r1.45 crores for FY 2009-10 and ₹3.65 crores for FY 2010-11 under protest. In addition to the above, the assessee also deposited TDS amount of ₹15,03,299.

Pursuant to the order of the Tribunal, the Assessing Officer passed the order for refund of r3.65 crores. However, this amount was not paid to the assessee. The assessee filed a representation for refund of ₹5.25 crores. The Assessing Officer rejected the application on the grounds that (i) request for refund can be made only if the assessee files and application on the TRACES portal in the prescribed form and (ii) that there is no provision available on the TRACES portal to adjust the outstanding demand of PAN or TAN against the pending refunds of the TAN and therefore requested the assessee to deposit the aforesaid demand.

As a result, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Madhya Pradesh High Court. The High Court allowed the petition of the assessee and directed the Assessing Officer to either refund the tax amount or adjust the same against the tax payable by the assessee. In doing so, the Hon’ble High Court held as follows:

“i) The non-functionality of the TRACES Portal shall not be grounds for denying the benefit arising out of the statutory provision under the IT Act. The TRACES is nothing but a online Portal of the IT Department to connect all the stockholders involved in the administration and implementation of TDS and TCS. The TDS is a Centralized Processing Cell created for TDS reconciliation analysis and correction enabling system which cannot run contrary to the provision of the IT Act. The rights which have been given to the assessee under the IT Act cannot be withheld due to the non functionality of the TRACES.

ii) The Online Portal is created to facilitate the stakeholders and not to create hurdles in discharging the statutory duties and the statutory rights. If the Portal does not function in accordance with the Act and Rules then it requires to be suitably modified to achieve the aims and objects of the Act and Rules, therefore, there is a provision in the IT Act about the refund of the amount with interest as well as set off of refund against the tax payable.

iii) The petitioner is ready for a refund as well as for set off. It is for the competent ITO to make a decision either to refund or to adjust the same.”

Refund — First appellate order in favour of the assessee —However, directions given in the order to make enquiry and verify in respect of other years by resorting to S. 148 — Refund cannot be held merely because enquiry and verification is pending — Once the assessee succeeds in appeal consequence of order giving effect and grant of refund should follow — Directions issued to the AO to pass order giving effect to the order of the CIT(A) and grant refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the Act.

50. 2025 (11) TMI 50 (Bom.)

U.S. Instruments Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT and Ors

A. Y. 2009-10: Date of order 15/10/2025

Ss. 153 and 244A of ITA 1961

Refund — First appellate order in favour of the assessee —However, directions given in the order to make enquiry and verify in respect of other years by resorting to S. 148 — Refund cannot be held merely because enquiry and verification is pending — Once the assessee succeeds in appeal consequence of order giving effect and grant of refund should follow — Directions issued to the AO to pass order giving effect to the order of the CIT(A) and grant refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the Act.

The assessee is a private limited company. The assessment for A.Y. 2009-10 was completed vide order dated 28/12/2011 passed u/s. 143(3) of the Act after making addition on account of securities premium u/s. 68 of the Act and a demand of ₹15,53,73,190 was raised. Against the said order, the assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A) which was disposed by the CIT(A) vide order dated 19/02/2024 and the appeal of the assessee was allowed. However, the CIT(A), in his order issued directions for examining the nature and source of amounts received by the assessee in other years by resorting to sections 148 and 150 of the Act.

During the pendency of the appeal before the CIT(A), the assessee had paid ₹1,00,12,856 towards the outstanding tax demand. Pursuant to the order of the CIT(A), the assessee filed a letter to the Assessing Officer requesting him to give effect to the order of the CIT(A) and to issue refund of the taxes paid by the assessee. However, there was no response from the Assessing Officer. The assessee wrote reminder letters, but no refund was granted.

Therefore, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court praying that directions be issued to the Assessing Officer to grant refund along with interest. The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) It is undisputed that the Petitioner had paid taxes of ₹1,00,12,856/- against the demand arising out of the assessment order dated 28th December 2011 for A.Y. 2009-10. Such demand no longer survives, as the Commissioner (Appeals) has deleted the additions made. Naturally, the Petitioner would be entitled to refund of such amount with interest as per law.

ii) It is not correct on the part of the Respondents to sit on such refund merely because there are some directions issued by Commissioner (Appeals) to carry out certain inquiries/ verifications in respect of the amounts received in other years. Once, the Petitioner has succeeded in appeal, the natural consequences of passing an order giving effect to such order and grant of refund have to follow. Otherwise, it will lead to an incongruous situation that despite succeeding before the Appellate Authority, the Petitioner is still deprived of his due refund. Such a situation should always be avoided.

iii) The contention of the Department that the Commissioner (Appeals) has issued directions to verify the amounts received in other years and therefore, refund cannot be given to the Petitioner until such directions are complied with, cannot be accepted. Such directions may or may not be complied with, however, refund arising as a result, of the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) cannot be withheld for such reasons. In any event, today there is no outstanding demand against the Petitioner.

iv) As per section 153(5), an order giving effect has to be passed within three months from the end of the month in which the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) has been received. In the present case, it appears that the order of the Commissioner (Appeals) was sent on email and uploaded on the portal on 19 February 2024 and in any event, the Petitioner has informed and provided a copy of the order to Respondent No. 1 vide letter dated 23rd February 2024 filed on 27th February 2024. There are no reasons forthcoming for not passing an order giving effect to the order of Commissioner (Appeals). At least, passing of such order is not contingent upon the directions issued by the Commissioner (Appeals).

v) This Court has already quashed and set aside the reassessment notices for the A.Y. 2008-09 and A.Y. 2009-10 vide separate orders dated 15th September 2025 in Writ Petition (L) No. 27782 of 2025 and Writ Petition (L) No. 27786 of 2025, therefore, now there should not be any difficulty for Respondent No. 1 to issue refund as prayed for. Since, the notice u/s. 148 have been quashed, there is no question of the Petitioner co-operating in the proceeding, as no such proceedings exist as on today, in the eyes of law.

vi) We direct that Respondent No. 1 should pass the order giving effect to the order of Commissioner (Appeals) dated 19th February 2024 and grant the refund along with interest u/s. 244A of the I. T. Act. The above action of passing the order and granting of refund should be completed as expeditiously as possible and in any event not later than four weeks from today. We are passing this order as the time period to pass order giving effect has expired long back and that the matter is an old matter and pertains to A.Y. 2009-10 and even the taxes have been paid more than twelve years back”

Re-assessment — Information available on Insight Portal — Incorrect information — Mechanism u/s. 148A — Requirement to verify information u/s. 148A(a) prior to 01/09/2024 — After the amendment, 148(1) is similar to 148A(b) — Despite the amendment, it is the responsibility of the AO to verify information available on insight portal — AO must conduct enquiry, if necessary 148A(1) to be invoked only after verification of the information made available to the AO.

49. 2025 (10) TMI 1242 (Guj.)

Vasuki Global Industrial Limited vs. Principal CIT

Date of order 15/10/2025

S. 148A of ITA 1961

Re-assessment — Information available on Insight Portal — Incorrect information — Mechanism u/s. 148A — Requirement to verify information u/s. 148A(a) prior to 01/09/2024 — After the amendment, 148(1) is similar to 148A(b) — Despite the amendment, it is the responsibility of the AO to verify information available on insight portal — AO must conduct enquiry, if necessary 148A(1) to be invoked only after verification of the information made available to the AO.

The assessee is engaged in the business of trading of coal. In the year 2021, summons were issued to the assessee by the Director General of GST (Intelligence) under the GST provisions and the statement of the Director of the assessee company was recorded. Thereafter, the inquiry against the assessee was concluded on payment of tax, interest and penalty under the provisions of the GST Act. Subsequently, in the year 2022, summons were issued to the assessee by the Income-tax Department which were replied to by the assessee and the details called for were also furnished by the assessee.

Thereafter, various buyers and sellers of the assessee who had transacted with the assessee were in receipt of notices for re-opening of their assessment. The notices for re-opening of assessment were issued on the basis of report received from the GST Department wherein the assessee was alleged to be engaged in availing or passing on fake ITC credit to various parties. The GST Department had absolved the assessee from any lapses under the provisions of the GST Act. Though the assessee was absolved by the GST Department, the Income-tax Department continued the re-assessment proceedings in respect of various suppliers of the assessee on the basis of the information available on the insight portal. As a result, the assessee was subjected to queries by its various buyers and suppliers for issue of re-opening notices because of the assessee company.

The assessee thus wrote a letter to the Chairman, CBDT, Director General of GST Intelligence, Principal Chief Commissioner of Income-tax and Principal Commissioner of Income-tax clarifying that it was one Varuni International and not the assessee Vasuki Global Industries Limited who was subjected to alleged bogus fake invoices and passing of the Input Tax Credit. Further, it was also pointed out that the GST registration of the said Varuni International was cancelled by GST authorities and the registration of the assessee was active and the assessee was undertaking business and was subject to audit by the GST Department. It was submitted that re-opening notice issued by the buyers and sellers of the assessee were based on incorrect information available on the insight portal of the Income-tax Department.

The assessee addressed letters to the authorities under the GST Act as well as the Income-tax Act, stating inter alia that the assessee was not involved in GST invoice fraud and that its name was wrongly mentioned in the notices issued upon the buyers and sellers of the assessee company. A request was also made to stop the assessments initiated on incorrect grounds in the case of the assessee and on the basis of incorrect information made available on the Insight Portal.

In view of the foregoing facts, the assessee filed a writ petition before the Gujarat High Court with the prayer to direct the authorities to remove incorrect information from the portal relating to the assessee and correct the same on the basis of latest information received from GST authorities and further to intimate them that no action be taken on the basis of the original incorrect information. The High Court allowed the petition and held as follows:

“i) The Scheme of the Act is well designed to take care of the information which is available on the Insight Portal by providing a mechanism in Section 148A of the Act by issuing notice to the assessed by the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer to verify the information as per clause (a) to Section 148A of the Act as was existent prior to 1st September, 2024 and thereafter, as per Sub-section (1) of Section 148A of the Act

ii) It appears that the conducting of inquiry, if required, with prior approval of the specified authority with respect to the information which suggest that the income chargeable to tax has escaped the assessment, has been done away after the amendment of Section 148A of the Act with effect from 1st September, 2024. Section 148A(1) therefore is now similar to Section 148A(b) of the Act which was applicable up to 1st September, 2024 and which provided that an opportunity of being heard be provided to the assessee by serving a show cause notice as to why a notice u/s. 148 should not be issued on the basis of information which suggests that income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in his case for the relevant assessment year and results of enquiry conducted, if any, as per clause (a).

iii) Before issuance of the notice u/s. 148A(1) of the Act, it is the responsibility and liability of the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer to verify the information made available on the Insight Portal which suggests that the income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment in case of the assessee for the relevant Assessment Year and if necessary, the Assessing Officer must conduct inquiry with prior approval of the specified authority with respect to such information and only after verification of the information made available to the Assessing Officer, the provisions of Section 148A(1) of the Act shall be invoked.”

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — One-time compensation received for surrendering of stock received under stock option scheme of employer :— (a) TDS — Rejection of application u/s. 197 for NIL deduction of tax — Stock option not perquisite amenable to tax — Order rejection application quashed and set aside; (b) Applicability of section 45 — Cost of acquisition of stock option cannot be determined — Capital receipt not chargeable u/s. 45 not chargeable under any other head — Charging section and computation section constituted an integrated code.

48. (2025) 479 ITR 1 (Karn): 2025 SCC OnLine Kar 18963

Manjeet Singh Chawla vs. Dy. CIT(TDS)

A. Ys. 2024-25: Date of order 02/06/2025

Ss. 5, 17(2), 45, 48 and 197 of ITA 1961

Income — Capital or revenue receipt — One-time compensation received for surrendering of stock received under stock option scheme of employer :— (a) TDS — Rejection of application u/s. 197 for NIL deduction of tax — Stock option not perquisite amenable to tax — Order rejection application quashed and set aside; (b) Applicability of section 45 — Cost of acquisition of stock option cannot be determined — Capital receipt not chargeable u/s. 45 not chargeable under any other head — Charging section and computation section constituted an integrated code.

The petitioner is an Indian citizen and a salaried employee of Flipkart Internet Private Limited (FIPL). FIPL is an Indian subsidiary of Flipkart Marketplace Private Limited (FMPL), a company incorporated in Singapore; which is further a wholly owned subsidiary of Flipkart Private Limited, Singapore (FPS). In addition to FMPL, FPS, Singapore has many other subsidiaries including PhonePe which had a wholly owned subsidiary in India known as?

In the year 2012, FPS, Singapore introduced the Flipkart Stock Option Plan, 2012 (FSOP), pursuant to which the petitioner was granted 2,232 stock options with a vesting schedule of four years from January 1, 2016 to March 31, 2023 amongst which 955 stock options were vested, 249 were cancelled and the unvested stock options were 1,028, resulting in the total number of stock options held by the petitioner being 1,983 as on March 31, 2023. Meanwhile, on December 23, 2022, FPS, Singapore announced separation/divestment of PhonePe resulting in reduction and diminishing of the value of the stock options issued in favour of the petitioner. Under these circumstances, FPS, Singapore announced a one-time compensatory payment of USD 43.67 per option as compensation towards loss in value of Flipkart Stock Option plans due to divestment/separation of PhonePe from FPS, Singapore. In pursuance of the same, a sum of ₹71,01,004, i.e., 1,983 x 43.67 x 82 (USD conversion rate) was paid to the petitioner towards the aforesaid one-time compensatory payment due to reduction/diminishing of the value of the stock options issued in favour of the petitioner as stated supra.

The petitioner filed an application dated May 20, 2023 u/s. 197 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 seeking “nil tax deduction certificate” in relation to the aforesaid one-time compensatory payment made to him. The respondents raised certain queries which were clarified by the petitioner vide reply/response dated July 24, 2023. However, the first respondent rejected the application. Being aggrieved, the petitioner filed a writ petition and challenged the order of rejection.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) It is well settled that tax at source cannot be deducted if payment does not constitute income and the power of the respondents-Revenue to direct deduction of tax under section 197 of the Income-tax Act can be exercised only if there is an income chargeable to tax.

ii) The one-time compensation payment received by the assessee due to reduction on the value of the stock options did not constitute income chargeable to tax but was a capital receipt.

iii) In view of the aforesaid facts and circumstances, I am of the considered opinion that the first respondent clearly fell in error in rejecting the application filed by the petitioner seeking issuance of “nil tax deduction certificate” in relation to the subject compensation amount of ₹71,01,004 by passing the impugned order which is illegal, arbitrary and contrary to facts and law as well as the aforesaid principles and statutory provisions and consequently, the impugned order deserves to be set aside and the application filed by the petitioner deserves to be allowed by directing the respondents to issue “nil tax deduction certificate” in favour of the petitioner within a stipulated timeframe.

iv) In the result, the petition is hereby allowed. The impugned order at annexure A dated August 2, 2023 passed by the first respondent is hereby quashed.

v) The respondents are directed to issue “nil tax deduction certificate” in favour of the petitioner as sought for by him together with all consequential benefits flowing therefrom as expeditiously as possible and at any rate, within a period of six weeks from the date of receipt of a copy of this order.”

Application for condonation of delay — S. 119(2)(b) — Delay due to the time taken in obtaining legal advice by the Chartered Accountant — Not due to negligence on the part of assessee but due to the CA in obtaining legal advice — Non-condonation would result in lapsing of brought forward loss to be set-off — Genuine hardship to the assessee — Delay in filing return was to be condoned.

47. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 637 (Del)

Balaji Landmarks LLP vs. CBDT

A. Y. 2018-19: Date of order 14/10/2025

Ss. 80 r.w.s. 119, 139 and 153 of ITA 1961

Application for condonation of delay — S. 119(2)(b) — Delay due to the time taken in obtaining legal advice by the Chartered Accountant — Not due to negligence on the part of assessee but due to the CA in obtaining legal advice — Non-condonation would result in lapsing of brought forward loss to be set-off — Genuine hardship to the assessee — Delay in filing return was to be condoned.

The assessee firm filed its return of income for the A. Y. 2018-19 on 30/03/2019, that is, after a delay of 5 months. The due date for filing return of income for the A. Y. 2018-19 was 31/10/2018. The assessee filed its return of income on 30/03/2019 belatedly within the time prescribed u/s. 139(4) of the Act.

Subsequently, on 15/06/2023, the assessee filed an application u/s. 119(2)(b) of the Act to condone the delay of 5 months in filing the return of income. In the said application, condonation was sought on the ground that the Chartered Accountant of the assessee was not acquainted with the legal and accounting treatment to be given to the compensation received in the form of TDR in lieu of compulsory acquisition of immovable property and therefore the assessee sought appropriate legal advice and the time taken for obtaining such legal advice had caused the delay in filing the return of income. However, the assessee’s application was rejected on the ground that the assessee failed to exercise due diligence to ensure timely filing of return of income and that the assessee had ample time to file return of income within time and lastly that the delay was caused due to lack of supervision and therefore did not constitute genuine hardship.

The assessee filed writ petition against the said rejection before the Delhi High Court. It was also submitted that since during the year, the assessee had incurred loss, the same would not be allowed to be carried forward if such delay was not condoned and thereby cause genuine hardship to the assessee. The petition was allowed and it was held as follows:

“i) The delay in the present case is not due to any negligence on the part of the Petitioner but due to inadequate advice by the Chartered Accountant, which fact stands admitted by him in his affidavit.

ii) It is settled law that where an Assessee takes a course of action based on an opinion of a professional, then, in that case, there is a reasonable cause for the Assessee to act based on such advice and that such acts are to be regarded as bona fide. In the present case, the Petitioner ought not to be put to a considerable disadvantage as a result of belated advice given to it by the Chartered Accountant, especially when the issue that was being grappled with is fairly complex and for which there were no well settled judicial precedents at the relevant time.

iii) The delay in filing the return of income for the A.Y.2018-19 is hereby condoned. The return of income filed on 30th March 2019 shall be treated to be a return filed in accordance with Section 153(1B) and the time frame to complete the assessment mentioned therein shall apply.”

Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA – Consideration received for distribution of software on a standalone basis, or embedded with hardware, could not be characterised as Royalty, and replacement of hardware could not be regarded as Fees for Technical Services (“FTS”) but as business profits; and in the absence of PE, income was not taxable in India.

14. TS-845-ITAT-2025 (Bang-Trib)

Arista Network Limited vs. DCIT (IT)

IT(IT) A No. 1159 (Bang) of 2023

A.Y.: 2021-22 Dated: 23 June 2025

Article 12 of India-Ireland DTAA – Consideration received for distribution of software on a standalone basis, or embedded with hardware, could not be characterised as Royalty, and replacement of hardware could not be regarded as Fees for Technical Services (“FTS”) but as business profits; and in the absence of PE, income was not taxable in India.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Ireland, provided software-based cloud services through direct and channel distribution. It earned income from (i) software distribution, (ii) software embedded with hardware, and (iii) replacement of hardware and services. The Assessee claimed that the income received by it was not in the nature of royalty and, in the absence of PE, the income was taxable only in Ireland.

The AO referred to the confidentiality clause in the distribution agreement and observed that it conferred some proprietary information, including access to source code, on distributors, and this was sufficient to trigger royalty characterisation. Further, the AO held that Assesse’s income stream did not fall under the ambit of any of the four categories of income mentioned by Supreme Court in Engineering Analysis Centre of Excellence Private Limited (2021) 125 taxmann.com 42 (SC). The DRP upheld the order of the AO.

Aggrieved by the order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The Assessee had granted limited rights to distributors for resale of products. The sale of object code of software was subject to the terms of end-user license agreement (‘EULA’). The agreement was categorical that the distributor did not have any right to modify, reverse engineer or attempt to discover source code, etc. Neither the distributor nor customers obtained any right to copy or modify the software. Hence, observation of the AO that the agreement provided access to the source code was not correct.

The confidentiality clause did not confer any right on source code. On the contrary, it was protecting the rights of the Assessee in case any proprietary information was accidentally obtained by distributors or others.

In the decision mentioned earlier, the Supreme Court had held that when software was embedded with hardware, such a transaction constituted sale of goods.

The income streams of the Assessee were explicitly covered by the Supreme Court in Engineering analysis (supra) and further rulings, such as Microsoft Regional Sales Pte Limited [2024] 167 taxmann.com 45 (SC) and MOL Corporation [2024] 162 taxmann.com 198 (SC), which pertained to AYs post-2012 amendment to section 9(1)(vi) of the Act.

In light of the foregoing, the Tribunal held that income received by the Assessee could not be characterised as royalty or FTS. Hence, it was taxable only in Ireland.

Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA – As taxing rights were allocated only to resident country, fee received for providing guarantee in respect of loan obtained by Indian subsidiary of Korean company was taxable only in Korea.

13. [2025] 176 taxmann.com 246 (Bangalore – Trib.)

KIA Corporation vs. ACIT

IT(IT)APPEAL NO.644 (BANG.) OF 2025

A.Y.: 2022-23 Dated: 30 June 2025

Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA – As taxing rights were allocated only to resident country, fee received for providing guarantee in respect of loan obtained by Indian subsidiary of Korean company was taxable only in Korea.

FACTS

The Assessee, a tax resident of Korea, extended guarantee in respect of a loan obtained by its subsidiary in India (“SubCo”). In consideration for such guarantee, it received fee from SubCo. In terms of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, Assessee claimed that fee was taxable only in Korea. The AO observed that the loan was utilised by SubCo in India. Accordingly, in terms of Section 5(2), read with section 9(1)(i), of the Act, fee accrued/arose in India. Therefore, rejecting the application of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, the AO assessed fee as taxable in India. The DRP upheld the action of the AO.

Aggrieved with the final order, the Assessee appealed to ITAT.

HELD

The fee did not fall within the ambit of the ‘business profits’ or the ‘interest’ Articles. Therefore, it was squarely covered by the ‘other income’ article.

Relying on decisions of coordinate bench rulings in Daechang Seat Co. Ltd. [2023] 152 taxmann.com 163 (Chennai – Trib.) and in Capgemini SA [2016] 72 taxmann.com 58 (Mum.), the Tribunal held that in terms of Article 22 of India-Korea DTAA, guarantee fee could be taxable only in country of residence, i.e., Korea.

The Delhi High Court in Johnson Matthey Public Ltd. [2024] 162 taxmann.com 865 held that guarantee fee accrued in India. Hence, it was taxable in India under India-UK DTAA. The Tribunal distinguished the said ruling by holding that ‘other income’ under India-UK DTAA provided taxing rights to the source country, whereas India-Korea DTAA provided exclusive taxation to the resident country.

Based on the above, the ITAT held that the guarantee fee received by the Assessee was taxable only in Korea.

Non-issuance of notice under section 143(2) after filing of return in response to notice under section 148 – Reassessment proceedings held invalid

67. [2025] 126 ITR(T) 290 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Vinod Kumar Kasturchand Golechha vs. ITO

ITA NO:. 1966 & 1967 (MUM.) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2009-10 & 2010-11 DATE: 17.12.2024

Sec. 143(2) r.w.s. 147

Non-issuance of notice under section 143(2) after filing of return in response to notice under section 148 – Reassessment proceedings held invalid

FACTS:

The assessee was engaged in the business of import, export, and trading of cut and polished as well as rough diamonds.

Pursuant to a search and seizure action carried out on 03.10.2013 in the case of Shri Bhanwarlal Jain and his group concerns, information was received by the Department that various entities managed by the said group were engaged in providing accommodation entries through benami concerns. Based on this information, the assessee’s case was reopened for A.Ys. 2009–10 and 2010–11 on the allegation that he had obtained accommodation purchase entries from the said group concerns aggregating to ₹8.72 crore.

Notices under section 148 were issued on 18.03.2016 for both assessment years. In response, the assessee, vide letter dated 06.06.2016, informed the Assessing Officer that the original return of income already filed for the relevant years may be treated as the return filed in response to notice under section 148.

The Assessing Officer, however, had issued a notice under section 143(2) on 03.06.2016, i.e., before the assessee’s response dated 06.06.2016. Subsequent notices under section 142(1) were issued, and assessment orders were completed by making additions of Rs. 46,31,030 (A.Y. 2009–10) and Rs. 4,36,821 (A.Y. 2010–11).

On appeal, the CIT(A) upheld the validity of the reopening and confirmed the additions. The assessee raised an additional legal ground that no valid notice under section 143(2) was issued after the assessee had filed its response to the section 148 notice, thereby rendering the reassessment proceedings invalid.

Aggrieved, the assessee preferred an appeal before the Tribunal.

HELD:

The Tribunal observed that the statutory requirement under section 143(2) mandates that a notice must be issued after examination of the return of income filed by the assessee, including a return treated as filed in response to a notice under section 148.

The notice issued on 03.06.2016 preceded the assessee’s letter dated 06.06.2016 treating his original return as a return in response to notice under section 148. Hence, no notice under section 143(2) was ever issued on the valid return filed in response to section 148 notice.

The requirement of a notice under section 143(2) is mandatory, and its non-issuance vitiates the entire reassessment proceedings. The defect is not a mere procedural irregularity and cannot be cured under section 292BB.

The Tribunal referred to the decisions in case of Asstt. CIT vs. Hotel Blue Moon [2010] 321 ITR 362 (SC), Pr. CIT vs. Jai Shiv Shankar Traders (P.) Ltd. [2015] 383 ITR 448 (Delhi), and Pr. CIT vs. Marck Biosciences Ltd. [2019] 106 taxmann.com 399 (Guj.).

The Tribunal held that since no notice under section 143(2) was issued after the assessee’s response to the section 148 notice, the reassessment orders were invalid and liable to be quashed.

Accordingly, the reassessment orders for both A.Ys. 2009–10 and 2010–11 were quashed, and the appeals of the assessee were allowed in full.

Charitable Trust – Disallowance of exemption under section 11 on ground of non-filing of Form 10B – Held, defect is procedural and curable; exemption allowable

66. [2025] 126 ITR(T) 523 (Nagpur – Trib.)

Shri Panchmurti Education Society vs. ITO

ITA NO.: 488 (NAG) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2017-18 DATE: 21.01.2025

Sec. 11

Charitable Trust – Disallowance of exemption under section 11 on ground of non-filing of Form 10B – Held, defect is procedural and curable; exemption allowable

FACTS

The assessee was a registered charitable trust engaged in educational activities and also registered under the Societies Registration Act. Historically, the assessee’s income had been exempt under the erstwhile section 10(22) of the Act. For subsequent years, it applied for registration under section 12AA by filing an application on 30.03.2017, which was rejected on 29.09.2017 on the ground that the bye-laws did not contain a dissolution clause, though the Commissioner (Exemption) admitted that the trust’s objects were charitable.

The assessee preferred an appeal before the Nagpur Bench of the Tribunal, which, by order dated 09.06.2022, directed the CIT(Exemptions) to grant registration under section 12A with retrospective effect from A.Y. 2017–18. Consequent to this order, the assessee received its registration certificate under section 12A from the CIT(Exemptions).

Meanwhile, the assessee had filed its return of income for A.Y. 2017–18 on 30.03.2018, which was processed under section 143(1). The CPC, Bengaluru, raised a demand of ₹5,02,23,100, denying exemption under section 11.

The assessee filed an appeal before the CIT(A), who dismissed the appeal on 15.07.2024, holding that the assessee had filed a belated return and therefore was not eligible for exemption u/s 11 & 12. The assessee had, however, obtained the audit report later in Form 10B dated 10.01.2023 and furnished it before the appellate authority.

The assessee carried the matter before the Tribunal. The assessee argued that it was legally impossible to comply with audit requirement as in the absence of registration u/s 12A, the same did not apply when the return was filed. The assessee had, however, obtained the audit report later in Form 10B dated 10.01.2023 and furnished it before the appellate authority.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that assessee’s charitable nature and objects were never disputed. The assessee’s failure to furnish Form 10B at the time of filing its return was because, at that time, it was not registered u/s 12A; hence, the obligation to comply with Rule 17B did not exist.

Once registration is granted with retrospective effect, the exemption u/s 11 and 12 must also be given corresponding retrospective benefit. The lower authorities erred in denying exemption merely because the return was filed belatedly or Form 10B was submitted later.

The Tribunal observed that the concept of supervening impossibility applied as the assessee could not have complied with a requirement that was not in existence at the relevant time.

The Tribunal held that the registration having been granted retrospectively from A.Y. 2017–18, the assessee’s entitlement to exemption u/s 11 and 12 for that year stands established. The delay in furnishing Form 10B was merely a procedural lapse and could not defeat the substantive exemption when the audit report had subsequently been obtained and filed.

Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the order of the JCIT(A) and directed the Assessing Officer to allow exemption under sections 11 and 12 in accordance with law.

In the result, the appeal by the assessee was allowed.

Claim of deduction under section 54 cannot be denied merely on the ground that the new residential property was purchased in the name of the assessee’s wife, although the entire investment was made from assessee’s own funds.

65. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 262 (Ahd Trib)

Rajesh Narendrabhai Patel vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2012-13 Date of Order: 09.10.2025

Section : 54

Claim of deduction under section 54 cannot be denied merely on the ground that the new residential property was purchased in the name of the assessee’s wife, although the entire investment was made from assessee’s own funds.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual. During the relevant year, he sold immovable property situated at Vadodara for a sale consideration of ₹90,00,000. The case was reopened under section 147. In response, the assessee filed return of income declaring capital gains at NIL. During the reassessment proceedings, on the basis of the report of DVO, the capital gain was recomputed to ₹62,60,142 against which the assessee claimed exemption under section 54 of ₹53,78,500 for investment in purchase of a residential property. However, the AO disallowed the claim of exemption under section 54 on the ground that the property was not purchased in his own name but in the name of his wife.

Aggrieved, the assessee went in appeal before CIT(A). While the assessee accepted the reworking of capital gain, he claimed that he was entitled to exemption under section 54 since the investment in residential property, though made in the name of his wife, was wholly funded by him and cited CIT vs. Kamal Wahal [2013] 30 taxmann.com 34 (Delhi), CIT vs. V. Natarajan [2006] 154 Taxman 399 (Madras), and several other decisions of coordinate Benches to support his claim. However, CIT(A) rejected the appeal.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) CIT(A) had not specifically discussed or dealt with the judicial authorities cited by the assessee and extensively relied upon the principle of strict interpretation of exemption provision as propounded in Commissioner of Customs (Import), Mumbai vs. Dilip Kumar & Company, (2018) 95 taxmann.com 327 (SC).

(b) Several High Courts have indeed taken a consistent view that for the purpose of section 54/54F, where the investment in the new residential property is made by the assessee from his own funds, the mere fact that the property is purchased in the name of the spouse does not disentitle the assessee from exemption.

(c) While the principle of strict construction of exemption provisions is well established, CIT(A) should have considered / reconciled / distinguished various decisions of High Courts in favour of the assessee on the interpretation of section 54 in the context of purchase in the name of spouse.

Accordingly, the Tribunal set aside the order of CIT(A) and restored the matter back to his file for denovo adjudication after examining the claim of the assessee in light of the judicial precedents relied upon by the assessee.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed for statistical purposes.

Mere existence of an object permitting application of income outside India cannot be a ground to deny registration under section 12AB.

64. (2025) 180 taxmann.com 58 (Mum Trib)

Shamkris Charity Foundation vs. CIT

A.Y.: 2025-26 Date of Order: 27.10.2025

Section: 12AB

Mere existence of an object permitting application of income outside India cannot be a ground to deny registration under section 12AB.

FACTS

The assessee was a company incorporated on 06.08.2021 under section 8 of the Companies Act, 2013 with the objects of education, medical relief, relief to the poor and any other objects of general public utility. It was granted provisional registration under section 12AB from AYs 2022-23 to 2024-25 on 02.10.2021. It made an application for the final registration on 24.08.2024 before CIT(E), with a request for condonation of delay of 54 days on the ground that the delay was due to the inadvertent error on the part of the employee who was in charge of the income tax related matters of the assessee. However, the CIT rejected the application on the ground that the assessee had made the application belatedly and that the objects of the trust contained clauses which enables potential application of funds outside India.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

With regard to the delay in filing the application for final registration, the Tribunal held that considering the facts of the assessee and the legislative intent behind proviso to section 12A(1)(ac), the delay should be condoned and the application made by the assessee should be considered on merits by CIT.

On the issue of trust deed containing provision for application of funds outside India, the Tribunal noted the decision of co-ordinate bench in TIH Foundation for IOT and IOE v. CIT(E), (2025) 176 taxmann.com 561 (Mumbai – Trib) wherein it was held that the fact that the trust may apply income outside India does not constitute a valid ground for denial of registration under section 12AB.

Accordingly, the Tribunal held that the CIT should keep in mind the ratio of the aforesaid decision while considering the application of the assessee for final registration under section 12AB.

In the result, the Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee for statistical purposes.

Mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed cannot be a ground to deny approval under section 80G unless there is a finding that the actual expenses on religious activities exceed the permissible limit of 5% of total income as per section 80G(5B).

63. (2025) 179 taxmann.com 679 (Ahd Trib)

Jayshree Gopallalji Haveli Charitable Trust-Ujalvav vs. CIT

A.Y.: N.A. Date of Order : 28.10.2025

Section: 80G

Mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed cannot be a ground to deny approval under section 80G unless there is a finding that the actual expenses on religious activities exceed the permissible limit of 5% of total income as per section 80G(5B).

FACTS

The assessee-trust filed an application in Form No. 10AB seeking approval under clause (iii) of the first proviso to section 80G(5). During the course of proceedings, CIT found certain objects which were religious in nature. He rejected the said application on the ground since the trust deed contained religious objects, the trust was not established wholly for charitable purposes as required under section 80G(5) read with Explanation 3.

Aggrieved, the assessee-trust went in appeal to the Tribunal.

HELD

The Tribunal observed as follows:

(a) Mere presence of an object having spiritual or cultural undertones does not, by itself, render a trust religious in nature, especially when the predominant purpose and actual activities are charitable.

(b) Section 80G(5B) permits an institution established for charitable purposes to incur expenditure up to 5% of its total income on religious purposes. Thus, the statutory framework itself recognizes that minor or incidental religious expenditure does not vitiate the charitable character of the institution.

(c) The determining factor is not the mere existence of religiously worded objects in the trust deed but whether the assessee has actually expended more than the permissible five percent of its total income on religious purposes.

In the absence of finding on actual expenses on religious expenses, the Tribunal restored the matter to the file of CIT with a direction to verify and record a categorical finding on the permissible threshold under section 80G(5B) and decide the matter afresh on merits.

In view of proviso to section 251(1)(a), w.e.f. 1.10.2024, in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than under section 144 of the Act, any action / direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is barred by jurisdiction.

62.  TS-1285-ITAT-2025 (Raipur)

DCIT vs. South Eastern Coalfields Ltd.

A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of Order : 19.9.2025

Section: 201/201(1A)

In view of proviso to section 251(1)(a), w.e.f. 1.10.2024, in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than under section 144 of the Act, any action / direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is barred by jurisdiction.

FACTS

The Tribunal, in this case, was dealing a bunch of 27 appeals filed by the revenue and equal number of cross objections filed by the assessee challenging the orders passed by Additional / JCIT (A) which orders emanated out of appeals filed by the assessee against separate orders passed under section 201 / 201(1A) of the Act by ACIT / DCIT – TDS, Raipur (AO), all for AY 2017-18.

The common issue in all these appeals, which were disposed-off by a common order, was as to whether first appellate authority has a power to remand any issue for fresh adjudication to assessing officer where the order challenged in first appeal is passed otherwise than u/s 144 of the Act?

From the regular assessment order passed u/s 143(3) of the Act for AY 2017-18 it was observed that, for the year under consideration the assessee company debited to its profit & loss a/c a sum of ₹259.67Cr under the head ‘Power & Township Expenses’ in respect of employees benefit expense and also debited an expense of ₹48.25 Cr. under the head ‘Grant to Schools and Institutes’, and claimed such expenses as deduction 37(1) of the Act without making TDS deduction therefrom.

In order to verify applicability of TDS provisions and consequential liabilities against such identified expenses claimed as deduction, proceedings were initiated under section 133(6), after seeking requisite approval. Details furnished in these proceedings revealed that; while debiting these expenses or payment made there against and while claiming deduction there against the assessee company failed to deduct TDS therefrom. For these reasons the assessee was held as an assessee in default in respect of such non-deduction deduction u/s 201(1) r.w.s. 192 r.w.s. 17 of the Act. In consequence thereof the AO determined the liability u/s 201(1) and 201(1A) of the Act separately in relation to 27 Tax Deduction Account Numbers held by the assessee for various locations.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed separate appeals against each of such 27 orders passed u/s 201 of the Act, which were partly allowed by the CIT(A) vide order dt. 28/02/2025. Against such separate orders of the CIT(A), both the rival parties came in the present bunch of cross appeals.

The Tribunal observed that against the order passed under section 201 of the Act, the assessee filed an appeal to CIT(A) on as many as four grounds. While adjudicating ground number 2 relating to non-deduction of TDS in respect of Power and Township Expenses, the CIT(A) dealt with the submissions of the assessee and dismissed sub ground number 2(a), 2(b), 2(f) & 2(h) whereas remaining connected sub grounds viz; 2(c), (d) & 2(e) were sparingly returned to the file of AO with a direction to verify issues on merits and allow the relief after due verification. As jointly solidified by the rival parties, these sub grounds (a) to (h) of ground 2 assailed in first appeal before the CIT(A) were indisputably not only intrinsically but also intricately linked with each other.

The Tribunal clearly stated in its order that without touching merits, it heard the rival party’s common submission and argument on the limited issue of jurisdiction of first appellate authority in sparingly remanding common issues assailed by the assessee in ground 2c, 2d & 2e in Form No 35 and subject to rule 18 of ITAT-Rules, 1963 perused the material placed on record and considered the facts in view of settled position of law which was forewarned to respective parties.

HELD

At the outset, the Tribunal observed that the order for adjudication of CIT(A) was passed u/s 201 of the Act and not u/s 144 of the Act. Therefore, it has to vouch as to whether the CIT(A) had jurisdiction or power u/s 251 of the Act to remand any issue, ground or sub-ground to the file of AO for verification & granting relief where the order was not the one passed ex-parte u/s 144 of the Act. The Tribunal held –

(i) w.e.f. 1.10.2024 in a case where the order appealed against in first appeal is passed otherwise than 144 of the Act, any action/direction of remand for fresh verification by the first appellate authority is therefore barred by jurisdiction;

(ii) in view of the ratio of the decision of the Apex Court in Chandra Kishore Jha vs. Mahavir Prasad [(1999) 8 SCC 266 (SC)], where the order appealed against was passed u/s 201 of the Act the direction of CIT(A) for fresh verification of facts on merits is devoid of provisions of section 251(1)(a) of the Act, since the statute did not provide for power to remand, and deserves to be vacated;

(iii) sub-grounds variably where all other sub-grounds of main ground number 2 are intrinsically interconnected, interwoven and linked, the co-ordinate bench in ‘Computer Science Corp. India (P) Ltd. vs. DCIT’ [(2024) 163 taxmann.com 693] held that order dismissing all ground commonly based on single issue by disobeying the mandates of s/s (6) of section 250 of the Act ceases to be lawful adjudication, therefore renders itself irregular. Thus, such adjudication is a fit case for remand;

(iv) the impugned action of remand of few subgrounds which where interconnected with remaining subgrounds adjudicated conclusively by the CIT(A) are not only inconsonance with provisions of law but such action has also out done the restriction placed by proviso to clause (a) of sub-section (1) of section 251 of the Act. The first appellate authority, being creature of statute, therefore while exercising the powers conferred under the provisions of law in discharging prescribed function was bound to act within the jurisdiction. In remanding few sub-grounds in relation to order assailed the CIT(A) inadvertently assumed the powers not granted by the provisions of section 251(1)(a) of the Act.

v) following the decision of the Gujarat High Court in Gujarat Mineral Development Corporation Ltd. vs. ITAT [2009, 314 ITR 14 (Guj.), any action, direction or adjudication laid by the appellate authority by travelling beyond the provisions of law or authority by law renders the order otiose for the purpose of the Act. Thus, such action is barred by jurisdiction and therefore stands vacated;

(vi) the order challenged before the CIT(A) was an order passed u/s 201 of the Act and as such other than the order passed ex-parte u/s 144 of the Act. Therefore, the CIT(A) had no jurisdiction to remand any issue/ground or sub-ground of the first appeal to the file of AO for verification or reverification of merits a fresh. Per contra, the sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 raised in Form No 35 before Ld. CIT(A) not only remained unadjudicated conclusively in terms of section 251(1)(a) of the Act but remanded to Ld. AO for de-novo verification on merits in contravention of provision of section 251 of the Act.

(vii) In view of the judicial precedents, the impugned action relating to adjudication of sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 suffered from jurisdiction as well as the compliance of s/s 251(1) r.w.s. 250(6) of the Act, for that reason without disturbing balance adjudication we set aside the remand to the file of CIT(A) with a point-blank direction to deal with sub-ground (c), (d) & (e) of ground number 2 of Form No. 35 and adjudicate them de novo in accordance with law and to pass a speaking order. The Ground No 1 & 2 of the present appeal of the Revenue thus stand partly allowed for statistical purposes.

(viii) The question framed hereinbefore stands adjudicated negatively.

Expansion of the municipal limits after date of issuance of notification is irrelevant. Unless there is a subsequent notification, it is the distance of the land sold from the municipal limits which is relevant.

61. TS-1394-ITAT-2025 (Delhi)

Mahabir vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2013-14 Date of Order : 15.10.2025

Section: 2(14)

Expansion of the municipal limits after date of issuance of notification is irrelevant. Unless there is a subsequent notification, it is the distance of the land sold from the municipal limits which is relevant.

FACTS

The Tribunal, in this case, was dealing with appeals filed by the assessee against orders of CIT(A) which appellate orders were passed against order under section 144 r.w.s. 147 and against order under section 271(1)(c) of the Act.

The Assessing Officer (AO) received information about assessee selling certain land along with co-sharers. The land sold was situated in Village Dhunela, Sohana, Gurgaon. The AO reopened the case of the assessee after examining the sale deeds. The AO noted that as per the verification of Tehsildar, Gurgaon, the distance to the village Dhunela, from Municipal Council, Gurgaon was 1.5 km.

The case of the assessee was that the land under consideration is not an agricultural land and it is by way of Notification dated 6.1.1994 of the Central Government, the land should have been examined. In Sohana, District Gurgaon, area up to 5 kms from the municipal limits in all directions has to be considered as not agricultural. Therefore, the case of the assessee was incorrectly reopened. The assessee relied on copy of certificate dated 25.6.2018 of the Tehsildar, Sohana, certifying the distance of land as on 6.1.1994 to be 6 kms from Nagar Palika, Sohana.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that primarily, the dispute in the appeal filed by the assessee was whether land sold by the assessee falls in the definition of capital asset and is not an agricultural land. The Tribunal found that the law is well settled that the relevant date would be the date of Notification unless there is a subsequent notification, the notification issued holds the ground. Reliance for this was placed on –

i)Satya Dev Sharma vs. ITO [(2014) 149 ITD 0725 (Jaipur Trib.)];

ii)Smt. (Dr.) Subha Tripathi vs. DCIT [(2013) 58 SOT 0139 (Jaipur Trib.)];

iii)Lavleen Singhal vs. DCIT [(2007) 111 TTJ 0326 (Del)];

iv)Prahlad Singh vs. ITO, SA No.436/Del/2017 & ITA No.3375/Del/2017, order dated 11.05.2018 (ITAT, Delhi);

v)Ashish Gupta vs. ITO [(2024) 163 taxmann.com 739 (Delhi – Trib.)].

The Tribunal held that the co-ordinate bench at Delhi has ruled that since no notification was issued after 6th January, 1994, the expansion of Municipal limits thereafter is irrelevant and should be disregarded.

Upon examination of the reasons recorded the Tribunal observed that the AO has not made any reference of the fact that if the issue was examined from the point of view of applicability of the Notification of the CBDT No.9447/F.No.164/3/87- ITA-I dated 06.01.1994, instead the AO has merely relied the certificate from Tehsildar, Gurgaon. Also, the copy of sale deed on record from pages 3 to 9 showed that at the time of registration, it was mentioned that the sale deed is being executed of agricultural land and from the endorsement of Sub-Registrar, Sohna, it is mentioned that the land is situated in the Village Dhunela and is outside the Municipal Corporation area.

In the light of the aforesaid discussion, the Tribunal was of the considered view that the ld. tax authorities have fallen in error in considering the land to be agricultural by considering the distance at the time of execution of sale deed instead of notified distance on 06.01.1994 and the report of the Tehsildar that on the relevant date of 1994 the land was beyond 5 kms. from the Municipal Corporation, Sohna.

The Tribunal allowed the appeal filed by the assessee. Since the addition of the assessee in quantum proceedings, (on the very basis of which the penalty was imposed by the AO and sustained by the CIT(A)), stood deleted, the penalty did not survive and the same was, therefore, cancelled. The appeal of the assessee against levy of penalty was also allowed.

Assessee is entitled to credit for entire tax deducted at source by the buyer and which is reflected in his Form No. 26AS, though assessee was only a joint owner of property and received only 50% of the consideration.

60. ITA No. 722/Pun/2025 (Pune)

Nanasaheb Bhagawan Sasar vs. ITO

A.Y.: 2022-23 Date of Order : 22.9.2025

Section: 199 r.w. Rule 37BA

Assessee is entitled to credit for entire tax deducted at source by the buyer and which is reflected in his Form No. 26AS, though assessee was only a joint owner of property and received only 50% of the consideration.

FACTS

The assessee, jointly with his son, owned ancestral land which was sold for a consideration of ₹13 crore. The share of assessee in the sale consideration was ₹6.50 crore. The buyer deducted entire TDS, under section 194-IA, of ₹13 lakh in the name of the assessee alone. The assessee, in his return claimed credit for entire TDS of `13 lakh deducted by the buyer. Son of the assessee declared capital gains on his share of consideration of ₹6.50 crore and did not claim credit for any TDS.

CPC while processing the return of income filed by the assessee denied credit for half of the TDS claimed in the return of income. The rectification application filed by the assessee was also rejected by CPC.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to CIT(A) which was decided by JCIT(A)/Addl. CIT upholding action of CPC that only proportionate credit of TDS is allowable since only half share of the sale consideration was disclosed in the assessee’s return.

Aggrieved, assessee preferred an appeal to the Tribunal. On behalf of the assessee, it was contended that once TDS is deducted and deposited in the deductee’s name (i.e. assessee in the present case) it must be credited to him. Relying on the decision(s) in the case of Anil Ratanlal Bohora vs. ACIT in ITA No. 675/PUN/2022 for AY 2021-22, dated 19.01.2023 and in the case of iGate Infrastructure Management Services Ltd. vs. DCIT in ITA No. 1703/Bang/2016 for AY 2010-11, dated 28.04.2017, it was submitted that the assessee should get the credit of the entire TDS deducted in his name by the buyer of the land. Since, it was a mistake on the part of the buyer/deductor, the seller/deductee should not suffer and should be entitled to claim it. The procedural lapses cannot defeat substantive rights, and the assessee must get full credit of ₹13,00,000/-.

HELD

The Tribunal held that the Revenue cannot enrich itself at the cost of the assessee. It observed that the Bangalore Tribunal in iGate Infrastructure Management Services Ltd.’s case (supra) under the similar set of facts as that of the assessee in the present case, has set aside the matter to the file of the Assessing Officer to adjudicate the issue afresh after making necessary verification as to whether the deductor has deducted the TDS and deposited the same in the Government Account and if yes, allow the credit of the TDS to the assessee.

In light of the factual matrix of the case and the legal position and in the absence of any contrary material brought on record by the Revenue to take a different view, the Tribunal held that the assessee should be given the credit of the entire TDS of ₹13,00,000/- as claimed by him. It set aside the order of the Addl./JCIT(A) and restored the matter back to the file of the CPC/AO to adjudicate the issue afresh and allow full credit of TDS to the assessee.

From The President

My Dear BCAS Family,

Even as we experience prolonged unseasonal rains brought on by shifting climate patterns, one “season” that has remained unchanged over the last four to five years is the IPO season! The steady stream of IPOs— from start-ups to established companies—continues unabated. These issuances are driven by regulatory requirements, business expansion, debt reduction and the need to provide exits to early investors, PE and VC funds. Public data indicates that companies raised an annual average of about ₹1 lakh crore between 2021 and 2024, peaking at ₹1.60 lakh crore in 2024 and dipping to ₹50,000 crore in 2023. In the first nine months of 2025 alone, nearly ₹1.21 lakh crore has been mobilised, with another ₹40–50 thousand crore expected in the next quarter (Source: Prime Database). Amidst this buoyancy, one principle stands above all—professionals and institutions must uphold transparency and meaningful disclosure.

Transparency is not merely about putting data into the public domain; it is about conveying information in a way that enables informed decision-making. In current times of rapid economic expansion, transparency becomes both a regulatory necessity and a professional duty. At the heart of transparency lies disclosure which refers to complete, fair, and comprehensible communication, which will prove to be a competitive differentiator and the bedrock of trust.

TRANSPARENCY AND DISCLOSURE – EVOLVING ROLE OF PROFESSIONALS

Chartered Accountants and finance professionals operate at a junction where compliance, financial reporting and public trust converge. Whether acting as auditors, advisors, CFOs, tax experts or independent directors, we serve as custodians of transparency. Our responsibility extends beyond verifying numbers to evaluating substance over form, identifying risks, and strengthening governance. We must foster a culture where openness replaces opacity. The changing landscape can be analysed as under:

Expanding Disclosure Environment

Traditionally, disclosures were limited to financial statements and the Directors’ Report. Over the last decade, IFRS-aligned Ind AS standards have brought in greater detail, comparability and transparency. Investors today expect insights on business models, environmental impact, governance structures, social responsibility, sustainability, diversity and risk management. Regulators—MCA, SEBI, RBI and others—have consistently realigned disclosure norms to provide relevant and reliable information to protect stakeholders.

This expansion mirrors global trends such as Integrated Reporting, ESG frameworks, climate-related disclosures, cybersecurity and governance risk assessments. Transparency continuously evolves with market maturity and stakeholder expectations, demanding higher professional rigour, multidisciplinary awareness and ethical judgement.

Technology as an Enabler

Digitisation, data analytics and AI have made information more accessible, timely and verifiable. Regulators now use technology-driven surveillance, and stakeholders expect near-real-time updates. While this increases the responsibility for data accuracy and internal controls, technology also enhances our ability to improve disclosure quality.

Stakeholder Activism and Public Scrutiny

Shareholders, lenders, customers, employees, rating agencies and proxy advisors are now active evaluators of corporate behaviour. Social media amplifies even minor lapses—whether in related-party transactions, ESG metrics or financial reporting. Transparency has shifted from being reactive to being a proactive strategy essential to reputation and credibility.

Guardians of Market Integrity

In this environment, the role of professionals becomes critical. Every figure in an offer document and every certification by an auditor or valuer carries an implicit assurance of reliability. Stakeholders place trust in these statements, forming the foundation of market stability. Professionals therefore act as both gatekeepers and facilitators—ensuring disclosures are not only compliant but meaningful. Upholding standards of auditing, assurance, valuation and reporting is central to sustaining transparency. The bottom line is that professionals must look beyond the letter of the law and uphold truth, clarity, and completeness.

Ethical Foundation of Disclosure

Transparency is equally a moral responsibility coupled with regulatory responsibility. Integrity is demonstrated not only by what is required to be disclosed but also by what one chooses to reveal. Selective reporting, jargon-filled disclosures or hiding key information in fine print erodes trust. Financial statements are narratives of accountability and the “tone at the top” significantly influences disclosure quality. Professionals advising management, boards and investors in their capacity as independent directors and advisors play a vital role in fostering ethical disclosure practices.

BCAS’s ROLE

BCAS continues to strengthen the profession’s commitment to transparency through capacity-building programmes, publications and seminars. Its thought leadership helps members anticipate evolving disclosure trends. By mentoring younger professionals and engaging with regulators, BCAS promotes balanced, practical and ethically grounded disclosure norms.

Transparency, Integrity and Long Term Trust

To conclude, in the long run, stakeholders and markets reward not just value, prosperity and growth but also integrity. This resonates with the long-term journey of the legendary investor Warren Buffet whose quote, as under, is one of the most powerful lines connecting transparency, integrity, and long-term trust.

“It takes 20 years to build a reputation and five minutes to ruin it. If you think about that, you’ll do things differently.”

A big thank you to one and all!

Warm Regards,

CA. Zubin F. Billimoria

President

Crippling Terror Financing – India’s Strategic Imperative

In the shadow of the Red Fort, a car explosion on 10 November claimed 13 lives and injured many more, sending shockwaves throughout the nation. This act of terrorism served as one more brutal reminder of the persistent hostility of our neighbour. We all know that terrorism feeds on two lifelines: ideology and money. While the seeds of ideology are founded in religious extremism, the nourishment of financing adds fuel to the fire.

As we engage to proactively counter this threat, the kinetic operations of the National Investigation Agency (NIA) and our security forces need to be complemented with a robust financial one – by effectively tracking, crippling and starving the terror ecosystem of the funds required for the operations.

HOW THE MONEY MOVES

Traditional hawala systems, those informal value-transfer networks that have existed for centuries, still flourish. They are fast, cheap, and anonymous. Money leaves Dubai and reappears in Srinagar without a single banking record. But hawala alone no longer tells the full story. Terror financing today hides in plain sight—in a stream of micro-transactions, in anonymous crypto wallets, in e-commerce orders for innocuous materials that can become deadly weapons. A single click can move funds across continents faster than any courier ever could. For India, the success of UPI, world’s most digitised payments ecosystem brings both pride and peril. “Mundane financial footprints,” as FATF calls them, often slip under automated surveillance thresholds. A ₹5,000 digital transfer through UPI doesn’t trigger alarms, but hundreds of such transfers across wallets or bank accounts can bankroll an attack. The result is a dense fog of micro-activity behind which extremism thrives.

The misuse of charitable organisations and NGOs adds another layer of complexity. Funds raised in the name of welfare can be diverted for violent ends. India’s own experience with groups like the Popular Front of India (PFI) demonstrates how community collections, zakat funds, or crowd-sourced donations can morph into instruments of radicalisation. Hence, transparency in nonprofit operations is no longer optional; it’s a security necessity.

CURRENT REGULATORY BLUEPRINT

The Government has indeed implemented a comprehensive regulatory framework to counter terrorist financing. A multi-layered system is in place to monitor fund flows across cash, banking, and digital channels. In the cash economy, measures such as demonetisation and the withdrawal of ₹2000 notes were aimed to curb large unaccounted transactions, supported by on-ground surveillance and restrictions on high-value cash dealings. In the banking network, stringent KYC and periodic re-KYC requirements, along with mandatory reporting of large and suspicious transactions under the PMLA, ensure traceability of money movement. In digital and wallet platforms, every wallet is linked to a KYC-verified SIM and mobile number, with SMS authentication and upper transaction limits acting as safeguards against misuse. Additionally, the prohibition on unregulated cryptocurrency transactions and the monitoring of Virtual Asset Service Providers (VASPs) under the PMLA framework further restrict the use of virtual currencies for illicit transfers. Together, these regulatory measures indeed create a tightly regulated ecosystem that deters anonymity and strengthens India’s defences against terror and illicit finance.

Further regulatory actions include strengthening the Unlawful Activities (Prevention) Act, 1967 (UAPA) to designate individuals and entities for terrorist financing, amending the Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 (PMLA) regime to broaden the definition of “reporting entity” and tighten the loop-holes in money transfers, the establishment of specialised cells like the Terror Funding and Fake Currency Cell under the National Investigation Agency (NIA) to investigate terror funding and fake currency operations, etc. At the international level, India works closely with the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) to align its anti-money laundering and counter-terror-financing regime with global standards.

CRACKS WITHIN

Despite these robust safeguards, terror financing still finds its way through systemic and human vulnerabilities. The challenge often lies not in the absence of regulation but in its implementation and enforcement. Most compliance mechanisms are anchored on Aadhaar-based identity verification, yet the proliferation of forged or fraudulently obtained Aadhaar cards undermines this foundation. When counterfeit identities pass through the system unchecked, they open gateways for the layering of illicit funds through legitimate channels. Moreover, while financial institutions and intermediaries are obligated to report suspicious transactions, regulatory effectiveness is weakened when oversight is compromised by corruption. The need of the hour is not only stronger laws but also greater sensitisation, accountability, and integrity among regulators and enforcement officers—ensuring that vigilance, not complacency, defines India’s financial security framework.

ROLE OF PROFESSIONALS

In the evolving war against terrorist financing, we as chartered accountants also have an important role to play. Their daily proximity to capital flows, client structures, and compliance documentation makes us uniquely placed to detect and disrupt illicit networks even before these reach the enforcement radar.

Recognising this importance, under the Prevention of Money Laundering Act (PMLA), practising professionals are recognised as Reporting Entities (REs) when they carry out specified financial transactions on behalf of clients — company formation, management of client money, or operation of bank accounts. This imposes obligations of Customer Due Diligence (CDD), Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD), and timely filing of Suspicious Transaction Reports (STRs) with FIU-IND. However, the professional’s role must evolve from statutory compliance to strategic vigilance. Examples include:

  1.  Audit and Forensic Reviews – Detect round-tripping through shell layers, over-invoicing of imports, or diversion of CSR and NGO funds under the guise of “community welfare.”
  2.  Due Diligence in M&A and Start-ups – Scrutinise investments routed via high-risk jurisdictions, layered SPVs, or virtual-asset holdings concealed through offshore wallets.
  3. NPO/Trust Audits – Apply red-flag analytics to grant disbursals, ensuring end-use traceability and verifying whether donor-beneficiary patterns align with the stated charitable purpose.
  4. Digital-Asset Compliance – Evaluate clients’ crypto transactions and VASP linkages for anomalies in KYC or wallet clustering, in line with FATF Recommendations.
  5. Real-time Monitoring and STR Filing – Use automated data analytics and pattern recognition tools to spot micro-funding, split payments, or repeated small donations that cumulatively indicate potential terror-linked activity.

Beyond accountants, lawyers, fintech compliance officers, auditors in NBFCs, payment aggregators, and trustees also bear this fiduciary duty. The essence lies in ethical vigilance — viewing professional scepticism not merely as an audit standard but as a national-security obligation.

A GLIMPSE AHEAD

By 2047, India envisions itself as a secure, developed economy powered by technology and trust. Achieving that vision demands that we treat financial integrity as national security. When every accountant questions the unusual transaction, every fintech coder embeds an AML algorithm, every regulator share data promptly, and every citizen refuses to fund unverified causes, the terror networks will wither. So, the real question is not whether India can win this battle. It’s whether we can sustain the vigilance it demands. Because in the fight against terror financing, complacency costs lives.

Best Regards,

CA Sunil Gabhawalla

Editor

God Does Not Punish Us, Action Does!

The Bhagavad Gita gives us a vision that is both simple and profound where in the 15th verse 5th chapter it gives an important principle that the Lord neither claims our virtues nor assumes our faults; each being reaps the outcome of his own deeds.

नादत्ते कस्यचित्पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभु: |

अज्ञानेनावृतं ज्ञानं तेन मुह्यन्ति जन्तव: ||15 ||

“The Lord does not take upon Himself anyone’s sin or merit. Knowledge is covered by ignorance, and beings are deluded because of it.”

This verse changes the way we understand life. God does not punish or reward anyone. He is not sitting somewhere keeping a record of what we do. The universe itself is governed by a law that never fails and yes we call it the law of karma. Every action brings its own result, just as every seed bears fruit of its own kind. We are not punished for our actions; we are punished by our actions.

Think of fire. When we put our hand into fire, it burns us. The burn is not a punishment from God. Fire has no anger, no partiality. It simply acts according to its nature. In the same way, when we act wrongly, we suffer. When we act rightly, we experience peace and joy. God is not punishing or rewarding us. The result comes from the natural order of life itself.

However, not all actions show results immediately. Some actions, like putting the hand in fire, give instant results. Others are subtle. Acts like lying, cheating, or corruption may take time to show their effect. The result may come after years or even in another life. Because the link between cause and effect is not always visible, we often fail to connect the two. We think some people escape punishment or some suffer without reason but there is no escape from the law of karma. It operates silently and perfectly.

When we understand this, our relationship with God becomes one of love and reverence, not fear. We stop blaming others for our problems and start taking responsibility for our own choices. We realize that pain and joy are teachers guiding us towards wisdom. The Bhagavad Gita shows us that the purpose of life is not to fear punishment but to focus on our duty.

The fire of knowledge burns away ignorance. When we act with awareness, selflessness, and love, the same fire that once burnt us now becomes a light that guides us. The Lord is not a judge giving verdicts. He is the silent witness who gives us the freedom to act and the wisdom to learn. When we live by this truth, life becomes peaceful, purposeful, and filled with divine grace.

Issues Relating To Grandfathering Provisions In The Mauritius And Singapore DTAA

The global economic environment in the context of India has resulted in various cross-border investments with many foreign investors investing in Indian companies as well as Indian investors investing overseas. These investments have also benefitted from largely liberal exchange control regulations, which allow cross-border investments in most sectors without requiring prior approval from the Government. Further, in the past, some DTAAs, such as those with Mauritius and Singapore, allowed an investor to invest in shares of an Indian company without any tax arising on the capital gains at the time of transfer, resulting in an increase in investment activity.

Even though the said DTAAs have now been amended to allow India to tax the capital gains arising on the sale of shares of an Indian company, various issues arise in applying the DTAA provisions to the cross-border transfer of shares. The amended DTAAs provide a grandfathering for certain investments. This grandfathering clause, as well as the interplay with the existing Limitation of Benefits (‘LOB’) clauses in the DTAAs, has resulted in some interesting issues. In this article, the authors have sought to analyse some of the issues to evaluate when does one apply the grandfathering clause as well as the respective LOB clause in these two DTAAs.

BACKGROUND

India’s DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore, entered into in 1982 and 1994, respectively, provided for an exemption from capital gains on the sale of shares in the source country and gave an exclusive right of taxation to the country of residence. Interestingly, the Singapore DTAA initially did not have such an exemption and the gains arising on the sale of shares were taxable in the country of source. However, the Protocol in 2005 amended the DTAA, exempting the gains. Further, the 2005 Protocol also provided that the exemption was available so long as the Mauritius DTAA gave such exemption and also introduced a LOB clause in the Singapore DTAA for claiming exemption of capital gains under the DTAA.

The LOB clause in the India – Singapore DTAA, which applied only in the case of exemption claimed on capital gains under the DTAA, provided that such exemption was not available if the affairs were arranged with the primary purpose of taking advantage of the DTAA and that a shell / conduit company shall not be entitled to benefits of the capital gains exemption. The LOB clause also provides that a company shall be deemed to be a shell / conduit company if its annual expenditure on operations in the Contracting State is less than ₹50,00,000 (if the company is situated in India) or SGD 200,000 (if the company is situated in Singapore) and such company is not listed on a recognised stock exchange in that country.

While various interpretational issues arise in the LOB clause, the said issues have not been analysed in this article, which focuses mainly on when the LOB clause should be applied and which investments are grandfathered under the DTAA.

The India – Mauritius DTAA, prior to its amendment in 2016, did not provide for any LOB clause or any other restriction while exempting the capital gains arising on the sale of shares in the country of source, giving exclusive right of taxation to the country of residence.

The exemptions provided under the India – Mauritius as well as the India – Singapore DTAA have been subject to numerous litigations in the past. In 2016, both the DTAAs were amended, and the capital gains exemption was withdrawn.

AMENDED ARTICLES ON CAPITAL GAINS AND LOB CLAUSE

Article 13 of the India – Mauritius DTAA, as amended by the 2016 Protocol, now provides as under:

“3A. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in that State.

3B. However, the tax rate on gains referred to in paragraph 3A of this Article and arising during the period beginning on 1st April 2017 and ending on 31st March 2019 shall not exceed 50% of the tax rate applicable on such gains in the State of residence of the company whose shares are being alienated.

4. Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to in paragraphs 1,2,3, and 3A shall be taxable only in the Contracting State of which the alienator is a resident.”

Similarly, Article 13 of the India – Singapore DTAA has also been amended as follows:

“4A. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired before 1 April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State shall be taxable only in the Contracting State in which the alienator is a resident.

4B. Gains from the alienation of shares acquired on or after 1st April 2017 in a company which is a resident of a Contracting State may be taxed in that State.

4C. However, the gains referred to in paragraph 4B of this Article which arise during the period beginning on 1st April 2017 and ending on 31st March 2019 may be taxed in the State of which the company whose shares are being alienated is a resident at a tax rate that shall not exceed 50% of the tax rate applicable on such gains in that State.

5. Gains from the alienation of any property other than that referred to in paragraphs 1, 2, 3, 4A and 4B of this Article shall be taxable only in the Contracting State of which the alienator is a resident.”

As can be seen above, the language used in both the DTAAs is similar and provides the following:

a. Capital gains on sale of shares acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall continue to be exempt in the country of source [under Articles 13(5) and 13(4A) of the India – Mauritius DTAA and India – Singapore DTAA, respectively].
b. Capital gains on shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 shall be taxable in the country of source as well as the country of residence.

c. Capital gains on shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 and sold before 31st March, 2019 shall be taxable at 50 per cent of the tax rate applicable.

APPLICATION OF LOB CLAUSE

The 2016 Protocol to both the DTAAs has also introduced a LOB clause wherein benefits of the exemption are denied if the primary purpose of the arrangement is to obtain the benefits of the exemption or if the company is a shell / conduit company. However, the major difference between the LOB clauses in the DTAAs with Mauritius and Singapore is that the LOB clause in the Singapore DTAA applies to all capital gains exemption, i.e., those undertaken before 1st April, 2017 as well as after (if it is exempt) whereas the LOB clause in the Mauritius DTAA applies only in respect of Article 13(3B), i.e., only in situations where the shares are acquired after 1st April, 2017 and sold before 31st March, 2019.

In other words, the LOB clause in the Mauritius DTAA does not apply to any capital gains exemption claimed in respect of investments made before 1st April, 2017, nor any other gains being exempt in respect of shares acquired after 1st April, 2017 (if such gains are exempt).

For example, gains derived by a resident of Singapore on the sale of preference or equity shares of an Indian company which were acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall be exempt as well as be subject to the LOB clause. On the other hand, gains derived by a resident of Mauritius on the sale of preference or equity shares of an Indian company which were acquired before 1st April, 2017 shall be exempt in India but shall not be subject to the LOB clause.

APPLICATION OF PRINCIPAL PURPOSE TEST (‘PPT’)

Another aspect one may need to also keep in mind is that while India – Singapore DTAA is a Covered Tax Agreement under the OECD Multilateral Instrument (‘MLI’) and, therefore, the PPT test of the MLI may apply, India – Mauritius DTAA currently is not a Covered Tax Agreement and hence, not subject to the PPT test. While the MLI does not modify the Mauritius DTAA, a similar PPT test provision may be introduced in the amended DTAA (while the draft was circulated, the same is not notified and final).

GRANDFATHERING CLAUSE

Both the amended DTAAs provide for grandfathering for shares acquired before 1st April, 2017. An interesting question arises whether the said grandfathering would apply in scenarios where one is not holding shares of the Indian company as on 1st April, 2017 but has been acquired or received on account of an interest held in some form before 1st April, 2017.

Let us take a scenario of compulsorily convertible preference shares, which were acquired by the Mauritius or Singapore resident before 1st April, 2017 but were converted into equity shares of the Indian company after 1st April, 2017 and are now being sold. The conversion of the CCPS (it need not necessarily be compulsorily convertible but even optionally convertible) into equity shares is not considered a taxable transfer by virtue of section 47(xb) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (‘the Act’). Further, the period of holding of the preference shares shall also be considered to determine whether the asset is a long-term or short-term capital asset under clause (hf) of Explanation 1 to section 2(42A).

The question which arises is when the equity shares are sold, would the exemption under the Mauritius or Singapore DTAA apply as the asset being sold came into existence only after 1st April, 2017, although such asset was received in exchange for an asset acquired before 1st April, 2017.

This issue was examined by the Delhi ITAT in the case of Sarva Capital LLC vs.. ACIT (2023) 153 taxmann.com 618, where the facts were similar to the example explained above and in the context of the India – Mauritius DTAA. In the said case, the Delhi ITAT allowed the claim of exemption on the sale of the converted equity shares of the Indian company under Article 13(4) of the DTAA and not under Article 13(3A) or 13(3B).

The Delhi ITAT held as follows:

“Undoubtedly, the assessee has acquired CCPS prior to 1-4-2017, which stood converted into equity shares as per terms of its issue without there being any substantial change in the rights of the assessee. As rightly contended by learned counsel for the assessee, conversion of CCPS into equity shares results only in qualitative change in the nature of rights of the shares. The conversion of CCPS into equity shares did not, in fact, alter any of the voting or other rights with the assessee at the end of Veritas Finance Pvt. Ltd. The difference between the CCPS and equity shares is that a preference share goes with preferential rights when it comes to receiving dividend or repaying capital. Whereas, dividend on equity shares is not fixed but depends on the profits earned by the company. Except these differences, there are no material differences between the CCPS and equity shares. Moreover, a reading of Article 13(3A) of the tax treaty reveals that the expression used therein is ‘gains from alienation of SHARES’. In our view, the word ‘SHARES’ bas been used in a broader sense and will take within its ambit all shares, including preference shares. Thus, since, the assessee had acquired the CCPS prior to 1-4-2017, in our view, the capital gain derived from sale of such shares would not be covered under Article 13(3A) or 13(3B) of the Treaty. On the contrary, it will fall under Article 13(4) of India-Mauritius DTAA, hence, would be exempt from taxation, as the capital earned is taxable only in the country of residence of the assessee.”

In the said decision, the Delhi ITAT allowed the claim of exemption under Article 13(4) on the following grounds:

a. There is no material difference between CCPS and equity shares except with respect to dividends and repayment of capital; and

b. The assessee had acquired CCPS, which are also shares under Article 13, prior to 1st April, 2017

While one may deliberate on the arguments of the ITAT in reaching the conclusion, there is an additional argument to consider — that of purposive interpretation.One may be able to argue that the intention of the grandfathering provision is to protect a taxpayer who had undertaken a transaction prior to the change in law to not be affected by the change in law. In the case of conversion of preference share into equity share, there is no additional investment undertaken and the investment was undertaken prior to April 2017, and therefore, this investment is to be protected in substance, even if the form of the investment undergoes a change. Further, this argument is also the reason the General Anti-Avoidance Rules under the Act have grandfather investments made before
1st April, 2017. This question has arisen in the context of GAAR as well.

In that case, the CBDT vide Circular No. 7 of 2017 dated 27th January, 2017 has provided as under:

“Q. 5. Will GAAR provisions apply to (i) any securities issued by way of bonus issuances so long as the original securities are acquired prior to 1st April 2017 (ii) shares issued post 31st March 2017, on conversion of Compulsorily Convertible Debentures, Compulsorily Convertible Preference Shares, …. Acquired prior to 1st April 2017; (iii) shares which are issued consequent to split up or consolidation of such grandfathered shareholding?

Answer: Grandfathering under Rule 10U(1)(d) will be available to investments made before 1st April 2017 in respect of instruments compulsorily convertible from one form to another, at terms finalised at the time of issue of such instruments. Share brought into existence by way of split or consolidation of holdings, or by bonus issuances in respect of shares acquired prior to 1st April 2017 in the hands of the same investor would also be eligible for grandfathering under Rule 10U(1)(d) of the Income Tax Rules.”

While the language in the DTAA is ‘shares acquired’ as against ‘investments made’ under Rule 10U(1)(d) of the Income Tax Rules for GAAR purposes, and hence the language used in the GAAR rules is broader than the DTAA can one apply the principle of the CBDT Circular above to the DTAA.

CONCLUSION

One may be able to take a view that the principle emanating from the CBDT Circular above can also be applied to the DTAA, especially given the intention of the grandfathering provisions of protecting the taxpayers from the change in the law in respect of an investment made before the law came into force. Therefore, the taxpayer may be able to take a view that in situations where one already has an interest in an entity prior to 1st April, 2017 and that interest in the entity in substance continues albeit in a different form after 1st April, 2017, one should be able to apply the grandfathering principles. However, readers are advised to consider the facts of each case before applying the principles discussed above.

Goods And Services Tax

HIGH COURT

68 AHS Steels vs. Commissioner of State Taxes

[2024] 168 taxmann.com 150 (Allahabad)

Dated: 15th October, 2024

Post cancellation of GST registration, a show cause notice must be alternatively served to the assessee as he is not obliged to check portal post cancellation.

FACTS

The petitioner’s registration under the Act was cancelled on 18th March, 2019. Subsequent to the same, no business was carried out by the petitioner. It appears that a show cause notice was uploaded on the GST portal and subsequent to the same, the impugned order was passed under section 73 of the Act.

HELD

Once the registration has been cancelled, the petitioner is not obligated to check GST portal. The mode of service of any show cause notice has to be by way of alternative means to the petitioner. Thus, there has been violation of the principle of natural justice, and accordingly, the impugned order passed by the department is quashed and set aside.

69 Crystal Beverages vs. Superintendent,

Range 2, Rohtak

[2024] 168 taxmann.com 62 (Punjab & Haryana)

Dated: 23rd October, 2024

NOC or consent letter from the property owner along with proof of address is required to be produced, only for the purpose of issuing the registration certificate for the principal place of business and once the registration certificate has been issued, merely for adding another place of business there is no requirement under Rule 19 of the GST Rules. If there is a civil dispute between the landlord and the tenant, the State Government or its authorities cannot be expected to take sides or initiate action to benefit one of the parties.

FACTS

The petitioner company obtained GST registration for its principal place of business on 11th July, 2017 under the Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017. In February 2019, the registration was amended to incorporate additional place of business informed by the petitioner, which the petitioner had taken on rent from the landlord. The same was approved by the proper officer after due verification without issuance of any memo for deficiency in REG-03.

In December 2023, the respondents visited at the additional place of business for physical verification based on a complaint filed by the landowner, who wanted the petitioner to vacate the premises. It was alleged that the petitioner is operating business from his land without his consent, hence, committed violation of the GST laws. After the inspection, the complaint was reportedly dropped. In May 2024, the respondents again visited the additional place of business on the basis of complaint filed by the landowner and demanded no objection from the landowner for operating the business from the said place.

A letter was issued by the department in May 2024 seeking initiation of cancellation proceedings as consent letter/NOC from the landowner had not been produced which was followed by the order suspending the GST registration and a show cause notice for cancellation of GST registration of the petitioner for the entire business.

HELD

The petitioner’s registration was sought to be cancelled on the ground that the petitioner has contravened section 29(2)(a) of the GST Act, inasmuch as it is alleged that registered person contravened the provisions of the Act and the Rules made thereunder by not producing NOC. However, there is no provision under Rule 8 of CGST Rules requiring to submit NOC or consent letter from property owner along with proof of address at the stage of adding additional place of business. It is only for the purpose of issuing the registration certificate for the principal place of business that the NOC or consent letter from the property owner along with proof of address is required to be produced. Once the same has been done and the registration certificate has been issued, merely for adding another place of business there is no requirement under Rule 19 of the GST Rules. Rule 8 of the GST Rules cannot be read contrary to Rule 19 of the GST Rules. The Court further held that, if there is a civil dispute between the landlord and the tenant, the State Government or its authorities cannot be expected to take sides or initiate action to benefit one of the parties. Such an approach would amount to violation of Article 14 of the Constitution of India as everyone has to be treated equally by the State. If such an approach is permitted, the business of any individual would be affected seriously and without even examining the issue on the civil side as to whether a tenant is required to vacate the premises or not, and the landowner would be able to get the business closed by getting the GST registration cancelled. Holding that the grounds for cancellation cannot be added into the provisions of section 29(2), the Hon’ble Court set aside the impugned order-cum-show cause notice.

70 Imaging Solutions (P) Ltd vs. State of Haryana

[2024] 168 taxmann.com 66 (Punjab & Haryana)

Dated: 22nd October, 2024.

Appeal cannot be rejected as non-maintainable merely on the grounds of short deposit of appeal fees and the Appellant Authority should issue a deficiency memo giving the appellant an opportunity to rectify the defects.

FACTS

While passing order under section 101(1) of the Haryana Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 read with Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017, the Appellate Authority found that the appellant paid ₹10,000/- (₹5,000/- for CGST + ₹5,000/- for HGST) as fee for hearing of the appeal while the appellant was required to deposit a total sum of ₹20,000/- (₹10,000/- for CGST + ₹10,000/- for HGST) as fee. The Authority therefore, rejected the appeal as not maintainable for want of deposition of the requisite fee.

HELD

The Hon’ble Court held that for a reason relating to non-payment of the requisite appeal fee, an appeal cannot be dismissed as not maintainable, and in fact, before the Appellate Authority takes up any appeal, the appellant should be informed of any deficiency and be given a chance to deposit and remove the deficiency, if any. Accordingly, appellant authority was to be directed to hear appeal on merits subject to the appellant depositing remaining amount.

71 Jain Cement Udyog vs. Sales Tax Officer Class-II/ Avato Ward 201 Zone 11 Delhi

[2024] 168 taxmann.com 245 (Delhi)

Dated: 23rd October, 2024.

The second order passed all over again on the issues in the same show cause notice for the same financial year would not sustain.

FACTS

The petitioner was served with a show cause notice for the tax period of July 2018 to March 2019. Those proceedings ultimately culminated in the passing of a final order against which the appellant filed an appeal before the first appellate authority. However, subsequently, another order was issued all over again pertaining to the same tax period and referring to the same original show cause notice dated 30th December, 2020. The petitioner filed an appeal against the impugned order and challenged the validity of the impugned order.

HELD

Hon’ble Court allowed the petition holding that the second order would not sustain.

72 Cable and Wireless Global India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner, CGST

(2024) 23 Centax 161 (Del.)

Dated: 26th September, 2024

Refund of ITC cannot be denied on the ground that condition for export of service was not fulfilled merely because payment was received in different branch’s bank account of petitioner.

FACTS

Petitioner was registered under GST having its branches in Mumbai and Delhi. It provided Business Support Services to Vodafone Group Services Limited (VGSL) from its Delhi branch and claimed a refund of unutilized ITC amounting to ₹47,33,053/-. The refund was denied on the ground that payment for the export of services was routed to the petitioner’s Bangalore branch account instead of the Delhi branch alleging that condition for export of services were not fulfilled as required as per section 2(6)(iv) of the IGST Act which was confirmed by Commissioner Appeals. Being aggrieved, petitioner challenged this decision before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that export of services merely requires payment to be received by supplier of service. Remittance received in different bank account does not affect the supplier’s location. It was further held that respondent was overly technical, and denial of refund would defeat the purpose of refund provisions under GST law. Accordingly, orders rejecting the refund were set aside and matter was disposed-off in favour of the petitioner.

73 BLA Coke Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India & Others

(2024) 24 Centax 41 (Guj.)

Dated: 19th September, 2024

Once IGST is already paid on the entire value at the time of import of goods including freight, then IGST cannot be levied separately even if transaction is on FOB basis.

FACTS

Petitioner had imported coking coal for its business purpose under Free on Board (FOB) basis. At the time of clearance of goods for home consumption petitioner paid IGST on total value of goods including the freight. Pursuant to the decision of Hon’ble Supreme Court in case of Union of India vs. Mohit Minerals Pvt. Ltd. (Civil Appeal No. 1390 of 2022), petitioner reversed ITC and filed a refund claim on IGST paid on freight which was eventually granted by jurisdictional officer by passing a reasoned order. Department preferred an appeal against such refund sanctioned which was rejected by respondent on the ground that such benefit is not available to FOB imports. Being aggrieved by such rejection, petitioner preferred this petition before Hon’ble High Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that once IGST is paid on the entire transaction value including freight at the time of import of goods, then it is not relevant whether it is a CIF and FOB contract. The Court further relied upon the decisions of Supreme Court in Union of India vs. Mohit Minerals Pvt. Ltd. (Civil Appeal No. 1390 of 2022) and Bombay High Court in M/s. Agarwal Coal Corporation Pvt. Ltd. vs. The Assistant Commissioner of State Tax (Writ Petition No. 15227 of 2023) where it was held that when the notification itself is struck down, the respondent authorities cannot insist for levy of IGST on the amount of ocean freight in case of transaction on FOB basis also. Accordingly, the petition was disposed of in favour of petitioner.

74 Metal One Corporation India Pvt. Ltd vs. Union of India

(2024) 24 Centax 13 (Del.)

Dated: 22nd October, 2024.

Demand of GST on services pertaining to secondment of employees by foreign affiliate to petitioner would not sustain where Circular expressly clarifies that in absence of any invoice raised value of services shall be deemed as nil.

FACTS

Petitioner had entered into employment agreements with the employees of its foreign parent entity in Japan. Accordingly, employees of foreign parent entity were deployed with petitioner. Petitioner made payments to foreign entity but did not raise any invoice for the services provided. Respondent issued show cause notice (SCN) to petitioner on account of non-payment of GST under RCM for import of services pertaining to secondment of employees. Being aggrieved by such SCN demanding tax, petitioner preferred this writ petition.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court observed that as per the 2nd proviso to Rule 28 of the CGST Rules, where the recipient is eligible for full ITC, the value declared in the invoice shall be deemed to be the open market value of the services provided. The Court further noted that CBIC Circular No. 210/4/2024-GST dated 26th June, 2024 itself clarifies that where no invoice is raised by the related domestic entity for services rendered by its foreign affiliate, the value of such services is deemed to be Nil. Consequently, SCN issued demanding tax, interest and penalty in respect of secondment of employees were futile and hence the writ petition was disposed off in favour of petitioner

75 Hallmark vs. Jammu Kashmir Goods and Service Tax Department

(2024) 23 Centax 19 (J&K and Ladakh)

Dated: 25th September, 2024

Subsequent claim of refund cannot be rejected on the grounds of time bar where original refund application was filed within the prescribed time limit.

FACTS

Petitioner filed a refund application on 8th September, 2020 under the head of excess payment of tax. However, respondent issued a deficiency memo on 23rd September, 2020 whereunder requisite documents were asked to be submitted. Thereafter, petitioner submitted a revised application on 28th September, 2020 along with necessary supporting documents. Once again deficiency memo was issued and refund application was ultimately rejected on 15th October, 2020 on the ground of time-bar without providing any opportunity of being heard. Being aggrieved, petitioner filed this writ petition.

HELD

Hon’ble High Court held that original refund application was filed within the prescribed time limit and subsequent refund claim was in continuation of the original application. It further stated that time limit for refund claim would be determined from the original application filed and not second application claim is not time barred. High Court further emphasized that refund cannot be rejected without giving opportunity to petitioner. Consequently, order rejecting refund claim was set aside and matter was decided in favour of petitioner.

76 Honda Motorcycle and Scooter India Pvt. Ltd. vs. Union of India

2024 (23) Centax 90 (P & H.)

Dated: 23rd September, 2024

Appeal cannot be rejected on account of non-payment of 10 per cent pre-deposit separately where the entire disputed amount was itself paid by petitioner.

FACTS

Petitioner filed an appeal before the appellate authority under section 107 of CGST Act, 2017 and deposited the entire disputed amount. However, the respondent overlooked the payment and denied the appeal on the grounds that petitioner did not deposit the mandatory 10 per cent pre-deposit amount as stated in section 107(6) of CGST Act, 2017. Hence the petitioner preferred this writ petition.

HELD

The Hon’ble High Court held that since the petitioner had already paid the disputed amount in full, it was sufficient compliance of payment of pre-deposit as per section 107(6) of CGST Act, 2017 as there is no requirement for an additional pre-deposit of 10 per cent. Consequently, the High Court directed respondent to hear the appeal on merits.

Learning Events at BCAS

1. AI and Technology ki Pathshala: A Technology Orientation Program for Article Students, held on Thursday, 7th November, 2024 and Friday, 8th November, 2024 @ virtually.

The Human Resource Development Committee of BCAS organised this interesting program to provide article students with a robust foundation in artificial intelligence (AI) and emerging technologies, empowering them to stay ahead in the dynamic professional landscape. The program commenced with an interactive session led by CA Nirav Bhanushali, who demonstrated the effective use of productivity applications within MS Office 365 and Google Workspace. His live demonstration showcased practical tips and tricks to enhance efficiency in managing tasks, documents, and collaboration. CA Narasimhan Elangovan delved into the exciting possibilities of leveraging AI tools like ChatGPT. He illustrated how these tools can be employed to simplify articleship tasks, enhance learning, and prepare more effectively for exams.

On the second day, CA Abhay Gadiya introduced participants to cutting-edge tools such as Power Query and Power BI. His session emphasised how these technologies can be harnessed to process and analyse large datasets, generate meaningful insights, and present data visually, enabling informed decision-making. CA Nikunj Shah, who offered a deep dive into Microsoft Excel, equipping participants with advanced techniques to streamline and enhance their workflow. The program drew enthusiastic participation from over 55 article students, who appreciated the interactive and hands-on approach of these sessions.

2. FEMA Study Circle Meeting on Amendments in NDI Rules and Compounding under FEMA, held on Friday, 25th October, 2024 @ Virtual

During the session, Group Leader — CA Deepender Kumar extensively discussed amendments on the subject. He emphasised the expanded scope of non-debt instruments under FEMA, clarifying that NDI includes investments not classified as debt, such as equity, capital contributions, and other equity-characteristic securities. The amendments outlined specific instruments that qualify as equity, such as shares, convertible securities, and share warrants, which help investors precisely understand which instruments are eligible for foreign investment. He highlighted that these clarifications provide clear guidelines for investors and regulators alike, reducing ambiguity in foreign investment transactions.

The focus of the meeting was on sectoral changes and investment caps. Certain sensitive sectors like insurance, defence, and media now have revised foreign investment limits, aligning with India’s strategic economic objectives. These sector-specific adjustments include transitions from the automatic to the approval route, which mandates prior government or RBI approval for foreign investment in certain areas. This change underscores the need for entities to be vigilant in understanding sectoral thresholds and compliance requirements. He noted that businesses must carefully interpret these sector-specific regulations to ensure they remain compliant, especially in sectors where government intervention has increased. The meeting was well received by 40+ participants attending the discussion.

3. Suburban Study Circle Meeting on ‘Framework of Adjudication, recent ROC/RD orders and important amendments under the Companies Act, 2013, held on Thursday, 24th October, 2024 held at C/o Bathiya & Associates LLP, Andheri (E).

Group Leader CS Raj Kapadia explored the framework of adjudication, recent orders by the Registrar of Companies (ROC) and Regional Directors (RD), and key amendments under the Companies Act, 2013. He covered Sections 15 and 16 of the MSMED Act, 2006, highlighting critical compliance requirements for payments to MSME suppliers and the importance of Form MSME 1.
The key discussions were:

  • Payments to MSME suppliers must be made within the agreed due date, not exceeding 45 days.
  • Failure to pay on time incurs compound interest at three times the bank rate, calculated monthly.
  • Interest accrual starts the day after the due date.
  • Recent amendments focus on decriminalising certain offenses under the Companies Act, aiming to reduce punitive measures and promote ease of doing business.
  • ROC/RD orders have increased scrutiny and enforcement of compliance requirements for corporations.

The Group Leader effectively addressed audience queries, providing clear explanations and practical insights on navigating complex compliance issues.

4. Indirect Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting was held on 27th September 2024, via Zoom.

Group leader, CA Chaitanya Vakharia, in consultation with Group Mentor, CA Ashit Shah, prepared six case studies covering various contentious issues around the filing of the GST Annual Return in GSTR-9 and Annual Reconciliation in GSTR 9C for FY:2023–2024.

The presentation covered the following aspects for detailed discussion:

  • Reporting of turnover in Table 5A of GSTR 9C
  • Applicability for filing GSTR 9 and GSTR 9C for 2023-24
  • Issues in filing annual returns after cancellation of GSTIN
  • Reporting of ITC in table 6B of GSTR 9
  • Additional reporting in GSTR 9 if not reported / wrongly reported in GSTR 1 and GSTR 3B
  • Claim of ITC in cases of payments to vendors beyond 180 days

Around 80+ participants from all over India benefitted while taking active part in the discussion.

5. Finance, Corporate & Allied Law Study Circle —Professionals Be Aware of PMLA Provisions, held on Wednesday, 23rd October, 2024 @ Hybrid.

PMLA is an important legislation, at times linked to national security, and Group Leader CA Kinjal Shah dealt with the applicability of PMLA provisions to the professionals such as chartered accountants, company secretaries, and cost accountants in a lucid manner. He explained the origin of PMLA, offence of money laundering, proceeds of crime, rationale for bringing in CAs as reporting entities and some of the key FAQs issued by ICAI. The obligations were explained with the help of a work flow chart analysing the procedure. Unlike other reporting entities, CA, CS, CMA are required to report to their respective institute who in turn reports to FIU-Ind. The meeting was well appreciated by 85+ study circle participants.

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kQy9TNdSjCo

6. Suburban Study Circle meeting – Inheritance and Succession Planning Held on Sunday, 20th October, 2024, @ Hotel Golden Delicacy, Borivali.

Succession laws dictate how assets are distributed upon an individual’s demise. In India, these laws are influenced by religious and personal status. Group Leader CA Toral Shah discussed that planning effectively through wills and private trusts can help avoid disputes and ensure a smooth transfer of assets to the next generation.
Key Takeaways of the meeting were:

Intestate Succession (Without a Valid Will):

  • If no will is created, assets are distributed as per legal guidelines:
  • Hindus, Jains, Sikhs, and Buddhists: Governed by the Hindu Succession Act, 1956.
  • Muslims are governed by Sharia Law.
  • Christians, Parsis, and Jews are governed by the Indian Succession Act, 1925.
  • If a case is not covered under the Indian Succession Act, it may be governed by the Hindu Succession Act.

Private Trusts:

– Private trusts are set up to manage and safeguard assets for beneficiaries, often used for estate planning and tax benefits.

– Provides asset protection and can reduce inheritance tax liabilities.

– Ensures that minors or vulnerable dependents are cared for, as specified by the trust’s terms.

– Offers greater control over how and when assets are distributed.

– `Laws governing private trusts in India include the Indian Trusts Act, 1882.

Group Leader effectively addressed audience queries regarding will preparations, gifts and she gave practical insights on navigating complex compliance issues. Overall 30+ participants attended the discussion.

7. Lecture Meeting on Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision in case of Safari Retreats Pvt Ltd, held on Wednesday, 16th October, 2024, @ Zoom.

The learned faculty Sr. Adv. V. Sridharan explained the facts and the applicability of the very important and recent decision of the Apex court on availability of ITC for construction of immovable property. He explained how the apex court has differentiated the definition of ‘Plant and Machinery’ given in the explanation appended to section 17 of the CGST ACT applies to the expression ‘Plant or Machinery’ used in clause (d) of sub-section 5 of section 17. The difference of ‘and’ and ‘or’ becomes crucial too. He explained the important terms ‘own account’, ‘Plant’, ‘ITC – a right’, ‘Functionality test of a plant’ interpreted in the decision. He analysed the judgement in terms of its impact and way forward. The lucid analysis benefited all the 275+ participants attending the lecture meeting.

YouTube Link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lXEXnTBG9ZQ

8. NFRA Interaction – Evolving Assurance Landscape event held on Friday 4th October, 2024, Venue: Jio World Convention Centre

Topic 1: NFRA Interaction – Points Discussed:

  • Dr. Ajay Bhushan Prasad Pandey, Chairman, NFRA briefed the participants about the history and need for National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA). He also explained the expectations of NFRA from the Auditors and Chartered Accountants.
  • The other two speakers, Mr. Shyam Tonk, Executive Director, NFRA and Mr. Vidyadhar Kulkarni, Principal Consultant, NFRA discussed the recent disciplinary orders of NFRA against Chartered Accountants, the outcomes and important pointers to be noted for future audit assignments.

Topic 2: Panel Discussion on Evolving Assurance Landscape

Panellists: Dr. Ajay Bhushan Prasad Pandey, CA Mukund Chitale and CA Manoj Fadnis

Moderated by CA Himanshu Kishnadwala and CA Amit Majumdar.

Points Discussed:

  • Proposed Revision in SA 600 “Using the work of other auditor” by NFRA
  • Recent circular dt. 3rd October, 2024 by NFRA on the role of principal auditor and other auditors in group audit and consolidated accounts.
  • Other developments and challenges faced by Chartered Accountants in the Audit practice area.

This meeting was well received by 80+ participants.

9. AI Co-Pilot and Chatbot for Professional Services Firms held on Tuesday, 10th September, 2024 @ Zoom.

In recent years, Artificial Intelligence (AI) has rapidly advanced, offering sophisticated Language Learning Models (LLMs) accessible to the general public. For Chartered Accountancy Practitioners and Professional Services Firms, leveraging AI tools can significantly enhance efficiency, streamline processes, and improve client service.

The key takeaways of the meeting were that Co-Pilot and Co-Pilot Studio can automate routine tasks, such as data entry, financial analysis, and report generation. AI can help streamline your practice, saving time, and reducing manual effort. It can improve workflow, client interactions, and overall service quality. The speakers also explored how chatbots can transform customer support and internal communication. They conducted a live demonstration of the step-by-step process for building and deploying a chatbot and customising it to address specific business needs.

Speakers:

Mr. Ajitabh Dwivedi and Mr. Nishant Gupta from Microsoft and Mr. Devesh Aggarwal from Compusoft. The session received an overwhelming response from 265+ participants across the country.

II. Other Society initiatives:

1. Letter of understanding (LOU) signed with National Institute of Securities Market (NISM) at NISM, BKC:

NISM is a non-profit organisation established by SEBI and carries out capacity-building activities enhancing quality standards in securities markets. BCAS signed LOU with NISM on 22nd November, 2024 marking a new beginning of this strategic collaboration aimed at fostering financial literacy, strengthening capital markets through research initiatives and deepening the academia — professional interface. The LOU signing was followed by a fireside chat on the topic of ‘Bridging the Trust Deficit in Financial Markets- The Role of Professionals in Strengthening Investor Protection and Market Transparency’ amongst CA Anand Bathiya, President and Shri Sunil Kadam, Registrar of NISM, moderated by CA Deepak Trivedi, Chief General Manager, Partnerships & Marketing Development. The session was organized by Finance, Corporate & Allied Laws Committee of BCAS. The momentous event ended with several thoughtful ideas which shall foster relations between both the organisations for laying a foundation of trust and knowledge sharing.

2. Interactive Discussion with Hon’ble Member (Tax Payer Services & Revenue), CBDT on 18th November, 2024 at Aayakar Bhavan, Mumbai.

BCAS was invited as one of the stakeholders for an interactive session- ‘Tax Focus Forum’ with Hon’ble Member of CBDT, Shri HBS Gill and his officers. The objective of the meeting was to get feedback, understand the pulse of the community and foster a two-way communication on the roles and expectations in a transparent manner and in a trust-building atmosphere. The forum was attended by CA (Adv.) Kinjal Bhuta, Jt. Secretary and CA Jagdish Punjabi, Managing Committee Member. The Society presented the Forum with some pertinent compliance-related issues faced by the taxpayers and professionals currently and received an encouraging response from the Hon’ble Member, CBDT.

Miscellanea

1. BUSINESS

Microsoft ‘teaches’ new AI tools To ‘act’ on behalf of humans in work and life

Microsoft CEO Satya Nadella, during the Microsoft Ignite conference on Tuesday, revealed that the company is currently “teaching” new AI tools that would have the capacity to act on behalf of humans in both work and life.

Developers of AI are looking at the next wave of AI chatbots as “agents” that can do more things for people. However, one setback in the development of such tools is the high cost.

On a blog on 19th November, 2024, Microsoft elaborated on the benefits of AI agents for companies, highlighting how it can help businesses to accomplish more.

One example that the tech giant gave was on handling shipping and returns. AI agents “can operate around the clock to review and approve customer returns or go over shipping invoices to help businesses avoid costly supply-chain errors.”

It also added that “they can reason over reams of product information to give field technicians step-by-step instructions or use context and memory to open and close tickets for an IT help desk.”

Jared Spataro, the chief marketing officer of Microsoft’s AI at Work, said that one must regard agents as “the new apps for an AI-powered world.”

He also emphasised that they are adding new capabilities that would be a solution to some of the biggest challenges that people face at work and thereafter provide real business results.

OpenAI’s recently announced 01 series can bring more advanced reasoning capabilities to agents, allowing them to take on more complicated tasks by breaking them down into steps such as getting the information of someone on an IT help desk would need to solve a problem, factoring in solutions they’ve tried and coming up with a plan.

Just last month, Microsoft made a pronouncement that it was preparing the world where “every organisation will have a constellation of agents — ranging from simple prompt-and-response to fully autonomous,” the Associated Press reported.

The annual Ignite conference of Microsoft caters to its huge business customers. Many users have started noticing the limitations of chatbots like ChatGPT, Gemini, and Copilot, which work by predicting the most plausible next word in sentences. This slowly ushered the shift towards agentic AI, which is said to work better in longer-range planning and decision making. This aspect allows these agents to control computers and perform tasks on behalf of humans.

Marc Benioff, the CEO of Salesforce, expressed doubt on the move of Microsoft, calling the re-branding of the giant’s Copilot into “agents” as “panic mode”. Benioff stated that Copilot was actually a “flop”, claiming that the assistant was inaccurate.

On the other hand, Ece Kamar, the managing director of Microsoft’s AI Frontiers Lab, put forward positive thoughts on agentic AI.

“If you want to have a system that can really solve real-world problems and help people, that system has to have a good understanding of the world we live in, and when something happens, that system has to perceive that change and take action accordingly,” he said.

(Source: International Business Times — By Anna Resuma — 20th November, 2024)

2. CULTURE | LIFE & STYLE

#A new research highlights how diet rich in processed foods may hasten biological aging

Research reveals that consuming ultra-processed foods may speed up the aging process at a cellular level

A study out of Italy has once again raised alarms about the health impacts of ultra-processed foods (UPFs). The research, published in The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, links a diet rich in packaged snacks, sugary drinks, and other industrially processed products to accelerated biological aging.

Biological age, which reflects the condition of our cells and tissues, is distinct from chronological age — the number of years a person has been alive. While genetics play a role in how quickly we age, lifestyle habits such as diet and exercise can also have a significant impact. This new study shows that for middle-aged and elderly adults, consuming more than 14 per cent of daily calories from UPFs can make them biologically older than their actual age.

The research involved 22,500 participants from Italy who were asked to fill out detailed food questionnaires. Blood tests were also performed to measure 36 biomarkers, which helped researchers determine the participants’ biological age. The results were striking: those with higher consumption of UPFs showed signs of accelerated aging.

UPFs are not only nutritionally poor, often high in sugar, fat, and salt, but they also undergo extensive processing that strips away essential nutrients and fibre. “This intense processing alters the food matrix, which can harm metabolism and gut microbiota balance,” said Marialaura Bonaccio, a nutritional epidemiologist and study co-author. The gut microbiota, which refers to the balance of bacteria, viruses, and fungi in the digestive system, plays a crucial role in overall health, and disruptions to this balance can have far-reaching effects.

Bonaccio further explained that many UPFs are wrapped in plastic packaging, which may introduce additional toxic substances into the body. These substances, combined with the poor nutritional profile of UPFs, contribute to their harmful effects on the body over time.

The study, and others like it, serve as a timely reminder of the long-term health consequences of the modern food environment, where convenience often comes at the cost of well-being.

(Source: International Business Times — By Priya Walia — 7th November, 2024)

3. OTHER NEWS

#Cabinet approves PAN 2.0 Project worth ₹1,435 cr; PAN cards to soon have QR codes

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA), chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, approved the PAN 2.0 Project for the Income Tax Department on Monday, with a financial outlay of ₹1,435 crore. This e-Governance initiative aims to upgrade the existing PAN/TAN system by re-engineering taxpayer registration services through technology improving the digital experience for taxpayers.

The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA), chaired by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, approved the PAN 2.0 Project for the Income Tax Department on Monday, with a financial outlay of ₹1,435 crore.

The new project will provide a free-of-cost upgrade to the PAN Card with a QR Code, Union Information and Broadcasting Minister Ashwini Vaishnaw announced.

PAN 2.0 Project is an e-Governance project for re-engineering the business processes of taxpayer registration services through technology driven transformation of PAN / TAN services for enhanced digital experience of the taxpayers. This will be an upgrade of the current PAN / TAN 1.0 eco-system consolidating the core and non-core PAN / TAN activities as well as PAN validation service.

The entire PAN issuance and verification system will be overhauled, said Vaishnaw.

As per the central government, the PAN 2.0 Project enables technology driven transformation of Taxpayer registration services and has significant benefits including:

  • Ease of access and speedy service delivery with improved quality;
  • Single Source of Truth and data consistency
  • Eco-friendly processes and cost optimisation; and
  • Security and optimisation of infrastructure for greater agility.

The PAN 2.0 Project resonates with the vision of the Government enshrined in Digital India by enabling the use of PAN as Common Identifier for all digital systems of specified government agencies.

Vaishnaw said, there will be a unified portal, it will be completely “paperless and online.” The emphasis will be on the grievance redressal system, he added.

Do you need a new PAN?

No, you won’t need a new PAN. Your existing PAN will continue.

Will the new upgradation be free of cost?

Yes, all upgrades, including the addition of a QR code, will be provided at no cost.

What is PAN?

A PAN is an alphanumeric identifier consisting of ten characters, issued as a laminated card by the Income Tax Department. It is provided to any “person” upon application or allocated directly by the department without a formal request.

The Income Tax Department utilises PAN to monitor and connect all transactions associated with an individual. This includes various activities such as tax payments, TDS / TCS credits, income returns, specific transactions, and official communications. PAN serves as a unique identifier linking a “person” to the tax department.

The introduction of PAN has streamlined the connection of various documents and activities, including tax payments, assessments, demands and arrears. It enables quick information access and helps match details about investments, loans and business activities gathered from various internal and external sources. This system aids in identifying tax evasion whilst expanding the overall tax base.

(Source: ET Online — 25th November, 2024)

Recent Developments in GST

A. CIRCULARS

Following circulars have been issued by CBIC, in October 2024.

i) Clarifications regarding scope of “implementation of provisions of sub-sections (5) & (6) in section 16” – Circular no.237/31/2024-GST dated 15th October, 2024.

By above circular, clarifications are given regarding implementation of provisions of sub-section (5) and sub-section (6) in Section 16 of CGST Act. The above provisions are for extension of time for the purposes of Section 16(4).

ii) Clarifications regarding “doubts related to section 128A” — Circular no.238/32/2024-GST dated 15th October, 2024.

By above circular, clarifications are given regarding doubts related to section 128A of CGST Act. Section 128A provides for conditional waiver of interest and penalty in respect of demands pertaining to financial years 2017–18, 2018–19 and 2019–20.

B. ADVISORY

  1.  Vide GSTN Advisory dated 22nd October, 2024, the information is given about updated facilities for registration compliance for buyers of metal scrap through form GST-REG-07.
  2.  Vide GSTN dated 17th October, 2024, additional FAQs about Invoice Management System (IMS) are given.
  3.  The CBIC has issued guidelines for conduct of personal hearings under CGST Act, IGST Act, Custom Act, Central Excise Act and Service Tax Act through video conferencing.
  4.  GSTN has issued Advisory dated 29th October, 2024 giving information about barring of GST Returns on expiry of three years.
  5. GSTN has issued Advisory dated 30th October, 2024 about Biometric-based Aadhaar Authentication and Document Verification for GST Registration Applicants of Ladakh.
  6.  GSTN has issued Advisory dated 5th November, 2024, about Form GST-DRC-03A.
  7.  GSTN has also issued Advisory dated 5th November, 2024 about Time limit for reporting e-invoices on the IRP Portal, lowering of threshold of Annual Aggregate Turnover (AATO) to 10 crores and above.

C. ADVANCE RULINGS

37 Classification – “Baby Carriers with Hip seat”

Butt Baby Enterprise Private Ltd. (AR Order No. 10/WBAAR/2024-25 dated 10thSeptember, 2024 (WB)

The applicant has submitted that it is a company having its head office in West Bengal, and it is engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of “Baby Carriers with Hip Seat”.

Applicant has raised following questions:

“Q.1: Whether the Products “Baby Carriers with Hip seat” covered by HSN code 63079099 (Other made-up articles, including dress patterns – Other)?

Q.2: If it is not so classified in HSN 63079099 then what would be the correct classification of “baby carriers with hip seat” under the HSN code for GST purposes?”

The applicant explained the nature of product that it provides: in-built mini diaper bag and convertible sling carry bag with five storage pockets, designed to carry infants and toddlers. The product is ergonomically designed to provide support in carrying a baby up to 18 kgs in weight and is typically made from fabric materials combined with other supportive structures.

Applicant also explained the manufacturing process.

Though applicant classified its product under HSN 8715, and charged 18 per cent GST, it wanted correct classification in view of different feedback from market.

Applicant submitted that most of the suppliers engaged in similar products are classifying the items under HSN code 6307 where tax is 12 per cent on value above ₹1,000 and 5 per cent GST on the value not exceeding ₹1,000.

The applicant further submitted that the raw materials used and the characteristics of final product suggest that there is dominating quantity of normal fabrics, narrow woven fabric, foam and mould and hence, it might be more appropriately classifiable under Chapter 63.

The ld. AAR observed that the applicant procures the raw materials like normal fabrics, narrow woven fabric, foam and mold for outward supply of finished goods.

Tariff item 6307 broadly covers following description of goods:

“6307 : OTHER MADE UP ARTICLES, INCLUDING DRESS PATTERNS
6307 – Other made up articles, including dress pattern
630710 – Floor-cloths, dish-cloths, dusters and similar cleaning cloths
630720 – life jackets and life – belts
630790 – Other
63079099- Other”

Looking to the scope of above HSN, the ld. AAR observed that “other made-up articles, including dress pattern” is wide enough to cover the articles like baby carriage with hip seat, and therefore, the ld. AAR opined that above-mentioned item, subject to relevant conditions, would be covered under the Sub-Heading 63079099 in the Heading 6307.

The ld. AAR also observed that goods under Chapter 63 are covered under entry no.224 of Schedule I and entry no.171 of Schedule II of Notification no.1/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, attracting GST at the rate of 5 per cent and 12 per cent, respectively, as per sale value of the product as not exceeding ₹1,000 or exceeding R1,000, respectively.

38 Classification — “Antioxidant Water”

Saisarvesh (AR Order No. 24/AAR/2024 dated 5th November, 2024 (TN)

Applicant is manufacturing Natural Antioxidant Water with natural Betel Leaf extract and natural Ajwain extract. Applicant is trained from CSIR– Central Food Technological Research Institute and is licensed to do Commercial Production by CSIR.

Copy of Certificate issued by the CSIR for “Paan flavored water” is also produced.

Applicant has raised following questions in its AR application.

“1) “We are using HSN 2202 9920, please confirm which is correct or not correct?

2) We are charging tax @ 12% for the products manufactured from end, confirm which is correct or not correct?”

The applicant explained the manufacturing process with use of raw materials like packaged drinking water, Ajwain seeds, and emulsifiers like propylene glycol, etc.

The ld. AAR observed as under about material and manufacturing process:

“12.2. We find that the Applicant are manufacturer of ANTIOXIDANT WATER with natural BETEL LEAF extract or natural AJWAIN extract besides certain additives. On perusal of the process description for manufacturing the ANTIOXIDANT WATER, furnished by the applicant while filing the Advance Ruling Application and further submissions made during and after the personal hearing, it is noticed that the tender, preferable dark green betel leaves/ Ajwain seeds, after washing and grinding would be subjected to Hydro-distillation and the resultant condensate oil is treated with Sodium Sulphate to remove any water molecule present in the oil to obtain volatile oil. Then this volatile oil is dissolved in propylene glycol to get “Stock Solution A”. By the side, prescribed quantity of Menthol crystals are dissolved in propylene glycol to get “Stock Solution B”. Then the “Stock solution A” and “stock solution B” at certain proportions as approved by the Central Food Technological Research Institute (CFTRI), Mysuru, are mixed and blended with packaged drinking water as per the process know-how approved by the CFTRI. It is also observed from the certificate issued by the CFTRI that the said technical know-how for the manufacture of said ANTIOXIDANT WATER viz “Paan Flavored water” have been demonstrated to the applicant and the applicant was also been provided with adequate training in the unit-operations of the process and licensed to undertake commercial production of
the product.”

The ld. AAR referred to Tariff item 2202 9920 in Custom Tariff Act which reads as “Fruit pulp or fruit juice-based drinks”.

The ld. AAR held that Antioxidant Water manufactured by the applicant does not contain any Fruit Pulp or Fruit Juice and, therefore, classification “2202 99 20” adopted by the applicant is not correct.

The ld. AAR then went on to decide correct classification. The ld. AAR observed that the applicant has used “Betel leaves/Ajwain seeds, propylene glycol, Menthol Crystals dissolved in propylene glycol” as their raw materials in the preparation of stock solutions to be blended with the packaged drinking water. Ld. AAR further noted that one of the ingredients used in the preparation of the product is Menthol, which is found naturally in oils of several plants of ‘Mint’ family such as corn mint and peppermint and it possesses well-known cooling characteristics and a residual minty smell of the oil from which it was obtained.

The ld. AAR also observed that in addition to natural flavour contained in a betel leaf/ajwain seeds, menthol crystals are added to get a flavour and taste of ‘Menthos’ and hence, the product prepared by the applicant is nothing but a ‘flavoured drink’.

The ld. AAR also noted that the CSIR has issued certificate as under:

“This is to certify that the CSIR-Central Food Technological Research Institute, Mysuru, has licensed this Instituted Process Know-how on ‘Paan flavored water’ to M/s. IDYA, No. 88, Canal Road, KG. Colony, Chennai – 600 010 as per an agreement entered into between the parties, on 04th October, 2021.”

Therefore, the ld. AAR concluded that Antioxidant Water manufactured by the applicant is nothing but “Paan flavored water”, and classifiable under HSN 2202 1090 as All goods [including aerated waters], containing added sugar or other sweetening matter or flavoured, and taxable @ 28 per cent, vide entry at Sl. No 12 to Schedule IV of the Notification No 1/2017, Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, and compensation Cess at 12 per cent vide entry at Sl. No. 4 of Notification No 1/2017, compensation Cess (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

39 GTA Service — Scope

Globe Moving And Storage Company Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. KAR ADRG-39/2024  dated 6th November, 2024 (Kar)

The applicant has raised the following issue for ruling by the ld. AAR.

“Whether the supply of pure service made by our organization, (being a GTA cum-Packing & Moving Company) to or on behalf of a foreign entity unregistered in India (unregistered person), is exempt from charge of GST under Notification No.32/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 13-10-2017 (entry number 21A) & IGST Notification No.33/2017-IGST(Rate) dated 13-10-2017 (entry number 22A)?”

The ld. AAR noted the activity of applicant as under:

“The applicant submitted that they are into the business of GTA (Goods Transport Agency) and packing, moving, transportation, customs clearing through CHA and related supporting services; they provide services to the foreign client (unregistered person / entity), who are also in the same line of business, who export the consignments of their customers, intend to relocate to India, for ultimate use/consumption in India on “Door to Door Delivery” basis, by making all customs formalities abroad and collect the entire Door-to-Door delivery charges from their customers in their own country. The foreign client of the applicant avails the services of the applicant in India, as they have no permanent or temporary place of business in India, for “Customs clearance, transportation and related supporting services” for delivering such goods to the place of customer in India. Accordingly the applicant arrange for customs clearance of goods in Indian ports through authorized Customs House Agents and transport the said goods to the ultimate destination in India as per shipping documents and also as per the instructions of their foreign client.”

The applicant sought to know the applicability of the exemption under entry 21A of Notification 12/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, as amended. The ld. AAR examined the issue with reference to above entry.

The ld. AAR observed that said entry at sl. No.21A is exclusively in respect of services provided by a goods transport agency to an unregistered person, including an unregistered casual taxable person, other than certain specified recipients. The ld. AAR also observed that the term “goods transport agency” is defined in para 2 (ze) of the above Notification which says that the “goods transport agency” means any person who provides service in relation to transport of goods by road and issues consignment note, by whatever name called. Since the applicant is not issuing consignment note in relation to transport of goods, the ld. AAR did not agree with applicant that it is providing goods transport agency service. The ld. AAR also observed that applicant is providing bundle of services of customs clearance (CHA service), loading & unloading services, port handling, liner fee and destination services in India and hence cannot be covered by exemption under entry number 21A of the Notification No.12/2017-Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017.

40 Electronic Commerce Operator vis-à-vis liability to discharge tax

Natural Language Technology Research (AR Order No. WBAAR 14 of 2024 dated 5th August, 2024 (WB))

The applicant is a society registered under the West Bengal Societies Registration Act, 1961 which is a non-profit organisation and engaged as a research and development organisation under the Department of Information Technology & Electronics, Government of West Bengal. It is inter-alia engaged in the development of language tools and technology as well as Online Literary and Linguistic resources, etc.

The applicant, under the direction of the Government of West Bengal, has developed a website and mobile application named “Yatri Sathi Mobile App” (hereinafter, referred to as “the App”). The App was launched on the ONDC platform and is designed as a ride-hailing Software as a Service (SaaS) platform, also categorised as a Mobility as a Service (MaaS) solution. The primary purpose of the App is to facilitate the business transaction of supply of services by connecting customers to the drivers of West Bengal.

With above facts, the applicant has made this application seeking an advance ruling in respect of following questions:

(i) Whether the applicant falls under the purview of the E-commerce Operator as defined in sec 2(45) of the GST Act?

(ii) Whether the applicant shall be deemed to be the service provider u/s 9(5) of the GST Act read with notification no. 17/2021-Central tax(rate) dated 18th November, 2021 for the Driver services provided by the Driver to the Customer connected by “Yatri Sathi Mobile App”?

(iii) Whether the applicant shall be liable to collect and pay GST on the services supplied by the Drivers (person who subscribed the app) to the Customers (person who subscribed the app) connected through the App considering the Applicant as service provider u/s 9(5) of the GST Act read with notification no. 17/2021-Central Tax (Rate) dated 18th November, 2021?”

To decide the issues, the ld. AAR referred to relevant legal provisions like Notification No. 17/2017 — Central Tax (Rate) dated 28th June, 2017, as amended from time to time. The ld. AAR also noted that as per section 9(5) tax on intra-state as well as inter-state supplies of services by way of transportation of passengers by a motorcab, maxicab, motor cycle, or any other motor vehicle except omnibus is payable by the electronic commerce operator, if such services are supplied through it.

The ld. AAR also noted that prime activity of applicant is to provide services for facilitating business transactions through the “Yatri Sathi” App by way of providing a platform to connect the actual suppliers (cab drivers) and recipients (passengers intending to use the driver’s service).

The ld. AAR also noted that actual terms and conditions governing business contracts of supply such as quality, price, etc., are mutually agreed upon by the user, i.e., the driver and his client / customer, i.e., the passenger who books a ride through the App and by no means applicant is involved either directly or indirectly in supply of services. The ld. AAR noted that the only consideration received by the applicant is the registration and subscription fees that are received from the account holder, i.e., the driver and no other commission or so is received by the applicant from the driver.

In this connection, the ld. AAR also referred to definition of “electronic commerce” given in Section 2(44), “electronic commerce operator” in Section 2(45) and provision of Section 9(5) about taxation of Electronic Commerce Operator. The ld. AAR observed that Section 9(5) brings taxability on “Electronic Commerce Operator” if supplies are through such operator.

The ld. AAR held that the applicant is an Electronic Commerce Operator.

Thereafter, the ld. AAR observed about applicability of section 9(5) to present facts.

The ld. AAR observed that the term “through” in the context of legal interpretation, particularly with respect to provisions like Section 9(5) of the CGST Act, requires a level of involvement or facilitation by the electronic commerce operator. The involvement should be substantial enough to consider the service as being provided via the operator’s platform, for which significant involvement in the processes of booking, payment handling and ensuring service delivery by Electronic Commerce Operator is necessary.

However, after going through various aspects of transaction in the present case like fare determination, payment facilities, invoicing, type of service model and influence over driver service quality, the ld. AAR observed that the business model promulgated by the applicant is unique where it merely connects the driver and the passenger and their role ends on such connection and effectively does not have any control over the subsequent business activities as the App platform does not collect the consideration and has no control over the actual provision of service by the service provider.

Therefore, the ld. AAR concluded that even though the applicant qualifies to be an Electronic Commerce Operator, the supply of services is not made through it, and therefore, the applicant is not liable for discharging of liability.

The ld. AAR, accordingly, decided the AR in favour of the applicant.

41 Body building — Job work

Kailash Vahn Pvt. Ltd. (AR Order No. 19/ARA/2024 dated 23rd September, 2024 (TN)

The applicant is engaged in the field of fabrication and truck body building, wherein independent private customers buy chassis from Chassis manufacturer (also referred to as OEM’s), which is sent to them for the purpose of body building activity of Tipper version Motor vehicle falling under Chapter 87 as a complete motor vehicle. The customer owns the chassis and also owns complete body-built vehicle, and it is registered in RTO in the name of such independent private customer. This activity is regarded as “job work activity” in terms of CBIC Circular No. 52/26/2018-GST dated 9th August, 2018.

The applicant submitted that at present they are charging 28 per cent, treating activity of supply of body as goods under CH 8707 but seeks ruling to treat the said body building activity as Supply of Services attracting 18 per cent GST. Applicant has posed following questions for ruling of ld. AAR.

“1) Whether Applicant can consider the said body building activity as ‘job work activity’ and regard it as ‘Supply of Services’ falling under SAC Code -998881 – ‘Motor vehicle and trailer manufacturing services’ (as per Notification No. 11/2017-CT(Rate), dated 28.6.2017 Sl. No.535).

2) If it is regarded as ‘job work activity’ and ‘Supply of Services’, whether the correct applicable rate of GST, will be at 18% (9 + 9) as applicable under Sl. No.26 (ic) or will it be 18% (9 + 9) as applicable under Sl. No.26 (iv).

3) Or will the activity of body building carried out on chassis belonging to and Supplied by Principal is to be regarded as Supply of goods falling under 8707 – as ‘Bodies (including cabs), for the motor vehicles of headings 8701 to 8705’ attracting 28% (CGST @ 14% + SGST @14%) as per Sl. No. 169 of Schedule IV to the Notification No.1/2017-CT (R) dt.28.06.2017.”

In respect of the above body building activity, the applicant placed on record various documents like Tax invoice, E-way bill issued by OEM for supply of chassis, Temporary registration number issued by local RTO as Goods Carrier in the name of independent private customer, Forms 21, 22 and 22 A (Part 1) issued by OEM in favour of such independent private customer, Insurance taken by independent private customer, Tax invoice issued for body building by the Applicant, etc.

The ld. AAR referred to section 7 of the CGST Act, 2017, which provides for scope of Supply and sub-section 1A of the said Section provides as follows:

“where certain activities or transactions constitute a supply in accordance with the provisions of sub-section (1), they shall be treated either as supply of goods or supply of services as referred to in Schedule II.”

The ld. AAR also referred to Schedule II of the CGST Act, 2017, which provides for the list of Activities or Transactions which are to be treated as supply of goods or supply of services. Para 3- Treatment or Process under Schedule II provides as follows:

“Any treatment or process which is applied to another person’s goods is a supply of services”.

The ld. AAR also made extensive reference to Circular no.52/26/2018-GST, dated 9th August, 2018, wherein “bus body building as supply of motor vehicle or job work” is held as providing service as clarified in Para 12.2(b) & 12.3 of said Circular.

The ld. AAR, however, made distinction between the supply of body building activity made to GST-registered persons and the supply of body building activity made to an un-registered person. The ld. AAR held that the bus body building on chassis owned by GST registered customer is Job work, the bus body building on chassis owned by un-registered customer does not amount to job work due to definition of job work provided under Section 2(68) of CGST Act, 2017. With the above analysis, the ld. AAR answered the first question as under:

“that the activity of body building by the applicant on chassis owned and provided by registered customer or un-registered customer both fall under the scope of supply of service and as per the scheme of classification of services merits to be classified at Heading 9988 ‘Manufacturing services on physical inputs (goods) owned by others’ and precisely at Service code (Tariff) 998881 ‘Motor vehicle and trailer manufacturing services’.”

The ld. AAR further held that the bus body building on chassis owned by GST-registered customer amounts to job work, and the bus body building on chassis owned by un-registered customer does not amount to job work.

However, the ld. AAR held that the rate of tax in both the cases, i.e., when chassis is provided by the GST-registered person or when chassis is provided by GST un-registered person, would be 18 per cent, as per Entry No.26(ic) and Entry No.26(iv), respectively, of the CGST Notification No.11/2017 CT(R), dated 28th June, 2017.

The ld. AAR also felt that there is no need to answer question 3 as it does not exist in view of above answer to questions (1) and (2).

Letter to the Editor

The Editor,

BCAJ,

Mumbai

Dear Shri Mayur bhai,

Re: Interview with Shri Rajeev Thakkar

I read with great interest and expectations, your Interview with Shri Rajeev Thakkar, published in the October, 2024 issue of BCAJ, which was duly fulfilled very well.

Though I have been taking an interest in the Indian Equity Market for the last several decades as a pure long-term investor (scrupulously avoiding Trading and F&O activities), this wide-ranging and very comprehensive Interview was a very interesting read and acted as a very comprehensive Refresher Course dealing in depth all aspects of Equity Investments.

The questions raised by you and Shri Raman Jokhakar covered very vast ground including almost all aspects of Equity Investments and brought out all the nuances of the subject matter.

The Interview reflects very in-depth knowledge, experience, maturity and wisdom of Mr Thakkar distilled from great volatility in the Equity Markets over the past several decades.

On his part, Mr Thakkar didn’t avoid answering any questions and replied to all your questions comprehensively and explained all the finer points in great detail. His answers also reflect his comprehensive and vast in-depth knowledge, experience and understanding of very subtle nuances of investment in various other Financial Assets as well.

As an Investor, only knowledge and understanding of the Financial Statements is just not sufficient; one also needs to study the Annual Report as a whole, particularly the Directors’ Report, Chairperson’s Statement, Management’s Analysis, Cash Flow Statements, the Auditor’s Report and various Annexures thereto and the Notes & Qualifications to the Financial Statements.

Due to the enormous increase in various Disclosure and Reporting Requirements under the Companies Act, 2013 and as mandated by the Listing Agreement and those by various SEBI Regulations, the Annual Reports of various Large Corporations run into hundreds of closely printed pages, giving a treasure trove of information about the Corporation’s true Financial Status and Business Performance and Prospects.

Overall, it was a great Interview which will greatly benefit all long-term investors, as it also lays great emphasis on an adequate understanding of Macro-economic factors and Geo-Economics and Geo-political Developments as the Indian Economy is now very much integrated with the global economy and political decisions greatly impact all Economic and Monetary Policy Decisions of various Governments.

Please also convey my sincere thanks and compliments to both Shri Rajeev Thakkar and Shri Raman Jokhakar.

Yours Sincerely,

Tarunkumar Singhal

27th November, 2024

Validity Of Reassessment Notice Issued U/S 148 By Jurisdictional Assessing Officer

ISSUE FOR CONSIDERATION

The revised procedure for reassessment introduced with effect from 1st April, 2021 is a two-stage process – a procedure u/s 148A for deciding whether it is a fit case for issue of notice for reassessment, and the procedure for reassessment u/s 148. While the reassessment has to be done in a faceless manner as required by section 151A by the National Faceless Assessment Centre / Faceless Assessing Officer (NFAC / FAO), the procedure u/s 148A to determine whether the case is fit for reassessment is not required to be conducted in a faceless manner and has therefore to be conducted by the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (JAO).

Under section 148A(3) [s.148A(d) till 31st August, 2024], the Assessing Officer (AO) is required to pass an order, after taking approval of the specified authority u/s 151, determining whether or not the case is fit for reassessment. This has to be done by the AO after issuing show cause notice to the assessee and considering the reply of the assessee. If the case is found fit for reassessment, u/s 148(1), the AO is required to issue a notice u/s 148, along with a copy of the order passed u/s 148A(3)/148A(d), requiring the assessee to furnish a return of income for the relevant
assessment year.

In most cases of reassessment, the JAO has been issuing the notice u/s 148 and serving it on the assessee, along with the order u/s 148A(3)/148A(d). The issue has arisen before the High Courts as to whether such a notice u/s 148 should have been issued by the FAO, and therefore whether the notice u/s 148 and the consequent reassessment proceedings are valid in law. While the Karnataka, Telangana, Bombay and Gauhati High Courts have recently taken the view that such notice issued by the JAO is invalid since it ought to have been issued by the FAO, the Delhi High Court has upheld the validity of such a notice issued by the FAO.

While this controversy has been covered in the June 2024 issue of the BCA Journal, at that point of time there were only two High Court decisions on the subject, that of the Calcutta High Court and one of the Bombay High Court. The subsequent High Court decisions have dealt with the subject at great length, in particular, the Delhi High Court, and therefore it was thought fit to cover
the greater detail of this controversy that has come to the fore.

HEXAWARE TECHNOLOGIES’ CASE

The issue had come up for consideration before the Bombay High Court in the case of Hexaware Technologies Ltd vs. ACIT 464 ITR 430.

In this case, the assessee company was engaged in information technology consulting, software development and business process services. For assessment Year 2015-16, the assessee had filed its return of income on 28th November, 2015. Its assessment was completed u/s 143(3) vide assessment order dated 30th November, 2017.

The JAO issued a notice dated 8th April, 2021 under section 148 (pre-amendment) stating that he had reason to believe that income chargeable to tax for Assessment Year 2015-2016 had escaped assessment within the meaning of Section 147. The assessee filed a writ petition before the Bombay High Court challenging the notice u/s 148 on the ground that the notice had been issued on the basis of provisions which had ceased to exist and were no longer in the statute. The writ
petition was allowed by the Bombay High Court on 29th March, 2022, holding that the notice dated 8th April, 2021 was invalid.

On a Special leave Petition filed by the Revenue in the case of Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal 444 ITR 1 (SC), the Supreme Court, in exercise of jurisdiction under Article 142 of the Constitution of India, passed orders with respect to the notices and inter alia held that the notices issued under section 148 after 1st April, 2021 be treated as notices issued under section 148A(b); and provided for timelines to be followed by the AOs for providing assessees the information and material relied upon by the Revenue for initiating reassessment proceedings. The Supreme Court also clarified that all the defenses available to assessees under the provisions of the Act would be available to the assessee.

Thereafter, the JAO issued notice dated 25th May, 2022, stating that the notice was issued in view of the decision of the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal (supra). The assessee filed its objections to the validity of the notice and proposed reassessment vide its letter dated 10th June, 2022. The JAO passed an order u/s 148A(d) on 26th August, 2022, holding that it was fit case for reassessment on some of the grounds. Notice u/s 148 was issued manually by the JAO on 27th August, 2022, stating that the JAO had information which suggested that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment for AY 2015-16.

The assessee again approached the Bombay High Court with a writ petition, challenging the validity of notice dated 25th May, 2022, order u/s 148A(d) dated 26th August, 2022 and notice u/s 148 dated 27th August, 2022 on various grounds, including that the notice u/s 148 was invalid as it had been issued by the JAO and not by the FAO.

Before the Bombay High Court, on behalf of the assessee, besides other arguments relating to the validity of the notices, it was argued that the notice u/s 148 dated 27th August, 2022 was invalid and bad in law, being issued by the JAO, which was not in accordance with Section 151A, which gave power to the CBDT to notify the Scheme for the purpose of assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147, for issuance of notice under section 148 or for conducting of inquiry or issuance of show cause notice or passing of order under section 148A or sanction for issuance of notice under section 151.

In exercise of the powers conferred under section 151A, the CBDT issued a notification dated 29th March, 2022 after laying the same before each House of Parliament, and formulated a Scheme called “the e-Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022” (the Scheme). The Scheme provides that (a) the assessment, reassessment or recomputation under section 147 and (b) the issuance of notice under section 148 shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with Risk Management Strategy (RMS) formulated by the Board as referred to in Section 148 for issuance of notice and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in Section 144B with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. The notice dated
27th August, 2022 had been issued by the JAO and not by the NFAC, which was not in accordance with the Scheme.

On behalf of the Revenue, in relation to the jurisdiction of the JAO to issue notice u/s 148, relying on the notification dated 29th March 2022 [Notification No. 18/2022/F. No.370142/16/2022-TPL], it was submitted that:

(i) The guideline dated 1st August, 2022 issued by the CBDT includes a suggested format for issuing notice under section 148, as an Annexure to the said guideline and it requires the designation of the AO along with the office address to be mentioned and, therefore, it is clear that the JAO is required to issue the said notice and not the FAO.

(ii) ITBA step-by-step Document No. 2 dated 24th June, 2022, an internal document, regarding issuing notice under section 148 for the cases impacted by Hon’ble Supreme Court’s decision in the case of Ashish Agarwal (supra), requires the notice issued under section 148 to be physically signed by the AOs and, therefore, the JAO has jurisdiction to issue notice under section 148 and it need not be issued by FAO.

(iii) FAO and JAO have concurrent jurisdiction and merely because the Scheme has been framed under section 151A, does not mean that the jurisdiction of the JAO is ousted or that the JAO cannot issue the notice under section 148.

(iv) The notification dated 29th March, 2022 provides that the Scheme so framed, is applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B and Section 144B does not refer to issuance of notice under section 148. Hence, the notice cannot be issued by the FAO as per the said Scheme.

(v) No prejudice is caused to the assessee when the notice is issued by the JAO and, therefore, it is not open to the assessee to contend that the said notice is invalid merely because the same is not issued by the FAO.

(vi) Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023 issued by CBDT (TPL division) with the subject – “seeking inputs/comments on the issue of challenge of jurisdiction of JAO – reg.” the Office Memorandum contains the arguments of the Revenue in the context of the Scheme to submit that the notice under section 148 is required to be issued by the JAO and not FAO.
It was argued on behalf of the Revenue that no prejudice had been caused to assessee by the JAO issuing the notice, because the reassessment would be done by the FAO. As held by the Calcutta High Court in Triton Overseas (P.) Ltd. vs. Union of India 156 taxmann.com 318 (Cal.), this objection of the assessee had to be rejected.

The Bombay High Court analysed the provisions of section 151A and the notification dated 29th March, 2022 issued u/s 151A. It noted that as per the notified scheme, the issuance of notice under section 148 shall be through automated allocation, in accordance with RMS formulated by the Board as referred to in Section 148 for issuance of notice and in a faceless manner, to the extent provided in Section 144B with reference to making assessment or reassessment of total income or loss of assessee. It observed that the notice u/s 148 dated 27th August, 2022 had been issued by the JAO and not by the NFAC, which was not in accordance with the Scheme.

The Bombay High Court observed that the guidelines dated 1st August, 2022 relied upon by the Revenue were not applicable because these guidelines were internal guidelines as was clear from the endorsement on the first page of the guideline “Confidential For Departmental Circulation Only”. These guidelines were not issued under section 119 and were not binding on the assessee. According to the High Court, these guidelines were also not binding on the JAO as they were contrary to the provisions of the Act and the Scheme framed u/s 151A. The High Court referred to its decision in the case of Sofitel Realty LLP vs. ITO (TDS) 457 ITR 18 (Bom.), where the Court had held that guidelines were subordinate to the principal Act or Rules, and could not restrict or override the application of specific provisions enacted by the legislature. The Court further observed that the guidelines did not deal with or even refer to the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022 framed by the Government under section 151A. As per the Court, the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022 u/s 151A, which had also been laid before Parliament, would be binding on the Revenue, and the guideline dated 1st August, 2022 could not supersede the Scheme. If it provided anything to the contrary to the said Scheme, then that was required to be treated as invalid and bad in law.

As regards ITBA step-by-step Document No. 2 regarding issuance of notice u/s 148 relied upon by the Revenue, as per the High Court, an internal document could not depart from the explicit statutory provisions of, or supersede the Scheme framed by the Government under section 151A, which Scheme was also placed before both the Houses of Parliament. This was more so when the document did not even consider or refer to the Scheme. Further, the High Court was of the view that the document was clearly intended to be a manual/guide as to how to use the Income-tax Department’s (ITD) portal, and did not even claim to be a statement of the Revenue’s position/stand on the issue in question.

The Bombay High Court was further of the view that there was no question of concurrent jurisdiction of the JAO and the FAO for issuance of notice u/s 148 or even for passing assessment or reassessment order. When specific jurisdiction had been assigned to either the JAO or the FAO in the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, then it was to the exclusion of the other. According to the High Court, to take any other view in the matter would not only result in chaos but also render the whole faceless proceedings redundant. If the argument of Revenue was to be accepted, then even when notices were issued by the FAO, it would be open to an assessee to make submission before the JAO and vice versa, which was clearly not contemplated in the Act.

The High Court further noted that the Scheme in paragraph 3 clearly provided that the issuance of notice “shall be through automated allocation” which meant that the same was mandatory, and was required to be followed by the Department, without any discretion to the ITD to choose whether to follow it or not. “Automated allocation” was defined in paragraph 2(b) of the Scheme to mean an algorithm for randomized allocation of cases by using suitable technological tools, including artificial intelligence and machine learning, with a view to optimise the use of resources. Therefore, it meant that the case could be allocated randomly to any officer who would then have jurisdiction to issue the notice under section 148. The Court noted that it was not the ITD’s case that the JAO was the random officer who was allocated jurisdiction.

Addressing the Revenue’s argument that the Scheme so framed was applicable only ‘to the extent’ provided in Section 144B, that Section 144B did not refer to issuance of notice u/s 148 and hence the notice could not be issued by the FAO as per the said Scheme, the High Court noted that section 151A itself contemplated formulation of Scheme for both assessment, reassessment or recomputation u/s 147 as well as for issuance of notice u/s 148. Therefore, the Scheme, which covered both the aforesaid aspects of the provisions of section 151A, could not be said to be applicable only for one aspect, i.e., proceedings post the issue of notice u/s 148, being assessment, reassessment or recomputation u/s 147 and inapplicable to the issuance of notice u/s 148. According to the High Court, such an argument advanced by the Revenue would render clause 3(b) of the Scheme otiose and to be ignored or contravened, as according to the JAO, even though the Scheme specifically provided for issuance of notice u/s 148 in a faceless manner, no notice was required to be issued u/s 148 in a faceless manner. In such a situation, not only clause 3(b) but also the first two lines below clause 3(b) would be otiose, as it dealt with the aspect of issuance of notice u/s 148.

If clause 3(b) of the Scheme was not applicable, then only clause 3(a) of the Scheme remained. What was covered in clause 3(a) of the Scheme was already provided in Section 144B(1), which Section provided for faceless assessment, and covered assessment, reassessment or recomputation u/s 147. Therefore, if Revenue’s arguments were to be accepted, there was no purpose of framing a Scheme only for clause 3(a), which was in any event already covered under faceless assessment regime in Section 144B. Therefore, as per the High Court, the Revenue’s argument rendered the whole Scheme redundant. An argument which rendered the whole Scheme otiose could not be accepted as correct interpretation of the Scheme.

The High Court observed that the phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” in the Scheme was with reference to only making assessment or reassessment or total income or loss of assessee, and was not relevant for issuing notice. The phrase “to the extent provided in Section 144B of the Act” would mean that the restriction provided in Section 144B, such as keeping the International Tax Jurisdiction or Central Circle Jurisdiction out of the ambit of Section 144B, would also apply under the Scheme. Further the exceptions provided in sub-section (7) and (8) of Section 144B would also be applicable to the Scheme.

As per the Bombay High Court, when an authority acted contrary to law, the said act of the Authority was required to be quashed and set aside as invalid and bad in law, and the person seeking to quash such an action was not required to establish prejudice from the said act. An act which was done by an authority contrary to the provisions of the statute itself caused prejudice to an assessee. All assessees are entitled to be assessed as per law and by following the procedure prescribed by law. Therefore, when the Income-tax Authority proposed to act against an assessee without following the due process of law, the said action itself resulted in a prejudice to the assessee.

With respect to the Office Memorandum (OM) dated 20th February, 2023, the Bombay High Court observed that that OM merely contained the comments of the Revenue issued with the approval of Member (L&S), CBDT, and was not in the nature of a guideline or instruction issued u/s 119 so as to have any binding effect on the Revenue. Further, some of the contents of the OM were clearly contrary to the provisions of the Act and the Scheme. These were highlighted by the Court as under:

1. Paragraph 3 of the OM stated that issue of the notice u/s 148 had to be through automation in accordance with the RMS referred to in section148. The issuance of notice is not through automation but through “automated allocation”. The term “automated allocation” is defined in clause 2(1)(b) of the Scheme to mean random allocation of cases to AOs. Therefore, it is clear that the AOs are randomly selected to handle a case and it is not merely notice sought to be issued through automation.

2. Paragraph 3 of the OM stated that “To this end, as provided in section 148 of the Act, the Directorate of Systems randomly selects a number of cases based on the criteria of RMS.” The reference to “random” in the Scheme is reference to selection of AO at random and not selection of Section 148 cases at random. If the cases for issuance of notice u/s 148 are selected based on criteria of the RMS, then, obviously, the same are not randomly selected, as random means something which is chosen by chance rather than according to a plan. If the ITD’s argument is that the applicability of section 148 is on random basis, then the provisions of section 148 itself would become contrary to Article 14 of the Constitution of India as being arbitrary and unreasonable. The term ‘random’, in the Court’s view, had been used in the context of assigning the case to a random AO, i.e., an AO would be randomly chosen by the system to handle a particular case. The term ‘random’ was not used for selection of case for issuance of notice u/s 148 as had been alleged by the Revenue in the OM. Further, in paragraph 3.2 of the OM, with respect to the reassessment proceedings, the reference to ‘random allocation’ had correctly been made as random allocation of cases to the Assessment Units by the NFAC. The Court observed that when random allocation was with reference to officer for reassessment, then the same would equally apply for issuance of notice u/s 148.

3. The conclusion in paragraph 3 of the OM that “Therefore, as provided in the scheme the notice u/s 148 of the Act is issued on automated allocation of cases to the AO based on the risk management criteria” was also held to be factually incorrect and on the basis of incorrect interpretation of the Scheme by the High Court. Clause 2(1)(b) of the Scheme, which defined ‘automated allocation’, did not provide that the automated allocation of case to the AO was based on the risk management criteria. The reference to risk management criteria in clause 3 of the Scheme was to the effect that the notice u/s 148 should be in accordance with the RMS formulated by the board, which was in accordance with Explanation 1 to Section 148.

4. In paragraph 3.1 of the OM, it was stated that the cases selected prior to issuance of notice are decided on the basis of an algorithm as per RMS and are, therefore, randomly selected. It was further stated that these cases are ‘flagged’ to the JAO by the Directorate of Systems, the JAO does not have any control over the process and has no way of predicting or determining beforehand whether the case will be ‘flagged’ by the system. The contention of the Revenue is that only cases which are ‘flagged’ by the system as per the RMS formulated by CBDT can be considered by the AO for reopening. In clause (i) in Explanation 1 to Section 148, the term “flagged” has been deleted by the Finance Act, 2022, with effect from 1st April, 2022. In any case, whether only cases which are flagged can be reopened or not is not relevant to decide the scope of the Scheme framed under section 151A.

5. As regards the statement in paragraph 3.1 of the OM that “Therefore, whether JAO or NFAC should issue such notice is decided by administration keeping in mind the end result of natural justice to the assessees as well as completion of required procedure in a reasonable time”, the High Court was of the opinion that there was no such power given to the administration under either Section 151A or under the Scheme. The Scheme was clear and categorical that notice u/s 148 shall be issued through automated allocation and in a faceless manner.

6. The statement in paragraph 3.3 of the OM that “Here it is pertinent to note that the said notification does not state whether the notices to be issued by the NFAC or the Jurisdictional Assessing Officer (“JAO”)……It states that issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act shall be through automated allocation in accordance with the RMS and that the assessment shall be in faceless manner to the extent provided in section 144B of the Act” was also held to be erroneous by the High Court. The Scheme was categoric that the notice u/s 148 was to be issued through automated allocation and in a faceless manner. The Scheme clearly provided that the notice u/s 148 of the Act was required to be issued by NFAC and not the JAO. Further, unlike as canvassed by Revenue that only the assessment shall be in faceless manner, the Scheme was very clear that both the issuance of notice and assessment shall be in faceless manner.

7. In paragraph 5 of the OM, a completely unsustainable and illogical submission had been made that Section 151A considers that procedures may be modified under the Act or laid out, considering the technological feasibility at the time. Reading the Scheme along with Section 151A made it clear that neither the Section or the Scheme spoke about the detailed specifics of the procedure to be followed therein. The argument of the Revenue that Section 151A considered that the procedure may be modified under the Act was without appreciating that if the procedure was required to be modified, then that would require modification of the notified Scheme. It was not open to the Revenue to refuse to follow the Scheme as the Scheme was clearly mandatory and was required to be followed by all AOs.

8. The argument of the Revenue in paragraph 5.1 of the OM that the Section and Scheme had left it to the administration to devise and modify procedures with time while remaining confined to the principles laid down in the said Section and Scheme, was without appreciating that one of the main principles laid down in the Scheme was that the notice u/s 148 was required to be issued through automated allocation and in a faceless manner.

The Bombay High Court refused to treat the Calcutta High Court decision in Triton Overseas (supra) as a precedent, since the Calcutta High Court had passed the order without considering the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022. The Calcutta High Court had only referred to the OM dated 20th February, 2023, which had been considered by the Bombay High Court. The Bombay High Court expressed its agreement with the decision of the Telangana High Court in the case of Kankanala Ravindra Reddy vs. ITO 295 Taxman 652, which had held that in view of the provisions of Section 151A read with the Scheme dated 29th March, 2022, the notices issued by the JAOs were invalid and bad in law.

The Bombay High Court therefore held that the notice u/s 148 was invalid and bad in law, being issued by the JAO, as the same was not in accordance with Section 151A.

The view taken in this decision of the Bombay High Court was followed in many more subsequent decisions of the Bombay High Court, and by other High Courts in the cases of Govind Singh vs. ITO 300 Taxman 216 (HP), Jatinder Singh Bhangu vs. Union of India 466 ITR 474 (P&H), and Jasjit Singh vs. Union of India 467 ITR 52 (P&H).

T K S BUILDERS’ CASE

The issue came up again for consideration before the Delhi High Court in the case of TKS Builders (P) Ltd v ITO 167 taxmann.com 759. A bunch of other appeals were also decided along with this.

In this case, a notice u/s 148 (pre-amendment) was issued on 31st March 2021. This was challenged by way of a writ petition. The writ petition was decided along with Suman Jeet Agarwal vs. ITO 2022 SCC OnLine Del 3141, and interim orders were passed on 24th March, 2022 restraining the tax authorities from taking any coercive action against the assessee in pursuance of the notice u/s 148. Subsequently, on 4th May, 2022, the Supreme Court pronounced its judgment in Ashish Agarwal (supra), treating all such notices issued under the pre-amended section 148 as notices issued u/s 148A(b) as inserted with effect from 1.4.2021.

Pursuant to the decision in Ashish Agarwal (supra), a notice u/s 148A(b) was issued to the assessee on 2nd June, 2022. The assessee furnished a response to that notice on 15th June, 2022. As per the procedure prescribed in Section 148A, the JAO passed an order u/s 148A(d) dated 22nd July 2022 rejecting the objections against reassessment. This was followed by issue of a notice u/s 148 of the same date.

Pursuant to Asish Agarwal’s decision, the Delhi High Court passed orders in Suman Jeet Agarwal and bunched cases on 27th September, 2022, reported as Suman Jeet Agarwal vs. ITO 449 ITR 517. Pursuant to this decision of the Delhi High Court, another notice u/s 148A(b) dated 28th October 2022 was issued to the assessee. This was followed by an order u/s 148A(d) dated 13th December, 2022 along with a notice u/s 148 of the same date. Although a final reassessment order dated 24th May, 2023 was passed, this order refers to the notice u/s 148 dated 22nd July, 2022. The assessee filed a writ petition against this order of reassessment.

The challenge to the notice u/s 148 was primarily based on the argument that, after the introduction of sections 144B and 151A read together with the E- Assessment of Income Escaping Assessment Scheme, 2022, the JAO would stand denuded of jurisdiction to commence proceedings u/s 148.

On behalf of the assessee, it was argued that once the Revenue had chosen to adopt the faceless procedure for assessment even in respect of reassessment, the JAO would have no authority to invoke Section 148. Reliance was placed on the decisions in the cases of Kankanala Ravindra Reddy (supra), Hexaware Technologies (supra), Venkatramana Reddy Patloola vs. Dy CIT 2024 SCC Online TS 1792, Rama Narayan Sah vs. Union of India 299 Taxman 276 (Gau), Jatinder Singh Bhangu vs. Union of India (supra) for this proposition.

The Delhi High Court observed that in the decision in Hexaware Technologies (supra), a detailed reference was made to an Office Memorandum dated 20th February, 2023. However, that document was actually the instructions provided to counsels for the Revenue in connection with the batch of writ petitions pending before that High Court. They were thus rightly construed as not being statutory instructions which the CBDT is otherwise empowered to issue under the Act.

The Delhi High Court, keeping in mind that its decision was likely to have an impact on a large number of matters, passed a direction on 29th August 2024 for an appropriate affidavit being filed by the Revenue, bearing in mind the larger ramifications of an action annulling innumerable notices which had come to be issued in the meanwhile. Accordingly, a detailed affidavit was filed by the Revenue. The points made in this affidavit included:

1. As envisioned in s.148, the Directorate of Systems randomly selects a number of cases based on the criteria of the RMS. The AO has no role to play in such selection. Consequent to such selection, the information is made available to the AO who, with the prior approval of specified authority, determines which of these cases are fit for proceedings u/s 147 as per the procedure provided in s.148A.

2. The scheme provides for randomized allocation of cases, to ensure fair and reasonableness in the selection of cases. In the procedure for issuance of notice u/s 148, this is ensured, as cases selected prior to issuance of the notice are decided on the basis of an algorithm as per the RMS and are, therefore, randomly selected.

3. Such cases are flagged to the JAO by the Directorate of Systems and the JAO does not have any control over the process.

4. The cases are selected on the basis of RMS in a random manner, and the JAO has no way of predicting or determining beforehand whether a case will be flagged by the Systems.

5. Consequent to the issuance of notice u/s 148 as per the procedure discussed above, cases are again randomly allocated to the Assessment Units by the National Faceless Assessment Centre as per Section 144B(1)(i).

6. Under the provisions of the Act, both the JAO as well as units under NFAC have concurrent jurisdiction. The Act does not distinguish between JAO or NFAC with respect to jurisdiction over a case. This is further corroborated by the fact that u/s 144B, the records in a case are transferred back to the JAO as soon as the assessment proceedings are completed.

7. Since s.144B does not provide for issuance of notice u/s 148, there is no ambiguity in the fact that the JAO still has jurisdiction to issue notice u/s 148.

8. The parent section 151A considers that procedures may be modified under the Act or laid down considering their technological feasibility at the time.

9. The Scheme lays down that the issuance of notice u/s 148 shall be through automated allocation in accordance with the RMS, and that the assessment shall be in a faceless manner to the extent provided in s. 144B.

10. The specifics of the various parts of the procedure will evolve with time as the technology evolves and the structures in the ITD change. The Section and the scheme have left it to the administration to devise and modify procedures with time, while remaining confined to the principles laid down in the Section and scheme. By conducting the procedures at two levels, one with the JAO and other with NFAC, an attempt has been made to introduce checks and balances within the system that the assessee can submit evidences and can avail opportunity of hearing prior to commencement of any proceedings under the Act.

11. Re-assessment proceedings consequent to the issuance of notice conducted as per the faceless assessment ensures convenience of the assessee, equitable distribution of workload among the officers and is also compatible with the technological abilities in the ITD as on date, to ensure a procedure which is seamless, reasonable and fair for the assessee.

On behalf of the Revenue, attention of the Court was drawn to the evolution of the Faceless Assessment Scheme. The various Faceless Schemes, as envisaged in the Act, were placed on record. Statutory provisions relevant to Faceless Scheme of Assessment were also considered, including sections 135A, 144B, 148 and 151A, and the Faceless Re-Assessment Scheme, 2022.

The Delhi High Court observed that with the advent of technology, the Revenue appeared to have over a course of time adopted new tools for assembling, accumulation and analysis of data embedded in the millions of returns which came to be filed every financial year, adopting measures such as Computer Aided Scrutiny Selection, Annual Information Return data and Central Information Branch data. These measures appeared to have been formulated in order to aid and assist the Revenue with respect to scrutiny assessment, investigation and evaluation.

The Instructions issued by the ITD from time to time, which assisted in appreciating how these new technological capabilities had been deployed by the ITD to aid it in the discharge of its functions, were also placed before the High Court. The order u/s 119 dated 6th September, 2021 and amending order dated 22nd September, 2021, which chronicled various categories of cases which would stand excluded from faceless assessment, were placed before the High Court, as well as the Instructions issued by the Directorate of Systems dated 16th November 2023, relating to the utilization of the Insight Portal and selection of cases in accordance with the RMS as formulated. The Notification issued u/s 120 dated 13th August 2020, which designated the authorities charged with the conduct of faceless assessment in respect of various territorial areas, was also brought to the notice of the High Court.

The Delhi High Court analysed the evolution of the Faceless Assessment Scheme. It noted that the common thread underlying the various facets of the evolving faceless assessment regime from its inception till the present, had been the felt need to enhance efficiency, transparency and accountability in the process of assessment and reducing the human interface between the AO and the assessee. It further noticed that despite the expressed intent to altogether eliminate the interface between the AO and the assessee, both the Notifications of 12th September, 2019 as well as of 13th August, 2020 had not excluded the involvement of the JAO completely and in the course of the faceless assessment process. As per the High Court, the ITD appeared to have been at all times, cautious of not precluding the involvement of JAO within the faceless assessment process. The retention of the JAO in certain phases of the assessment process reflected a balanced approach, aiming to preserve transparency and efficiency while ensuring that complex issues received appropriate attention from a qualified and experienced AO.

The High Court illustrated this by reference to:

1. the Notification of 12th September, 2019 which mandated that NFAC, after the completion of assessment, would transfer all electronic records of the case to the JAO under certain circumstances;

2. the Notification dated 13th August, 2020, which had introduced amendments to the previous Notification of 12th September, 2019, and had contemplated the role of the JAO in the faceless assessment scheme for transfer of case records, for transfer of case to the AO, and for transfer of case records of penalty proceedings.

The High Court observed that the principal question which arose for its consideration was whether s.144B precluded the JAO from initiating proceedings for reassessment in terms as contemplated u/s 148 and in accordance with the procedure prescribed in s. 148A. Analysing the provisions of s.151A, the High Court noted that as was manifest from the plain language of that provision, the underlying objective of such a scheme was to meet the legislative objective of eliminating the interface between an income tax authority and the assessee, optimal utilization of resources through economies of scale and functional specializations, the introduction of team based assessment, reassessment, recomputation as well as issuance or sanction of notices. Such team-based assessment was intended to be in accordance with the randomized allocation of cases and thus the usage of the expression “dynamic jurisdiction”.

As per the High Court, both section 144B as well as section 151A sought to introduce a system in terms of which assessment or reassessment proceedings could be entrusted to Assessment Units which would be randomly identified. Section 144B and the Explanation appended thereto defined an “automated allocation system” to mean an algorithm for randomised allocation of cases with the aid of suitable technological tools and which were envisaged to extend to the employment of artificial intelligence and machine learning. From a reading of Clause 3 of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme, 2022, assessment, reassessment or recomputation u/s 147 as well as issuance of notice u/s 148 was to be by way of an automated allocation and in a faceless manner to the extent provided in Section 144B. Clause 3 also used the expression “…..in accordance with risk management strategy formulated by the Board as referred to in Section 148 of the Act……”. The reference to RMS in the scheme was clearly intended to align with the concept of information which was spoken of in Explanations 1 and 2 of Section 148. According to the High Court, both Explanations 1 and 2 of Section 148 were of critical importance.

The Delhi High Court then went on to elaborate upon the underlying scheme and objective of the RMS which came to be formulated by the Board as well as other data analytical measures which came to be adopted for the purposes of assessment under the Act. The RMS was preceded by the adoption of various technological tools by the ITD for the purposes of analysing returns, extracting data and information pertaining to the constituents of the tax base of the country and the selection of appropriate cases for scrutiny and other measures contemplated under the Act. It noted the response made by the Minister of State for Finance in the Rajya Sabha on 7th December, 2021, where he stated that for the purposes of scrutiny, cases are selected randomly through the CASS process and “in an identity blind manner”. The High Court observed that it would thus appear that by this time, the ITD clearly had in place selection criteria which took into consideration various risk parameters, and which would operate as red flags enabling and assisting the ITD to assess or reassess as well as to scrutinize in a more effective and efficient manner. This process used data analytics and algorithms to identify cases that may need closer inspection based on specific risk parameters, such as unusual financial activity, discrepancies in tax returns, or high-value transactions. The CASS process minimised human intervention in the selection phase, aiming to make the scrutiny process more objective, efficient, and unbiased by focusing on risk-based criteria rather than manual selection.

On the concept of RMS, the High Court took note of the Insight Instruction No. 71 issued by the Directorate of Income Tax (Systems) specifically addressing this approach. As per the Instruction, RMS and the creation of an Insight Portal were digital tools created internally by the ITD in order to enable an AO to holistically evaluate individual returns, map returns that may be found to be connected and a data set thus becoming available to be used for exploratory, statistical and perhaps even inferential analysis. The Insight Portal thus assimilated data pertaining to each individual assessee across broad parameters, stretching from comparative income tax return information, financial profiles and asset details amongst various other factors. The Insight Portal thus integrated a comprehensive dataset for each individual assessee, encompassing a wide range of parameters. These included comparative analyses of income tax return histories, detailed financial profiles, asset holdings, and additional relevant financial and transactional information. This data assimilation allowed for a nuanced view of each taxpayer’s financial standing and reporting consistency across multiple dimensions. The Insight Instruction dated 16th November 2023 disclosed that the data so collected was made visible to the JAOs on the verification module of the Insight Portal. This enabled the JAO to test the completeness of disclosures made by an individual assessee against material aggregated by the system.

In addition, the Insight Portal enabled the JAO to access a Transaction Number Sequence hyperlink which would disclose the following information pertaining to that particular assessee: (a) bank account (b) aggregate gross amount related to the account (c) cash deposits in that account and (d) information with respect to immovable property transactions and other relevant details. This feature allowed JAOs to verify if a taxpayer‘s information was complete and consistent with the data gathered by the system, making it easier to catch any missing links or inaccurate information.

The Delhi High Court emphasised that the extensive framework of information which was collected, structured and made available on the Insight Portal represented data which was made visible solely to the JAO. This entire spectrum of data, information and comprehensive insight was not digitally pushed to the NFAC in the first instance. The High Court noted that the Directorate of Income Tax (Systems) was accorded the ability to randomly select cases which may have been cross referenced on the basis of the criteria and factors on which the RMS was founded. Upon such cases coming to be randomly selected and flagged, the cases so identified were then forwarded to the concerned JAO. What the ITD sought to emphasize was that the cases which were selected by the Directorate of Income Tax (Systems) based on the RMS was an exercise independently undertaken, with the JAO having no control over the selection process. It was in that light that the ITD asserted that the JAO could neither predict nor determine beforehand whether a case would be flagged by the Directorate of Income Tax (Systems).

The High Court observed that besides the technological aspects and analytical tools, the Act itself enabled the JAO itself to select cases which may merit further inquiry or investigation on the basis of information as defined. Explanation 1 to s.148 enabled an AO to form an opinion that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment on the basis of (a) information which came to light through the RMS (b) an audit objection (c) information received under agreements with nations (d) information made available to the JAO in terms of a scheme notified u/s 135A or (e) information on which further action was warranted in consequence to an order of a Tribunal or a Court. The Act therefore permitted reassessment not only on RMS data, but also on a variety of other specified inputs, ensuring a broader foundation for initiating reassessment. Under Explanation 2 to Section 148, the material that may be gathered in the course of a search or survey also thus constituted information which came to be placed in the hands of the JAO and which may form the basis for formation of opinion of whether reassessment was merited.

The High Court then took note of the provisions of the Act which broadly identified sources from which information may be gathered by an AO for the purposes of assessment, including sections 133, 133A, 133B and 133C. It took note of the scheme for the purposes of calling for information notified u/s 135A, the powers to make reference to a Valuation officer u/s 142A and the scheme notified u/s 142B for the purposes of faceless inquiry or valuation.

The Delhi High Court then went on to consider provisions of the Act incorporated for the purposes of delineating jurisdictional boundaries and conferment of powers amongst income tax authorities, including sections 120 and 127. It noted that power to transfer a case for the purpose of centralised assessment could be exercised so as to place a particular batch of cases before any AO, irrespective of whether it had been empowered to exercise concurrent jurisdiction. The Court noted that the CBDT notifications issued for the purposes of facilitating conduct of faceless assessment and which in ambiguous terms provided that the authorities so designated in those notifications would exercise powers and discharge functions of an AO ”concurrently”, were of equal significance.

Under section 127, cases originally assigned to one officer or jurisdiction could be reassigned, grouping similar cases together for efficient handling. This power to transfer cases allowed a group of cases to be examined by a particular AO, regardless of whether that officer had authority over the cases initially. The CBDT had also issued notifications to facilitate faceless assessments, where assessments were handled without in-person interaction between the tax official and the taxpayer. These notifications allowed designated tax authorities to share the powers and duties of an AO in a concurrent manner, meaning multiple officers or authorities could simultaneously exercise the functions of an AO, especially in a faceless system. Besides, Section 144B itself conferred a power upon the Principal Chief Commissioner or the Principal Director General to transfer cases to the JAO.

The Delhi High Court took note of the deletion of sub-section (9) of section 144B by the Finance Act 2022, and the explanation given in the Explanatory Memorandum. This provided that assessment proceedings shall be void if the procedure mentioned in the section was not followed. A large number of disputes had been raised under that sub-section involving technical issues arising due to use of information technology, leading to unnecessary litigation, and hence this provision was deleted. According to the High Court, this captured the legislative intent to create an effective, fair, and flexible tax assessment process that balanced structured jurisdictional roles with the adaptability needed for centralized, faceless assessments. Notably, among the various factors that influenced this decision, what is not lost was the delicate balance sought to be struck by the Legislature between procedural adherence and practical efficiency. The Legislature recognised that while strict procedural compliance was fundamental to maintaining fairness and transparency in the assessment process, an inflexible adherence to procedure—especially in a digital and faceless assessment environment—could inadvertently lead to administrative bottlenecks and a surge in litigation. The legislature sought to ensure that the intent of the law was not overshadowed by technicalities.

The High Court observed that it became apparent that the procedure formulated and introduced by virtue of Section 144B, while undeniably transformative and disruptive and transformational, was also in many ways transitional and representative of a phased and evolving process. Various categories of cases were from inception excluded specifically from the ambit of faceless assessment. Section 144B, when it originally came to be inserted in the statute, stood confined to assessments under Sections 143(3) and 144. The words “reassessment”, ”recomputation” came to be added subsequently by virtue of Finance Act, 2022. It was this Amending Act which also added the words “Section 147” specifically in Section 144B. As the court read the section, the focal point and the nucleus of faceless assessment primarily appeared to be the assessment and analysis of returns which had been filed electronically and were to go through the rigors of regular assessment. This position emerged from a reading of the elaborate provisions contained therein and which in minute detail provided how returns were, generally under the faceless scheme, liable to be scrutinised and assessed, the random allocation of those cases to different Assessment Units, the conferment of dynamic jurisdiction upon Assessment Units, the internal review procedure pertaining to draft orders, issuance of notices and a host of other facets pertaining to assessment in general.

The High Court noted that of critical significance was the absence of any provision of Section 144B seeking to regulate the commencement of reassessment action as contemplated under Sections 147, 148 and 148A. The provision was conspicuously silent with respect to commencement of action u/s 147. Of equal importance was the fact that although Section 144B described the various steps to be taken in the course of assessment and assigned roles to different constituents of the NFAC, it did not, at least explicitly, incorporate any machinery provisions which may be read as intended to regulate the pre-issuance stages of a notice u/s 148. While it was true that Section 144B did specifically refer to reassessment, the Court was of the view that the significance of that insertion would perhaps have to adjudged bearing in mind the interpretation of the scheme for reassessment which had been advocated for the Court’s consideration by the ITD. The Court was of the view that this not only appealed to reason but may also be the more sustainable view to adopt if one were to harmoniously interpret the provisions of the Act alongside the schemes for faceless assessment coupled with the underlying objectives of reducing human interface. This approach sought to ensure that the reassessment scheme functioned in concert with the faceless assessment framework.

The Delhi High Court observed that a reassessment need not in all conceivable contingencies be triggered by a return that an assessee may choose to lodge electronically. It is a complex process driven by multiple factors that extend far beyond the initial filing of a return. As per explanations 1 and 2 of Section 148, reassessment may be commenced on the basis of information that may otherwise come to be placed in the hands of the JAO. It may be initiated if an audit objection were flagged and placed for the consideration of the JAO. Material unearthed in the course of a search or material, books of accounts or documents requisitioned under Section 132A could also constitute the basis for initiation of reassessment. Material gathered in the course of survey may also be the basis of formation of opinion as to whether income had escaped assessment. These are not founded on the material or data which may be available with NFAC.

The statute thus clearly conceived of various scenarios where the case of an assessee may be selected for examination and scrutiny on the basis of information and material that fell into the hands of the JAO directly or was otherwise made available with or without the aid of the RMS. The High Court was of the opinion that it would therefore be erroneous to view Section 144B as constituting the solitary basis for initiation of reassessment. Section 144B was primarily procedural and was principally concerned with prescribing the manner in which a faceless assessment may be conducted as opposed to constituting a source of power to assess or reassess in itself. The Dehi High Court observed that Section 144B was not intended to establish a substantive basis for the exercise of reassessment powers; rather, it was inherently procedural. Its function was confined to outlining the processes through which faceless assessments were to be conducted, ensuring efficiency and consistency in the manner of assessment rather than determining the substantive grounds upon which reassessment was founded. Therefore, Section 144B was procedural, forming part of the broader legislative framework aimed at structuring the assessment process without encroaching upon the substantive grounds for reassessment itself. That provision was not the singular and exclusive repository of the power to assess as contemplated under the Act.

The randomized allocation of cases based on the adopted algorithm and the use of technological tools, including artificial intelligence and machine learning, appeared to be primarily aimed at subserving the primary objective of faceless assessment, namely, of reducing a direct interface, for reasons of probity and to obviate allegations of individual arbitrariness. However, as per the High Court, it was wholly incorrect to view the faceless assessment scheme as introduced by virtue of Section 144B as being the solitary route which the Act contemplated being tread for the purposes of assessment and reassessment.

The core attributes of the faceless assessment system revolved around the principle of randomised allocation, where ‘random’ in its literal sense meant that case assignments were made without any predetermined or controlling factor. This principle was a deliberate feature of the faceless assessment framework, aimed at reducing direct human interaction — a facet historically susceptible to biases and potential misconduct. By substituting the human element with a carefully designed algorithm, the system restricted human involvement to only those essential stages, thereby enhancing fairness and accountability.

The High Court observed that Section 144B therefore played a crucial role by establishing the procedural mechanisms for faceless assessments, specifically through the random allocation of cases to different Assessment Units. However, to read into Section 144B a substantive basis for assessments and reassessments would extend its role beyond its intended design. The section‘s true function lay in facilitating an unbiased, algorithm-driven distribution of cases, supporting the overarching objective of minimizing direct human interaction in the assessment process. As per the High Court, it would be incorrect to interpret Section 144B as the sole pathway envisioned by the Act for conducting assessments or initiating reassessments. Instead, it should be recognised as one component within a broader statutory framework that provides multiple avenues for the lawful assessment and reassessment of returns.

The Delhi High Court further observed that the conferred jurisdiction upon authorities for the purposes of faceless assessment itself used the expression “concurrently”. That word would mean contemporaneous or in conjunction with, as opposed to a complete ouster of the authority otherwise conferred upon an authority under the Act. This too was clearly demonstrative of the Act not intending to deprive the JAO completely of the power to reassess. In understanding the concept of concurrent jurisdiction, it was essential to recognise that the retention of a human element within the broader framework of the National Faceless Assessment Centre (NeAC) does not conflict with the powers held by the JAO. Rather, as per the High Court, this setup must be viewed as complementary, reinforcing both accountability and adaptability within the assessment process.

The Delhi High Court referred to its decision in the case of Sanjay Gandhi Memorial Trust vs CIT(E) 455 ITR 164,where it had been concluded that, while the faceless system centralised case handling through the NFAC, this framework did not completely replace or nullify the JAO‘s role. It held that the CBDT notifications further affirmed this shared responsibility, specifying that the NFAC and the JAO hold concurrent jurisdiction, thereby allowing the faceless system to conduct assessments without stripping the JAO of its foundational authority. In this way, the High Court had held in that case that the JAO‘s retention of original jurisdiction provided a critical balance, ensuring that human oversight remained available within the faceless assessment structure when needed, and that the JAO‘s authority was not merely residual but an active, complementary role that reinforced the flexibility of the assessment system.

The Delhi High Court stated that in that case, the Court came to the firm conclusion that irrespective of the system of faceless assessment that had come to be introduced and adopted, it would be wholly incorrect to hold or construe the provisions of the Act as denuding the JAO of the authority to undertake an assessment or of the said authority being completely deprived of authority and jurisdiction. According to the High Court, the judgment in Sanjay Gandhi Memorial Trust (supra) was a resounding answer to the challenge as raised by the writ petitions before it, and reinforced its conclusion of the two permissible modes of assessment being complementary, and the Act envisaging a coexistence of the two modes.

Besides, according to the Delhi High Court, if the position canvassed on behalf of the assessee were to be accepted, the provisions relating to the various sources of information which the JAO stood independently enabled to access and which could constitute material justifying initiation of reassessment, would be rendered a complete dead letter and the information so gathered becoming worthless and incapable of being acted upon. This is because such information is firstly provided to the JAO and it is that authority which is statutorily obliged to assess and evaluate the same in the first instance.

The Delhi High Court held that within the framework of the faceless assessment system, the JAO retained powers that do not conflict with, but rather complement, the objectives of neutrality and efficiency. The faceless assessment scheme centralised processes under the Faceless Assessing Officer (FAO) to reduce direct interaction. However, this structure did not diminish the JAO‘s authority. Instead, the JAO‘s retained jurisdiction was vital for ensuring continuity and accountability, acting as a complementary element to the faceless assessment framework. the JAO‘s powers should be understood as integral and not in conflict with faceless assessment. Rather, it represented a foundational jurisdictional safeguard, enabling the JAO to initiate reassessment based on independent, credible sources of information. This concurrent authority of the JAO reinforced the integrity and adaptability of the faceless system, ensuring that both centralised and jurisdictional assessments operated cohesively within the larger statutory framework.

The High Court also noted that an Assessing Unit of the NFAC derived no authority or jurisdiction till such time as a case was randomly allocated to it, which triggered the assessment process in accordance with the procedure prescribed by Section 144B. The evaluation of data and information would precede the actual process of assessment. As per the Delhi High Court, if the interpretation which was advocated by the assessee were to be countenanced, the appraisal and analysis of information and data functions which the Act entrusted upon the JAO would be rendered wholly unworkable and clearly be contrary to the purpose and intent of the assessment power as constructed under the Act. Eliminating the JAO’s role altogether would not only fail to further these goals but could actually compromise the system‘s functionality and flexibility. The JAO‘s retained powers, particularly in accessing and evaluating specific information sources for reassessment, played a critical role in supplementing the centralized, algorithm-driven processes of faceless assessment. By allowing the JAO to operate in conjunction with the FAO, the Act ensured that both roles work complementarily to deliver comprehensive and balanced assessments. Far from conflicting with the faceless system, the JAO‘s role enhanced it, ensuring that assessments remained grounded in thorough investigation.

The Delhi High Court observed that the decisions of various High Courts which had taken a contrary view, had proceeded on the basis that consequent to faceless assessment coming into force by virtue of Section 144B, the JAO stood completely deprived of jurisdiction. In Hexaware Technologies (supra), a specific issue with respect to the validity of the notice came to be raised, with it being argued that once the scheme of faceless reassessment had come to be promulgated, the JAO would stand denuded of jurisdiction. The Delhi High Court noted that apart from the Faceless E-Assessment Scheme 2022 itself and the instructions which were provided to counsel appearing for the Revenue, most of the High Courts did not appear to have had the benefit of reviewing the copious material which the counsel for the Revenue had so painstakingly assimilated and placed for the Delhi High Court’s consideration. They also did not appear to have had the advantage of a principled stand of the Revenue having been placed on the record of those proceedings.

In Hexaware Technologies (supra), the Bombay High Court ultimately came to conclude that there could be no question of a concurrent jurisdiction of the JAO and the FAO for issuance of notice u/s 148. From a reading of the record, the Delhi High Court observed that it was unclear whether the notifications conferring jurisdiction on authorities of the NFAC for the purposes of conducting faceless assessment was placed before the Bombay High Court. At least the decision made no reference to the notification of 13th August, 2020, which had been produced in the proceedings before the Delhi High Court, and which in clear and unambiguous terms declared that the officers empowered to conduct faceless assessment were being conferred concurrent powers and functions of the AO. The Delhi High Court therefore expressed its inability to concur with Hexaware Technologies decision, bearing in mind the various sources of information and material which may assist a JAO in forming an opinion as to whether income had escaped assessment and which had been commented upon earlier.

The Delhi High Court observed that the other High Courts too as well as subsequent decisions of the Bombay High Court did not appear to have had the advantage of reviewing and analysing the material that had been placed by the Revenue in the proceedings before the Delhi High Court. In Ram Narayan Sah’s case (supra), though the Delhi High Court decision in the case of Sanjay Gandhi Memorial Trust (supra) was cited before it, the judgment of the Gauhati High Court neither entered any reservation nor did it record any reasons which may have assisted the Delhi High Court in discerning what weighed with the Gauhati High Court to brush aside the aspect of concurrent jurisdiction. The Delhi High Court stated that unlike prior cases where certain High Courts, including in Hexaware Technologies (supra), were not provided with the full spectrum of relevant notifications and contextual information, the extensive documentation in the matter before it had helped clarify ambiguities in both law and fact. This record had allowed for a deeper analysis, addressing key points left unexamined in previous judgments, and had illuminated the legislative and procedural intentions behind the faceless assessment scheme, particularly the concurrent jurisdiction between the JAO and FAO.

The Delhi High Court further observed that in a recent decision rendered by the Gujarat High Court, in the case of Talati and Talati LLP vs. Office of ACIT 167 taxmann.com 371, a view had been expressed which appeared to be in tune with the conclusions which the Delhi High Court had reached.

Referring to clause 3 of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme 2022, which provided that assessment, reassessment or recomputation u/s 147 as well as issuance of notice u/s 148 would be through automated allocation in accordance with the risk management strategy and in a faceless manner, the Delhi High Court observed that from the punctuation, by the placement of commas, it appeared to have been the clear intent of the author to separate and segregate the phases of initiation of action in accordance with RMS, the formation of opinion whether circumstances warrant action u/s 148 being undertaken by issuance of notice, and the actual undertaking of assessment itself. As per the Delhi High Court, beyond the specific use of punctuation within Clause 3, a comprehensive reading of the Faceless Reassessment Scheme 2022, supported by the extensive material presented by the Revenue, bolstered the clear intent underlying each phase of the faceless assessment process.

The Delhi High Court stated that the Revenue would appear to be correct in its submission that when material comes to be placed in the hands of the JAO by the RMS, he would consequently be entitled to initiate the process of reassessment by following the procedure prescribed u/s 148A. If after consideration of the objections that are preferred, he stood firm in his opinion that income was likely to have escaped assessment, he would transmit the relevant record to the NFAC. It is at that stage and on receipt of the said material by NFAC that the concepts of automated allocation and faceless distribution would come into play. The actual assessment would thus be conducted in a faceless manner and in accordance with an allocation that the NFAC would make. In the opinion of the Delhi High Court, this would be the only legally sustainable construction liable to be accorded to the scheme. This conclusion would thus strike a harmonious balance between the evaluation of information made available to an AO, the preliminary consideration of information for the purposes of formation of opinion and its ultimate assessment in a faceless manner.

The Delhi High Court stated that it was guided by the principles of beneficial construction, to the effect that avoiding an interpretation that would render portions of the Act or the Faceless Assessment Scheme superfluous or ineffective should be avoided. To assert that the JAO‘s powers become redundant under the faceless assessment framework would conflict with beneficial construction, as it would undermine provisions specifically established to support comprehensive data analysis and informed decision-making, such as the JAO‘s access to RMS and Insight Portal information.

The Delhi High Court therefore dismissed the writ petitions filed before it.

OBSERVATIONS

From the text of the decisions in Hexaware Technologies (supra) and those of other High Courts which decided the matter, besides the Delhi High Court, none of the other High Courts had the occasion to examine the Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2022 and the notifications issued for that purpose, in such minute detail as was done by the Delhi High Court. The Delhi High Court went into the object of the Scheme, the manner in which it was to be implemented and the difficulties faced in implementing it and how these were resolved.

In particular, the notification NO. S.O. 2757 [NO. 65/2020/F.NO. 187/3/2020-ITA-I] dated 13th August, 2020, was not considered by those High Courts. This specified as under:

“In pursuance of the powers conferred by sub-sections (1), (2) and (5) of section 120 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (43 of 1961) (hereinafter referred to as the said Act, the Central Board of Direct Taxes hereby directs that the Income-tax Authorities of Regional e-Assessment Centres(hereinafter referred to as the ReACs) specified in Column (2) of the Schedule below, having their headquarters at the places mentioned in column (3) of the said Schedule, shall exercise the powers and functions of Assessing Officers concurrently, to facilitate the conduct of Faceless Assessment proceedings in respect of territorial areas mentioned in the column (4), persons or classes of persons mentioned in the column (5) and cases or classes of cases mentioned in the column (6) of the Schedule-1 of the notification No. 50 of 2014 in S.O. 2752 (E), dated the 22nd October, 2014 published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary Part II, section 3, sub-section (ii):”

Had this notification been brought to the attention of the other High Courts, they may perhaps have taken a different view of the matter.

Further, the Revenue filed a detailed affidavit, explaining the logic of various provisions of and governing the Scheme. The Delhi High Court therefore had the opportunity to examine in detail the role of the JAO, the role of the FAO, and the logic behind the bifurcation of the activities of reassessment. Such details were not before the other High Courts. Again, had all such material been before the other High Courts as well, perhaps those decisions may have been otherwise.

One aspect does not seem to have been considered by the Delhi High Court — the purpose of introduction of section 151A. The Delhi High Court has expressed a view that the JAO would be entitled to initiate the process of reassessment by following the procedure u/s. 148A, and thereafter he would transmit the relevant records to the NFAC. The role of NFAC would come into play only after receiving the said materials from the JAO. If the view is taken that section 151A was inserted with effect from 1st November, 2022 by the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 only to permit conduct of faceless reassessment proceedings by the NFAC, it may be seen that such a practice was prevalent even before the insertion of Section 151A. The Faceless Assessment Scheme, 2019 as amended by Notification No. 61/2020 dated 13-8-2020 specifically provided for reassessment in pursuance of notices issued under Section 148 also in a faceless manner. Therefore, effectively, there was no change in the position, post insertion of Section 151A, with respect to when the role of NFAC would come into play, If the view is taken that section 151A was inserted only to facilitate faceless reassessment proceedings and not for issue of notice u/s 148, it will render the provisions of Section 151A redundant in so far as it provides specifically for issuance of notice under Section 148, besides conduct of enquiries or issue of show-cause notice or passing of order under Section 148A. This aspect may require greater consideration.

While the Delhi High Court’s view seems to be the better view of the matter, being a more detailed analysis, the matter will be set to rest only after the decision of the Supreme Court on the issue. The Supreme Court had fixed the matters initially for hearing in October and thereafter November 2024, which have since been adjourned to 28th January, 2025. Hopefully, this controversy will soon be resolved in a few months by the Supreme Court.

Statistically Speaking

  • HEALTHIEST COUNTRIES IN THE WORLD

  • RISE IN DIRECT TAX COLLECTIONS

  • WEALTH INEQUALITY IN THE WORLD

  • RISE OF ONLINE GAMING IN INDIA

  • FDI IN INDIA

Regulatory Referencer

I. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1. Extension of due date for filing return of income for the Assessment Year 2024–25 – Circular No. 13/2024 dated 26th October 2024

CBDT has extended the due date for filing the tax returns for Assessment year 2024-25, which was 31st October, 2024, to 15th November, 2024.

2. Condonation of delay under section 119(2)(b) of the Act for returns of income claiming deduction under section 8OP of the Act for Assessment Year 2023-24 – Circular No. 14/2024 dated 30th October, 2024.

CBDT had received applications from co-operative societies seeking condonation of delay for filing returns of income, citing delays in getting accounts audited under respective State Laws.

CBDT had issued a circular No. 13/2023 dated 26th July, 2023 to provide for a condonation process for tax returns filed of A.Y. 2022–23 to avoid genuine hardship to co-op societies claiming deduction under section 80P of the Act. CBDT has extended the applicability of the said circular for A.Y. 2023–24.

3. Fixing monetary limits for the income-tax authorities for reduction or waiver of interest paid or payable under section 220(2) of the Act – Circular No. 15/2024 dated 4th November, 2024

If a taxpayer fails to pay the amount specified in the notice of demand issued under section 156 of the Act, he is liable to pay interest under section 220(2) of the Act. CBDT has authorised various Income tax authorities to exercise power to waive or reduce interest subject to fulfillment of various conditions.

4. Condonation of delay under section 119(2)(b) of the Act, 1961 in filing of Form No. 9 A/10/ 10B /10BB for Assessment Year 2018–19 and subsequent assessment years – Circular No. 16/2024 dated 18th November, 2024
CBDT has authorised various Income tax authorities to exercise power to condone the delay in filing Form No. 9 A/10/ 10B /10BB subject to fulfillment of various conditions.

5. Condonation of delay under section 119(2)(b) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 in filing of Form No. 10-IC or Form No. 10-ID for Assessment Years 2020–21, 2021–22 and 2022–23- Circular No. 17/2024 dated 18th November 2024.

CBDT has authorised various Income tax authorities to exercise power to condone the delay in filing Form No. 10 IC/10ID subject to fulfillment of various conditions.

6. Establishing of tolerance range for transfer pricing of Assessment Year 2024–25 – Notification No. 116/2024 dated 18th October, 2024.

The tolerance range is relevant for international or specified domestic transactions. Pricing within the tolerance range is be deemed to be compliant with arm’s length standards.

The tolerance range is set at 1 per cent for transactions classified as “wholesale trading” and 3 per cent for all other transactions for A.Y. 2024–25. Certain conditions to be fulfilled to qualify a transaction as “wholesale trading,”

7. Forms 42, 43 and 44 to be furnished electronically and to be verified in a manner prescribed in Rule 131. – Notification No. 6/2024 dated 19th November, 2024.

II. COMPANIES ACT, 2013

1. Amendments to Adjudication of Penalties Rules; The MCA has notified the Companies (Adjudication of Penalties) Rules, 2014. An amendment has been made to the Rule relating to the Adjudication Platform. A new proviso has been inserted to Rule 3A(1), which states that the proceedings pending before the Adjudicating Officer or Regional Director on the date of such commencement must continue as per the provisions of these rules existing prior to such commencement. These norms are effective from 9th October, 2024. [Notification No. G.S.R 630(E); Dated 9th October, 2024]

III. SEBI

2. SEBI relaxes Listed Entities from dispatching hard copies of Annual Report for AGMs held till 30th September, 2025: Earlier, MCA vide Circular dated 19th September, 2024, had extended the relaxation from sending of physical copies of financial statements (including Board’s report, Auditor’s report etc.) to shareholders for the AGMs conducted till 30th September, 2025. Therefore, to bring it in line with MCA Circular, SEBI has decided to extend the relaxation to listed entities from sending a hard copy of the annual report for the AGMs conducted till 30th September, 2025. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-POD-2/P/CIR/2024/133, dated 3rd October, 2024]

SEBI extends timeline for Social Enterprises to make annual disclosures on Social Stock Exchange (SSE) up to 31st January, 2025: Earlier, SEBI, vide circular dated 27th May, 2024, had prescribed the timeline for submission of annual disclosures and annual impact reports by Social Enterprises on the Social Stock Exchange for FY 2023–24. Social Enterprises that have registered or raised funds via SSE were required to submit a report by 31st October, 2024, as per the relevant rules of the SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015. SEBI has now extended this timeline to 31st January, 2025. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/POD-1/P/CIR/2024/134, dated 7th October, 2024]

SEBI directs AIFs and their managers to exercise specific due diligence w.r.t investors and investments of AIF: SEBI has directed Alternative Investment Funds (AIFs) and their managers to exercise specific due diligence with respect to investors and investments to prevent circumvention of various laws and ensure compliance with regulatory frameworks. Under this, AIFs designated as Qualified Institutional Buyers (QIBs) or Qualified Buyers (QBs) must ensure that investors who are not eligible for QIB or QB status on their own do not avail of the respective benefits through the AIF. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/AFD/AFD-POD-1/P/CIR/2024/135, dated 8th October, 2024]

3. Unlisted subsidiaries of listed entities must identify ‘related party’ and ‘related party transaction’ as per LODR norms: A listed company sought SEBI’s informal guidance on whether unlisted subsidiaries must identify related parties as per Reg. 2(1) (zb) or other laws. SEBI has clarified that unlisted subsidiaries of listed entities must identify ‘related parties’ and ‘related party transactions’ as per LODR Regulations. Further, under Reg. 2(1)(zc), transactions between a subsidiary and its related party, or the holding listed entity’s related party, are considered ‘related party transactions’ under LODR Regulations. [Advisory dated 11th October, 2024].

4. SEBI extends timeline for compliance with provisions relating to direct pay-out of securities to client’s demat account: Earlier, SEBI, vide circular dated 5th June, 2024, mandated the pay-out of securities directly to the client’s demat account. The circular was to come into effect from 14th October, 2024. In order to ensure the smooth implementation of the pay-out of securities directly to the client’s demat account without any disruption to market players and investors, SEBI has now extended the timeline for implementation of the circular. The circular shall come into effect from 11th November, 2024. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-PoD1/P/CIR/2024/136; Dated 10th October, 2024]

5. All Market Infrastructure Institutions must disclose their shareholding pattern as per LODR Regulations: In order to ensure ease of compliance and effective monitoring of the provisions related to minimum public shareholding, other shareholding limits and fit and proper criteria, SEBI has decided that all Market Infrastructure Institutions (MIIs) shall disclose their shareholding pattern as per the requirements and formats specified for listed companies under LODR Regulations. Further, every MII shall appoint a ‘Designated Depository (DD)’ for the purpose of monitoring their shareholding limits. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MRD/MRD-PoD-3/P/CIR/2024/139, dated 14th October, 2024]

6. SEBI introduces Liquidity Window to boost early redemption of debt securities: SEBI has introduced a Liquidity Window facility for debt securities, allowing issuers to offer put options for investor redemption prior to the maturity date. This framework, governed by Regulation 15 of the SEBI (NCS) Regulations, 2021, aims to enhance liquidity in the corporate bond market, especially for retail investors. The Liquidity Window facility can be provided only for prospective issuances of debt securities through public issue process or on a private placement basis. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/DDHS/DDHS-PoD-1/P/CIR/2024/141, dated 16th October, 2024]

7. SEBI allows 3-in-1 trading accounts for public issue of debt and other securities in addition to existing modes: SEBI has clarified that investors can continue using 3-in-1 accounts to apply online for public issues of debt securities, non-convertible redeemable preference shares, municipal debt securities and securitised debt instruments. This is in addition to the existing modes of making an application in the public issue of securities. A 3-in-1 trading account combines a savings account, a Demat account, and a trading account into a single integrated solution. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/DDHS/DDHS-POD-1/P/CIR/2024/142, dated 18th October, 2024]

8. Research reports by Research Analysts (RAs) are not advertisements unless promoting RA services: The SEBI, after receiving various queries with respect to applicability of provisions of advertisement code on a Research Report issued by an RA, has clarified that Research Report and research recommendations of an RA will not be considered advertisement unless anything contained in the research report is in the nature of promotion of products or services offered by an RA. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-POD1/P/CIR/2024/146, dated 24th October, 2024]

9. Stock brokers can upload the same mobile no. /email address for more than one client belonging to one family: Earlier, SEBI issued guidelines regarding SMS and email alerts to investors by stock exchanges. It states that stock brokers must ensure that a separate mobile number / email address is uploaded for each client. SEBI has now clarified that the stock broker may, at a client’s request, upload the same mobile number/email address for more than one client, provided the client belongs to one family or such client is an authorised person of an HUF, partnership, or trust. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/MIRSD/MIRSD-POD1/P/CIR/2024/XXX, dated 28th October, 2024]

IV. FEMA READY RECKONER

IFSC Authority notifies Code of Conduct for ‘recognised market infrastructure institution’: The International Financial Services Centres Authority has amended the International Financial Services Centres Authority (Market Infrastructure Institutions) Regulations, 2021 to notify the Code of Conduct for a ‘recognised market infrastructure institution’. There are detailed guidelines for governing board, directors, committee members and key management personnel – their compensation, the committees, the segregation of functions along with provisions on several other aspects. [Notification No. IFSCA/GN/2024/011 dated 29th October, 2024]

RBI includes 10-year Sovereign Green Bonds as eligible for non-resident investment under Fully Accessible Route: Certain specified categories of Central Government securities were opened fully for non-resident investors without any restrictions under the Fully Accessible Route introduced vide A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 25 dated 30th March, 2020. It has now been decided to also designate Sovereign Green Bonds of 10-year tenor issued by the Government in the second half of the fiscal year 2024–25 as ‘specified securities’ under the Fully Accessible Route. [Circular NO. FMRD.FMD.NO.06/14.01.006/2024-25 dated 7th November, 2024].

RBI amends FEMA Notification 10(R) to align it with the updated definition of ‘startup’: The Reserve Bank of India has notified Foreign Exchange Management (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident in India) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024. The amended norms replace the definition of the startup with the revised definition of startups, which was issued by the Department for Promotion of Industry and Internal Trade in 2019. [FEM (Foreign Currency Accounts by a Person Resident in India) (Fourth Amendment) Regulations, 2024 dated 19th October, 2024]

RBI introduces Operational framework for classification of FPI to FDI: The investment made by a foreign portfolio investor along with its investor group (hereinafter referred to as ‘FPI’) shall be less than 10 per cent of the total paid-up equity capital on a fully diluted basis. FPIs investing in breach of the prescribed limit shall have the option of divesting their holdings or reclassifying such holdings as FDI. In this regard, an operational framework for such reclassification of foreign portfolio investment by FPI to FDI has been introduced by the RBI. [A.P. (DIR Series) Circular No. 19, dated 11th November, 2024]

Closements

Reassessment provisions, applicability of TOLA, and way forward in light of the decision in the case of Rajeev Bansal — Part I

INTRODUCTION

1.1 Chapter XIV of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (“the Act”) lays down the procedure for assessment. Sections 147 to 151 contain the reassessment provisions. Considerable amendments have been made in the recent past with respect to these reassessment provisions which also resulted in considerable litigation.

1.2 Prior to the amendments made in the reassessment provisions by the Finance Act, 2021 (the ‘old regime’), the Assessing Officer (‘AO’) could issue a notice under section 148 of the Act provided he had reason to believe that any income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. The time limit to issue such notice was prescribed in section 149 of the Act which was divided into three categories — (1) a period of 4 years from the end of the relevant assessment year in all cases; (2) a period of up to 6 years from the end of the relevant assessment year in cases where the income chargeable to tax which had escaped assessment (escaped income) amounted to or was likely to amount to ₹1 lakh or more for that year and (3) a period of up to 16 years from the end of the relevant assessment year if the income escaping assessment was in relation to any asset (including financial interest in any entity) located outside India. For the present write-up, we will deal only with the first two categories i.e. time limits of 4 years and 6 years. Proviso to section 147 restricted (except in case of the last category of 16 years relating to overseas assets) the time limit to 4 years (irrespective of the quantum of escaped income) in cases where original assessment is made under section 143(3) or 147 and the assessee has made full and true disclosure of all material facts necessary for his assessment for that year. Such cases will also fall in the category of a four-year time limit and except this, practically, we are largely concerned in this write-up with the category of six years as that becomes applicable under the ‘old regime’ in most cases as this applies to all other cases once the quantum of escaped income is ₹1 lakh or more. Section 151 of the Act mandated that a notice under section 148 of the Act could not be issued unless sanction of an appropriate authority prescribed therein was obtained by the AO before issuance of notice under section 148 of the Act.

1.3 In view of the COVID-19 pandemic, the time limit to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act was extended by the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation of Certain Provisions) Ordinance, 2020 promulgated by the President of India on 31st March 2020 which was repealed on the enactment of the Taxation and Other Laws (Relaxation and Amendment of Certain Provisions) Act, 2020 (‘TOLA’) on 29th September, 2020. As per section 3(1) of the TOLA, the time limit for issuing notice under section 148 of the Act, granting sanction or approval which fell during the period from 20th March 2020 to 31st December, 2020 was extended up to 31st March 2021. The Central Government was also empowered by TOLA to further extend the above dates by way of a notification. In view of these powers, the Central Government issued Notification No.20/2021 on 31st March 2021 wherein the time limit to issue notice under section 148 of the Act or grant sanction under section 151 of the Act which ended on 31st March 2021 was extended to 30th April 2021. Another Notification no. 38 of 2021 issued on 27th April 2021 further extended the above time up to 30th June, 2021. Both these notifications further contained an Explanation that clarified that for the purpose of issuing a notice under section 148 of the Act within the above-extended timelines, the provisions of sections 148, 149, and 151, as they stood as of 31st March, 2021 before the commencement of the Finance Act, 2021 [i.e. ‘old regime’], shall apply. The said clarification was issued despite the significant changes brought about by the Finance Act, 2021 in the reassessment provisions with effect from 1st April, 2021.

1.4 Finance Act, 2021 revamped the entire procedure for reassessments (the ‘new regime’) with effect from 1st April, 2021. Significant changes brought about under the ‘new regime’ and which are relevant for the purposes of the present write-up are summarised as under:

(i) The requirement of AO having a reason to believe that income had escaped assessment in section 147 was omitted. Section 147 was amended to provide that if any income chargeable to tax has escaped assessment for any assessment year, the AO could reopen such assessment subject to the provisions of sections 148 to 153 (which includes new Section 148A). Section 148, in turn, provided that no notice shall be issued unless there was information with the AO that suggested that income chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. The explanation was inserted in section 148 defining the ‘information’ which would suggest escapement of income chargeable to tax.

(ii) Section 148A was inserted which laid down the procedure that had to be complied with prior to issuance of a notice under section 148. Briefly,

⇒section 148A(a) provided for conducting any inquiry, if required, by the AO with the prior approval of a specified authority with respect to information received;

⇒section 148A(b) required AO to provide the assessee with an opportunity to be heard, with the prior approval of specified authority, by serving a show cause notice seeking his reply as to why a notice under section 148 should not be issued. Assessee was required to file his response within the specified time, being not less than seven days but not exceeding 30 days from the date of such notice or such time as may be extended by AO on the basis of an application by the Assessee.

⇒ section 148A(c) mandated the AO to consider the assessee’s reply, if any as filed above.

⇒ section 148A(d) required the AO to pass an order with the approval of the specified authority as to whether a particular case was a fit case to issue a notice under section 148 of the Act. The said order was to be passed within one month from the end of the month in which the assessee’s reply was received by the AO or where no reply was furnished, within one month from the end of the month in which time or extended time allowed to furnish a reply expired.

⇒ Provisions of section 148A are not applicable to certain cases like search etc. as provided in the proviso to section 148A.

(iii) The existing time limits for issuance of notice under section 148 were also modified and the amended section 149 provided for three years from the end of the assessment year in all cases unless the AO had in his possession books of account or other documents or evidence which revealed that the income chargeable to tax, represented in the form of asset, which had escaped assessment amounted to or was likely to amount to fifty lakh rupees or more in which event a notice could be issued for a period of ten years from the end of the relevant assessment year.

(iv) Four provisos were also inserted in section 149. The first proviso prohibited issuance of notice under section 148 at any time in a case for the relevant assessment year beginning on or before 1st April, 2021, if such notice could not have been issued at that time on account of being beyond the time limit specified under section 149(1)(b) as it stood immediately before the commencement of the Finance Act, 2021. The third proviso stated that for the purposes of computing the period of limitation as per section 149, the time or extended time allowed to the assessee as per show-cause notice issued under section 148A(b) or the period during which the proceeding under section 148A is stayed by an order or injunction of any court was to be excluded. The fourth proviso mentioned that where immediately after the exclusion of the period referred to in the third proviso, the period of limitation available to the AO for passing an order under section 148A(d) was less than seven days, such remaining period shall be extended to seven days and the period of limitation under section 149(1) shall also be deemed to be extended accordingly.

(v) With respect to sanctioning authority, section 151 was amended to provide for two categories of authorities: (i) In cases where three or less than three years had elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year the specified authorities were — Principal Commissioner or Principal Director or Commissioner or Director. (hereinafter referred to as PCIT or CIT) (ii) In cases where more than three years had elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year, the specified authorities were – Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General or where there was no Principal Chief Commissioner or Principal Director General, Chief Commissioner or Director General (hereinafter referred to as PCCIT or CCIT).

(vi) In this write-up, the reassessment provisions dealing with search cases are not being dealt with. Further amendments are also made in the above sections by the subsequent Finance Acts which are also not being dealt with in the present write-up.

1.5 Reassessment notices were issued under section 148 by the AOs between the period 1st April, 2021 to 30th June, 2021 for the assessment years 2013–14 to 2017–18 relying upon the applicable time extensions granted under the TOLA and the subsequent Notifications. However, the procedure as per the ‘new regime’ was not followed by the AOs before issuing the reassessment notices.

1.6 These notices issued under section 148 of the Act without complying with the procedure laid down under the ‘new regime’ were challenged by way of writ petitions in several High Courts. Allahabad High Court in Ashok Kumar Agarwal vs. UOI (131 taxmann.com 22), Delhi High Court in Mon Mohan Kohli vs. ACIT (441 ITR 207), Bombay High Court in Tata Communications Transformation Services vs. ACIT (443 ITR 49) and several other High Courts quashed the reassessment notices issued on or after 1st April, 2021 without complying with the reassessment procedure introduced under the ‘new regime’ as being bad in law. Courts also declared the Explanations in the 2 notifications issued under TOLA [referred to in para 1.3. above] as ultra vires and bad in law.

1.7 The tax department challenged the aforesaid view of the High Courts in the Supreme Court. The lead case before the Supreme Court was UOI vs. Ashish Agarwal (444 ITR 1) wherein the Apex Court agreed with the decision of the High Courts that the new reassessment provisions shall apply even in respect of proceedings relating to past assessment years in respect of which notice under section 148 was issued on or after 1st April 2021. Supreme Court, however, also observed that the revenue could not be made remediless. In the exercise of powers under Article 142 of the Constitution of India, the Supreme Court issued the following directions:

⇒ Notices issued under section 148 of the Act were deemed to be show-cause notices issued under section 148A(b) of the Act.

⇒ AOs were directed to provide to the assessees information and material relied upon for reopening the case within a period of 30 days to which the assessee could reply within two weeks thereafter. AOs were directed to pass the order under section 148A(d) after following the due procedure.

⇒ The requirement of conducting any inquiry under section 148A(a) was dispensed with as a one-time measure.

⇒ All the defenses available to the assessee under section 149 and/or under the Finance Act, 2021, and in law and rights available to the AOs under the Finance Act, 2021 were kept open.

⇒ The court order would apply to Pan India and all judgments and orders passed by different High Courts on the issue and under which similar notices that were issued after 1st April, 2021, under Section 148 are set aside and shall be governed by the present order and shall stand modified to the aforesaid extent. Further, the order would also govern the writ petitions which were pending before various High Courts on the same issue.

1.8 Thereafter, the Central Board of Direct Taxes (‘CBDT’) issued Instruction no. 1 of 2022 dated 11th May, 2022 (the ‘CBDT’ Instruction’) stating the manner of implementation of the judgment of the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal in the following terms:

⇒ Decision in Ashish Agarwal shall apply to all reassessment notices issued between 1st April, 2021 and 30th June, 2021 irrespective of the fact whether such notices were challenged or not.

⇒ Decision in Ashish Agarwal read with the time extension provided by TOLA will allow the reassessment notices to travel back in time to their original date when such notices were to be issued and then new section 149 of the Act would be applied at that point.

⇒ Notices for AYs 2013–14 to 2015–16 could be issued only in cases falling within the scope of section 149(1)(b) and after seeking approval of specified authority as stated in section 151(ii). No notices were to be issued for these AYs if the escaped assessment was less than ₹50 lakhs.

⇒ Notices for AYs 2016–17 and 2017–18 are within the period of three years from the end of the relevant assessment year and could be issued after obtaining the approval of the specified authority stated in section 151(i).

1.9 Pursuant to the directions contained in the decision of the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal, AOs supplied information and called for a response from the assessees. Thereafter, new notices were issued by the AOs under section 148 of the Act between July to September 2022 for the assessment years 2013–14 to 2017–18. These new notices issued under section 148 of the Act were challenged by the assessees by way of writ petitions before the different High Courts on several grounds such as notices being barred by limitation, sanction by incorrect authority, etc. Several High Courts held in favour of the assessees on these issues. The judgments of High Courts in these matters were challenged by the tax department before the Supreme Court. In these batch of matters before the Supreme Court consisting of notices issued under the ‘new regime’ post-Ashish Agarwal, there were also cases pertaining to the assessment year 2015–16 where notices were issued prior to 1st April 2021 following the procedure under the ‘old regime’ and in such cases, the issue for consideration by the Supreme Court was whether the sanction was validly obtained from a correct authority and whether TOLA could apply in this regard. Before the Supreme Court, a batch of large number of High Court decisions had come up involving different assessment years. A few of these decisions of the High Courts in the above categories of matters are summarised in this part of the write-up.

1.10 Recently, the Supreme Court in the case of UOI vs. Rajeev Bansal and connected matters (Civil appeal No.8629 of 2024) while hearing the appeals filed by the tax department against the High Court decisions (referred to in para 1.9 above) has adjudicated on the above issues and is, therefore, thought fit to consider the said decision in this column.

Rajeev Bansal vs. UOI (453 ITR 153 – Allahabad)

2.1 Writ petitions were filed before the Allahabad High Court challenging the notices issued under section 148 for the AYs 2013–14 to 2017–18 from July to September 2022 post the decision in Ashish Agarwal (referred to in para 1.7 above).

2.2 High Court, at the outset, noting that the ratio in the judgment of the Allahabad High Court in Ashok Kumar Agarwal vs. UOI (131 taxmann.com 22), referred to in para 1.6 above, quashing the reassessment notices issued after 1st April, 2021 without complying with the ‘new regime’ was approved by the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal (supra). High Court further noted that the ratio laid down therein to the effect that the amendments made by the Finance Act, 2021 limited the applicability of TOLA and that the power to grant an extension of time under TOLA was limited only to reassessment proceedings initiated till 31st March, 2021 had been affirmed by the Supreme Court in Ashish Agarwal.

2.3 High Court observed as under:

“At the first blush, this argument of the learned counsels for the revenue seemed convincing by simplistic application of the Enabling Act, treating it as a statute for extension in the limitation provided under the Income-tax Act, 1961, but on deeper scrutiny, in view of the discussion noted above, if the argumentof the learned counsels for the revenue is accepted, it would render the first proviso to sub-section (1) of section 149 ineffective until 30-6-2021. In essence, it would render the first proviso to sub-section (1) of section 149 otiose. This view, if accepted, would result in granting an extension of a time limit under the unamended clause (b) of section 149, in cases where reassessment proceedings have not been initiated during the lifetime of the unamended provisions, i.e. on or before 31-3-2021. It would infuse life in the obliterated unamended provisions of clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 149, which is dead and removed from the Statute book w.e.f. 1-4-2021, by extending the timeline for actions therein.

85. In the absence of any express saving clause, in a case where reassessment proceedings had not been initiated prior to the legislative substitution by the Finance Act, 2021, the extended time limit of unamended provisions by virtue of the Enabling Act cannot apply. In other words, the obligations upon the revenue under clause (b) of sub-section (1) of amended section 149 cannot be relaxed. The defenses available to the assessee in view of the first proviso to sub-section (1) of section 149 cannot be taken away. The notifications issued by the delegates/Central Government in the exercise of powers under sub-section (1) of section 3 of the Enabling Act cannot infuse life in the unamended provisions of section 149 in this way.”

2.4 High Court also held that the travel back theory stated in the ‘CBDT Instruction’ (referred to in para 1.8 above) was a surreptitious attempt to circumvent the decision of the Apex Court in Ashish Agarwal (supra) and that the same had no binding force. The court further observed that it had decided the issue only on the legal principles and the factual aspects of the matter had to be agitated before the appropriate Courts/ forum.

Keenara Industries (P.) Ltd. vs. ITO (453 ITR 51 – Gujarat)

3.1 The Gujarat High Court in a batch of writ petitions adjudicated upon the validity of the reassessment notices issued for AYs 2013–14 and 2014–15 post-Ashish Agarwal (supra). The primary challenge in this batch of petitions was that these reassessment notices were barred by limitation.

3.2 With respect to AYs 2013–14 and 2014–15, the court noted that the period of six years from the end of the assessment year expired on 31st March, 2020 and 31st March, 2021 respectively. The court observed that a notice under section 148 could be issued on or after 1st April 2021 only if the time for issuing such notice under the ‘old regime’ had not expired prior to the enactment of the Finance Act, 2021.

3.3 High Court held that the new provisions introduced by Finance Act, 2021 came into force on 1st April 2021 and, therefore, a notice which became time-barred prior to 1st April, 2021 as per the old provisions could not be revived under the ‘new regime’.

3.4 The High Court further held that the life of the erstwhile scheme of 148 could not be elongated in the absence of any saving clause under TOLA or the Finance Act, 2021. The court also rejected the time travel theory stated in the ‘CBDT Instruction’.

3.5 In the supplementing view authored by Hon. Justice Bhatt, she concurred with Hon. Justice Gokani that the notices for AYs 2013–14 and 2014–15 were barred by limitation. Hon. Justice Bhatt, however, further held that the decision in Ashish Agarwal (supra) shall govern all the notices issued under the ‘old regime’ irrespective of whether such notices were challenged in the High Courts or not earlier.

JM Financial and Investment Consultancy Services Pvt. Ltd. vs. ACIT (451 ITR 205 – Bombay High Court)

4.1 In this case, a notice was issued under section 148 of the ‘old regime’ for AY 2015–16 on 31st March, 2021, i.e., after a period of four years from the end of the relevant assessment year. Assessee contended that sanction for issuance of notice was obtained from Addl.CIT and not PCIT and, therefore, the same was not as per the provisions of section 151 of the ‘old regime’.

4.2 Revenue contended that the sanction was validly obtained as the limitation, inter alia, under the provisions of section 151 which would have expired on 31st March, 2020 under the ‘old regime’ stood extended to 31st March, 2021 in view of TOLA. As such, for A.Y. 2015–16 falls under the category of ‘within four years’ as on 31st March 2020 and the approval could be given by Addl.CIT.

4.3 The High Court rejected the revenue’s contention and observed that TOLA did not apply to AY 2015–16 as the six-year limitation for AY 2015–16 expired only on 31st March, 2022. The court further held that an extension of time to issue notice would not amount to amending the provisions of section 151.

Siemens Financial Services (P.) Ltd. vs. DCIT (457 ITR 647 – Bombay)

5.1 In this case, for the A.Y. 2016–17, notice was issued under section 148 on 31st July, 2022 after providing the information/ material as per the requirement of Ashish Agarwal (supra) and passing an order under section 148A(d). This was done after seeking approval of PCIT, i.e., the authority specified in section 151(i) and one of the challenges by the assessee in this case was that the notice was bad in law as AO ought to have obtained the approval of the authority specified in section 151(ii), i.e., PCCIT.

5.2 The High Court held that the notice for AY 16–17 was issued beyond a period of three years and, therefore, approval of the authority specified under section 151(ii) had to be obtained.

5.3 The High Court held that TOLA only sought to extend the time limits and did not affect the scope of section 151. The court further held that in any event, TOLA did not apply to assessment years 2015–16 and thereafter.

5.4 The High Court also rejected the time travel theory stated in the ‘CBDT Instruction’ and held that the Instruction had wrongly stated that the notices for AY 2016–17 had to be considered to have been issued within a period of three years.

5.5 Thereafter, the court further held that the concept of‘change of opinion’ will apply even under the ‘new regime’ because it would otherwise give powers to the AO to review which the AO does not possess. The court held that the concept of ‘change of opinion’ was an in-built test to check abuse of power by the AO

Ganesh Dass Khanna vs. ITO (460 ITR 546 – Delhi)

6.1 The Delhi High Court, in this batch of matters, was concerned with the challenge to reassessment notices issued for AYs 2016–17 and 2017–18 post-Ashish Agarwal (supra) in 2022 where the escaped income was less than ₹50 lakhs. The primary contention of the assessees was that the time limit of three years as provided under the ‘new regime’ had already expired for AYs 2016–17 and 2017–18 and, therefore, the notices issued in 2022 were barred by limitation.

6.2 High Court observed that once the Finance Act, 2021 came into force, the Notifications issued under TOLA lost their legal efficacy. The court further observed that the power to extend the end date for completion of proceedings and compliances conferred on the Central Government under section 3(1) of TOLA, could not be construed as enabling extension of the period of limitation provided under section 149(1)(a) under the ‘new regime’. The court further rejected the reliance of the revenue on the third and the fourth provisos to section 149 for extension of any time or issuance of notice. The court also rejected the travel back theory in the ‘CBDT Instruction’ and held that the same was ultra vires the provisions of section 149(1).

6.3 The High Court quashed these reopening notices on the ground that the same was barred by limitation.

<<To be continued>>

Financial Reporting Dossier

A. KEY GLOBAL UPDATES

1. IASB: Improvements to Requirements for Provisions

On 12th November, 2024, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) has published consultation for improving the requirements for recognising and measuring provisions on company balance sheets.

The proposed amendments to IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets would clarify how companies assess when to record provisions and how to measure them. The proposals would most likely be relevant for companies that have large long-term asset decommissioning obligations or are subject to levies and similar government-imposed charges.

The proposed amendment is to improve the following areas:

Areas of IAS 37 Proposed amendment
(a)  one of the criteria for recognising a provision— the requirement for the entity to have a present obligation as a result of a past event (the present obligation recognition criterion);

 

(a)  change the timing of recognition of some provisions. The amendments would affect provisions for costs, often levies, that are payable only if an entity takes two separate actions or if a measure of its activity in a specific period exceeds a specific threshold. Provisions for some of these costs would be accrued earlier and progressively instead of at a later point in time, to provide more useful information to users of financial statement.

(b) Entities that are subject to levies and similar government-imposed charges are among those that are likely to be most significantly affected by the proposed amendments.

(b)  the costs an entity includes in estimating the future expenditure required to settle its present obligation; and

 

(a)  proposes to specify that this expenditure comprises the costs that relate directly to the obligation, which include both the incremental costs of settling that obligation and an allocation of other costs that relate directly to settling obligations of that type.
(c)  the rate an entity uses to discount that future expenditure to its present value.

 

(a)  some entities use risk-free rates whereas others use rates that include ‘non-performance risk’ — the risk that the entity will not settle the liability. Rates that include non-performance risk are higher than risk-free rates and result in smaller provisions.

(b)  proposes to specify that an entity discounts a provision using a risk-free rate — that is, a rate that excludes non-performance risk

(c) The entities most affected are likely to be those with large long-term asset decommissioning or environmental rehabilitation provisions — typically entities operating in the energy generation, oil and gas, mining and telecommunications sectors

The IASB is inviting feedback on these amendments. The comment period is open until 12th March, 2025.

2. IASB: Proposal for Improvements for the Equity Method of Accounting

On 19th September, 2024, in the Exposure Draft of Equity Method of Accounting, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) proposed to amend IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures.

The Exposure Draft sets out proposed amendments to IAS 28 to answer application questions about how an investor applies the equity method to:

a) changes in its ownership interest on obtaining significant influence;

b) changes in its ownership interest while retaining significant influence, including:

i. when purchasing an additional ownership interest in the associate;

ii. when disposing of an ownership interest in the associate; and

iii. when other changes in an associate’s net assets change the investor’s ownership interest—for example, when the associate issues new shares;

c) recognition of its share of losses, including:

i. whether an investor that has reduced its investment in an associate to nil is required to ‘catch up’ losses not recognised if it purchases an additional interest in the associate; and

ii. whether an investor that has reduced its interest in an associate to nil recognises its share of the associate’s profit or loss and its share of the associate’s other comprehensive income separately;

d) transactions with associates — for example, recognition of gains or losses that arise from the sale of a subsidiary to its associate, in accordance with the requirements in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 28;

e) deferred tax effects on initial recognition related to measuring at fair value the investor’s share of the associate’s identifiable assets and liabilities of the associate;

f) contingent consideration; and

g) the assessment of whether a decline in the fair value of an investment in an associate is objective evidence that the net investment might be impaired.

The Exposure Draft also sets out proposals to improve the disclosure requirements in IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities and IAS 27 Separate Financial Statements to complement the proposed amendments to IAS 28, along with a reduced version of those proposed disclosure requirements for entities applying IFRS 19 Subsidiaries without Public Accountability: Disclosures.

3. FASB: Proposed Clarifications to Share-Based Consideration Payable to a Customer.

On 30th September 2024, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) today published a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) to improve the accounting guidance for share-based consideration payable to a customer in conjunction with selling goods or services.

The proposed changes are expected to improve financial reporting results by requiring revenue estimates to more closely reflect an entity’s expectations. In addition, the proposed changes would enhance comparability and better align the requirements for share-based consideration payable to a customer with the principles in Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The proposal would affect:

a) the timing of revenue recognition for entities that offer to pay share-based consideration (for example, equity instruments) to a customer (or to other parties that purchase the entity’s goods or services from the customer) to incentivise the customer (or its customers) to purchase its goods and services.

b) revenue recognition would not be delayed when an entity grants awards that are not expected to vest. Specifically, the proposed amendments would clarify the requirements for share-based consideration payable to a customer that vest upon the customer purchasing a specified volume or monetary amount of goods and services from the entity.

4. FASB: Issue of Standard that Improves Disclosures About Income Statement Expenses

On 4th November, 2024, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) published an Accounting Standards Update (ASU) that improves financial reporting and responds to investor input by requiring public companies to disclose, in interim and annual reporting periods, additional information about certain expenses in the notes to financial statements.

The investors observed that expense information is critically important in understanding a company’s performance, assessing its prospects for future cash flows, and comparing its performance over time and with that of other companies. They indicated that more granular expense information would assist them in better understanding an entity’s cost structure and forecasting future cash flows.

The current proposal requires the companies in the notes to financial statements, specified information about certain costs and expenses at each interim and annual reporting period. Specifically, they will be required to:

  • Disclose the amounts of (a) purchases of inventory; (b) employee compensation; (c) depreciation; (d) intangible asset amortisation; and (e) depreciation, depletion, and amortisation recognised as part of oil- and gas-producing activities (or other amounts of depletion expense) included in each relevant expense caption.
  • Include certain amounts that are already required to be disclosed under current generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the same disclosure as the other disaggregation requirements.
  • Disclose a qualitative description of the amounts remaining in relevant expense captions that are not separately disaggregated quantitatively.
  • Disclose the total amount of selling expenses and, in annual reporting periods, an entity’s definition of selling expenses.

The amendments in the ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after 15th December, 2026, and interim reporting periods beginning after 15th December, 2027. Early adoption is permitted.

5. FASB: Targeted Improvements to Internal-Use Software Guidance

On 29th October, 2024, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) today published a proposed Accounting Standards Update (ASU) to update the guidance on accounting for software.

The proposed ASU would remove all references to a prescriptive and sequential software development method (referred to as “project stages”) throughout Subtopic 350-40, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other — Internal-Use Software.

The proposed amendments would specify that a company would be required to start capitalising software costs when both of the following occur:

a) Management has authorised and committed to funding the software project.

b) It is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used to perform the function intended (referred to as the “probable-to-complete recognition threshold”).

In evaluating the probable-to-complete recognition threshold, a company may have to consider whether there is significant uncertainty associated with the development activities of the software.

The proposed amendments also would require a company to separately present cash paid for capitalised internal-use software costs as investing cash outflows in the statement of cash flows.

6. FRC: Thematic Review On IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ Disclosures in the First Year of Application (5th September, 2024)

The Corporate Reporting Review (CRR) team of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) carried out a review of disclosures in companies’ first annual reports and accounts following their adoption of IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’

They reviewed the annual reports and accounts of a sample of ten entities, three of which had also been included in our interim thematic. The companies selected covered both life and general insurers, including larger listed companies, as well as smaller and private insurers.

Overall, the quality of IFRS 17 disclosures provided by the companies in their sample of annual reports and accounts was good. While some further areas for improvement were identified in the annual reports and accounts in our sample, many of the issues identified related to areas that are commonly raise with
companies as part of their routine reviews, such as judgements and estimates, and alternative performance measures (APMs).

The companies are expected to consider the examples provided in the thematic review of good disclosure and opportunities for improvement and to incorporate them in their future reporting, where relevant and material. The companies should:

a) Continue to provide high quality disclosures, which meet the disclosure objective of IFRS 17 and enable users to understand how insurance contracts are measured and presented in the financial statements, while avoiding boilerplate language.

b) Ensure that accounting policies are sufficiently granular and provide clear, consistent explanations of accounting policy choices, key judgements and methodologies, particularly where IFRS 17 is not prescriptive.

c) Where sources of estimation uncertainty exist, provide information about the underlying methodology and assumptions made to determine the specific amount at risk of material adjustment and provide meaningful sensitivities and / or ranges of reasonably possible outcomes.

d) Provide quantitative and qualitative disclosures of the CSM, including how coverage units are determined, the movement in CSM during the period, and quantification of the expected recognition of CSM in appropriate time bands.

e) Provide appropriately disaggregated qualitative and quantitative information to allow users to understand the financial effects of material portfolios of insurance (and reinsurance) contracts.

f) Meet the expectations set out in our previous thematic reviews on the use of APMs, including commonly used measures such as premium metrics, and claims and expense ratios.

7. FRC: Thematic Review on Offsetting in the Financial Statements (5th September, 2024)

Offsetting (also known as ‘netting’) classifies dissimilar items as a single net amount.

Inappropriate application of the offsetting requirements can mask the full extent of the risks relating to a company’s income and expense, assets and liabilities, or cash flows.

IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRSs) require or permit offsetting only in specific situations. Determining when to offset can be challenging, because the requirements are complex and not all located in one place in IFRS.

Certain IFRSs contain explicit guidance on offsetting while others rely on the offsetting principles in IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’. Applying these requirements may require management to make significant judgements, especially when accounting for complex arrangements.
Although the requirements for offsetting are reasonably well established, the Corporate Reporting Review (CRR) team of the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) regularly identifies material errors in this area through its routine monitoring work, even in fairly straightforward scenarios.

The key findings include:

  • Cash flows should be presented gross, unless otherwise required or permitted.
  • Bank overdrafts and positive bank balances that form part of a cash pooling arrangement are offset in the statement of financial position only when there is an intention to exercise a legally enforceable right to set off period-end bank balances.
  • High quality disclosures are important where financial instruments have been offset or are subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement.
  • A reimbursement asset is required to be separately presented from the associated provision. Any reimbursement rights that satisfy the contingent asset requirements of IAS 37 should also be appropriately disclosed.

Companies are expected to consider the areas of good practice and opportunities for improvement and to incorporate them in their future reporting, where relevant and material. The companies should:

  • Disclose material accounting policy information relating to offsetting, ensuring all relevant aspects of any offsetting conditions are included.
  • Disclose significant judgements made in relation to offsetting income and expenses, assets and liabilities or cash inflows and outflows.
  • Present cash inflows and outflows within investing and financing activities on a gross basis in the cash flow statement, except in limited cases where netting is either required or permitted.
  • Consider whether to exclude overdrafts from cash and cash equivalents in the cash flow statement when the overdrafts remain overdrawn over several reporting periods.
  • Consider the terms and conditions of cash pooling arrangements when determining whether to offset positive bank balances and overdrafts that form part of such an arrangement in the statement of financial position. For example, whether they provide a legal right of set off that is currently enforceable, are notional or zero balancing arrangements and how the timing of any cash sweeps relates to the reporting date.
  • Demonstrate an intention at the reporting date to physically transfer the period-end balances of positive bank balances and overdrafts that form part of a cash pooling arrangement to one account to satisfy the intention criterion of the Offsetting Criteria in IAS 32.
  • Provide high quality offsetting disclosures where financial instruments: a) have been offset, or b) form part of a master netting arrangement or similar agreement.
  • Present a reimbursement asset separately from the associated provision. Any reimbursement rights that satisfy the contingent asset requirements of IAS 37 should be appropriately disclosed.

B. GLOBAL REGULATORS— ENFORCEMENT ACTIONS AND INSPECTION REPORTS

I. The Financial Reporting Council, UK

a) Sanctions against Ernst & Young LLP

The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) has issued a Final Settlement Decision Notice to Ernst & Young LLP (EY UK) under the Audit Enforcement Procedure and imposed sanctions in respect of a breach of the FRC’s Revised Ethical Standard 2019, namely exceeding the 70 per cent fee-cap on non-audit services. The breach relates to the Statutory Audit of the Financial Statements of Evraz plc for the year ended 31st December, 2021.

Evraz is a multi-national mining group, headquartered in Moscow but incorporated in London and listed as a FTSE 100 company. Its shares have been suspended from trading on the London Stock Exchange since March 2022. EY UK audited Evraz since it was listed in the UK in 2011 until its resignation as auditor in November 2022 following the imposing of new UK Government sanctions against the Russian Federation in response to the invasion of Ukraine.

The Revised Ethical Standard 2019, which reflects the requirements of UK law, imposes restrictions on the amount of non-audit services that an audit firm may provide to a Public Interest Entity. The cap on non-audit work is 70 per cent of the average of the fees paid to the audit firm over the previous three consecutive years. The cap applies at both Network level (i.e., members of the global EY network) and at Firm level (EY UK). EY UK tested the fee ratio at Network level but not at Firm level, and so accepted and carried out non-audit work in breach of the 70% fee cap. This breach was not intentional or dishonest.

Sanctions were imposed against all.

II. The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB)

a) PCAOB Sanctions De Visser Gray LLP for Violations of Rules and Standards Related to Quality Control

In 2019, PCAOB inspection staff conducted an inspection of the Firm. In connection with the inspection, PCAOB inspection staff informed the Firm of its findings regarding significant deficiencies in the Firm’s system of quality control. In particular, PCAOB inspection staff noted that the Firm had obtained its audit methodology and audit practice materials from external service providers. It informed the Firm that the guidance used was only in accordance with Canadian Auditing Standards (“CAS”), rather than PCAOB auditing standards.

In 2022, PCAOB inspection staff conducted another inspection of the Firm. In connection with the inspection, PCAOB inspection staff informed the Firm of its findings regarding significant deficiencies in its system of quality control related once again to its use of an external service provider and its audit practice materials. Specifically, PCAOB inspection staff informed the Firm that certain of this guidance, including Professional Engagement Guide (“PEG”) audit programs, was only in accordance with CAS, rather than PCAOB auditing standards and rules.

In addition, it noted that the Firm had not established policies and procedures to ensure that when engagement teams use the PEG audit programs on issuer audit work, they will address the requirements in PCAOB standards that were not addressed in the PEG audit programs. As a result, for certain audits, the Firm used audit methodology that failed to consider the requirements of PCAOB standards.

Despite being on notice of these deficiencies, the Firm continued to use the audit methodology and audit practice materials that were not compliant with PCAOB auditing standards and other regulatory requirements.

De Visser Gray therefore failed to establish policies and procedures sufficient to provide it with reasonable assurance that the work performed by the Firm and its engagement personnel complied with applicable professional standards and regulatory requirements, in violation of QC Section 20.

PCAOB fines the firm $60,000 and requires the firm to undertake remedial measures.

b) Deficiencies in Firm Inspection Reports:

  • BDO USA, P.C.

Deficiency: In an inspection conducted by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in the financial statement audit related to Revenue and Warrants.

The firm’s internal inspection program had inspected this audit and reviewed these areas but did not identify the deficiencies below:

  • With respect to Revenue: The issuer recorded revenue at the time its services were provided to its customers. The firm did not perform any substantive procedures to test whether the performance obligation had been fully satisfied before revenue was recognised. The firm used information produced by the issuer in its testing of transaction prices, but did not perform any procedures to test, or test any controls over, the accuracy and / or completeness of certain of this information.
  • With respect to Warrants: During the year, the issuer issued warrants that were recorded as liabilities. The firm did not identify and evaluate misstatements in the fair value measurement of these warrants.

In connection with the inspection, the issuer re-evaluated its accounting for these warrants and concluded that misstatements existed that had not been previously identified. The issuer subsequently corrected these misstatements in a restatement of its financial statements, and the firm revised and reissued its report on the financial statements.

  • Grant Thornton LLP

Deficiency: In an inspection conducted by PCAOB it has identified deficiencies in the financial statement and ICFR audits related to Revenue, for which the firm identified a fraud risk, and Inventory.

  • With respect to revenue and inventory: In determining the extent to which audit procedures should be performed, the firm did not evaluate:-

i. the materiality of these business units in the current year and;

ii. whether the risks of material misstatement, including the fraud risk related to this revenue, that the firm identified for the business units subject to more extensive audit procedures also applied to these business units.

iii. The firm did not perform any substantive procedures to test revenue and inventory for these business units.

  • IT Controls: The firm selected for testing a control that included the issuer’s annual physical count of the inventory. The following deficiencies were identified:

i. The firm did not test the aspects of this control that addressed whether an accurate and complete count had occurred.

ii. The firm did not evaluate whether the issuer had appropriately investigated and resolved differences between the physical counts and the quantities recorded in the issuer’s inventory system.

iii. The firm did not evaluate whether the IT-dependent aspects of this control would be effective given the significant deficiency related to this IT system discussed above.

iv. The firm did not perform sufficient substantive procedures to test the existence of this inventory because the firm did not assess the effectiveness of the methods the issuer used to conduct its inventory counts.

III. The Securities Exchange Commission (SEC)

a) Charges for Negligence in FTX Audits and for Violating Auditor Independence Requirements (17th September, 2024)

The SEC alleges that Prager misrepresented its compliance with auditing standards regarding FTX. According to the SEC’s complaint, from February 2021 to April 2022, Prager issued two audit reports for FTX that falsely misrepresented that the audits complied with Generally Accepted Auditing Standards (GAAS). The SEC alleges that Prager failed to follow GAAS and its own policies and procedures by, among other deficiencies, not adequately assessing whether it had the competency and resources to undertake the audit of FTX. According to the complaint, this quality control failure led to Prager failing to comply with GAAS in multiple aspects of the audit — most significantly by failing to understand the increased risk stemming from the relationship between FTX and Alameda Research LLC, a crypto hedge fund controlled by FTX’s CEO. Because Prager’s audits of FTX were conducted without due care, for example, FTX investors lacked crucial protections when making their investment decisions. Ultimately, they were defrauded out of billions of dollars by FTX and bore the consequences when FTX collapsed.

The SEC’s complaint charges Prager with negligence-based fraud. Without admitting or denying the SEC’s findings, Prager agreed to permanent injunctions, to pay a $745,000 civil penalty, and to undertake remedial actions, including retaining an independent consultant to review and evaluate its audit, review, and quality control policies and procedures and abiding by certain restrictions on accepting new audit clients. The settlement is subject to court approval.

The SEC’s complaint alleged that, between approximately December 2017 and October 2020, the Prager Entities improperly included indemnification provisions in engagement letters for more than 200 audits, reviews, and exams and, as a result, were not independent from their clients, as required under the federal securities laws.

b) Fraud: Now-defunct digital pharmacy Medly Health Inc. raised over $170 million based on fake prescriptions and fraudulently inflated revenue. (12th September, 2024)

The Securities and Exchange Commission charged now-defunct digital pharmacy startup, Medly Health Inc’s. co-founder and former CEO, Marg Patel, former CFO, Robert Horowitz, and former Head of Rx Operations, Chintankumar Bhatt, with defrauding investors in connection with capital raising efforts that netted the company over $170 million.

According to the SEC’s complaint, from at least February 2021 through August 2022, Patel and Horowitz provided financial information to existing and prospective investors that fraudulently overstated Medly’s revenue due in part to millions of dollars’ worth of fake prescriptions entered into the company’s systems by Bhatt. The SEC’s complaint alleges, among other things, that Patel and Horowitz knew of, but failed to correct, significant accounting irregularities and were aware of several reports and complaints by employees that the revenue reported in Medly’s financial statements to investors was inaccurate.

The alleged facts of this case demonstrate significant corporate malfeasance. Startups that seek to raise capital from investors through deceitful conduct remain a continued focus for the Commission.

The SEC’s complaint, filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York, charges Patel, Horowitz, and Bhatt with violating the antifraud provisions of the securities laws and charges Bhatt with aiding and abetting Patel’s and Horowitz’s primary securities law violations. The complaint seeks permanent injunctions, civil money penalties, disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and officer-and-director bars against all three defendants.

From Published Accounts

Compiler’s Note

Key Audit Matters regarding:

  • Uncertainties on outcome of investigation conducted by SEBI and MCA
  • Litigation for termination of merger co-operation agreement
  • Litigation with Star India Private Limited for the ICC Contract

ZEE Entertainment Enterprises Ltd (31st March, 2024)

From Independent Auditors’ Report

Key Audit matters

Key Audit Matter

 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

 

Uncertainties on the ultimate outcome of the ongoing investigation being conducted by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (‘SEBI’) and the inspection being conducted by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs under Section 206(5) of the Act

(Refer to notes 56 of the standalone financial statements)

 

The Company, one the current KMP and one of its subsidiaries is involved in the ongoing investigation being conducted by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (‘SEBI’) with respect to certain transactions in earlier years with the vendors of the Company and one of the subsidiary companies. Pursuant to the above, SEBI has issued various summons and sought comments / information / explanations from the Company, its subsidiary and certain directors (including former directors), KMPs who have provided or are in process of providing the information requested.

 

The Company had also received a follow-up communication from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (‘MCA’)

for the ongoing inspection under section 206(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 against which the Company had submitted its response.

 

The management has informed the Board that based on its review of records of the Company / subsidiary, the transactions (including refunds) relating to the Company / subsidiary were against consideration for valid goods and services received.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company continues to monitor the progress of aforesaid matters and have also appointed Independent advisory committee to review the allegations.

 

Based on the available information, the management does not expect any material adverse impact on the Company/ Subsidiary with respect to the above and accordingly, believes that no adjustments are required to the accompanying statement.

 

Considering the uncertainty associated with the ultimate outcome of the investigation /  findings of independent advisory and significance of management judgement involved in assessing the future outcome and determining the required disclosure, this was considered to be a key audit matter in the audit of the standalone financial statements.

 

Further, the aforementioned matter as fully explained in Note 56 to the standalone financial statements is also considered fundamental to the user’s understanding of the standalone financial statements.

Our audit included, but was not limited to, the following procedures:

 

• Obtained understanding of management process and controls relating to identification and evaluation of proceedings and investigations at different levels in the Company;

 

• Evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls around above process;

 

• Obtained and reviewed the various show cause notices, orders, letters, summons and follow up requests from SEBI and MCA;

 

• Obtained and evaluated the response, information and documents submitted by the Company, its subsidiary, directors and KMPs;

 

• Reviewed the documents in hand (agreements, MOUs, purchase orders, invoices, bank statements, Board approvals and other required approvals) for transactions highlighted in the show cause notice and summons at Company/subsidiary level;

 

• Reviewed the work performed by Internal auditors on the agreed scope;

 

• Verified the conclusion of the erstwhile auditors and internal auditors including Advisory report submitted by SEBI based on Examination carried out in earlier years on the same transactions in earlier years;

 

• Obtained and evaluated the scope of work agreed with Independent Advisory Committee and the conclusions of the committee;

 

• Reviewed the legal opinion obtained by the management on the ongoing regulatory actions against the Company concluding that the investigation is at fact finding stage and no conclusion has been formed; and

 

• Evaluated the adequacy of disclosures given in the standalone financial statements with regard to regulatory action.

(ii)

 

Litigation for termination of Merger Co-operation agreement (Refer notes 30 and 55 of the standalone financial statements)

 

The Board of Directors of the Company, on 21st December, 2021, had approved the Scheme of Arrangement under Sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013 (Scheme), whereby the Company and Bangla Entertainment Private Limited (BEPL) an affiliate of Culver Max Entertainment Private Limited (Culver Max). Both the parties had been engaged in the process of obtaining the necessary approvals for completing the merger. The Company has incurred expenses aggregating to ` 2,784 million during the year (and aggregating to ` 4,618 million upto date) pursuant to such scheme of merger which have been disclosed under exceptional items in the relevant period.

However, on 22nd January, 2024, Culver Max and BEPL have issued a notice to the Company purporting to terminate the Merger co-operation Agreement (‘MCA’) and sought termination fee of USD 90,000,000 (United States Dollars Ninety Million) and alleged breaches by the Company of the terms of the MCA, they have also initiated arbitration for the same before the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (SIAC) and is currently pending as at reporting date.

 

The Management, based on legal tenability, progress of the arbitration and relying on the legal opinion obtained from independent legal counsel has determined that the above claims against the Company including towards termination fees is not tenable and does not expect any material adverse impact on the Company with respect to the above and accordingly, no adjustments are required to the accompanying standalone financial statement.

 

Considering the amounts involved are material and the application of accounting principles as given under Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets (‘Ind AS 37’), in order to determine the amounts to be recognised as liability or to be disclosed as a contingent liability or not, is inherently subjective

and needs careful evaluation and significant judgement to be applied by the management, this matter is considered to be a key audit matter for the current period audit. Further, the aforementioned matter as fully explained in Note 55 to the standalone financial statements is also considered fundamental to the user’s understanding of the standalone financial statements.

 

 

Our audit included, but was not limited to, the following procedures:

 

• Obtained understanding of management process and controls relating to implementation of the Merger Scheme and evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls around above process;

 

• Obtained and reviewed the terms and conditions mentioned in the MCA and Company’s compliance position with those terms and conditions;

 

• Obtained and reviewed the correspondence (including termination notice, arbitration notice, replies, NCLT filings, SIAC filings) between the Company, Culver Max and BEPL to corroborate our understanding of the matter;

 

• Reviewed the legal opinion from independent legal counsel obtained by the management with respect to termination of MCA;

 

• Assessed management decision to continue to classify the excluded entities in the MCA as Non-current assets held for sale in accordance with Ind AS 105 – Non-Current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations on its intention to continue with merger;

 

• Tested on sample basis the merger cost recorded as exceptional items in the standalone financial statements; and

 

• Evaluated the adequacy of disclosures given in the standalone financial statements with regard to litigation.

(iii) Litigation with Star India Private Limited for the ICC Contract (Refer notes 37 of the standalone financial statements)

 

On 26th August, 2022, the Company had entered into an agreement with Star India Private Limited (“Star”) for setting out the basis on which Star would be willing to grant sub-license rights in relation to television broadcasting rights of the International Cricket Council’s (ICC) Men’s and Under 19 (U-19) global events for a period of four years (ICC 2024-2027) on an exclusive basis (‘Alliance Agreement’). The performance of the Alliance Agreement was subject to certain conditions precedent including submission of financial commitments, provision of bank guarantee and corporate guarantee and pending final ICC approval for sub-licensing to the Company.

 

Till date, the Company has accrued ` 721 million for Bank Guarantee Commission and interest expenses for its share of Bank Guarantee and Deposit as per the alliance agreement.

 

During the year, Star has sent letters to the Company through its legal counsel alleging breach of the Alliance agreement on account of non-payment of dues for the rights in relation to first instalment of the rights fee aggregating to USD 203.56 million (` 16,934 million) along-with the payment for Bank Guarantee commission and deposit interest aggregating ` 170 million and financial commitments including furnishing of corporate guarantee/ confirmation as stated in the Alliance Agreement.

 

On 14th March, 2024, Star initiated arbitration proceedings against the Company under the Arbitration Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration and sought to specific performance of the Alliance Agreement (or alternatively, to pay damages).

Based on the legal advice, the management believes that Star has not acted in accordance with the Alliance Agreement, and has failed to obtain necessary approvals, execution of necessary documentation and agreements. The management also believes that Star by its conduct has breached the Alliance Agreement and is in default of terms thereof and consequently, the contracts stands repudiated and accordingly, the Company does not expect any material adverse impact with respect to the above and hence no adjustments were required to the accompanying standalone financial statements.

 

Considering the amounts involved are material and the application of accounting principles as given under Ind AS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, in order to determine the amounts to be recognised as liability or to be disclosed as a contingent liability or not, is inherently subjective and needs careful evaluation and significant judgement to be applied by the management, this matter is considered to be a key audit matter for the current period audit.

 

Further, the aforementioned matter as fully explained in Note 37 to the standalone financial statements is also considered fundamental to the user’s understanding of the standalone financial statements.

Our audit included, but was not limited to, the following procedures:

 

•  Obtained an understanding of the Alliance agreement along with the conditions mentioned therein and management’s compliance with those conditions;

 

• Obtained and reviewed the correspondence between the Company and Star along with the letters sent through legal counsel and the arbitration application filed;

 

• Evaluated the response received from the external legal counsel to ensure that the conclusions reached are supported by sufficient legal rationale;

 

• Involved Auditor’s expert to corroborate conclusions reached by the external legal counsel;

 

• Verified the invoices received for interest cost on deposits and bank guarantee and also verified the payment made by the Company against those invoices; and

 

Evaluated the adequacy of disclosures given in the standalone financial statements with regard to litigation.

 

From Notes to Financial Statements

  1. EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

#During the year, as part of the restructuring, the employee termination related cost aggregating to `220 Million have been recorded as an exceptional item.

The Company has accounted R2,564 Million (R1,762 Million) for certain employee and legal expenses pertaining to proposed Scheme of Arrangement (refer note 55).

Previous Year

The Company had settled the dispute with Indian Performing Rights Society Limited (IPRS) in relation to the consideration to be paid towards royalty for the usage of literary and musical works. On 6th March, 2023, the Company entered into the agreement with IPRS for settling its old disputes in light of the impending merger. The agreement entails settlement of the dues for the period 1st April, 2018 to 31st March, 2023. Accordingly, all the legal cases and proceedings filed by IPRS at various forums stands withdrawn.

The Company recorded an additional liability of `270 Million pertaining to earlier years as an ‘Exceptional Item’ by virtue of this settlement.

*In an earlier year, the Company had purchased 650 unlisted, secured redeemable non-convertible debentures (NCDs) of Zee Learn Limited (ZLL or issuer) guaranteed by the Company for an aggregate amount of `445 Million. The entire NCD were to be redeemed in phased manner by 31st March, 2024. The principal outstanding is `255 Million.

National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), Mumbai bench has admitted Corporate Insolvency petition under Section 7 of The Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code filed by Yes Bank Limited against ZLL vide its Order dated 10th February, 2023 which was subsequently stayed by National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT). On account of the uncertainties with respect to recoverability of the balances and delays during the year in receipt of instalments, the Company had made provision for the principal outstanding during year ended 31st March, 2023 and has disclosed same as part of ‘Exceptional items’.

  1. On 26th August, 2022, the Company had entered into an agreement with Star India Private Limited (‘Star’) for setting out the basis on which Star would be willing to grant sub-license rights in relation to television broadcasting rights of the International Cricket Council’s (ICC) Men’s and Under 19 (U-19) global events for a period of four years (ICC 2024-2027) on an exclusive basis (Alliance Agreement). The Company / Board had identified this acquisition of strategic importance ensuring the Company is present in all 3 segments of the media and entertainment business. The performance of the Alliance Agreement was subject to certain conditions precedent including submission of financial commitments, provision of bank guarantee and corporate guarantee and pending final ICC approval for sub-licensing to the Company.

Till date, the Company has accrued R721 Million for bank guarantee commission and interest expenses for its share of bank guarantee and deposit as per the Alliance Agreement.

During the year ended 31st March, 2024, Star has sent letters to the Company through its legal counsel alleging breach of the Alliance agreement on account of non-payment of dues for the rights in relation to first instalment of the rights fee aggregating to USD 203.56 million (R16,934 Million) along with the payment for bank guarantee commission and deposit interest aggregating R170 Million and financial commitments including furnishing of corporate guarantee / confirmation as stated in the Alliance agreement. Based on the legal advice, the Management believes that Star has not acted in accordance with the Alliance Agreement and has failed to obtain necessary approvals, execution of necessary documentation and agreements. The Management also believes that Star by its conduct has breached the Alliance agreement and is in default of the terms thereof and consequently, the contract stands repudiated. The Company has already communicated to Star that the Alliance Agreement cannot be proceeded with for the reasons set out above and has also sought refund of R685 million paid to Star.

During the year ended 31st March, 2024, Star initiated arbitration proceedings against the Company through its Notice of Arbitration dated 14th March, 2024 (Arbitration Notice) by which it has sought specific performance of the Alliance agreement by the Company or in the alternative compensate Star for damages suffered which have not been quantified. The Company has taken necessary steps to defend Star’s claim in the Arbitration.

The Board continues to monitor the progress of aforesaid matter. Based on the available information and legal advice, the Management believes that the Company has strong and valid grounds to defend any claims. Accordingly, the Company does not expect any material adverse impact with respect to the above as in its view the contract has been repudiated and no adjustments are required to the accompanying statements.

  1. The Board of Directors of the Company, at its meeting on 21st December, 2021, had considered and approved the Scheme of Arrangement under Sections 230 to 232 of the Companies Act, 2013 (Scheme), whereby the Company and Bangla Entertainment Private Limited (BEPL) (an affiliate of Culver Max Entertainment Private Limited (Culver Max) (formerly known as Sony Pictures Networks India Private Limited) shall merge in Culver Max in accordance with terms of Merger Corporation Agreement (MCA). After receipt of requisite approvals / NOC’s from shareholders and certain regulators including NSE, BSE, SEBI, CCI, ROC, etc., the Scheme was sanctioned by the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai (NCLT) on 10th August, 2023. Both the parties had been engaged in the process of obtaining the balance regulatory approvals, completion of closing formalities for the merger to be effective as per MCA.

Post expiry of the long stop date on 21st December, 2023, as per the terms of the MCA, the Company initiated good faith discussions with Culver Max to agree on revised effective date. On 22nd January, 2024, Culver Max and BEPL issued a notice to the Company purporting to terminate the MCA entered into by the parties in relation to the Scheme and have sought termination fee of USD 90,000,000 (United States Dollars Ninety Million) on account of alleged breaches by the Company of the terms of the MCA and initiated arbitration for the same before the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (SIAC).

Based on legal advice, during the year, the Company issued a reply to Culver Max and BEPL specifically denying any breach of its obligations under the MCA and reiterating that the Company has made all commercially reasonable efforts to fulfil its closing conditions precedents and obligations in good faith. The Company believes that the purported termination of the MCA is wrongful and the claim of termination fee by Culver Max and BEPL is legally untenable and the Company has disputed the same. The Company reserves its right to make claims including counter claims against Culver Max / BEPL for breaches of the MCA at the appropriate stage.

Further, Culver Max and BEPL sought emergency interim reliefs from an Emergency Arbitrator appointed by the SIAC requesting to injunct the Company from approaching the Hon’ble NCLT for implementation of the Scheme which was heard by SIAC and no relief was granted to Culver Max and BEPL vide the order rejected by the Emergency Arbitrator by an award dated 4th February, 2024.

The Company had filed an application before the Hon’ble NCLT seeking directions to implement the Scheme as approved by the shareholders and sanctioned by the Hon’ble NCLT on 12th March, 2024. Subsequent to the year end, the Company decided to withdraw the said application since despite all its efforts to implement the Scheme, Culver Max was opposing the same by filing multiple applications. Hon’ble NCLT has heard the application dated 17th April, 2024, filed by the Company seeking to withdraw the implementation application, for which the order is reserved.

The Board of Directors continue to monitor the progress of aforesaid matters. Based on legal opinion, the management believes the above claims against the Company including towards termination fees are not tenable and does not expect any material adverse impact on the Company with respect to the above and accordingly, no adjustments are required to the accompanying statement.

  1. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) had passed an ex-parte interim order dated 12th June 2023 and Confirmatory Order dated 14th August, 2023 (SEBI Order) against one of the current KMP of the Company for alleged violation of Section 4(1) and 4(2)(f) of SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices (FUTP) relating to Securities Market) Regulations, 2003.

On 30th October, 2023, the Hon’ble Securities Appellate Tribunal (SAT) set aside the above order passed by SEBI granting relief to the current KMP. The SAT order also recorded that the SEBI will continue with the investigation.

Pursuant to the above, SEBI has issued various summons and sought comments / information / explanation from Company, its subsidiary, directors under period of consideration and KMPs who have been providing information to SEBI from time to time, as requested.

With respect to the ongoing enquiry being conducted by SEBI, a writ petition challenging the same has been filed by an ex-director before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court against SEBI during the quarter wherein the Company has been impleaded as a respondent. The Company has filed its reply to the writ petition. The final adjudication of the petition is pending.

The management has informed the Board of Directors that based on its review of records of the Company / subsidiary, the transactions (including refunds) relating to the Company / subsidiary were against consideration for valid goods and services received.

On 23rd February, 2024, the Company has constituted an “Independent Investigation Committee” (Committee) headed by and under the chairmanship of Former Judge, Allahabad High Court and comprising of 2 independent directors of the Company, to review the allegations against the Company with a view to safeguard interest of the shareholders against widespread circulation of misinformation, market rumours, etc. The Committee is currently in progress of taking necessary steps as per aforesaid terms of reference.

The Board of Directors continues to monitor the progress of aforesaid matters. Based on the available information the management does not expect any material adverse impact on the Company with respect to the above and accordingly, believes that no adjustments are required to the financial statements.

The Company had also received a follow-up communication from the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) for the ongoing inspection under section 206(5) of the Companies Act, 2013 against which the Company had submitted its response.

From Directors’ Report

Composite Scheme of Arrangement

The Board of Directors of the Company, at its meeting held on 21st December, 2021 had considered and approved a Scheme of Arrangement under Sections 230 to 232 and other applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, amongst the Company, Bangla Entertainment Private Limited (‘BEPL’) and Culver Max Entertainment Private Limited (formerly known as Sony Pictures Networks India Private Limited) (‘CMEPL’) (collectively, the ‘Parties’) and their respective shareholders and creditors (‘Scheme’). The Parties also executed a Merger Co-operation Agreement (‘MCA’) to record their mutual understanding and agreement in relation to the Scheme. The Scheme received the requisite approvals / no-objections from shareholders and regulatory authorities including Competition Commission of India (‘CCI’), Regional Director (Western Region), the BSE Limited (‘BSE’), National Stock Exchange of India Limited (‘NSE’) and Official Liquidator; and was sanctioned by the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai (‘NCLT’) vide its orders dated 10th August, 2023, and 11th August, 2023.

On 22nd January, 2024, CMEPL and BEPL, (i) issued a notice to the Company purporting to terminate the MCA and seeking a termination fee of US$90 million on account of alleged breaches by the Company of the terms of the MCA; (ii) initiated arbitration against the Company before the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (‘SIAC’); (iii) sought emergency interim reliefs from an Emergency Arbitrator appointed by the SIAC.

On 23rd January, 2024, the Company issued a reply to CMEPL and BEPL, denying the contents of their letter dated 22nd January, 2024, and stating that the purported termination of the MCA was wrongful and the claim for termination fee was legally untenable. On 24th January, 2024, the Company filed an application before the NCLT seeking directions to implement the Scheme as approved by the shareholders and sanctioned by the NCLT. On 4th February, 2024, the Emergency Arbitrator appointed by SIAC, passed an award rejecting the emergency interim reliefs sought by CMEPL and BEPL.

On 17thApril, 2024, the Company based on legal advice filed an application before the NCLT seeking to withdraw its earlier application for implementation of the Scheme. On 23rd May, 2024, based on legal advice, the Company issued a notice to CMEPL and BEPL, terminating the MCA on account of their non-compliance/ omission to fulfil their obligations and hence, their breach of the MCA. On 24th June, 2024, the NCLT allowed the application filed by the Company to withdraw its application seeking implementation of the Scheme with liberty to the Parties to pursue their respective remedies as and when warranted and in accordance with law.

Meanwhile, on 22nd April, 2024, a three-member arbitral tribunal (‘Tribunal’) was constituted by SIAC. On 27th July, 2024, the Company filed an application before the Tribunal seeking certain directions in relation to the arbitration proceedings. While the disputes between the Parties were pending before the Tribunal, on 27th August, 2024, pursuant to approval of the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company entered into a Settlement Agreement with CMEPL and BEPL, inter alia, to (i) settle all disputes in relation to, arising out of or in connection with the Transaction Documents entered into by and amongst the Parties in respect of the Scheme, (ii) mutually terminate all such Transaction Documents, (iii) withdraw all application(s), claim(s), and / or counterclaim(s) before SIAC and relinquish all rights to file claim(s) and/or counterclaim(s) against each other in relation to and arising out of the Transaction Documents, including their termination and implementation, all claims for the US$90 million termination fee, damages, litigation and other costs incurred etc., and (iv) release each other from any and all claims in relation to the Transaction Documents entered into by the Parties in respect of the Scheme. The fact of the above settlement was also disclosed by the Company to the NSE and BSE on 27th August, 2024.

On 29th August, 2024, the Company filed an application before the NCLT seeking recall of the sanction order dated 10th August, 2023, and withdrawal of the Scheme. CMEPL and BEPL also filed a similar application seeking recall of the sanction order dated 11th August, 2023, and withdrawal of the Scheme. Thereafter, on 30th August, 2024, CMEPL and BEPL sent an email to the Registrar, SIAC, intimating SIAC that the Parties have entered into the Settlement Agreement, withdrawing their claim(s) and requesting that the Tribunal be discharged, and the arbitration proceedings be concluded. The Company also sent an email to the Registrar SIAC, confirming the contents of the above email sent by CMEPL and BEPL, relinquishing all rights to file claim(s) and / or counterclaim(s), withdrawing all pending application(s) and requesting SIAC to declare that the arbitration proceedings are concluded in light of the settlement. The above was also intimated by the Company to the BSE and NSE on 30th August, 2024.

On 30th August, 2024, CMEPL and BEPL also sent an email to the Tribunal informing them of the settlement between the parties and requesting the Tribunal to terminate the arbitration proceedings. The Company sent an email to the Tribunal on the same date, confirming the settlement.

On 30th August, 2024, the Company also took the following steps in terms of the Settlement Agreement:

(i) sent an email to the CCI, attaching a letter dated 30th August, 2024, informing the CCI that the MCA has been mutually terminated by the parties and the Company; (ii) sent a letter to the Ministry of Information and Broadcasting, Government of India (‘MIB’), informing the MIB that the MCA has been mutually terminated by the parties and therefore, the Scheme cannot be made effective; (iii) filed Form INC-28 with the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai (‘RoC’), informing the RoC that the Parties have mutually terminated the Transaction Documents entered into in connection with the Scheme and therefore, the Scheme cannot be made effective; and (iv) sent an email to the Collector of Stamps, Enforcement I, Mumbai (‘Stamp Authority’) attaching a letter dated 30th August, 2024, informing them that the Scheme cannot be made effective. Similar intimations were also made by CMEPL and BEPL to the CCI, MIB, RoC and the Stamp Authority.

On 5th September, 2024, the NCLT passed an order allowing the withdrawal of the Scheme and recalling the order dated 10th August, 2023 by which the Scheme was sanctioned. On 17th September, 2024, the Tribunal passed an order terminating the arbitration proceedings. Separately, on 9th October, 2024, the NCLT passed an order in the application filed by CMEPL and BEPL allowing the withdrawal of the Scheme and recall of the order dated 11th August, 2023.

Additionally, the appeals filed by Axis Finance Limited, IDBI Bank Limited, and IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited against the order dated 10th August, 2023 were listed before National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (‘NCLAT’) on 20th September, 2024. In view of the order passed by the NCLT on 5th September, 2024, the Appellants sought permission to withdraw their respective appeals, which was allowed by the NCLAT and the appeals were dismissed as withdrawn by order dated 20th September, 2024 passed by the NCLAT.

Separately, certain applications were filed by Phantom Studios India Private Limited (‘Phantom Studios’), a shareholder of the Company, seeking directions for implementation of the Scheme, and pending the disposal of its implementation application, restraining CMEPL and BEPL from taking actions contrary to the sanction of the Scheme. By order dated 9th July, 2024, the Hon’ble NCLT reserved the aforesaid applications for orders.

Given that (i) the Company, CMEPL and BEPL have mutually terminated all Transaction Documents in relation to the Scheme; (ii) the arbitration proceedings have been terminated; and (iii) the sanction orders passed by the NCLT have been recalled and the Scheme withdrawn from the NCLT, the aforesaid legal proceedings have no impact whatsoever on the Company. Any pending proceedings are now infructuous in light of the aforesaid circumstances, and nothing survives therein.

Segment Disclosures under Ind AS 108

Recently the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) clarified on a few issues relating to segment disclosures required under Ind AS 108 Operating Segments.

An entity is required to report a measure of total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment, if such amounts are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM). Further specific disclosures are required, of certain items, for each reportable segment, if those amounts are included in the measurement of the segment profit or loss, reviewed by the CODM or if those items are regularly provided to the CODM, even if those items were not included in measuring the segment profit or loss.

Paragraph 23 of Ind AS 108 which sets out the above requirement is reproduced below:

An entity shall report a measure of profit or loss for each reportable segment. An entity shall report a measure of total assets and liabilities for each reportable segment if such amounts are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker. An entity shall also disclose the following about each reportable segment if the specified amounts are included in the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the chief operating decision maker, or are otherwise regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker, even if not included in that measure of segment profit or loss:

a) revenues from external customers;

b) revenues from transactions with other operating
segments of the same entity;

c) interest revenue;

d) interest expense;

e) depreciation and amortisation;

f) material items of income and expense disclosed in accordance with paragraph 97 of Ind AS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements;

g) the entity’s interest in the profit or loss of associates and joint ventures accounted for by the equity method;

h) income tax expense or income; and

i) material non-cash items other than depreciation and amortisation.

An entity shall report interest revenue separately from interest expense for each reportable segment unless a majority of the segment’s revenues are from interest and the chief operating decision maker relies primarily on net interest revenue to assess the performance of the segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment. In that situation, an entity may report that segment’s interest revenue net of its interest expense and disclose that it has done so.

IFRIC reiterated that paragraph 23 of Ind AS 108 requires an entity to disclose the specified amounts for each reportable segment when those amounts are:

  • included in the measure of segment profit or loss reviewed by the CODM, even if they are not separately provided to or reviewed by the CODM, or
  • regularly provided to the CODM, even if they are not included in the measure of segment profit or loss.

The other clarification provided was with respect to materiality in the context of segment disclosures.

Before we jump to the issue, let us first quote certain important paragraphs under Ind AS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements:

PARAGRAPH 7: MATERIALITY

Information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.

Materiality depends on the nature or magnitude of information, or both. An entity assesses whether information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of its financial statements taken as a whole.

Information is obscured if it is communicated in a way that would have a similar effect for primary users of financial statements to omitting or misstating that information. The following are examples of circumstances that may result in material information being obscured: (a) information regarding a material item, transaction or other event is disclosed in the financial statements but the language used is vague or unclear; (b) information regarding a material item, transaction or other event is scattered throughout the financial statements; (c) dissimilar items, transactions or other events are inappropriately aggregated;(d) similar items, transactions or other events are inappropriately disaggregated; and (e) the understandability of the financial statements is reduced as a result of material information being hidden by immaterial information to the extent that a primary user is unable to determine what information is material.

Assessing whether information could reasonably be expected to influence decisions made by the primary users of a specific reporting entity’s general purpose financial statements requires an entity to consider the characteristics of those users while also considering the entity’s own circumstances.

PARAGRAPHS 30–31: AGGREGATION

30. Financial statements result from processing large numbers of transactions or other events that are aggregated into classes according to their nature or function. The final stage in the process of aggregation and classification is the presentation of condensed and classified data, which form line items in the financial statements. If a line item is not individually material, it is aggregated with other items either in those statements or in the notes. An item that is not sufficiently material to warrant separate presentation in those statements may warrant separate presentation in the notes.

30A When applying this and other Ind ASs an entity shall decide, taking into consideration all relevant facts and circumstances, how it aggregates information in the financial statements, which include the notes. An entity shall not reduce the understandability of its financial statements by obscuring material information with immaterial information or by aggregating material items that have different natures or functions.

31 Some Ind ASs specify information that is required to be included in the financial statements, which include the notes. An entity need not provide a specific disclosure required by an Ind AS if the information resulting from that disclosure is not material except when required by law. This is the case even if the Ind AS contains a list of specific requirements or describes them as minimum requirements. An entity shall also consider whether to provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specific requirements in Ind AS is insufficient to enable users of financial statements to understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions on the entity’s financial position and financial performance.

PARAGRAPH 97: DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS

97 When items of income or expense are material, an entity shall disclose their nature and amount separately.

A question arises as to the meaning of ‘material items of income and expense’ in the context of paragraph 97 of Ind AS 1 as referenced in paragraph 23(f) of Ind AS 108.

MATERIAL ITEMS OF INCOME AND EXPENSE

Paragraph 23(f) of Ind AS 108 sets out one of the required ‘specified amounts’, namely, ‘material items of income and expense disclosed in accordance with paragraph 97 of Ind AS 1’. Paragraph 97 of Ind AS 1 states that ‘when items of income or expense are material, an entity shall disclose their nature and amount separately’.

Definition of ‘Material’

Paragraph 7 of Ind AS 1 defines ‘material’ and states ‘information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial reports make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity’.

Paragraph 7 of Ind AS 1 also states that ‘materiality depends on the nature or magnitude of information, or both. An entity assesses whether information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of its financial statements taken as a whole’.

Aggregation of information

Paragraphs 30–31 of Ind AS 1 provide requirements about how an entity aggregates information in the financial statements, which include the notes. Paragraph 30A of Ind AS 1 states that ‘an entity shall not reduce the understandability of its financial statements by obscuring material information with immaterial information or by aggregating material items that have different natures or functions’.

Applying paragraph 23(f) of Ind AS 108 – material items of income and expense

IFRIC clarified that, when Ind AS 1 refers to materiality, it is in the context of ‘information’ being material. An entity applies judgement in considering whether disclosing, or not disclosing, information in the financial statements could reasonably be expected to influence decisions users of financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements.

IFRIC clarified, in applying paragraph 23(f) of Ind AS 108 by disclosing, for each reportable segment, material items of income and expense disclosed in accordance with paragraph 97 of Ind AS 1, an entity:

a) applies paragraph 7 of Ind AS 1 and assesses whether information about an item of income and expense is material in the context of its financial statements taken as a whole;

b) applies the requirements in paragraphs 30–31 of Ind AS 1 in considering how to aggregate information in its financial statements

c) considers the nature or magnitude of information—in other words, qualitative or quantitative factors — or both, in assessing whether information about an item of income and expense is material; and

d) considers circumstances including, but not limited to, those in paragraph 98 of Ind AS 1.

Furthermore, paragraph 23(f) of Ind AS 108 does not require an entity to disclose by reportable segment each item of income and expense presented in its statement of profit or loss or disclosed in the notes. In determining information to disclose for each reportable segment, an entity applies judgement and considers the core principle of Ind AS 108 — which requires an entity to disclose information to enable users of its financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business activities in which it engages and the economic environments in which it operates.

Audit? Sorry Boss!

Shrikrishna : Arjun, you seem to be relaxed today.

Arjun : Yes. Bhagwan. I have taken the biggest decision in my profession today.

Shrikrishna : Before I forget, I had some work with you. There is a request.

Arjun : Lord, you have to command and not request me. I am your disciple, devotee, younger cousin, friend and even your obedient servant. Actually, you are my Lord! I can’t do anything in my life without your blessings. Please tell me.

Shrikrishna : Actually, I avoided telling it earlier since you were stressed in your deadlines. Now Diwali is over, extended deadlines are over.  Now, only normal work may be there.

Arjun : Bhagwan, howsoever busy I may be, but your work is always a priority. Please tell me. I will only be too pleased.

Shrikrishna : You know, my family has a big dairy business.

Arjun : Yes. You were brought up with milk-maids.

Shrikrishna : Last week, our auditor communicated his inability to continue. I want you to audit my brother’s company’s accounts.

Arjun : Oh! Oh!! Oh!!! Bhagwan! (collapses in nervousness)

Shrikrishna : Arey Arjun, what happened? You were in a good mood just now, since you have taken a big decision.

Arjun : Bhagwan, you made this request before I could tell my historic decision to you.

Shrikrishna : What is that, Paarth?

Arjun : I have taken a pledge like Bheeshma. I won’t sign any audits henceforth!

Shrikrishna : Strange! But I will be paying your fees.

Arjun : Bhagwan, will I ever charge fees to you or your brother? But I am sorry. Please don’t ask me to do the audit. In fact, my big  decision is that I conveyed to all my audit clients that I am unable to continue as an auditor. I tendered my resignations to many of them.

Shrikrishna : Surprising! Before I asked you, I checked up with many other local CAs. But everybody refused. Our accounts are clean.

Arjun : You are one hundred per cent right. But now we are all afraid of ever-increasing regulations. We are not equipped to do large company’s audits.

Shrikrishna : Why? All these years, you were signing their audits.

Arjun : Times have changed. You can tell me again to fight with enemies even more dreadful than the Kauravas; you can tell me to go to exile again; or give any other task. But audit? No way.

Shrikrishna : Why suddenly this wave of quitting audits?

Arjun : Bhagwan, now even Brahamadev will not dare to sign big company’s audits.

Shrikrishna : But why?

Arjun : Lord, you know that mine is a mid-size firm. We don’t get good staff or articles. We are so stressed that we cannot spare time to  upgrade ourselves. There is virtually a flood of regulations. There is always a fear of disciplinary action against us.

Shrikrishna : But who has the time to check your work?

Arjun : Lord, you are mistaken. Now, there is QRB, FRRB, – where knowledgeable professionals examine our work. They raise dozens of points. Many of them are too technical. We don’t have the necessary expertise to implement things like IndAS IFRS, SQC, or even the SAs.

Shrikrishna : Hmmm!

Arjun : Moreover, often nowadays there are irregularities in accounts. Management themselves are involved in fraud. The government expects us to detect fraud, although an audit is not an investigation. They want us to be bloodhounds and not merely watchdogs. And that new authority, NFRA! We are very much afraid.

Shrikrishna : Then how the big firms can do the audits?

Arjun : No, Lord. Even they are avoiding. They have all the resources and workforce. Still, they find it risky. So, they admit junior  members as partners to sign the audits. This is the reality of life!

Shrikrishna : I understand. If you are not geared up to take these challenges better not accept the large audits. Rather, it would be unethical to venture into such tasks without a trained workforce, without full knowledge of regulations.

Arjun : Bhagwan, today, in all frauds and scandals, auditors are also accused. Many CAs today are on bail. I cannot afford to face such things.

Shrikrishna : The problem seems to be really grave. It would help if you made  proper representation to the government.

Arjun : That is the biggest problem. We are not at all united. We do not have strong and competent leaders, we don’t vote properly, and wisely. Instead of looking at merits, we vote by community  criterion only! The government also has a closed mind.

Shrikrishna : Very sad. I guess that is the reason why our existing auditor refused to be reappointed! But then, the government will allow non-CAs to do the audits!

Arjun : Ha! Ha!! Ha!!! Having put all our life into it, we can’t do it. How can others cope with it? I suggest that you  as a business community should take up the matter with the government. Unfortunately, in audit, the management does not cooperate. They are least bothered about the auditor’s difficulties. More burdens but no reward!

Now, enough is enough.

Bhagwan, now you only have to do something to save our profession.

Shrikrishna : Tathaastu.

                    Om Shanti.

This dialogue is based on the current scenario of CAs avoiding signing large audits. Actually, it would be unethical to accept such audits if you cannot do justice to them.

Part A | Company Law

10 Case No 1/ December 24

In the Matter of

M/s. Holitech India Private Limited

Registrar of Companies, Kanpur Uttar Pradesh

Adjudication Order No. 07/01/Adj.134(3)(f) Holitech India Private Limited /5458

Date of Order: 13th November, 2023

Adjudication order for violation of section 134(3)(f) of the Companies Act 2013 by the Company and its Directors: Failure to provide explanations and comments in the Board Report on the qualification made by the Statutory Auditors in his Report.

FACTS

The Inquiry Officer (“IO”) during the course of his enquiry had observed from the Audit Report for the Financial Year ended as on 31st March, 2020, that the Statutory Auditor had given Qualified Report stating that the company did not have appropriate system regarding receipt and issue of inventories for production, overheads, trade payable which could potentially result in under statement and overstatement of financial of the company.

The Board Report for the said financial year did not include the comments or explanations by the Board on
Qualified Opinion made by the Statutory Auditor in his Audit Report.

Thereafter, Regional Director (“RD”) on basis of (IO) report, directed Adjudication Officer (“AO”) to take necessary action against M/s HIPL and its directors for non-compliance with provisions of Section 134(3)(f) of the Companies Act, 2013. Accordingly, the AO had issued

Show Cause Notice(SCN). However, the SCN was returned to the AO office as undelivered. Consequent to that, no hearing on this matter was fixed and neither any representative of M/s HIPL or its directors furnished their reply nor appeared before the AO.

Therefore, the AO decided to pass an order on this matter as per the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.

PROVISIONS

Section 134(3)(f)

There shall be attached to statements laid before a company in general meeting, a report by its Board of Directors, which shall include, explanations or comments by the Board on every qualification, reservation or adverse remark or disclaimer made by the auditor in his report; and by the company secretary in practice in his secretarial audit report

Penal section for non-compliance / default, if any

Section 134(8)

If a company is in default in complying the provisions of this section, the company shall be liable to a penalty of three lakh rupees and every officer who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees.

ORDER

The AO, after having considered the facts and circumstances of the case and after taking into account the factors above, imposed ₹3,00,000 (Rupees Three Lakh only) on the company and ₹50,000/- (Rupees Fifty Thousand only) on each director of the company under section 134(8) of the Companies Act 2013 for failure to comply with section 134(3)(f) of the Companies Act, 2013, and for not providing explanations or comments on Board Report for qualification made by the Statutory Auditor in his Audit Report for the Financial year ended as on 31st March, 2020.

11 11 Case 2 / December 2024

In the Matter of

M/s Dalas Biotech Limited Company

Registrar of Companies, Jaipur

Adjudication Order No. ROCJP/SCN/149/2024-25/1367

Date of Order: 31st July, 2024.

Adjudication Order for violation with regards to Non-Appointment / Non-filling up Causal Vacancy of an Independent Director in the Board within the prescribed time limit and not having minimum Independent Directors on its Board as provided in Section 149(4) of the Companies Act 2013 read with Rule 4(1) of the Companies (Appointment of Directors) Rules, 2014.

FACTS

M/s DBL had two Independent Directors in its Board as on 28th March, 2015 and one of the Independent Directors Mr. BRS resigned from the Directorship from 23rd November, 2017, thereby creating a causal vacancy. The said vacancy of the Independent Director was required to be filled by the M/s DBL on or before 22nd February, 2018. However, M/s DBL filled the vacancy on 15th March, 2021.

Therefore, M/s DBL and its directors were in default since they had violated the provisions of Section 149(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4(1) of the Companies (Appointment of Directors) Rules,2014 for the period from 23rd February, 2018 to 14th March, 2021 as the new director Mr. MK was appointed in M/s DBL with effect from 15th March, 2021.

Further, Mr. VK gave his resignation which was effective from 30th March, 2021 and that created a new vacancy for an Independent Director in the Board of Directors of the M/s DBL which was required to be filled up on or before 29th June, 2021. Thereafter, M/s DBL appointed another independent director Mr. SY on 06th January, 2023, thereby violating the provisions of Section 149(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4(1) of the Companies (Appointment of Directors) Rule, 2014 for the period from 30th June, 2021 to 05th January, 2023.

In view of the above, the Registrar of Companies (ROC)/ Adjudicating Officer (AO) issued a Show Cause Notice (SCN) to M/s DBL for furnishing reply.

M/s DBL had made a submission/reply to AO stating that M/s DBL was in search of appropriate skill in the market but was not able to find appropriate person. Also, there was massive panic during COVID-19 pandemic and hence, there was delay in fulfilment of causal vacancy. However, the said submission was not considered as a satisfactory reply by AO. Therefore, the AO fixed a date for hearing of this matter. However, no representative of the M/s DBL appeared on the date.

PROVISIONS

149(4): “Every listed public company shall have at least one-third of the total number of Directors as independent Directors and the Central Government may prescribe the minimum number of independent Directors in case of any class or classes of public companies.”

Rule 4(1) of the Companies (Appointment of Directors) Rules2014:

“The following class or classes of companies shall have at least two directors as independent directors –

(i) the Public Companies having paid up share capital of ten crore rupees or more; or

(ii) the Public Companies having turnover of one hundred crore rupees or more; or

(iii) the Public Companies which have, in aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures and deposits, exceeding fifty crore rupees:

Provided that in case a company covered under this rule is required to appoint a higher number of independent directors due to composition of its audit committee, such higher number of independent directors shall be applicable to it:

Provided further that any intermittent vacancy of an independent director shall be filled-up by the Board at the earliest but not later than immediate next Board meeting or three months from the date of such vacancy, whichever is later.”

Penalty section for non-compliance / default, if any

172: “ If a company is in default in complying with any of the provisions of this Chapter and for which no specific penalty or punishment is provided therein, the company and every officer of the company who is in default shall be liable to a penalty of fifty thousand rupees, and in case of continuing failure, with a further penalty of five hundred rupees for each day during which such failure continues, subject to a maximum of three lakh rupees in case of a company and one lakh rupees in case of an officer who is in default.”

ORDER

AO, after having considered the facts and circumstances of the case and after considering the documents filed by the M/s DBL had concluded that the M/s DBL and its directors were liable for penalty as prescribed under section 172 of the Companies Act, 2013 for default made in complying with the requirements. Hence, AO imposed a penalty of ₹6,00,000 (Rupees Six Lakhs Only) on M/s DBL and ₹2,00,000 (Rupees Two Lakhs Only) on Mr.SR, Managing Director of M/s DBL under section 149(4) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 4(1) of the Companies (Appointment of Directors) Rules, 2014 in respect of non-appointment / non-filling up causal vacancy of Independent Directors in the Board within the prescribed time limit and not having minimum Independent Directors on its Board.

From Speculation to Stability: SEBI’s Comprehensive Regulatory Measures in Derivatives Markets

BACKGROUND

Derivatives are a cornerstone of modern financial markets, providing a vast array of tools for speculation, risk management, and portfolio diversification. However, despite their usefulness, derivative instruments come with a set of inherent risks, especially when traded by retail investors who may not have the necessary expertise or tools.

Given the changing market dynamics in the equity derivatives segment in recent years with increased retail participation, offering of short-tenure index options contracts, and heightened speculative trading volumes in index derivatives on the expiry date, the regulator seeks to enhance investor protection and promote market stability in derivative markets, while ensuring sustained capital formation.

Dynamics of Derivatives with the Retail Segment

The retail segment in India has seen substantial growth in derivatives trading, particularly in the equity F&O (Futures and Options) market. However, recent studies conducted by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) have raised concerns about the financial health of retail traders in the equity F&O segment. Significant trading activity happens during the day of expiry and significant speculative activity happens during the contract expiry period.

A recently updated study issued by Department of Economic and Policy Analysis, SEBI on individual traders in the equity F&O segment reveals alarming statistics about the financial outcomes for retail participants. The derivatives market turnover in India has significantly surpassed the cash market turnover. Reports suggest that Indian markets account for 30 per cent to 50 per cent of global exchange-traded derivative trades, aided by technology, increasing digital access and varied product offerings. The total number of Demat accounts in India rose to 15.8 crore as at the end of May 24, of which 12.2 crore accounts were opened since April 2020. Between FY22 and FY24, a staggering 93 per cent of over one crore individual F&O traders incurred average losses of ₹2 lakh each, factoring in transaction costs. A small fraction, around 3.5 per cent (about 4 lakh traders), faced even more significant losses, averaging ₹28 lakh per person. Only 1 per cent of traders were able to generate profits exceeding ₹1 lakh after accounting for transaction costs. These findings highlight the persistent struggle of retail investors in the high-risk world of equity derivatives.

The distribution of profits paints a stark contrast between individual traders and institutional players. While proprietary traders and Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs) generated substantial profits of ₹33,000 crore and ₹28,000 crore respectively in FY24, individual traders as a group faced collective losses of ₹61,000 crore. The lion’s share of these profits by larger entities came from algorithmic trading, with 97 per cent of FPI profits and 96 per cent of proprietary trader profits attributed to automated systems. This suggests that individual traders, without access to such sophisticated tools, are at a significant disadvantage in the market. This poses a question whether derivatives are a product for the retailers.

Transaction costs also play a critical role in exacerbating the losses faced by individual traders. On average, retail participants spent ₹26,000 per person on F&O transaction costs in FY24. Over the three-year period from FY22 to FY24, these traders collectively spent about ₹50,000 crore on transaction costs, with brokerage fees accounting for 51 per cent and exchange fees contributing to 20 per cent. Transaction costs add a substantial burden to traders already struggling with poor market performance, further eroding their capital.

The study also notes an increase in participation from younger traders and those from smaller cities. The proportion of traders under 30 years of age in the F&O segment rose sharply from 31 per cent in FY23 to 43 per cent in FY24. Furthermore, 72 per cent of individual traders came from Beyond Top 30 (B30) cities, surpassing the proportion of mutual fund investors (62 per cent from B30 cities). This shift suggests a growing trend of younger and less affluent traders demonstrating penetration from emerging cities of India entering the F&O market, often without sufficient experience or understanding of the risks involved.

Despite the overwhelming evidence of losses, many individual traders continue to participate in the F&O market. Over 75 per cent of loss-making traders persisted with their trading activity, indicating a strong sense of urge or a reluctance to exit the market. This persistence, coupled with the increasing participation of younger and less experienced traders, calls for greater regulatory attention and more robust investor education programs to prevent further financial distress in the retail trader community.

The SEBI study clearly illustrates the challenges faced by individual traders in the equity F&O segment, particularly the high rates of loss, significant transaction costs, and the disparity in profits between retail traders and institutional investors. Additionally, the popularity of shorter-duration options in indices with few stocks and high volatility could amplify leverage.

According to the RBI’s bi-annual Financial Stability Report (FSR), trading volumes in the derivatives segment have grown exponentially in notional terms. However, when measured by premium turnover, the growth has been more linear. The ratio of premium turnover to the cash market has remained stable over the past three years. Additionally, the popularity of shorter-duration options in indices with few stocks and high volatility could amplify leverage. Retail investors might be impacted by sudden market movements without proper risk management, which could have knock-on effects on the cash market. However, it is crucial for retail traders to understand the risks involved in derivatives trading — especially in illiquid markets — and adopt prudent risk management strategies, including diversification, position sizing, and leveraging hedging tools effectively.

One such scenario includes trading in Illiquid options. Trading involves buying and selling options contracts that have low trading volumes and limited market participation. These options tend to be associated with less popular underlying assets, distant expiration dates, or strike prices that are far from the current market price of the underlying asset. Because of the reduced trading activity, illiquid options typically have wider bid-ask spreads, meaning the difference between the price a buyer is willing to pay and the price a seller is asking for is larger.

The primary risk of trading illiquid options is the difficulty in executing trades at favourable prices. With fewer market participants, large orders can significantly impact the price of the option, resulting in slippage — where the execution price is worse than anticipated. Additionally, illiquid markets can make it harder to close a position, as there may not be enough buyers or sellers at the desired price.

Recently SEBI has passed various adjudication orders on entities involved in trading in Illiquid stock options on Derivative Trading platform of BSE. SEBI observed large-scale reversal of trades in stock options leading to creation of artificial volume at BSE.

Pursuant to SEBI Investigation, it was observed that a total of 2,91,744 trades comprising 81.40 per cent of all the trades executed in stock options segment of BSE during the period were allegedly to be non-genuine in nature and created false or misleading appearance of trading in terms of artificial volumes in stock options and therefore to be manipulative or deceptive in nature.

The entities on which adjudication is passed by SEBI were involved in Reversal Trade. Reversal trades are considered to be those trades in which an entity reverses its buy or sell positions in a contract with subsequent sell or buy positions with the same counterparty during the same day. The said reversal trades are alleged to be non-genuine trades as they are not executed in the normal course of trading, lack basic trading rationale, lead to false or misleading appearance of trading in terms of generation of artificial volumes and hence are deceptive and manipulative.

The entities were adjudicated under provision of PFUTP Regulations, 2003.

This led to an urgent need for regulatory reforms to address these issues, including measures to reduce transaction costs, enhance transparency, and promote better risk management practices among individual traders. Additionally, increased investor education and support, particularly for young and inexperienced traders, could help mitigate the risks associated with derivatives trading. Without such interventions, the current trends of rising participation and continued losses could further harm the financial well-being of retail investors. SEBI has also been considering a review of the eligibility criteria for determining entry/exit of stocks in derivatives segment.

Identifying the Risk

Risk management is not possible without identifying the risks and understanding the consequence of not managing the risk effectively. This can be particularly problematic for retail traders who may lack sufficient expertise to manage these risks effectively. The key risks involved in derivative trading include:

Market risk refers to the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying asset. This can happen if there is a sudden change in market conditions, such as a global financial crisis or a natural disaster. If the value of the underlying asset falls significantly, the value of the derivative can also decline, potentially leading to significant losses for investors.

Leverage can enhance the impact of market risk. Since an investor is required to pay only the margin or premium, as the case may be, the actual exposure to the underlying would be a multiple of the amount paid. If the investor has not properly understood and put a significant amount of capital towards the margin or premium, the losses could be huge, potentially wiping the investor out financially.

Liquidity risk is another significant one. It refers to the risk that an investor may not be able to exit a position in the derivative market quickly or at a fair price. In the Indian securities markets, most actively traded derivatives contracts are short-term, so liquidity risk may not be much as the contract will expire soon.

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, or systems, or from external events. While such instances could be rare, these incidents can lead to significant losses for investors who are unable to exit their positions in time.

Regulatory Measures to Strengthen Derivatives Framework for Increased Investor Protection and Market Stability

Recognising the growing risks and challenges faced by retail investors, SEBI has introduced several regulatory measures to strengthen the derivatives market and safeguard investor interests. Key regulatory reforms include the following:

  1. Upfront collection of premiums: Options being timed contracts with the possibility of fast-paced price appreciation or depreciation. Starting February 2025, the regulator requires that options buyers pay the full premium upfront. The upfront margin collection shall also include net options premium payable at the client level. This rule aims to reduce excessive intraday leverage and ensure that traders’ exposure to risk is in line with their collateral.
  2. Removal of calendar spreads: Effective from February 2025, calendar spreads (trading of offsetting positions across different expiry dates) will no longer be permitted on expiry days. Calendar spreads are seen as increasing market volatility and basis risk on expiry days, which can exacerbate price fluctuations and lead to higher market manipulation risks. Accordingly, on the day of expiry, the worst-case scenario loss shall be calculated separately for the contracts expiring on the given day and for the rest of the contracts.
  3. Intraday monitoring of position limits: Intraday monitoring of position limits from April 2025. Given the large volumes of trading on expiry day, there is a possibility of undetected intraday positions beyond permissible limits during the course of the day. Stock exchanges will be required to take a minimum 4 snapshots of traders’ positions during the trading day to ensure compliance with permissible limits, particularly during volatile expiry periods.
  4. Increase in minimum contract size: Starting November 2024, the minimum contract size for index derivatives shall not be less than ₹15 lakh at the time of its introduction in the market. Given the
    inherent leverage and higher risk in derivatives, this recalibration in minimum contract size, in tune with the growth of the market, would ensure that an inbuilt suitability and appropriateness criteria for participants is maintained as intended
  5. Rationalisation of weekly contracts: Expiry day trading in index options is largely speculative. Different Stock Exchanges offer short tenure options contracts on indices which expire on every day of the week. In order to specifically address this issue of excessive trading in index derivatives on expiry day, it has been decided to rationalize index derivatives products offered by exchanges that expire on a weekly basis. This measure seeks to curb excessive trading on expiry days and encourage more stable capital formation.
  6. Extreme loss margin (ELM): SEBI will impose an additional 2 per cent Extreme Loss Margin for all short options contracts expiring on a given day, effective from November 2024. This will help mitigate the risk of tail events and limit extreme price movements on expiry days.

The measures introduced by SEBI, including increased margin requirements, position limits, and stricter monitoring of speculative trading, are a step in the right direction to protect individual investors and ensure a more stable and transparent market environment.

Conclusion

The financial sector regulators, SEBI and RBI have always raised a concern on derivatives trading over increasing volumes in the F&O Market, highlighting its potential macro-economic impact. Recent measures introduced by SEBI are primarily aimed at reducing excessive speculative trading and ensuring better risk management practices. As market participants adapt to the new regulations in a phased manner, the potential for a more mature and stable derivatives market could emerge, benefiting both investors and the overall financial ecosystem in India.

“The aim is to enhance capital formation while ensuring capital protection”

X-X-X-X

Source: Analysis of Profit and Loss of Individual Traders dealing in Equity F&O Segment, issued by SEBI.

SEBI Consultation Paper and Circular on Measures to Strengthen Equity Index Derivatives Framework for Increased Investor Protection and Market Stability.

Audit Committee: Role and Responsibilities

I. INTRODUCTION

The Board of Directors of a company carries out various roles and responsibilities in relation to a company. Many of these responsibilities are through various Board Committees. Of all the Committees of the Board, the Audit Committee is probably the most vital and is entrusted with the maximum tasks and duties. While an Audit Committee is mandatory for a listed company under the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) / the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“LODR”), it is also mandatory for certain public limited companies under the provisions of the Act. Let us examine the salient facets of this very important Board Committee. Interestingly, neither the Act nor the LODR defines the meaning of the term Audit Committee. The Corporate Governance Institute defines it as

“An audit committee is a committee of a company‘s board of directors that is responsible for overseeing the financial reporting process, internal controls, and audit activities.”

Let us examine the key duties and powers of the Audit Committee.

II. REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Companies Act, 2013

S.177 of the Act states that every listed public company and such other class or classes of companies, as may be prescribed, shall constitute an Audit Committee. The class of public limited companies prescribed in this respect are:

(i) Public Companies having paid up share capital of ₹10 crore or more; or

(ii) Public Companies having turnover of ₹100 crore or more; or

(iii) Public Companies that have, in the aggregate, outstanding loans, debentures, and deposits, exceeding ₹50 crore.

Thus, as per the Act, all listed companies and the above-mentioned unlisted public limited companies are required to mandatorily constitute an Audit Committee. Private limited companies and unlisted public companies not covered need not have an Audit Committee. However, they may voluntarily choose to have one.

The following types of public companies are exempted from constituting an Audit Committee:

(a) a joint venture

(b) a wholly owned subsidiary; and

(c) a dormant company as defined under section 455 of the Act.

2.2 LODR

Under the LODR, every Listed Company must constitute a qualified and independent Audit Committee.

III. COMPOSITION

3.1 The composition of the Audit Committee in the case of listed companies is determined by both the Act and the LODR (the higher requirements would prevail) and in the case of other companies by the Act. These are explained below:

Features Act LODR
Number of Members Minimum 3 Directors Minimum 3 Directors
Independent Directors

 

The majority of members of the Committee should be Independent Directors.

 

At least 2/3 of the members of the audit committee shall be independent Directors.

In case of a listed entity having equity shares with superior voting rights, the audit committee shall only comprise of independent directors.

Qualifications

 

The majority of members of the Audit Committee including its Chairperson shall be persons with the ability to read and understand, the financial statements.

 

All members of the Audit Committee shall be financially literate and at least one member. Shall have accounting or related financial management expertise.

For the purpose of this regulation, “financially literate” means the ability to read and understand basic financial statements i.e. balance sheet, profit and profit and loss account, and statement of cash flows.

A member shall be considered to have accounting or related financial management expertise if he or she possesses experience in finance or accounting, or requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication, including being or having been a CEO, CFO, or other senior officers with financial oversight responsibilities.
Chairman

 

 

The chairperson of the Audit Committee shall be an independent director.

 

Secretary

 

 

The Company Secretary shall act as the secretary to the Audit Committee.

 

Invitees

 

The auditors of a company and the key managerial personnel shall have a right to be heard in the meetings of the Audit Committee when it considers the auditor’s report but shall not have the right to vote.

 

The Audit Committee at its discretion shall invite the finance director or head of the finance function, head of the internal audit, and a representative of the statutory auditor and any other such executives to be present at the meetings of the committee:

Provided that occasionally the Audit Committee may meet without the presence of any executives of the listed entity.

Quorum

 

 

The quorum for audit committee meetings shall either be 2 members or 1/3 of the members of the Audit Committee, whichever is greater, with at least 2 independent directors.

 

Frequency of Meetings

 

 

The Audit Committee shall meet at least 4 times in a year and not more than 120 days shall elapse between 2 meetings.

 

Maximum Number of Audit Committees / Directors

 

 

A Director can act as a Chairman of a maximum of 5 Audit Committees + Stakeholders’ Committees put together in the case of listed companies. In this case, unlisted public / private / s.8 companies are excluded.

Further, a Director can act as a member / Chairman of not more than 10 Audit Committees + Stakeholders’ Committees put together considering listed and unlisted public companies. For this purpose, private and s.8 companies are excluded.

IV. ROLE AND DUTIES

4.1 The Companies Act prescribes the following roles and responsibilities for every Audit Committee (whether of a listed / unlisted public company):

(i) the recommendation for appointment, remuneration, and terms of appointment of auditors of the company;

(ii) review and monitor the auditor’s independence and performance, and effectiveness of the audit process;

(iii) examination of the financial statement and the auditors’ report thereon;

(iv) approval or any subsequent modification of transactions of the company with a related party (explained in greater detail below);

(v) scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;

(vi) valuation of undertakings or assets of the company, wherever it is necessary;

(vii) evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;

(viii) monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters.

(ix) The Audit Committee may call for the comments of the auditors about internal control systems, the scope of the audit, including the observations of the auditors and review of financial statements before their submission to the Board and may also discuss any related issues with the internal and statutory auditors and the management of the company.

(x) The Audit Committee shall have the authority to investigate any matter in relation to the items specified above or referred to it by the Board and for this purpose shall have the power to obtain professional advice from external sources and have full access to the information contained in the records of the company.

4.2 In addition, the LODR prescribes that the audit committee of a listed company shall have powers to investigate any activity within its terms of reference, seek information from any employee, obtain outside legal or other professional advice, and secure attendance of outsiders with relevant expertise if it considers necessary.

The LODR lays down the following additional duties for the Audit Committee of a listed company:

(a) oversight of the listed entity’s financial reporting process and the disclosure of its financial information to ensure that the financial statement is correct, sufficient, and credible;

(b) recommendation for appointment, remuneration, and terms of appointment of auditors of the listed entity;

(c) approval of payment to statutory auditors for any other services rendered by the statutory auditors;

(d) reviewing, with the management, the annual financial statements and auditor’s report thereon before submission to the board for approval, with particular reference to:

  • matters required to be included in the director’s responsibility statement to be included in the Board of Director’s Report;
  • changes, if any, in accounting policies and practices and reasons for the same;
  • Major accounting entries involving estimates based on the exercise of judgment by management;
  • significant adjustments made in the financial statements arising out of audit findings;
  • compliance with listing and other legal requirements relating to financial statements;
  • disclosure of any related party transactions;
  • modified opinion(s) in the draft audit report;

(e) reviewing, with the management, the quarterly financial statements before submission to the board
for approval;

(f) reviewing, with the management, the statement of uses / application of funds raised through an issue (public issue, rights issue, preferential issue, etc.), the statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer document / prospectus / notice and the report submitted by the monitoring agency monitoring the utilisation of proceeds of a public issue or rights issue or preferential issue or qualified institutions placement, and making appropriate recommendations to the board to take up steps in this matter;

(g) Reviewing and monitoring the auditor’s independence and performance, and effectiveness of the audit process;

(h) approval or any subsequent modification of transactions of the listed entity with related parties;

(i) scrutiny of inter-corporate loans and investments;

(j) valuation of undertakings or assets of the listed entity, wherever it is necessary;

(k) evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems;

(l) reviewing, with the management, the performance of statutory and internal auditors, adequacy of the internal control systems;

(m) reviewing the adequacy of the internal audit function, if any, including the structure of the internal audit department, staffing, and seniority of the official heading the department, reporting structure coverage, and frequency of internal audit;

(n) discussion with internal auditors of any significant findings and follow up there on;

(o) Reviewing the findings of any internal investigations by the internal auditors into matters where there is suspected fraud or irregularity or a failure of internal control systems of a material nature and reporting the matter to the board;

(p) discussion with statutory auditors before the audit commences, about the nature and scope of the audit as well as post-audit discussion to ascertain any area of concern;

(q) to look into the reasons for substantial defaults in the payment to the depositors, debenture holders, shareholders (in case of non-payment of declared dividends), and creditors;

(r) approval of the appointment of a chief financial officer after assessing the qualifications, experience, background, etc. of the candidate;

(s) Carrying out any other function as is mentioned in the terms of reference of the audit committee;

(t) reviewing the utilization of loans and/ or advances from/investment by the holding company in the subsidiary exceeding ₹100 crores or 10 per cent of the asset size of the subsidiary, whichever is lower including existing loans / advances / investments existing as of 1st April, 2019;

(u) Consider and comment on the rationale, cost-benefits, and impact of schemes involving merger, demerger, amalgamation etc., on the listed entity and its shareholders.

4.3 Moreover, the LODR provides that the audit committee shall mandatorily review the following information:

(a) Management discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations;

(b) management letters / letters of internal control weaknesses issued by the statutory auditors;

(c) internal audit reports relating to internal control weaknesses; and

(d) the appointment, removal, and terms of remuneration of the chief internal auditor shall be subject to review by the audit committee.

(e) statement of deviations:

  • quarterly statement of deviation(s) including the report of the monitoring agency, if applicable, submitted to stock exchanges.
  • annual statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in the offer document/prospectus/notice.

V. VIGIL MECHANISM

5.1 The Act also states that every listed company or such class or classes of companies, as may be prescribed, shall establish a vigil mechanism for directors and employees to report genuine concerns. The companies prescribed are the following:

(a) the Companies which accept deposits from the public;

(b) the Companies which have borrowed money from banks and public financial institutions in excess of fifty crore rupees.

5.2 The vigil mechanism shall provide for adequate safeguards against victimisation of persons who use such a mechanism and make provision for direct access to the chairperson of the Audit Committee in appropriate or exceptional cases. The details of the establishment of such mechanism shall be disclosed by the company on its website, if any, and in the Board’s report.

5.3 The companies which are required to constitute an audit committee shall oversee the vigil mechanism through the committee and if any of the members of the committee have a conflict of interest in a given case, they should recuse themselves and the others on the committee would deal with the matter on hand.

5.4 In the case of companies that are not required to mandatorily constitute an Audit Committee, the Board of Directors shall nominate a director to play the role of audit committee for the purpose of vigil mechanism to whom other directors and employees may report their concerns.

5.5 In case of repeated frivolous complaints being filed by a director or an employee, the audit committee or the director nominated to play the role of audit committee may take suitable action against the concerned director or employee including reprimand.

5.7 The LODR also provides that the listed entity shall devise an effective vigil mechanism/whistle-blower policy enabling stakeholders, including individual employees and their representative bodies, to freely communicate their concerns about illegal or unethical practices. The vigil mechanism shall provide for adequate safeguards against the victimization of director(s) employee(s) or any other person who avails the mechanism and also provide for direct access to the chairperson of the audit committee in appropriate or exceptional cases. The details of the establishment of the vigil mechanism / whistle-blower policy shall be disclosed on the website of the listed entity in a separate section. Also one of the functions of the audit committee is to review the functioning of the whistle-blower mechanism.

VI. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS UNDER THE ACT

6.1 One of the most important roles of an audit committee is the review and approval of related party transactions. Related Party Transactions are prescribed under s.188 of the Act.

6.2 Under the Act, the audit committee is required to approve transactions of the company with a related party or any subsequent modification in the same.

6.3 It may make omnibus approval for related party transactions proposed to be entered into by the company subject to such conditions as may be prescribed;

(i) The Audit Committee shall, after obtaining approval of the Board of Directors, specify the criteria for making the omnibus approval which shall include the following, namely:-

(a) the maximum value of the transactions, in the aggregate, which can be allowed under the omnibus route in a year;

(b) the maximum value per transaction that can be allowed;

(c) extent and manner of disclosures to be made to the Audit Committee at the time of seeking omnibus approval;

d) review, at such intervals as the Audit Committee may deem fit, related party transactions entered into by the company pursuant to each of the omnibus approvals made.

(e) transactions that cannot be subject to omnibus approval by the Audit Committee.

(ii) The Audit Committee shall consider the following factors while specifying the criteria for making omnibus approval, namely: –

(a) repetitiveness of the transactions (in the past or in the future);

(b) justification for the need for omnibus approval.

(iii) The Audit Committee shall satisfy itself for transactions of a repetitive nature and that
the company.

(iv) The omnibus approval shall contain or indicate
the following: –

(a) name of the related parties:

(b) nature and duration of the transaction;

(c) maximum amount of transactions that can be entered into;

(d) the indicative base price or current contracted price and the formula for variation in the price, if any; and

(e) any other information relevant or important for the Audit Committee to make a decision on the proposed transaction. Provided that where the need for related party transaction cannot be foreseen and aforesaid details are not available, the audit committee may make omnibus approval for such transactions subject to their value not exceeding Rs. 1 crore per transaction.

(5) Omnibus approval shall be valid for a period not exceeding 1 financial year and shall require fresh approval after the expiry of such financial year.

(6) Omnibus approval shall not be made for transactions in respect of selling or disposing of the undertaking of the company.

(7) Any other conditions as the Audit Committee may deem fit.

6.4 In case of transaction, other than related
party transactions referred to in section 188 of the
Act, where the Audit Committee does not approve
such transaction, it shall make its recommendations to the Board.

6.5 In case any transaction involving any amount not exceeding Rs. 1 crore is entered into by a director or officer of the company without obtaining the approval of the Audit Committee and it is not ratified by the Audit Committee within 3 months from the date of the transaction, such transaction shall be voidable at the option of the Audit Committee and if the transaction is with the related party to any director or is authorized by any other director, the director concerned shall indemnify the company against any loss incurred by it:

6.6 The Act also provides that this clause shall not apply to a transaction, other than a related party transaction referred to in section 188, between a holding company and its wholly owned subsidiary company.

VII. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS UNDER LODR

7.1 In addition to the above provisions under the Act, the LODR lays down certain additional duties for the audit committee in relation to related party transactions.

7.2 All related party transactions and subsequent material modifications shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity. Only those members of the audit committee, who are independent directors, shall approve related party transactions. The audit committee of a listed entity shall define “material modifications” and disclose it as part of the policy on the materiality of related party transactions and on dealing with related party transactions.

7.3 As regards omnibus approvals for related party transactions, the LODR, in addition to the Act, provides that the audit committee shall review, at least on a quarterly basis, the details of related party transactions entered into by the listed entity pursuant to each of the omnibus approvals given. Such omnibus approvals shall be valid for a period not exceeding one year and shall require fresh approvals after the expiry of
one year.

7.4 A related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year exceeds 10% of the annual consolidated turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the listed entity. Thus, even if the listed entity is not directly a party to such transaction, its audit committee would need to approve the transactions of the subsidiary.

7.5 With effect from 1st April, 2023, a related party transaction to which the subsidiary of a listed entity is a party but the listed entity is not a party, shall require prior approval of the audit committee of the listed entity if the value of such transaction whether entered into individually or taken together with previous transactions during a financial year, exceeds 10% of the annual standalone turnover, as per the last audited financial statements of the subsidiary.

7.6 However, for related party transactions of unlisted subsidiaries of a listed subsidiary, the prior approval of the audit committee of the listed subsidiary shall suffice. Thus, these would not require prior approval of the Audit Committee (if any) of the unlisted subsidiary.

7.7 The LODR also provides an exemption from the approval provisions for related party transactions in the following cases:

(a) transactions entered into between two government companies;

(b) transactions entered into between a holding company and its wholly-owned subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with such holding company and placed before the shareholders at the general meeting for approval;

(c) transactions entered into between two wholly-owned subsidiaries of the listed holding company, whose accounts are consolidated with such holding company and placed before the shareholders at the general meeting for approval.

VIII. SEBI’S ORDERS

8.1 SEBI has passed some Adjudication Orders which have dealt with the issue of the role of the Audit Committee and its members. Some of the important ones have been highlighted below.

8.2 SEBI in its Adjudication Order in the case of Kwality Ltd, [ADJUDICATION ORDER No. Order/BS/SL/2024-25/30612-30613] has held that a member of Audit Committee it is the responsibility of the Audit Committee member to ascertain that there is proper internal risk control prevailing in the system. Before forwarding the audit report to the Board of directors in the Board Meeting, the Audit Committe should have raised concerns regarding net-off entries, writing off-trade receivables recovery process followed by the company for substantial over dues, granting capital advances, transactions entered in the nature of sales and purchases with customers and vendors, related parties, the internal control system for capital expenditure bills, material scheduling, credit assessment of entities, etc. The role of audit committee members is to exercise oversight of the listed entity’s financial reporting and the disclosure of its financial information to ensure that the financial statement is correct, sufficient, and credible as well as to the adequacy of internal control systems, etc.

8.3 In the case of Fortis Healthcare Limited [ADJUDICATION ORDER NO. Order/GR/KG/2022-23/16420-16458], the Adjudication Officer of SEBI has held that the formation and constitution of an audit committee is not a discretionary affair for a listed company, but rather a statutorily mandated formation. The said committee has statutorily mandated and therefore, inescapable obligations to perform. The obligation cast upon an audit committee is not merely towards the immediate company and its shareholders, but to the public and the economy at large. It is supposed to act as an objective and dispassionate internal oversight over the financial affairs of the company. In that sense, it can be considered as the first-level overseer of the financial health of a company. Further, if such a company is a listed company, then the role of an audit company is all the more significant since a listed company is entitled to raise capital from the public at large and the work of an audit committee is directly related to the capacity of a listed company to raise the said capital. The said capacity of a listed company to raise capital is largely dependent on the show of its performance and the audit committee’s primary mandate is certification of such performance. It is in this context, that the statutory role of an audit committee is premised. Therefore, the position of a member of an audit committee (especially in the case of a listed company) is not similar to that of other Directors in the same company. A member of an audit committee must possess the wherewithal to discharge various functions. An Audit Committee has been given significant powers under the successive Companies Acts/Listing Agreements to perform its role. The Audit Committee can ask the head of the finance function, head of an internal audit, and representative of the statutory auditors, to seek information from any employee, and obtain outside legal or other professional advice if it is considered necessary. If a member of the audit committee lacked the competence to understand the nuances of high-value financial transactions, the same ought to have been brought on record by the concerned member at the time of his/her induction into the audit committee or even better, the concerned individual ought to have desisted from being a part of the audit committee. Similarly, placing blind reliance on other officials of the company in the matters of its financial affairs, defeats the very purpose of the formation of an audit committee, as is evident from the submissions of the aforesaid three notices in this case. The Order held that the board of directors of the company has entrusted the audit committee with an onerous duty to see that the financial statements are correct and complete in every respect. In this background, the members of the audit committee cannot take shelter under the verifications made by the internal auditor and other professionals.

8.4 In the case of Southern Ispat and Energy Ltd. (ADJUDICATION ORDER NO: Order/GR/PU/2022-23/16559-16566) the Adjudication Officer held that the Chairman of the Audit Committee had an added responsibility to monitor the end-use of the funds that were raised by the issue of the GDRs and also ensuring their transfer to the accounts of the company in India.

IX. CONCLUSION

The Audit Committee is a very vital cog in the corporate governance wheel. A great deal of responsibility and power is cast upon this committee and members of the audit committee would be well advised to handle their role with more accountability.

Allied Laws

38 N Thajudeen vs. Tamil Nadu Khadi and Village Industries Board

Civil Appeal No. 6333 of 2013 (SC)

24th October, 2024

Gift — Valid gift deed — Unilaterally revoked — No rights for revocation in gift deed — Gift cannot be revoked. [S. 126, Transfer of Property Act, 1882].

FACTS

A suit was instituted by the Original Plaintiff / Respondent for declaration of title over the suit property. The suit was filed on the basis of a gift deed executed by the Original Defendant / Appellant (N. Thajudeen) in favour of the Respondent. According to the gift deed, the Appellant had gifted the suit property to the Respondent on the condition that the suit property shall be utilised only for the purpose of manufacturing Khadi lungi and Khadi yarn. Thereafter, somewhere in 1987, the Appellant had unilaterally revoked the gift deed by way of a revocation deed. In response, the Respondent instituted a suit before the Learned Trial Court, which was dismissed on the ground that the gift deed was not valid as it was never accepted by the Respondent. On further appeal, the District Court and Hon’ble High Court allowed the appeal on the ground that the gift was validly accepted, and further, in the absence of any provision for revocation of gift, a gift deed cannot be revoked.

Aggrieved, an appeal was filed before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the suit property was duly accepted, and possession was also taken by the Respondent. Further, the Respondent had also filed an application for mutation in the records of the property. Therefore, the gift deed was valid. Further, the Hon’ble Court observed that the gift deed had no mention of any rights with respect to the revocation of the gift deed. Further, the Appellant does not meet any of the exceptions carved out in section 126 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, for revocation of gift deed. Therefore, in the absence of any right of revocation reserved in the gift deed, a valid gift deed cannot be revoked.

The decision of the High Court was, therefore, upheld.

39 Akshay Verma vs. Sita Devi Verma

through legal heirs

AIR 2024 Rajasthan 136

4th April, 2024

Partnership Firm — Two partners — Death of one partner — Firm ceases to exist — Arbitration clause in the partnership deed — Valid and binding on the legal heirs / representative. [S. 42(c), Partnership Act, 1932; S. 11(6), Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996].

FACTS

An application was filed under section 11(6) of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, by the Applicant (Akshay Verma) for the appointment of an arbitrator. The Applicant and Mrs. Sita Devi Verma (deceased / represented through legal heirs) were partners of one M/s. Verma and Company (a registered firm under the Partnership Act, 1932). During the lifetime of the Respondent, a dispute had arisen between the Applicant and Respondent when the Respondent Sita – Devi Verma addressed a communication to the Bank on 14th March, 2022 requesting closure of the accounts in the name of the firm. After the death of the Respondent — Mrs. Sita Devi Verma, the bank had sent a legal notice to the Applicant and the legal heirs of the Respondent for the repayment of the loan. It was the claim of the Applicant that, as per the partnership deed, all disputes had to be resolved by way of arbitration proceedings. On the other hand, the legal heirs of the Respondent stated that the partnership deed was executed between the Applicant and Respondent, and after the death of the Respondent, the partnership firm ceased to exist. The legal heirs had not become the partners of the firm either by way of operation of law or by any other act. Thus, the dispute, if any, cannot be said to be a dispute between the partners of the firm.

HELD

The Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court, relying on the decision of the Hon’ble Supreme Court in the case of Mohd. Laiquiddin and Another vs. Kamla Devi Mishra (Dead) by legal heirs and others [(2010) 2 SCC 407] held that in case where a firm has only two partners, the firm ceases to exist upon the death of one partner. This was held despite the fact that there was a clause in the partnership deed providing that death of any partner shall not have the effect of dissolving the firm. Therefore, the Hon’ble Rajasthan High Court held that the partnership firm ceased to exist on the death of the Respondent. However, the Hon’ble Court held that the arbitration clause contained in the partnership deed would still survive and bind the legal heirs/representatives of the deceased. Further, on the issue of non-arbitrability of the matter raised by the legal heir of the Respondent, the Hon’ble Court held that the facts suggested that the issue was arbitrable. Therefore, the Hon’ble Court proceeded to appoint an arbitrator.

40 Ramkalesh Mishra vs. Sunita alias Munni alias Sushila Krishnabhan Mishra and Ors.

AIR 2024 (NOC) 709 (MP)

2nd April, 2024

Succession — Widow — Remarriage — Not a valid ground for denying inheritance from first husband. [S. 24, Hindu Succession Act, 2005].

FACTS

A second appeal was preferred before the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court (Jabalpur Bench) for the removal of a share in the suit property of the Respondent. Mr. Rameshwar Prasad had two sons, Ramkalesh Mishra (Appellant) and Krishnabhan Mishra (deceased). The Appellant had preferred an appeal for the removal of any right/share of one Mrs. Sunita (Respondent/wife of Krishnabhan Mishra) in the property since she had solemnised a second marriage after the death of Krishnabhan Mishra. The Learned Trial Court, as well as the Appellate Court, dismissed the application of the Appellant (Ramkalesh Mishra).

HELD

On appeal, the Hon’ble Madhya Pradesh High Court held that subsequent to the deletion of Section 24 of the Hindu Succession Act, 1956, through the Hindu Succession (Amendment) Act, 2005, there was no restriction preventing a widowed woman from inheriting her share of the property (from her first husband) due to remarriage.

Therefore, the decision of the Appellate Court was upheld.

41 Punjab State Civil Supplies Corporation Limited and Anr vs. Sanman Rice Mills and Ors.

2024 LiveLaw (SC) 754

27th September, 2024

Arbitration — Possible view taken by the Tribunal — No illegality in award — Courts have limited scope of power. [S. 34, 37, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996].

FACTS

The Appellant had entered into a contract with the Respondent for the supply of paddy mills. Thereafter, a dispute arose between the parties and the dispute was referred to the Arbitral Tribunal. The Tribunal passed an award in favour of the Appellant. Aggrieved, the Respondent filed an application under section 34 of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 (Act) before the Hon’ble Punjab and Haryana High Court (Single Bench). The Hon’ble Court observed that there was no illegality in the award passed by the Tribunal. Therefore, the Hon’ble Court held that as per section 34 of the Act, there was no reason to interfere in the award passed by the Tribunal. Thereafter, an appeal was preferred under section 37 of the Act before the Hon’ble Punjab and Haryana High Court (Division Bench). The Hon’ble Court (Division bench) allowed the appeal, and the award of the Tribunal was set aside.

Aggrieved, a Special Leave Petition was preferred before the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

HELD

The Hon’ble Supreme Court observed that the scope of powers of a Court under sections 34 and 37 of the Act are very limited. Further, the Court observed that if an award is not reasonable or is a non-speaking one to a certain extent, even then, the Court cannot interfere with the award. Further, when two views are possible, and the tribunal has chosen one, the award remains valid. Therefore, the award was restored by the Hon’ble Supreme Court.

The appeal was, thus, allowed.

42 Dr. Shruti Sakharam Sorte, Nagpur and Ors vs. Anant Bajiro

Buradhkar and Ors.

AIR 2024 BOMBAY 299

29th April, 2024

Trust — Elections of the Committee — Challenge before Charity Commissioner — Change inquiry report awaited — Injunction — Not to carry out any official functions — Injunction bad in law — Injunction order without any reasons or findings – Elected committee cannot be injuncted to make decisions without any justifiable reasons. [S. 22, Maharashtra Public Trusts Act, 1950].

FACTS

A Petition was filed challenging the order of injunction passed by the Deputy Charity Commissioner, which restricted the Petitioner from making any policy decisions related to the administration of the Trust, including the employment conditions such as the appointment, suspension, and termination of Trust employees, until the conclusion of the change report inquiry. Pursuant to the directions of the Charity Commissioner, the election of the managing committee of the Trust had taken place. Aggrieved by the results, an application was filed by Respondents challenging the election procedure before the Charity Commissioner. Thus, an inquiry was initiated by the Commissioner, and a change report under section 22 of the Maharashtra Public Trust Acts, 1950 (Act) was awaited. In the meantime, the Charity Commissioner had injuncted the committee from making any policy decisions. Aggrieved by the injunction, the Petition was filed before the Hon’ble Bombay High Court (Nagpur Bench).

HELD

The Hon’ble Bombay High Court held that the Charity Commissioner had not recorded any reasons or given any findings to justify the injunction against a duly appointed managing committee from doing its democratic functions. The Hon’ble Court was also not impressed by the arguments that the committee was injuncted from functioning merely because a change inquiry report under section 22 of the Act was pending. Thus, the Petition was allowed, and the injunction order was cancelled.

Glimpses Of Supreme Court Rulings

13. Bank of Rajasthan Ltd. vs. Commissioner of Income Tax Civil Appeal Nos. 3291-3294 of 2009, decided on: 16th October, 2024

Broken period interest — Deduction — RBI categorise the government securities into the following three categories: (a) Held to Maturity (HTM); (b) Available for Sale (AFS); and (c) Held for Trading (HFT) — AFS and HFT are always held by Banks as stock-in-trade, therefore, the interest accrued on the said two categories of securities will have to be treated as income from the business of the Bank — if it is found that HMT Security is held as an investment, the benefit of broken period interest will not be available but the position will be otherwise if it is held as a trading asset.

The Appellant-Assessee, a Scheduled Bank, was engaged in the purchase and sale of government securities. The securities were treated as stock-in-trade in the hands of the Appellant. The amount received by the Appellant on the sale of the securities was considered for computing its business income. The Appellant consistently followed the method of setting off and netting the amount of interest paid by it on the purchase of securities (i.e., interest for the broken period) against the interest recovered by it on the sale of securities and offering the net interest income to tax. The result is that if the entire purchase price of the security, including the interest for the broken period is allowed as a deduction, then the entire sale price of the security is taken into consideration for computing the Appellant’s income. According to the Appellant’s case, the assessing officer allowed this settled practice while passing regular assessment orders for the assessment years 1990-91 to 1992-93. However, the Commissioner of Income Tax (for short, ‘CIT’) exercised jurisdiction Under Section 263 of the IT Act and interfered with the assessment orders. The CIT held that the Appellant was not entitled to the deduction of the interest paid by it for the broken period. The Commissioner relied upon a decision of this Court in the case of Vijaya Bank Ltd. vs. Additional Commissioner of Income Tax, Bangalore (1991) 187 ITR 541 (SC). The Supreme Court in that case held that under the head “interest on securities”, the interest for a broken period was not an allowable deduction. Being aggrieved by the orders of the CIT, the Appellant preferred an appeal before the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal (for short, ‘Appellate Tribunal’). The Tribunal allowed the appeal by holding that the decision of this Court in the case of Vijaya Bank Ltd. was rendered after considering Sections 18 to 21 of the IT Act, which have been repealed. Therefore, the Tribunal held that as the Appellant was holding the securities as stock-in-trade, the entire amount paid by the Appellant for the purchase of such securities, which included interest for the broken period, was deductible. The Respondent Department preferred an appeal before the High Court against the decision of the Appellate Tribunal. By the impugned judgment, the High Court interfered and, relying upon the decision of this Court in the case of Vijaya Bank Ltd. allowed the appeal.

This order was impugned in Civil Appeal Nos. 3291-3294 of 2009 before the Supreme Court.

The Supreme Court noted that a Scheduled Bank is governed by the provisions of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949 (for short, “the 1949 Act”). The 1949 Act, read with the guidelines of the Reserve Bank of India (for short, ‘RBI’), requires Banks to purchase government securities to maintain the Statutory Liquidity Ratio (for short, ‘SLR’). The guidelines dated 16th October, 2000 issued by the RBI categorise the government securities into the following three categories: (a) Held to Maturity (HTM); (b) Available for Sale (AFS); and (c) Held for Trading (HFT).

The interest on the securities is paid by the Government or the authorities issuing securities on specific fixed dates called coupon dates, say after an interval of six months. When a Bank purchases a security on a date which falls between the dates on which the interest is payable on the security, the purchaser Bank, in addition to the price of the security, has to pay an amount equivalent to the interest accrued for the period from the last interest payment till the date of purchase. This interest is termed as the interest for the broken period. When the interest becomes due after the purchase of the security by the Bank, interest for the entire period is paid to the purchaser Bank, including the broken period interest. Therefore, in effect, the purchaser of securities gets interest from a date anterior to the date of acquisition till the date on which interest is first due after the date of purchase.

The Supreme Court further noted that under the Income Tax Act, 1961 (for short, ‘the IT Act’), Section 18, which was repealed by the Finance Act, 1988, dealt with tax leviable on the interest on securities. Section 19 provided for the deduction of (i) expenses in realising the interest; and (ii) the interest payable on the money borrowed for investment. Section 20 dealt with the deduction of (i) expenses in realising the interest; and (ii) the interest payable on money borrowed for investment in the case of a Banking company. Section 21 provided that the interest payable outside India was not admissible for deduction. Sections 18 to 21 were repealed by the Finance Act, 1988, effective from 1st April, 1989.

The Supreme Court also noted that Head ‘D’ (in Section 14) is of income from “profits and gains of business or profession” covered by Section 28 of the IT Act. Profits and gains from any business or profession that the Assessee carried out at any time during the previous year are chargeable to income tax. Under Section 36(1)(iii), the Assessee is entitled to a deduction of the amount of interest paid in respect of capital borrowed for the purposes of the business or profession. Section 37 provides that any expenditure which is not covered by Sections 30 to 36 and not being in the nature of capital expenditure, laid out or expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of the business or profession shall be allowed for computing the income chargeable under the head “profits and gains of business or profession”. Section 56 of the IT Act provides that income of every kind which is not to be excluded from the total income under the IT Act shall be chargeable to income tax under the head “income from other sources” if it is not chargeable to income tax under any of the other heads provided in Section 14. Therefore, interest on investments may be covered by Section 56. Section 57 provides for the deduction of expenditure not being in the nature of capital expenditure expended wholly and exclusively for the purposes of making or earning such income. In the case of interest on securities, any reasonable sum paid for the purposes of realising interest is also entitled to deduction Under Section 57 of the IT Act.

The Supreme Court noted following decisions on the subject:

  1.  Vijaya Bank Ltd. (1991) 187 ITR 541 (SC)
  2.  American Express International Banking Corporation (2002) 258 ITR 601 (Bombay)
  3.  Commissioner of Income Tax, Bombay vs. Citi Bank NA (dated 12th August, 2008)(SC)
  4.  Cocanada Radhaswami Bank Ltd. MANU/SC/0163/1965 : (1965) 57 ITR 306

After considering the other decisions cited at the bar and the arguments of the parties, the Supreme Court observed that initially, CBDT issued Circular No. 599 of 1991 and observed that the securities held by Banks must be recorded as their stock-in-trade. The circular was withdrawn in view of the decision of this Court in the case of Vijaya Bank Ltd. (1991) 187 ITR 541 (SC). In the year 1998, RBI issued a circular dated 21st April, 1998, stating that the Bank should not capitalise broken period interest paid to the seller as a part of cost but treat it as an item of expenditure under the profit and loss account. A similar circular was issued on 21st April, 2001, stating that the Bank should not capitalise the broken period interest paid to the seller as a cost but treated it as an item of expenditure under the profit and loss account. In 2007, the CBDT issued Circular No. 4 of 2007, observing that a taxpayer can have two portfolios. The first can be an investment portfolio comprising securities, which are to be treated as capital assets, and the other can be a trading portfolio comprising stock-in-trade, which are to be treated as trading assets.

The Supreme Court further observed that Banks are required to purchase Government securities to maintain the SLR. As per RBI’s guideline dated 16th October, 2000, there are three categories of securities: HTM, AFS and HFT. As far as AFS and HFT are concerned, there is no difficulty. When these two categories of securities are purchased, obviously, the same are not investments but are always held by Banks as stock-in-trade. Therefore, the interest accrued on the said two categories of securities will have to be treated as income from the business of the Bank. Thus, after the deduction of broken period interest is allowed, the entire interest earned or accrued during the particular year is put to tax. Thus, what is taxed is the real income earned on the securities. By selling the securities, Banks will earn profits. Even that will be the income considered under Section 28 after deducting the purchase price. Therefore, in these two categories of securities, the benefit of deduction of interest for the broken period will be available to Banks.

If deduction on account of broken period interest is not allowed, the broken period interest as capital expense will have to be added to the acquisition cost of the securities, which will then be deducted from the sale proceeds when such securities are sold in the subsequent years. Therefore, the profit earned from the sale would be reduced by the amount of broken period interest. Therefore, the exercise sought to be done by the Department is academic.

The securities of the HTM category are usually held for a long term till their maturity. Therefore, such securities usually are valued at cost price or face value. In many cases, Banks hold the same as investments. Whether the Bank has held HMT security as investment or stock-in-trade will depend on the facts of each case. HTM Securities can be said to be held as an investment (i) if the securities are actually held till maturity and are not transferred before and (ii) if they are purchased at their cost price or face value.

The Supreme Court made a reference to its decision in the case of Commissioner of Income Tax (Central), Calcutta vs. Associated Industrial Development Co. (P) Ltd., Calcutta (1972) 4 SCC 447. In the said decision, it was held that whether a particular holding of shares is by way of investments or forms part of the stock-in-trade is a matter which is within the knowledge of the Assessee. Therefore, on facts, if it is found that HMT Security is held as an investment, the benefit of broken period interest will not be available. The position will be otherwise if it is held as a trading asset.

The Supreme Court noted that on the factual aspects, the Tribunal, in a detailed judgment, recorded the following conclusions:

a. Interest income on securities right from assessment year 1989-90 is being treated as interest on securities and is taxed under Section 28 of the IT Act;

b. Since the beginning, securities are treated as stock-in-trade which has been upheld by the Department right from the assessment year 1982-83 onwards;

c. Securities were held by the Respondent Bank as stock-in-trade.

The findings of the Tribunal had been upset by the High Court. The impugned judgment proceeded on the footing that the decision in the case of Vijaya Bank Ltd. (1991) 187 ITR 541(SC) case would still apply. Thus, as a finding of fact, it was found that the Appellant Bank was treating the securities as stock-in-trade. As the securities were held as stock-in-trade, the income thereof was chargeable under Section 28 of the IT Act. Even the assessing officer observed that considering the repeal of Sections 18 to 21, the interest on securities would be charged as per Section 28 as the securities were held in the normal course of his business. The assessing officer observed that the Appellant-Bank, in its books of accounts and annual report, offered taxation on the basis of actual interest received and not on a due basis.

Therefore, in the facts of the case, as the securities were treated as stock-in-trade, the interest on the broken period cannot be considered as capital expenditure and will have to be treated as revenue expenditure, which can be allowed as a deduction. Therefore, the impugned judgment cannot be sustained, and the view taken by the Tribunal will have to be restored.

14. Gujarat Urja Vikas Nigam Ltd vs. CIT (2024) 465 ITR 798 (SC)

Business Expenditure — Deduction only on actual payment- Section 43B — Electricity duty on sale of power payable to Government adjusted against sums due to assesses by the Government — To be allowed on production of certificate from Chartered Accountant to establish that the adjustment was made within time.

In an intimation issued u/s. 143(1)(a) for AY 1991-92, the Assessing Officer inter alia disallowed ₹41,65,12,181 being amount of electricity duty payable to the State Government by the assessee on sale of electric power. In a rectification application filed by the assessee it relied upon the letter issued by the under Secretary to the Government of India, Energy and Petrochemical Department to contend that the electricity duty payable had been adjusted against the other amounts receivable from the Government and, hence, the adjustment made u/s. 143(1) and levy of additional tax u/s. 143(1A) was not warranted. The rectification application was rejected holding that there was no proof of such adjustment having been made within the stipulated period.

The appeal of the assessee on this issue was dismissed by the Commissioner of Income Tax (Appeals).

The Tribunal allowed the appeal of the assessee by following the decision of the co-ordinate Bench of the Tribunal in Ahmedabad Electricity Co. Ltd vs. ITO (ITA No. 378/Ahd/1988) wherein it was held that section 43B was not applicable to the electricity duty payable to the government.

The High Court reversed the order of the Tribunal following the decision of the Hon’ble Gujarat Court in CIT vs. Ahmedabad Electricity Ltd (2003) 262 ITR 97 (Guj), which reversed the order of the Tribunal holding that electricity duty on sale electricity has to be considered as an inadmissible item u/s. 43B of the Act.

On an appeal, the Supreme Court observed that in the context of section 43B of the Act, apart from entitlement, the assessee was duty bound to produce the certificate of a Chartered Accountant showing the proof of payment which the assessee claimed by way of adjustment of 21st August,1990. The Supreme Court noted that such a certificate had not been produced till date. In the circumstances, the Supreme Court directed the assessee to produce the certificate before the Assessing Officer within a period of four weeks from the date of the order and that the Assessing Officer will take the certificate on records and decide the matter in accordance with law.

Section 119(2)(b) — Condonation of delay on filing return of income — Delay in obtaining valuation report of land during Covid-19 coupled with fact that assessee was posted on Covid duty and death in family — Sufficient reason for condonation of delay.

20 SmitaDilipGhule vs. The Central Board of Direct Taxes & Others

[WP (ST) No. 2348 OF 2024,

Dated: 8th October, 2024. (Bom) (HC).

Assessment Years 2020–21]

Section 119(2)(b) — Condonation of delay on filing return of income — Delay in obtaining valuation report of land during Covid-19 coupled with fact that assessee was posted on Covid duty and death in family — Sufficient reason for condonation of delay.

The Petitioner was an individual and a doctor by profession. The Petitioner’s return of income, under Section 139(1) of the Act, for the Assessment Year 2020–2021, was due to be filed on 10th January, 2021 as per the extended due date. However, the return of income was filed on 31st March, 2021, declaring total income of ₹6,75,837. The Petitioner had a claim of carry forward of long-term capital loss of ₹99,88,535. The Petitioner had claimed that during the year under consideration, she had transferred two ancestral lands which were jointly owned by her with other family members.

The Petitioner made an Application dated 31st March, 2021 to the Central Board of Direct Taxes (the CBDT), Respondent No.1, requesting it to condone the delay in filing the return and allowing the claim of carry forward of long-term capital loss of ₹99,88,535 by exercising the power vested in Respondent No.1 under Section 119 (2)(b) of the Act, along with supporting evidence.

In the Application for condonation of delay, the Petitioner had given reasons for the delay in filing the return of income. The Petitioner had stated that she was the co-owner, along with other family members, of certain ancestral lands at District Pune. These ancestral lands were transferred during that year. On the above transaction, the Petitioner had to work out long-term capital gain and file a return. The original due date for filing of return of income was 31st July, 2020 but due to the Covid-19 pandemic it was extended up to 31st December, 2020, and subsequently, it was extended up to 10th January, 2021. The Petitioner further stated that due to the Covid-19 pandemic lockdown being announced, the Petitioner, being a doctor, was rendering services to Covid-19 patients. Further, due to various Covid-19 restrictions and the nature of occupation of the Petitioner, she was unable to approach her tax consultant in advance in respect of computation of long-term capital gain. Somewhere around October 2020, when the Petitioner approached her Chartered Accountant on the subject matter of filing of return and computation of long-term capital gain, she was advised to get the valuation of the property done by a Registered Valuer to ascertain the cost of acquisition as on 1st April, 2001. The Petitioner further approached a valuer for the purpose of valuation. The documents were provided to the valuer from time to time during the months of November and December, 2020. However, the valuer was required to physically visit the site to provide the valuation report and was reluctant to do so due to the Covid-19 pandemic and the increase in cases of Covid-19 as the valuer himself was a senior citizen, aged 75 years, having respiratory issues. Due to the requirement of physical visit to the site by the valuer for the valuation of the property to ascertain the cost of acquisition for computation of capital gain under Section 49 of the Act, the valuation could not be completed before the due date of filing of return of income.

The Petitioner further clarified that on 30th November, 2020, the Petitioner had lost her father due to Covid-19. Around the same time, other family members were also affected by Covid-19. Due to this misfortune, the Petitioner was not able to collect information required for valuation nor was she able to coordinate with the tax consultant. This also resulted in delay in getting the valuation done, which led to belated filing of income tax return. After obtaining the Valuation Report dated 16th March, 2021, the Petitioner’s Chartered Accountant was able to calculate the capital gain / loss on the transaction in respect of each co-owner. In ordinary course, this loss would be carried forward and set-off against the income of the subsequent year. But due to delay in the filing of the Return for Assessment Year 2020–2021 within the prescribed due date, the Petitioner was not able to carry forward such loss unless the delay was condoned by Respondent No.1 under Section 119(2)(b) of the Act. The Petitioner has stated that it was in these circumstances that the Petitioner had filed the Application before Respondent No.2 under Section 119(2)(b) of the Act..

By an Order dated 20th October, 2023, Respondent No. 1 rejected the Petitioner’s Application for condonation of delay of 80 days in filing the return of income.

The Hon.Court observed that perusal of the provisions of Section 119(2)(b) of the Act shows that the power conferred therein upon Respondent No.1 is for the purpose of “avoiding genuine hardship”. The Petitioner would be put to genuine hardship if the delay in filing the return of income is not condoned. This is because the Petitioner has given valid reasons for not filing the return of income on time. The Petitioner has mentioned that her father had passed away on 30th November, 2022 due to Covid-19 and that her family members were affected by Covid-19 in November 2020. The Petitioner, who is a doctor, was involved in Covid-19 duty at that time. The valuation of land for working out capital gain could not be completed prior to the due date of filing of the return due to the said reasons. Also, the valuer was not able to carry out physical verification of the site until 13th February, 2021 and could provide the Valuation Report until 16th March, 2021. In this context, it is important to note that the valuer was also a senior citizen, aged 75 years. If for these reasons, the delay of 80 days in filing of the Return of Income by the Petitioner was not condoned, then definitely the Petitioner would be put to genuine hardship as the Petitioner was prevented by genuine and valid reasons for not filing the return of income on time. The Hon. Court observed that it can never be that technicality and rigidity of rules of law would not recognise genuine human problems of such nature which may prevent a person from achieving certain compliance. It is to cater to such situations that the legislature has made a provision conferring a power to condone the delay. These are all human issues which prevented the assessee, who is otherwise diligent, in filing the return of income within the prescribed time.

The Hon. Court observed that the Respondent No.1 completely lost sight of the fact that not only was the Petitioner a doctor who was on Covid duty but also that the Petitioner faced various other problems due to the Covid-19 pandemic, and that was the reason why the Petitioner could not file her return of income within time.

Further, in the impugned Order, Respondent No..1 has also rejected the Application on the grounds that the Petitioner, being an educated person, was well equipped with basic taxation law knowledge and had accessibility to tax practitioners. Therefore, the claim of the Petitioner that she was not able to collect various information regarding income tax calculation was not tenable. The Court observed that such explanation of Respondent was unacceptable. The Petitioner has not claimed lack of accessibility to a tax practitioner. It is the case of the Petitioner that for various reasons which arose due to the Covid-19 pandemic, she was not able to obtain the Valuation Report in respect of the property on time and, therefore, was not able to compute the capital loss and file the return of income.

In view of the above, the impugned order dated 20th October, 2023 passed by Respondent No.1 was quashed and set aside. The delay of 80 days in filing of the return of income for Assessment Year 2020–2021 by the Petitioner was condoned.

Section 148: Reassessment — Assessment year 2015–16 — Barred by limitation.

19 20 Media Collective Pvt. Ltd. vs. Pr. ACIT Circle – 16(1) &Ors.

[WP (L) No. 25601 OF 2024,

Dated: 18th November, 2024 (Bom) (HC)]

Section 148: Reassessment — Assessment year 2015–16 — Barred by limitation.

The Assessee-Petitioner challenged the legality of the notice dated 30th July, 2022 issued to the Petitioner under Section 148 of the Income-tax Act for the Assessment Year 2015–16.

There is also a challenge to an order dated 29th July, 2022 passed under Section 148A(d) of the Act passed in pursuance of a notice under Section 148A(b), dated 17th June, 2021 and the consequent assessment order dated 17th May, 2023 passed under Section 147 read with 144B of the Act.

The primary contention urged on behalf of the petitioner is that the impugned assessment order, as also the action taken against the petitioner under Section 148A(b), is illegal for the reason that such proceedings were barred by limitation, considering the provisions of Section 149(1)(b) of the Act, which provides a time limit of six years from the end of the relevant assessment year for issuing notice under Section 148 of the Act. As the relevant assessment year being Assessment Year 2015–16, the six years have expired on 31st March, 2022 and for such reason, the impugned proceedings against the Petitioner could not have been adopted. In support of such contention, reliance is placed on the decision of this Court in Hexaware Technology Ltd. vs. Assistant Commissioner of Income Tax, (2024) 162 Taxmann.com 225 and AkhilaSujith vs. Income Tax Officer, International [2024] 166 taxmann.com 478 (Bombay) where following the decision in Hexaware, this Court quashed the proceeding being barred by limitation also referring to the decision of the Supreme Court in the case of Union of India vs. Ashish Agarwal, [2021] 138 taxmann.com 64.

The respondents / revenue did not dispute the contentions as urged on behalf of the petitioner in regard to the limitation as would be applicable to pass the assessment order in question. In this context in Akhila Sujith (supra), considering the position in law, this Court observed thus:

“9. Having heard learned counsel for the parties and having perused the record, in our opinion, considering the observations as made by the Division Bench in Hexaware, we find that the impugned notice itself was illegal and without jurisdiction. There was no foundation on jurisdiction for an assessment order to be passed on the basis of a notice under section 148 which itself was time barred. Thus there is no basis on which we can hold the impugned assessment order to be legal and valid as not only the impugned notice under Section 148 of the Act but also the order passed under Section 148A(d) of the Act were barred by limitation as per the first proviso to Section 149 as held in Hexaware. For such reason, we are of the clear opinion that no useful purpose would serve relegating the petitioner to avail an alternate remedy of an appeal, as filing of such appeal itself would be an empty formality.

10. In the aforesaid circumstances, the inherent illegality of the impugned notice under Section 148 of the Act being time-barred, which percolates into the assessment order passed thereunder is an incurable defect, regardless of the forum before which the same is agitated. In these circumstances, it cannot be said that it was not appropriate for the Petitioner to invoke the jurisdiction of this Court under Article 226 when the assessing officer has acted without jurisdiction.”

In view of the above, the impugned assessment order could not have been passed as the same was barred by limitation. Accordingly, the petition was allowed.

Settlement of cases — Application for settlement — Validity — Conditions precedent for application — Additional conditions imposed by CBDT through circular not valid — Circulars cannot override provisions of Act.

67 Vishwakarma Developers vs. CBDT

[2024] 468 ITR 686 (Bom)

A.Ys. 2015–16 to 2020–21

Date of order: 24th July, 2024

Ss. 119(2)(b), 245C and 245D of ITA 1961

Settlement of cases — Application for settlement — Validity — Conditions precedent for application — Additional conditions imposed by CBDT through circular not valid — Circulars cannot override provisions of Act.

The assessee filed an application for settlement of case u/s. 245C of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for the A.Y. 2015–16 to 2020–21. During the period from August 2022 to September 2023, settlement proceedings were conducted by the Interim Board for Settlement constituted by the Central Government pursuant to the notification dated 10th August, 2021 ([2021] 436 ITR (St.) 48). The assessee from time to time pursued the proceedings before the Interim Board for Settlement. On 22nd September, 2021, the assessee refiled the settlement application pursuant to the press release on 7th September, 2021, and paid additional interest for the period of March 2021 to September 2021. The application was rejected.

The assessee filed a writ petition challenging the rejection order. The Bombay High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) On March 28, 2021, Finance Act, 2021 ([2021] 432 ITR (St.) 52) was enacted, as a consequence of which the Settlement Commission came to be abolished, consequent to which the jurisdiction of such Commission to deal with pending applications was transferred to the Interim Board for Settlement which was constituted by the Central Government on August 10, 2021 by Notification No. 91 of 2021 ([2021] 436 ITR (St.) 48). The Central Board of Direct Taxes (CBDT) issued a Press Release dated September 7, 2021, in view of the orders passed by the High Courts informing the public at large that a settlement application could be filed even after February 1, 2021, being the date when the Finance Bill was introduced. It was also informed that the settlement application could be filed by taxpayers till September 30, 2021. On September 28, 2021 ([2021] 438 ITR (St.) 5), the Central Board of Direct Taxes however issued another order u/s. 119(2)(b) of the Act, which was also subject matter of the press release, in which two additional conditions were incorporated in para 4, in the context of section 245C(5), to the effect that applications could be filed by the assessees, who were eligible, to make an application as on January 31, 2021 and who had assessment proceedings pending on the date of filing of the settlement application. In the decision in Sar Senapati Santaji Ghorpade Sugar Factory Ltd. v. Asst. CIT [2024] 470 ITR 723 (Bom), the court struck down paragraph 4 of the circular dated September 28, 2021 ([2021] 438 ITR (St.) 5) of the CBDT, declaring it to be ultra vires of the parent Act, as it incorporated additional eligibility conditions for filing settlement applications.

ii) The order passed by the Interim Board for Settlement rejecting the assessee’s application u/s. 245C for settlement of case on the ground that the conditions as incorporated in paragraph 4 of the CBDT notification dated September 28, 2021 ([2021] 438 ITR (St.) 5) issued u/s. 119(2)(b) were applicable since it was contrary to the decision of this court which had struck down paragraph 4 as being ultra vires of the parent Act, was illegal and unsustainable. The assessee was eligible to file its settlement application to be considered by the Interim Board for Settlement for appropriate orders to be passed in accordance with law.”

Reassessment — New procedure — Initial notice and order for issue of notice — Issue of notice after three years — Monetary limit — Assessee’s receipt of sale consideration as co-owner less than threshold limit of ₹50 lakhs — Initial notice and order quashed.

66 PramilaMahadevTadkase vs. ITO

[2024] 468 ITR 275 (Kar)

A.Y.: 2016–17

Date of order: 7th December, 2023

Ss. 147, 148A(b), 148A(d) and 149 of ITA 1961

Reassessment — New procedure — Initial notice and order for issue of notice — Issue of notice after three years — Monetary limit — Assessee’s receipt of sale consideration as co-owner less than threshold limit of ₹50 lakhs — Initial notice and order quashed.

The assessee was issued an initial notice u/s. 148A(b) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for reopening the assessment of the A.Y. 2016–17 u/s. 147 on the grounds that the assessee sold a property. The assessee stated that she was a non-resident, that she and her husband purchased an immovable property in the year 1996 and sold it in the year 2015 for a total consideration of ₹69,30,000, that the tax at source was deducted by the purchaser and that because her husband did not have a Permanent Account Number, the corresponding tax deducted at source was uploaded to her Permanent Account Number.

The Karnataka High Court allowed the writ petition filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) According to the terms of section 149 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, notice u/s. 148 of the Act cannot be issued, after three years have elapsed from the end of the relevant assessment year, unless income chargeable to tax which has escaped assessment is likely to amount to rupees fifty lakhs or more.

ii) The assessee and her husband had jointly purchased the immovable property. They, as equal co-owners of the property, had transferred it for a total sale consideration of Rs. 69,30,000. Even if it could be opined that the assessee had received any part of the consideration, it could not be more than 50 per cent. thereof and, therefore, the income that could be alleged to have escaped the assessment would be below the threshold limit of Rs. 50 lakhs and, therefore, the notice u/s. 148A was not valid.”

Reassessment — Notice — Statutory condition — Failure to furnish approval of designated authority to assessee along with reasons recorded — Notice and order disposing of assessee’s objections set aside.

65 Tia Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. vs. ITO

[2024] 468 ITR 5 (Del)

A.Y. 2011–12

Date of order: 26th September, 2023

Ss. 147, 148 and 151 of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Notice — Statutory condition — Failure to furnish approval of designated authority to assessee along with reasons recorded — Notice and order disposing of assessee’s objections set aside.

On a writ petition challenging the notice issued u/s. 148 of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for reopening the assessment u/s. 147 for the A.Y. 2011–12 and the order disposing of the objections, on the grounds that the approval for the reassessment proceedings was accorded by the Principal Commissioner without application of mind and not furnished along with the reasons recorded the Delhi High Court, allowing the petition, and held as under:

“i) The approval granted by the statutory authorities for reassessment proceedings u/s. 147 of the Income-tax Act, 1961, as required under the provisions of the Act, has to be furnished to an assessee along with the reasons to believe that income has escaped assessment. The statutory scheme encapsulated in the Act provides that reassessment proceedings cannot be initiated till the Assessing Officer has reasons to believe that income, which is otherwise chargeable to tax, has escaped assessment and, reasons recorded by him are placed before the specified authority for grant of approval to commence the process of reassessment.

ii) There was nothing contained in the order disposing of the objections raised by the assessee which would answer the poser raised by the assessee that there was no application of mind by the Principal Commissioner for initiation of reassessment proceedings u/s. 147 for the A.Y. 2011–12. The only assertion made by the Revenue was that the Principal Commissioner had conveyed her approval u/s. 151 to the Assessing Officer by way of a letter but had not produced the letter despite the assessee’s raising a specific objection that the Principal Commissioner had not applied his mind while granting approval for the commencement of reassessment proceedings. The condition requiring the Assessing Officer to obtain prior approval of the specified authority was not fulfilled, as otherwise, there was no good reason not to furnish it to the assessee along with the document which contained the Assessing Officer’s reasons recorded for the belief that income otherwise chargeable to tax had escaped assessment. The notice issued u/s. 148 and the order disposing of the objections raised by the assessee were unsustainable and hence set aside.”

[Note: The Supreme Court dismissed the special leave petition filed by the Revenue and held that in view of the categorical finding recorded in the judgment and in the facts of the case, no case for interference was made out under article 136 of the Constitution [(ITO vs. Tia Enterprises Pvt. Ltd. [2024] 468 ITR 10 (SC)].

Reassessment — Initial notice and order — Notice — Validity — Non-resident — Receipt of licence fee from Indian payer on grant of live transmitting right of match under agreement — Agreement bifurcating licence fee between live feed and recorded content — Receipt not liable to tax in India — Notices and order quashed.

64 Trans World International LLC TWI vs. Dy. CIT (International Tax)

[2024] 467 ITR 583 (Del)

A.Ys.: 2016–17, 2017–18, 2018–19

Date of order: 14th August, 2024

Ss. 147, 148, 148A(b) and 148A(d) of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Initial notice and order — Notice — Validity — Non-resident — Receipt of licence fee from Indian payer on grant of live transmitting right of match under agreement — Agreement bifurcating licence fee between live feed and recorded content — Receipt not liable to tax in India — Notices and order quashed.

The assessee, non-resident, received payments, under a single agreement, for the A.Ys. 2016–17, 2017–18 and 2018–19 with an Indian entity for the grant of exclusive rights for telecast of league matches. The Assessing Officer issued an initial notice u/s. 148A(b) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 on the grounds that tax was not deducted at source from such receipt received from an Indian payer even though it was income chargeable to tax in India, passed an order u/s. 148A(d) and issued a consequential notice u/s. 148. The Assessing Officer recorded reasons that only a nominal fraction of such income amounting to five per cent was offered to tax as royalty by the assessee on the grounds that only broadcasting rights for non-live content were taxable in India, that for the remaining amount, claimed to have been received for live content and not covered under royalty, the assessee did not provide any document to substantiate such bifurcation, and that the assessee did not submit any document to substantiate its tax residency and its eligibility for the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement. He rejected the objections raised by the assessee.

The Delhi High Court allowed the writ petitions filed by the assessee and held as under:

“i) Clause D of the agreement between the assessee and the Indian entity, for the grant of telecast of matches, bifurcated the licence fee between live feed and recorded content. The view of the Assessing Officer that there was no basis for the bifurcation of the receipt in the ratio of 95 per cent and five per cent was perverse in view of the stipulations contained in the agreement. No contestation existed on the issue of taxability of live feed.

ii) There was no justification to recognize a right inhering in the Revenue to continue the reassessment proceedings u/s. 147. The initial notice issued u/s. 148A(b), the order passed u/s. 148A(d) and the notice issued u/s. 148
were quashed.”

Reassessment — Notice — New procedure — Mandatory condition u/s. 148A(c) — Disposal of assessee’s objections to initial notice u/s. 148A(b) — Non-consideration of assessee’s objections before passing order u/s. 148A(d) for issue of notice — Inquiry proceedings and order and notice quashed and set aside.

63 RatanBej vs. Pr. CIT

[2024] 467 ITR 288 (Jhar)

A.Y. 2016–17

Date of order: 24th January, 2024

Ss. 147, 148, 148A(a), 148A(b), 148A(c), 148A(d) and 149(1)(b) of ITA 1961

Reassessment — Notice — New procedure — Mandatory condition u/s. 148A(c) — Disposal of assessee’s objections to initial notice u/s. 148A(b) — Non-consideration of assessee’s objections before passing order u/s. 148A(d) for issue of notice — Inquiry proceedings and order and notice quashed and set aside.

Though the assessee had a permanent account number, he did not file returns of income. In the A.Y. 2016–17, the assessee sold an inherited property, in which he and his brother had equal shares. The Assessing Officer (AO) sent a letter u/s. 148A(a) of Income-tax Act, 1961 for inquiry and issued a notice u/s. 148A(b). The assessee raised objection on the grounds that his share of the sale consideration was below the limit of ₹50 lakhs prescribed u/s. 149(1)(b). The AO passed an order u/s. 148A(d) without disposing of the objections raised by the assessee and issued a notice u/s. 148 for reopening of the assessment u/s. 147 for the A.Y. 2016–17.

The assessee filed a writ petition for quashing the order and the notice contending that (a) non-consideration of the reply-cum-objection filed by the assessee in response to the initial notice u/s. 148A(b) was in violation of principles of natural justice and rule of fairness, (b) initiating and concluding the enquiry proceedings u/s. 148A was beyond jurisdiction and barred by limitation u/s. 149. The Jharkhand High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) U/s. 148A(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961, the Assessing Officer is mandatorily required to consider the reply or objections furnished by the assessee to the initial notice issued u/s. 148A(b). Non-consideration of reply or objection furnished by the assessee not only amounts to violation of principles of natural justice but is also in contravention of mandatory modalities which are to be followed during the course of enquiry proceedings u/s. 148A.

ii) Sections 148 and 148A introduced by way of the Finance Act, 2021 ([2021] 432 ITR (St.) 52), have been codified following the judgment in GKN Driveshafts (India) Ltd. v. ITO [2003] 259 ITR 19 (SC). The provisions mandate that, before seeking to reopen the assessment u/s. 147, the Assessing Officer must serve a notice to the assessee requiring him to file his return of income within specified time and before such notice, the Assessing Officer shall record his reasons for the reopening of the assessment. While the pre-amended provision required the Assessing Officer to have reason to believe that there is escapement of income, the new provision required any information as specified under Explanation 1 to section 148 to be in existence to reopen the assessment.

iii) Section 148A, inserted by the Finance Act, 2021 ([2021] 432 ITR (St.) 52), reiterates the procedure to be followed by the Assessing Officer upon receiving information, including conducting any inquiry regarding the information received, providing an opportunity of being heard to the assessee through serving of notice to show cause within the prescribed time in the notice (which must not be less than seven days and not more than 30 days on the date of serving the notice or the time period till which time extension has been received by the assessee), considering the reply given by the assessee and deciding on the basis of the material that is present, including the reply, about whether the case is fit for issuing a notice u/s. 148 through passing an order u/s. 148A(d) within one month from the reply.

iv) Under the modified section 149, by the Finance Act, 2021, to the effect that an assessment can be reopened within three years from the time of end of relevant assessment year as under clause (a) of section 149(1), if there is information with the Assessing Officer that suggests that there is escapement of income as provided under Explanation 1 to section 148, and up to ten years as provided in clause (b) of section 149(1) in certain exceptional cases, defined as circumstances where income chargeable to tax, within the meaning of “asset” that has escaped assessment amounts to or is likely to amount to Rs.50 lakhs or more in that year.

v) Section 26 provides that where a property is owned by two or more persons and their respective shares are definite and ascertainable, such persons shall not be assessed as an association of persons, but the share of each person in income of the property shall be included in his total income.

vi) The Assessing Officer ought to have considered the objections raised by the assessee in response to the notice u/s. 148A(b) and should have disposed of it as mandated u/s. 148A(c).

vii) Since the income escaping assessment was less than Rs. 50 lakhs, section 149(1)(b) could not have been invoked. The assessee and his brother were joint owners of the inherited property with respective share of 50 per cent each and both being joint vendors were entitled to equal share of the consideration amount of Rs. 32,68,000 each and this had been accepted by the Revenue. The reassessment proceeding initiated by the Department was barred by limitation and was beyond jurisdiction. Hence, the entire enquiry proceeding u/s. 148A, the order u/s. 148A(d) and the notice u/s. 148 were quashed.”

Penalty — Notice — Validity — Condition precedent — Effect of s. 270A — Difference between under-reporting and misreporting of income — Failure to specify whether notice for levy of penalty for under-reporting or misreporting of income — Notices and levy of penalty invalid and unsustainable.

62 GE Capital US Holdings INC. vs. Dy. CIT (International Taxation)

[2024] 468 ITR 746 (Del)

A.Ys.: 2018–19 and 2019–20

Date of order: 31st May, 2024

Ss. 270A and 270AA of ITA 1961

Penalty — Notice — Validity — Condition precedent — Effect of s. 270A — Difference between under-reporting and misreporting of income — Failure to specify whether notice for levy of penalty for under-reporting or misreporting of income — Notices and levy of penalty invalid and unsustainable.

On writ petitions challenging the orders rejecting the applications of the assessee u/s. 270AA(4) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 for immunity from imposition of penalty and levy of penalty u/s. 270A for the A.Y. 2018–19 and 2019–20, the Delhi High Court, allowing the petition, and held as under:

“i) Section 271(1)(c) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 speaks of various eventualities and which may expose an assessee to face imposition of penalties. These range from failure to comply with notice u/s. 115WD or concealment or furnishing of inaccurate particulars of income or fringe benefits. Section 270A provides for imposition of penalty for under-reporting and misreporting of income. U/s. 270A(1), a person would be liable to be considered to have under-reported his income if the contingencies spoken of in clauses (a) to (g) of section 270A(2) are attracted. In terms of section 270A(3), the under-reported income is thereafter liable to be computed in accordance with the stipulations prescribed therein. The subject of misreporting of income is dealt with separately in accordance with the provisions comprised in sub-sections (9) and (10) of section 270A. Therefore, under-reporting and misreporting are separate and distinct misdemeanors. A notice for penalty under Section 270A must clearly specify whether the assessee is being charged with under-reporting or misreporting of income in order to be considered valid and sustainable.

ii) Section 270AA lays down conditions for immunity from penalty. Sub-section (3) of section 270AA required the Assessing Officer to consider the following three aspects, (a) whether the conditions precedent specified in sub-section (1) of section 270AA have been complied with, (b) The time limit for filing an appeal under section 249(2)(b) has expired. and (c) the subject matter of penalty not falling within the ambit of section 270A(9). While examining an application for immunity, it is incumbent upon the Assessing Officer to ascertain whether the provisions of section 270A stood attracted either on the anvil of under-reporting or misreporting because the Assessing Officer becomes enabled to reject such an application only if it is found that the imposition of penalty is founded on a charge referable to section 270A(9).

iii) In the absence of the Assessing Officer having specified the transgression of the assessee which could be shown to fall within the ambit of sub-section (9) of section 270A, proceedings for imposition of penalty could not have been mechanically commenced. The notices issued for commencement of action u/s. 270A were themselves vague and unclear. Since the notices failed to specify whether the assessee was being charged with under-reporting or misreporting of income and such aspect assumed added significance considering the indisputable position that a prayer for immunity could have been denied in terms of section 270AA(3) only if it were a case of misreporting.

iv) Since an application for grant of immunity could not be pursued unless the assessee complies with clauses (a) and (b) of section 270AA(1), the contention of the Revenue that mere payment of demand would not lead to a prayer for immunity being pursued was unsustainable.

v) Even the assessment orders failed to base the direction for initiation of proceedings u/s. 270A on any considered finding of the conduct of the assessee being liable to be placed within the sweep of sub-section (9) of that provision. The order of assessment and the penalty notices failed to meet the test of ‘specific limb’ as propounded in Pr. CIT v. Ms. MinuBakshi [2024] 462 ITR 301 (Delhi) and Schneider Electric South East Asia (Hq) Pte Ltd. v. Asst. CIT (International Taxation) [2022] 443 ITR 186 (Delhi). A case of misreporting could not have been made out considering the fact that the assessee had questioned the taxability of income asserting that the amount in question would not constitute royalty. The issue as raised was based on an understanding of the legal regime which prevailed. The contentions addressed on that score could neither be said to be baseless nor specious but was based on a judgment rendered by the High Court which was binding upon the Assessing Officer. The position which the assessee sought to assert stood redeemed in view of the decision rendered by the Supreme Court.

vi) The assessee had duly complied with the statutory pre-conditions prescribed in section 270AA(1). Hence it was incumbent upon the Revenue to have concluded firmly whether the assessee’s case fell in the category of misreporting since that alone would have warranted a rejection of its application for immunity. A finding of misrepresentation, failure to record investments, expenditure not substantiated by evidence, recording of false entry in the books of account and the other circumstances stipulated in sub-section (9) of section 270A had neither been returned nor recorded in the assessment order. The show cause notices in terms of which the proceedings u/s. 270A were initiated also failed to specify whether the assessee was being tried on an allegation of under-reporting or misreporting. Since there was a clear and apparent failure on the part of the Revenue to base the penalty proceedings on a contravention relatable to section 270A(9), the application for immunity could not have been rejected.

vii) The orders u/s. 270AA rejecting the assessee’s application u/s. 270AA(4) were not valid. On an overall conspectus orders rejecting the assessee’s applications u/s. 270AA(4) for immunity from imposition of penalty were unsustainable and hence quashed.”

Depreciation — Actual cost — Tangible and intangible assets in case of succession — Depreciation claim on revalued assets or WDV — Depreciation claimed by the erstwhile firm on WDV and by the successor Assessee on price revalued by the Government Approved Valuer — Payment made by the Assessee to predecessor at actual cost of assets — Successor Assessee entitled to claim depreciation for subsequent year on the basis of actual cost paid — Order of the Tribunal holding the Assessee eligible to claim depreciation on revalued price of assets is not erroneous.

61 Pr. CIT vs. Dharmanandan Diamonds Pvt. Ltd

[2024] 467 ITR 26 (Bom)

A.Y. 2009–10

Date of order: 14th June, 2023

Ss. 32 and 43(1) of ITA 1961: R. 5 of IT Rules 1962

Depreciation — Actual cost — Tangible and intangible assets in case of succession — Depreciation claim on revalued assets or WDV — Depreciation claimed by the erstwhile firm on WDV and by the successor Assessee on price revalued by the Government Approved Valuer — Payment made by the Assessee to predecessor at actual cost of assets — Successor Assessee entitled to claim depreciation for subsequent year on the basis of actual cost paid — Order of the Tribunal holding the Assessee eligible to claim depreciation on revalued price of assets is not erroneous.

The Assessee was incorporated on 31st August, 2007 and A.Y. 2008–09 was the first year of the Company. The Assessee was incorporated to take over all the assets and liabilities of a Partnership Firm (‘the Firm’) as on 1st September, 2007. Depreciation on assets was claimed by the erstwhile Firm on WDV basis up to 31st August, 2007 and by the successor Assessee at revalued price from 1st September, 2007 to 31st March, 2008. The revaluation was done by a Government-approved valuer. In the subsequent year, that is, A.Y. 2009–10, the assessment year under consideration, the Assessee claimed depreciation on the WDV as on 31st March, 2008 which was arrived at by the Assessee after claiming depreciation for the period 1st September, 2007 to 31st March, 2008 on the revalued figure. According to the Assessing Officer, the Assessee had claimed excess depreciation and, therefore, he disallowed the depreciation as claimed by the Assessee on the revalued cost.

The Tribunal held that the assessee was eligible for claiming depreciation on revalued assets instead of written down value.

The Bombay High Court dismissed the appeal filed by the Revenue and held as under:

“i) According to the proviso to section 32, aggregate deduction in respect of depreciation on tangible assets or intangible assets allowable to the predecessor firm and the successor assessee, respectively, shall not exceed in any previous year, the deduction calculated at the prescribed rates as if the succession or the amalgamation or the demerger, as the case may be, had not taken place, and such deduction shall be apportioned between the predecessor and the successor. This was applicable only to the A. Y. 2008-09 when the succession took place as for later years, it would not be the case as the assets would no longer belong to the predecessor firm but only the successor assessee, who could claim depreciation.

ii) For the earlier A. Y. 2008-09, the predecessor firm had claimed depreciation for five months from April 1, 2007 to August 31, 2007 and the successor assessee had claimed depreciation for the assessment year 2008-09 for the period from September 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008. By way of illustration, if succession had not taken place during the A. Y. 2008-09 and the predecessor firm would have claimed Rs. 1 crore as depreciation, both predecessor firm and the successor assessee for that year could claim together only Rs. 1 crore as depreciation and nothing more. This is what had happened in the case at hand also.

iii) The appeal pertained to the A. Y. 2009-10 in which year the asset was owned by the successor assessee. According to section 32 read with rule 5 of the Income-tax Rules, 1962, the assessee would be entitled to claim depreciation in respect of any assets on the actual cost of these assets which would be the actual cost paid to the predecessor firm by the assessee after revaluing the assets. Therefore, the assessee would be entitled to claim depreciation for the subsequent years on the basis of the actual cost paid. For the actual cost no money was paid but shares were issued in lieu of cash and that would be the cost which the assessee had paid to procure the assets. The Tribunal did not err in holding that the assessee was eligible for claiming depreciation u/s. 32 on revalued assets instead of written down value for the A. Y. 2009-10.”

Assessment — Amalgamation of Companies — Law applicable — Effect of insertion of section 170A with effect from 1st April, 2022 — Assessment to be on the basis of modified return filed by successor to business.

60 Pallava Textiles Pvt. Ltd. vs. Assessment Unit

[2024] 467 ITR 539 (Mad.)

A.Y. 2021–22

Date of order: 30th January, 2024

S. 170A of ITA 1961

Assessment — Amalgamation of Companies — Law applicable — Effect of insertion of section 170A with effect from 1st April, 2022 — Assessment to be on the basis of modified return filed by successor to business.

The assessee was a private limited company engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of yarn and fabric. During the financial year 2020–21, it filed an application before the National Company Law Tribunal, seeking approval for a scheme of amalgamation with a company C. Under the scheme of amalgamation, C merged with the assessee and dissolved without being wound up. The appointed date under the scheme was 1st April, 2020. The National Company Law Tribunal sanctioned the scheme on 18th April, 2022, and the scheme became effective from 1st April, 2020 upon such sanction. Since the last date for filing the return of income was in March 2022, the assessee was constrained to file the standalone return of income on 14th March, 2022. Meanwhile, the Assessing Officer issued a notice u/s. 143(2) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 and further notices u/s. 142(1) thereof. The assessee replied thereto. After issuing a show-cause notice on 27th December, 2022, the assessment order was issued within two days after the assessee replied to the show-cause notice.

Assessee filed a writ petition to quash the order. The Madras High Court allowed the writ petition and held as under:

“i) Section 170A of the Income-tax Act, 1961, was inserted by the Finance Act, 2022 ([2022] 442 ITR (St.) 91) with effect from April 1, 2022. Under the provisions of section 170A a successor of a business reorganisation is required to furnish the modified return within six months from the end of the month in which the order of the court or Tribunal sanctioning such business reorganisation is issued. The provision clearly indicates that any assessment after a business reorganisation is sanctioned should be on the basis of the modified return. Under the Companies Act, 2013, a scheme of reorganisation becomes effective upon sanction from the appointed date. All the assets, contracts, rights and liabilities of the transferor shall stand vested with the transferee with effect from that date. Therefore, section 170A of the Act enables the transferee or successor to file the modified return within a specified time limit.

ii) The amended section 170A clearly indicates that any assessment after the business reorganization is sanctioned should be on the basis of the modified return. Since the order of the National Company Law Tribunal was issued on April 18, 2022, the assessee had six months from April 30, 2022 to file the modified return. The option to file the modified return under section 170A of the Act had not been enabled in the portal. In those circumstances, the assessee submitted a physical copy of the modified return on August 24, 2022. Since the last date for filing the return was expiring earlier, the assessee previously submitted the return of the company on standalone basis on March 14, 2022. The first notice to the assessee u/s. 143(2) of the Act was issued on June 28, 2022, which was subsequent to the effective date of merger. All other notices culminating in the assessment order were issued later. In view of the scheme of amalgamation having become effective and thereby operational from April 1, 2020, the assessee’s consolidated return of income, after its amalgamation, should have been the basis for assessment based on the scrutiny. The Assessing Officer had taken into account the standalone returns of the assessee, the standalone returns of C and the consolidated returns of the merged entity for different purposes. Such an approach was not sustainable.

iii) The show-cause notice dated December 27, 2022 was followed by the assessment order in a matter of about five or six days. The issuance of an assessment order within about two days from the receipt of the reply to the show cause, in a matter relating to about 59 additions to income, constituted a further reason to interfere with
the order.

iv) The assessment order dated December 31, 2022 was quashed and the matter was remanded. Upon consideration of the consolidated return of the assessee, which had since been uploaded electronically, it is open to the Department to issue fresh notices and make a reassessment on the basis of such consolidated return of income.”

Article 4 of India-US DTAA — On facts, personal and economic relationships of assessee were closer to India, leading to assessee tie-breaking to India

9 [2024] 167 taxmann.com 286 (Mumbai – Trib.)

Ashok Kumar Pandey vs. ACIT

ITA No: 3986/Mum/2023

A.Y.: 2013-14

Dated: 3rd October, 2024

Article 4 of India-US DTAA — On facts, personal and economic relationships of assessee were closer to India, leading to assessee tie-breaking to India

FACTS

The Assessee, filed his return of income, declaring an income of ₹9,500. The Assessee was a dual-resident of India as well as USA and he claimed that his ‘center of vital interests’ was in the USA, under Article 4(2)(a) of the India-US tax treaty. Accordingly, he was a US resident for tax purposes. The AO argued that since a) Assessee’s presence in India was over 183 days; b) assessee had active business in India; he was an Indian tax resident and was also tie-breaking to India. Thus, assessee’s global income was taxable in India.

CIT(A) upheld AO order.

Being aggrieved, assessee appealed to ITAT

HELD

ITAT took note of the following facts:

  •  Assessee had a permanent home both in India and USA. Thus, residential status will be determined based on personal and economic relationships.
  •  Personal relationship of assessee is as under:

♦ Assessee and his entire nuclear family are US nationals, holding US passports.

♦ Later, assessee came back to India with his wife, one daughter and son whereas another daughter was staying in the US for studying purpose. All are registered as overseas citizen of India.

♦ His extended family i.e. father, mother, sisters are all US nationals holding US passport.

  •  Economic interest is as under:

♦ Passive investment in USA consisted of cash balance of $57,010; investment in M L Fortress partners $268,866; Coast Access LLC of $16,653; UBS Portfolio closing was $3,21,33,838 in USA

♦ In comparison, passive investment in India consisted of a bank balance of approx. ₹30 lakhs and investment value of approx. ₹50 lakhs.

♦ In terms of active involvement, he and his wife held shares in a company producing films. The assets of the company included work in progress of film, cash and bank balance, unsecured loan. He attended board meetings five times during the year.

  •  Personal and economic relationships, including active business management, took precedence over passive investments in establishing residency.
  •  From the USA, the assessee is deriving rental income where his house property is rented out, he has investments in bank accounts as well as alternative investments. Thus, he does not have any active involvement in the USA for earning wages, remuneration, profit.
  •  Based on his active role in the Indian company, substantial time spent in India, and primary residence with his family in India, the Assessee’s center of vital interests was closer to India, leading to his tie-breaking treaty residency in India.

Where assessee-company underwent a CIRP under IBC, 2016, the provisions of IBC, 2016 overrides the provisions of the other laws for the time being enforced and once a resolution plan is approved by the Adjudicating authority, Income-tax Department is also bound by terms of the resolution plan so approved.

61 [2024] 113 ITR(T) 243 (Chandigarh – Trib.)

SEL Manufacturing Co. Ltd. Vs. DCIT

ITA NO.: 362 (CHD.) OF 2023
A.Y.: 2011-12

DATED: 27th May, 2024

Where assessee-company underwent a CIRP under IBC, 2016, the provisions of IBC, 2016 overrides the provisions of the other laws for the time being enforced and once a resolution plan is approved by the Adjudicating authority, Income-tax Department is also bound by terms of the resolution plan so approved.

FACTS

The assessee company had undergone a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (“CIRP”) in the terms and provisions of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code,2016 (“IBC”) under the aegis of the Adjudicating Authority of the National Company Law Tribunal (“NCLT”). A petition for CIRP u/s 7 of the IBC was filed by the State Bank of India before NCLT vide Company Petition No. (IB)-114/Chd/Pb/2017. The NCLT admitted the petition vide order dated 1st April, 2018 and vide order dated 10th February, 2021, approved the resolution plan.

The AO initiated reassessment proceedings u/s 147 on the assessee on the basis of information received that the assessee had made accommodation entries with Shree Shyam Enterprises and passed the impugned order making addition of ₹2,08,60,900/- u/s 68 of the Act, on account of alleged unexplained cash credits representing bogus purchases made.

Aggrieved by the assessment order, the assessee filed an appeal before CIT(A). The CIT(A), on the other hand, enhanced the addition to ₹8,13,85,737/-, invoking the provisions of Section 69C of the Act.

Aggrieved by the Order, the assessee preferred an appeal before the ITAT. The assessee had raised the additional ground before the ITAT, challenging the CIT(A) order as the same was passed ignoring the order dated 10th February, 2021 passed by the NCLT under IBC, 2016.

HELD

The assessee contented that in terms of the approved resolution plan vide order dated 10th February, 2021 passed by the NCLT, any claim or demand assessed / raised / ordered by Income-tax Department endeavoring to saddle the assessee with a liability for a period prior to approval of the Resolution Plan, was extinguished / abated / withdrawn except to the extent provided for in the approved Resolution Plan and thus, any claim or demand assessed / raised / ordered by the Income-tax Department was not payable by the assessee. The provisions of the IBC override other laws for time being in force and as per Section 31(1) of the IBC, a Resolution Plan once approved shall be binding on the assessee company and, inter-alia, its creditors, including, inter-alia, the Central Government to whom, a debt in respect of the payment of dues arising under law are owing.

The ITAT observed that as rightly contended and not disputed, any claim or demand assessed or raised or ordered by the Income Tax Department was to be treated in the nature of operational debt and the Department was to be treated as an Operational Creditor of the assessee. The ITAT further observed that the Resolution Plan further provided that all claims that may be made against or in relation to any payments required to be made by the assessee company under any applicable law shall unconditionally stand abated, settled and / or with minimum effect. The Resolution Plan also provided that any claim or demand assessed or raised or ordered by the Department shall not be payable by the assessee company. The plan also provided that no Government Authority including the Income Tax Department shall have any further rights or claims against the assessee company in respect of any claim relating to the period prior to the approval of the Resolution Plan.

The ITAT held that the impugned order was passed ignoring the provisions of the IBC, which overrides the provisions of the other laws for the time being enforced, in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of the IBC, and that the impugned order was passed in violation or ignorance of the order dated 10th February, 2021, passed by the NCLT, by which order, the Income Tax Department was precluded from undertaking any action with respect to any issue / transaction prior to the date of commencement of the insolvency process.

In the result, finding merit in the Additional Ground raised by the assessee, the order of CIT(A)was set aside and cancelled. The appeal of the assessee was accordingly allowed.

Sec. 263: Where there was no application of mind by CIT to take cognisance u/s 263 on the proposal sent by Additional CIT, order passed u/s 263 was to be quashed.

60 [2024] 113 ITR(T)158 (Kol – Trib.)

Rajesh Kumar Jalan vs. PCIT

ITA NO. 254 & 255 (KOL) OF 2024

A.Y.: 2015-16 & 2016-17

Dated: 12th June, 2024

Sec. 263: Where there was no application of mind by CIT to take cognisance u/s 263 on the proposal sent by Additional CIT, order passed u/s 263 was to be quashed.

FACTS

The assessee at the relevant time was engaged in trading of cloth and had filed return of income under presumptive taxation scheme contemplated u/s 44AD of the Act. The AO had received information from Bureau of Investigation, Commercial Taxes, West Bengal that the assessee had by fraudulent act opened seven Bank accounts under five proprietorship concerns and received a total sum of ₹112,41,47,898/- over the years. On perusal of the information, the AO recorded the reasons and reopened the assessment in both the assessment years.

The assessee had denied being the operator of any such alleged bank accounts. The AO not being satisfied with the assessee’s submission, passed the assessment orders for both the assessment years estimating profit at 8 per cent of alleged unaccounted sales of ₹30,47,35,796/- for AY 2015-16 and ₹43,08,96,425/- for AY 2016-17.

Aggrieved by the Order, the assessee preferred an appeal before the CIT(A) which was pending to be disposed-off.

Meanwhile, the Additional Commissioner of Income Tax, Range-43, Kolkata [Addl. CIT] forwarded a proposal to CIT for initiating proceedings under section 263 of the Act against the assessee. The ld. CIT had reproduced the proposal made by the Addl. CIT and issued a notice under section 263. The Addl. CIT was of the view that the alleged credit of sales ought to be treated as unexplained cash credit against the name of assessee and the AO had erred in treating it as gross turnover.

In response to the show cause notice u/s 263, the assessee had submitted that somebody has personated his identity and opened these fake accounts in his name. The assessee had not undertaken any such business. The CIT not satisfied with the explanation of the assessee, set aside the assessment orders with a direction that AO to recompute income at ₹30,07,20,390/- in A.Y. 2015-16 and ₹43,13,11,955/- in A.Y. 2016-17.

Aggrieved by the Order, the assessee preferred an appeal before the ITAT.

HELD
The ITAT observed that as per section 263(1), powers of revision granted by section 263 to the learned Commissioner have four compartments-

  1.  the learned Commissioner may call for and examine the records of any proceedings under this Act
  2. He will judge an order passed by an AO on culmination of any proceedings or during the pendency of those proceedings and form an opinion that such an order is erroneous in so far as it is prejudicial to the interests of the Revenue

                   [By this stage the learned Commissioner was not required the assistance of the assessee]

3. Issue a show-cause notice pointing out the reasons for the formation of his belief that action u/s 263 is required on a particular order of the Assessing Officer

4. After hearing the assessee, he will pass the order.

To judge the action of CIT taken under section 263, the ITAT followed the decision of the Hon’ble ITAT Mumbai in the case of Mrs. Khatiza S. Oomerbhoy vs. ITO, Mumbai [2006] 100 ITD 173 (Mum. Trib.). One of the principles propounded in the above case-

“The CIT must record satisfaction that the order of the AO is erroneous and prejudicial to the interest of the Revenue. Both the conditions must be fulfilled.”

The ITAT observed that the assessee submitted that he had not opened any bank accounts, rather somebody had impersonated him. His case was based on the issue that his IDs were misused and some unknown person had carried out these transactions in his name. He could only know about this when he received information from Sales Tax Authorities, Bureau of Investigation, Commercial Taxes.

During the course of proceedings u/s 263, the assessee was asked to submit his audited financial statements; the assessee was asked to appraise about the status of the complaint lodged by him in Konnagar Police Station. To this, the CIT recorded the finding that the assessee failed to give anything. The ITAT held that, this cannot be expected from a Senior Officer of the Income Tax Department to put somebody under the tax liability without concluding the finding. He ought to have issued notice to the Police Authorities as well as to the Commercial Tax Investigating Authorities for submission of their report. He ought to have first determined whether these accounts belong to the assessee, only thereafter taxability of the amounts available in those accounts would have fallen upon the assessee.

The ITAT further observed that the CIT had reproduced the proposal sent by the Addl. CIT and there was no independent application of his mind for taking cognizance under section 263. The CIT had not recorded any finding. He just put the blame on the assessee to prove a negative aspect. It was for the revenue to first determine that these accounts belonged to the assessee.

Once the assessee had been emphasising that these accounts did not belong to him and he had lodged an FIR in such situation, there should be adjudication of this aspect but CIT simply ignored this aspect under the garb that the assessee failed to substantiate this issue. The ITAT held that it could not be substantiated by the assessee. It was to be investigated by the AO or by the CIT. The role of the AO is not only a prosecutor but he has to play a role of an adjudicator. That very role has to be played by the CIT while exercising the powers under section 263.

Further, the ITAT held that impugned orders are not sustainable because the same very issue was subject matter of appeal before the ld. CIT(Appeals) and by meaning of clause (c) of section 263(1) that aspect could be looked into by the 1st Appellate Authority and no revisionary power ought to have been exercised on that aspect.

In the result, the appeal of the assessee was allowed and the impugned orders were quashed.

S. 251 — CIT(A) is not vested with any power to summarily dismiss the appeal for non-prosecution and is obliged to dispose off the same on merit.

59 (2024) 167 taxmann.com 730 (Raipur Trib)

Avdesh Jain vs. ITO

ITA No.: 30(Rpr.) of 2024

A.Y.: 2010-11

Dated: 9th October, 2024

S. 251 — CIT(A) is not vested with any power to summarily dismiss the appeal for non-prosecution and is obliged to dispose off the same on merit.

FACTS

The assessee was engaged in the business of retail trading. He filed his return of income for AY 2010-11 by declaring an income of ₹4,67,200. The AO, on the basis of certain information shared by
the Investigation Wing, initiated proceedings under section 147.

The AO observed that as the returned income of the assessee did not suffice to source the business expenditure of ₹8.24 lakhs that was incurred by him, he made an addition of the deficit amount of ₹3.56 lakhs as an unexplained expenditure under section 69C. He also made an addition towards deemed income of ₹60,000 under section 44AE. Accordingly, the AO passed an order under section 147 read with section 144 assessing the income of the assessee at ₹3.51 crores.

On appeal, after noting that despite being given six opportunities the assessee had failed to participate in the proceedings, CIT(A) held that the assessee was not interested in pursuing the matter and disposed of the appeal vide an ex-parte order.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) CIT(A) had disposed-off the appeal for non-prosecution and had failed to apply his mind to the issues which did arise from the impugned order and were assailed by the assessee before him.

(b) Once an appeal is preferred before the CIT(A), it becomes obligatory on his part to dispose-off the same on merit and it was not open for him to summarily dismiss the appeal on account of non-prosecution of the same by the assessee.

(c) A perusal of Section 251(1)(a) / (b) as well as the Explanation to section 251(2) reveals that CIT(A) remains under a statutory obligation to apply his mind to all the issues which arises from the impugned order before him and he is not vested with any power to summarily dismiss the appeal for non-prosecution. This view was also supported by CIT v. Premkumar Arjundas Luthra (HUF), (2017) 297 CTR 614 (Bom).

Accordingly, the Tribunal restored the matter to the file of the CIT(A) for fresh adjudication.

S. 69A — Where the assessee had made frequent cash withdrawals and deposits, he should not be denied the benefit of peak credit and it was only peak shortage which could be added as unexplained income under section 69A.

58 (2024) 167 taxmann.com 671(Indore Trib)

Kamal Chand Sisodiya vs. ITO

ITA No.: 206(Ind) of 2024

A.Y.: 2011-12

Dated: 11th October, 2024

S. 69A — Where the assessee had made frequent cash withdrawals and deposits, he should not be denied the benefit of peak credit and it was only peak shortage which could be added as unexplained income under section 69A.

FACTS

The assessee was an individual aged about 75 years who had retired from Government service of 39 years as teacher. During financial year 2010–11, he had made cash deposits of ₹11.61 lakhs in the bank account, which were added to the income of the assessee as unexplained cash deposits by the AO, resorting to section 147.

CIT(A) fully sustained the said addition made by the AO.

Aggrieved, the assessee filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) the AO has made impugned addition by merely aggregating various credit/deposits made by assessee throughout the financial year 2010-11 in bank account.

(b) On perusal of bank statement, it was found that the assessee has made frequent deposits in bank account, and it was not a case of one times sudden deposit. Further, the assessee had also made frequent cash withdrawals from the very same bank account.

(c) Therefore, looking at the pattern of deposits and withdrawals, the assessee should not be denied the benefit of peak credit and it was only peak shortage could be considered as unexplained income.

Accordingly, after examining the cash flow statements filed by the assessee, the Tribunal restricted the addition to peak shortage of ₹1.05 lakhs.

Ss. 166, 160, 246A — Where the assessment order was framed in the case of the sole beneficiary of the private discretionary trust, appeal against the order could be filed by the beneficiary only and not by the trust.

57 (2024) 167 taxmann.com 378 (Raipur Trib)

Kajal Deepak Trust vs. ITO

ITA No.:70 (Rpr.) of 2024

A.Y.: 2017-18

Dated: 21st August, 2024

Ss. 166, 160, 246A — Where the assessment order was framed in the case of the sole beneficiary of the private discretionary trust, appeal against the order could be filed by the beneficiary only and not by the trust.

FACTS

A minor was the sole beneficiary of the assessee-trust (a private discretionary trust) in which her father and mother were the trustees. The minor filed her return of income for AY 2017-18.

During the course of assessment proceedings of the minor, the AO observed that during the demonetization period, cash deposits of ₹9 lakhs were made in the bank account of the trust. The minor submitted that the cash deposits were made out of accumulated cash gifts received from her friends / relatives in the preceding years. The AO was not satisfied with the explanation and made additions under section 69A in her hands.

Although the assessment was framed in the hands of the minor, the trust filed an appeal before CIT(A). CIT(A) proceeded with the appeal, upheld the assessment order and dismissed the appeal.

Aggrieved with the order of CIT(A), the trust filed an appeal before ITAT.

HELD

The Tribunal observed that-

(a) The sole beneficiary in whose case the assessment had been framed was a separate and distinct entity as against the private discretionary trust and therefore, the appeal against the said assessment order could not be filed by the trust.

(b) Although the discretionary trust was the primary assessee whose income was liable to be brought to tax in the hands of the representative assessee under section 160(1)(iv), as per section 166, there was no bar on the department to frame direct assessment of a person on whose behalf or for whose benefit income was receivable. Accordingly, when the AO had framed the assessment in the hands of the individual beneficiary, then if the said assessment order was not accepted, it was for the beneficiary to have filed the appeal before CIT(A).

Accordingly, the appeal of the trust was dismissed with liberty to the beneficiary to file an appeal before CIT(A) who was directed to adopt a liberal approach regarding the reasons to the delay for filing of appeal.

AI, PI, and CHAI

Editor’s Note:

We all have some latent desire or passion in life, but we do not pursue it for fear of failure or a busy schedule. Years pass by in busy professional work and when we have time, we are short of energy and zeal to learn new things. Here is an inspiring story of our own professional brother pursuing his passion as he steps into his golden years

 

My 60-year-old heart has a very important life lesson to share – there are three romances that a person must necessarily enjoy in life. I am talking of the necessary romances; others are optional!

What are these three romances? The first romance starts when you start your career when you work for money. This romance is called Active Income (Ai). The second romance is when you realise that you must make money work for you. This romance is called Passive Income (Pi). Most of us are so satisfied with Ai and Pi, that we never experience the third romance. This romance is very elusive, as many of us are not even aware of its existence. The third romance is called Chai – Creating Happiness Abundance & Impact.

I am fortunate to be blessed with a team that manages my CA practice, and I get to work on select assignments. This has created a lot of time and space for trying something new in the golden years of my life to experience Chai.

We are a family of chartered accountants; both my sons are also qualified. There was always a surplus of left-brain thinking at home. Fortunately, both daughters-in-law are predominantly right-brained. This created a good balance at home, with the Home Minister overseeing everything!

In 2020, during lockdown, I was initiated into meditation. During my meditation sessions, I started visualising images of beautiful paintings. There was not much to do in that period when the world had come to a standstill. I started watching videos on YouTube of various artists deeply involved in their art. That sowed the seed in my mind to try my hand at painting. However, the doubting voice in my head was constantly warning me about the risk of failure. It said, “You are a successful professional. How would you feel if you tried your hand at art and you failed?” That fear held me back. In the meantime, the visualisation during the meditation sessions just went on increasing.

My elder son and daughter-in-law had migrated to Canada in 2019. My elder daughter-in-law, a qualified artist, kept persuading me to try my hand at painting. However, my fear was too strong. Then, in 2022, my younger daughter-in-law, a marketing professional, started painting at home as a hobby. That was a God-sent opportunity to witness art being created in front of my eyes. One day, she asked me to try my hand at a painting. I applied a few strokes of oil paint on the canvas, and I started enjoying the process. However, my journey took a pause here. I needed a master by my side if I had to progress. Destiny had different plans. A dear friend once visited my office and saw the painting. I was facing some challenges in my personal life, and I was speaking to my friend about the same to get his suggestions. He urged me to start painting and bring out the energy that was suppressed inside me. He wanted me to express myself through art. Coincidently, we had just renovated our office, and I wanted a series of 7 paintings in a rainbow theme for the office. My friend immediately called my daughter-in-law and suggested to her that she must help me to express myself. This was the serendipitous moment that finally gave me the courage to take the plunge.

We have an art shop just down the lane where I live. I wasted no time in going there and buying all the supplies in one go. One fine evening, on returning from office, the shubh muhurat happened. With a few helpful tips from my daughter-in-law, I finally started painting on my own. My better half appreciated my efforts as she witnessed me giving birth to my first work of art. That was also the tonic that I needed. Everyone felt that it was a very decent effort, being my first work. After that, there was no looking back. I completed 5 paintings over the weekend! Next week, I completed my mission of 7 paintings. I churned out 9 paintings in 2 weeks. The 2 additional paintings were wide balls – they were good creations, but they did not match with the desired rainbow theme.

I experienced something very special in my tryst with art, and I would love to share the feelings as these are such valuable life lessons. I hope this will be helpful to all. Here I go:

  •  It is very important to have some source of Chai in your life. Each one of us will find Chai in different avenues. However, we must give it priority. Don’t be satisfied with just Ai and Pi.
  •  I started very hesitatingly; the fear inside me was still trying to stop me. However, the motivation and the encouragement helped me find my flow. Surround yourself with people who can encourage you.
  •  Once I found my flow, I practiced a lot, and within 10 days, I could see a substantial improvement in my skills. If you don’t try, you will never find out. Better have the regret of doing something rather than having the regret of not doing something.
  •  We all have some latent potential that we fail to nurture. We must give it a chance. Formal training is good, but not essential. You can learn by watching others in action and also on YouTube, etc.
  •  Being successful in one field sometimes creates barriers for us to try our hand at other things in life. We want to start at the same level of expertise in the new field. That fear of failure and criticism stops one from even trying.
  •  I realised that painting is deeply therapeutic. You are in a state of flow. You are just not there. When you are not there, then there is God! My elder daughter-in-law has qualified as an Art Therapist. I got an opportunity to experience the therapeutic qualities of art firsthand.
  •  While creating any work of art, you cannot plan everything. You have to act in the moment. Suddenly, you see some magical situation developing, and you do something totally different from what you had originally planned. Mindfulness is very important.
  •  I realised that one cannot make certain things happen. One needs to let go and accept the results as they unfold. Many things can happen without your intent.
  •  Art is not about achieving perfection. In fact, imperfections add to the beauty of a work of art. I learned to accept imperfections.
  •  Sometimes, a few things can happen effortlessly. At times, it becomes very challenging. You must persevere to get the right results.
  •  Learning is such a beautiful feeling. You learn from your mistakes. You learn from your achievements. I learned many things about life while pursuing my passion. When you keep learning, your brain is in a different state. Learning is a good anti-aging therapy.
  •  The painting possesses your mind until it is complete. It is a true passion. There might be no obvious purpose for these endeavors. However, they add life to your years! I have progressed from an emotional state to a philosophical state to a very spiritual state, where painting is like meditation for me. It connects me to my soul.

I wish and pray that everyone reading this article will be motivated to follow some passion that will nurture their soul and allow them to express themselves.

Today, give it a try — at least start with a cutting Chai. Majja aayega!

Framework Convention of the United Nations

Editor’s Note:

Bombay Chartered Accountants Society (BCAS) has obtained a special accreditation to participate in the “Ad Hoc Intergovernmental Committee on Tax” at the United Nations as an Academia. CA RadhakishanRawal is representing BCAS at this forum and has been actively participating in discussions. In this write-up, he shares his experiences and updates on discussions at the UN on various tax issues.

OECD’S DOMINANCE AND RELATED ISSUES

For more than two decades, with first the project of attribution of profits to the permanent establishment and then with the BEPS project, the OECD has played a key lead role and dominated international tax agenda. However, not all countries or even the majority of the countries, seem to be happy with the outcome of these projects. OECD is perceived to be a club of rich developed countries, which largely favours residence country taxation as against giving taxing rights to the source country. This approach is generally visible in the output of the OECD’s work, and as a result, the developing countries feel aggrieved. The general perception is that the solutions developed by OECD protect the interests of only the developed countries and offer unfair treatment to the developing countries.

While the OECD’s output (BEPS, P1, P2) is under the Inclusive Framework, the ‘inclusiveness’ and ‘effectiveness’ of such output are questioned. Inclusive and effective international tax cooperation requires that all countries can effectively participate in developing the agenda and the rules that affect them, by right and without pre-conditions. Thus, ideally, procedures must take into account the different needs, priorities and capacities of all countries to meaningfully contribute to the norm-setting processes without undue restrictions and support them in doing so. Interestingly, for the BEPS project, a few countries first set up the agenda and standards and then invited other countries to join the Inclusive Framework (IF). The countries joining IF had the obligation to follow the standards.

While the Inclusive Framework works on a ‘consensus’ basis, such consensus may be illusionary. This is because several developing countries may not have the ability to effectively participate in the IF’s work due to the complexity of the documents produced and the speed at which the work happens / responses are required. As per the procedure followed, unless a country objects to a particular document within the prescribed time, the country is deemed to have agreed, and hence, resultant consensus may not be real consensus.

The countries implementing OECD recommendations are mainly developed countries and not the developing countries. Hence, the developing countries may not find adequate returns / revenues from these. For example, doubts are expressed regarding how much additional tax revenue Pillar One could generate for developing countries as compared to the revenues arising from domestic digital services taxes is not clear.

Common Reporting Standard on Automatic Exchange of Information (CRS) is a mechanism to help countries identify tax evasion and aggressive tax planning. The Global Forum on Transparency and Exchange of Information for Tax Purposes currently has 168 member jurisdictions. However, developing countries do not benefit from this. This is because many developing countries find it difficult to comply with the reciprocity requirements or meet the high confidentiality standards necessary for them to participate in exchanges under the CRS. Resultantly, a developing country may share information but may not be able to receive information due to its inability to maintain systems for confidentiality. The CRS was developed to allow seamless use of exchanged information in countries’ electronic matching systems; many developing countries are still in the process of developing such matching systems. Some countries may not find commensurate returns from the exchange of data, and hence, upgrading / adopting systems may not be their priority.

UN AS AN ALTERNATIVE FORUM

Such problems in the OECD-led system resulted in the developing countries attempting to find an alternative system led by the United Nations (UN). In the year 2022, Nigeria proposed a resolution in the UN General Assembly for the Promotion of Inclusive and Effective International Tax Cooperation at the UN. Consequently, the General Assembly, in its resolution 77/244, took, by consensus, a potentially path-breaking decision: to begin intergovernmental discussions at the UN on ways to strengthen the inclusiveness and effectiveness of international tax cooperation. This resulted in a report dated 26th July, 2023, which the Secretary-General submitted. Some findings of the report are summarised in the succeeding paragraphs.

Subsequently, the Ad Hoc Committee1, at its second session2 prepared draft Terms of Reference (ToR). The marathon session consisted of several technical and political debates. The developed / OECD countries attempted to dilute the scope of UN work on various grounds and insisted that the UN work should not contradict the work of the OECD / Inclusive Framework. The developing countries, on the contrary, did not want the scope of UN work to be so restricted. Finalisation of the draft ToR involved the ‘silence procedure’. The silence was broken by some member states and voting by the member states was required to finalise the draft ToR. Preparation of a basic five-pager draft ToR took 15 days, and this suggests the political resistance to the development of a Framework Convention.


1   Ad Hoc Committee to Draft Terms of Reference for a United Nations Framework Convention on International Tax Cooperation

2   New York, 29th July – 16th August, 2024

After considering the debates and inputs of the member state and other stakeholders, the Chair of the session prepared a final draft and initiated the ‘silence procedure’. It is understood that if the silence were not broken (i.e., if any member did not object to the draft), then the draft would have been finalised unanimously or by consensus. The voting gave interesting results whereby 110 member states voted in favour of the draft, 8 member states voted against it, and 44 member states abstained. The OECD countries largely abstained, and this may be interpreted to mean that if OECD’s Pillar One fails, these countries would want a solution from the UN. The approach of the US is not to sign up for OECD / IF’s Pillar One and, at the same time, oppose the UN’s work. This is interesting but understandable. If the status quo is maintained, only the US continues to levy tax on US MNCs earning income from digital businesses, and DSTs are threatened with USTR proceedings.

Once the General Assembly approves this draft, the next committee will work on the UN Multilateral Instrument based on the ToR so approved.

UN TAX COMMITTEE

The UN Tax Committee3 is a subsidiary body of The Economic and Social Council (ECOSOC) and continues its work on various international tax issues (e.g., addition of new Articles to the UN Model, amendment of its Commentary, etc.). The members of the UN Tax Committee (25 in number), although appointed by the government of the respective countries, operate in their personal capacity and do not represent the respective countries. Resultantly, the work done by the UN Tax Committee does not follow intergovernmental procedures.


3  The Committee of Experts on International Cooperation in International Taxation.

UN FRAMEWORK CONVENTION

Key elements of the draft ToR are summarised in the subsequent paragraphs.

The draft ToR essentially contains a broad outline of the UN Framework Convention. The Preamble of the Framework Convention should make reference to the previous related resolutions4 of the General Assembly.


4  78/230 of 22nd December, 2023, 77/244 of 30th December, 2022, 70/1 of 25th September and 69/313 of 27th July, 2015.

The Framework Convention should include a clear statement of its objectives, and it should establish:

a) fully inclusive and effective international tax cooperation in terms of substance and process;

b) a system of governance for international tax cooperation capable of responding to existing and future tax and tax-related challenges on an ongoing basis;

c) an inclusive, fair, transparent, efficient, equitable and effective international tax system for sustainable development, with a view to enhancing the legitimacy, certainty, resilience, and fairness of international tax rules while addressing challenges to strengthening domestic resource mobilisation.

The Framework Convention should include a clear statement of the principles that guide the achievement of its objectives. The efforts to achieve the objectives of the Framework Convention, therefore, should:

a. be universal in approach and scope, and should fully consider the different needs, priorities and capacities of all countries, including developing countries, in particular countries in special situations;

b. recognise that every Member State has the sovereign right to decide its tax policies and practices while also respecting the sovereignty of other Member States in such matters;

c. in the pursuit of international tax cooperation be aligned with States’ obligations under international human rights law;

d. take a holistic, sustainable development perspective that covers in a balanced and integrated manner economic, social and environmental policy aspects;

e. be sufficiently flexible, resilient and agile to ensure equitable and effective results as societies, technology and business models, and the international tax cooperation landscapes evolve;

f. contribute to achieving sustainable development by ensuring fairness in the allocation of taxing rights under the international tax system;

g. provide for rules that are as simple and easy to administer as the subject matter allows;

h. ensure certainty for taxpayers and governments; and

i. require transparency and accountability of all taxpayers.

The Framework Convention should include commitments to achieve its objectives. Commitments on the following subjects, inter alia, should be:

a. fair allocation of taxing rights, including equitable taxation of multinational enterprises;

b. addressing tax evasion and avoidance by high-net-worth individuals and ensuring their effective taxation in relevant Member States;

c. international tax cooperation approaches that will contribute to the achievement of sustainable development in its three dimensions, economic, social and environmental, in a balanced and integrated manner;

d. effective mutual administrative assistance in tax matters, including with respect to transparency and exchange of information for tax purposes;

e. addressing tax-related illicit financial flows, tax avoidance, tax evasion and harmful tax practices; and

f. effective prevention and resolution of tax disputes.

While the Framework Convention is like an umbrella agreement, each specific substantive tax issue may be addressed through a separate Protocol. Protocols are separate legally binding instruments under the Framework Convention. Each party to the Framework Convention should have the option of whether or not to become party to a Protocol on any substantive tax issues, either at the time they become party to the Framework Convention or later.

Negotiation and preparation of Protocols could take some time, whereas certain unresolved international tax issues need to be addressed at the earliest. Accordingly, it is thought appropriate to negotiate a couple of Protocols simultaneously along with the Framework Convention itself. As per the earlier resolution, the Ad Hoc Committee was also required to consider the development of simultaneous Early Protocols, and for this purpose, issues such as measures against tax-related illicit financial flows and the taxation of income derived from the provision of cross-border services in an increasingly digitalised and globalised economy were treated as priority issues.

The draft ToR specifically identifies taxation of income derived from the provision of cross-border services in an increasingly digitalised and globalised economy as one of the priority issues. The subject of the second Early Protocol should be decided at the organisational session of the intergovernmental negotiating committee and should be drawn from the following specific priority areas:

a. taxation of the digitalised economy;

b. measures against tax-related illicit financial flows;

c. prevention and resolution of tax disputes; and

d. addressing tax evasion and avoidance by high-net-worth individuals and ensuring their effective taxation in relevant Member States.

The ToR also identifies the following additional topics which could be considered for the purpose of Protocols:

a. tax co-operation on environmental challenges;

b. exchange of information for tax purposes;

c. mutual administrative assistance on tax matters; and

d. harmful tax practices.

PARTICIPATION BY ACCREDITED OBSERVERS

The UN is an open and inclusive organisation. It encourages participation by various stakeholders, such as Civil Society, Academia, Corporates / Industry Associations, etc., in their tax-related work as Observers. The participants in these sessions can be broadly divided into two categories: Government Representatives and Observers. The Observers are allowed to participate in most5 of the meetings. The Observers get a fair opportunity to make interventions and give their inputs in the discussions. As a protocol, the Observers get a chance to speak only after the member states (i.e., Government Representatives). Ordinarily, an intervention could be three minutes and a person may be allowed to make more than one intervention in the discussion. Only the Government Representatives can vote and not the Observers. The proceedings of the session are simultaneously translated into the official UN languages6, and hence, a person can speak in any of these languages depending on his comfort. Further, the proceedings of these meetings are recorded, and it is possible to view them at a subsequent stage.


5   About 5–7 per cent of the sessions could be closed sessions only for government officials when the discussions are sensitive.

6   Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian, Spanish

From the Indian side, the CBDT officials participate, and the officials of the Indian Mission to the UN in New York also support. The Observers are able to interact with the Government Officials of various countries and exchange views. The inputs given by the Observers are generally appreciated and acknowledged. The government or the UN officials are not required to immediately address the issues raised by the Observers, but in several cases, they react.

The interventions made by the Observers would typically depend on their background. For example, certain civil society members stress a lot on human rights and environmental issues. The substantive inputs7 given by the BCAS representative included the following:


7 This is not a verbatim reproduction. Appropriate changes / paraphrasing is done to enable the readers of the article to understand the issue.
  •  The most important aspect of giving certainty to business houses (MNCs) is getting lost while the tax authorities of countries continue to battle for their taxing rights in different forums. Even more than a decade after the initiation of the BEPS project, there is no solution for the taxation of the digital economy. Business houses generate employment opportunities, economic activities and generate wealth for the shareholders and stakeholders. These business houses need to plan well in advance, but they have no clarity on whether they will pay tax on Amount A, Digital Service Taxes (without corresponding credit in the country of residence) or increased tariffs resulting from trade wars.
  •  Considering the large group involved and the time taken, the Early Protocols should focus predominantly on issues which result in the reallocation of taxing rights.
  •  While Resolution 78/230 requires the Ad Hoc Committee to ‘take into consideration’ the work of other relevant forums, it does not mean one has to necessarily follow or adopt it. The Ad Hoc Committee can certainly improvise on it or ensure that the deficiencies contained in it are not adopted. The work of the intergovernmental negotiating committee should, however, not be constrained by the work of other relevant forums.
  •  Human rights are certainly important, but a tax committee may have a very limited role in the protection of human rights. It should be ensured that the discussion on human rights does not derail the main discussion on the distribution of taxing rights to developing countries. Further, issues such as (i) whether corporates would be treated as ‘humans’ for this purpose and (ii) whether taxing rights can be denied to a country, if there are allegations of human rights violation, etc., should be addressed.
  •  The ability to levy tax on the income generated in the source country should be treated as ‘tax sovereignty’. This sovereignty should be reflected in the allocation of taxing rights under the tax treaties.
  •  It is not advisable to remove the words “fairness in the allocation of taxing rights” from the principles. ‘Fairness’ is a subjective concept, and some objective parameters can be developed. For example, Where the per capita GDP of a country is below a certain threshold, such a country should be given exclusive taxing rights or at least source country taxing rights. This will improve the quality of human life in these countries.
  •  Experience of participating in the work of the UN Tax Committee suggests that a lot of time is spent in ensuring that such provisions are not adopted. These are political discussions. Subsequently, a decision is taken to accept the provision, but the time spent on technical work on the article is too less. If more time is spent on the technical aspects of the provisions, the qualitative outcome can be achieved.
  •  OECD has a large pool of technical resources. These resources could be used to develop technical documents and solutions which could be further adopted as per the UN intergovernmental processes to achieve the desired objective of fair allocation of taxing rights.
  •  The Committee can adopt an ‘if and then’ approach for its future work, especially on Early Protocols. Thus, the Early Protocols could depend on whether OECD’s Pillar One becomes operational.
  •  Before deciding on issues for Early Protocols, a brainstorming session could be conducted. When topics such as taxation of HNIs are suggested, if the solution is seen as a levy of capital gains under domestic law, that cannot be a priority for the Ad Hoc Tax Committee.

The background of some of these comments is that several OECD countries do not want the UN to work on areas on which the OECD is working or has worked. Hence, the approach of introducing topics and spending more time on such topics, which do not result in the allocation of taxing rights to developing countries, becomes obvious.

TIMELINES

The Framework Convention would be negotiated by an intergovernmental member-state-led committee. This committee is expected to work during the years 2025, 2026 and 2027 and submit the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols to the General Assembly for its consideration in the first quarter of its 82nd session. Thus, it will take more than 36 months before the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols are available. Further, it should be noted that the availability of these documents does not necessarily resolve any issue. The issue would get resolved only if a substantial number of relevant countries sign and ratify these documents. However, it is fair to assume that if the OECD Inclusive Framework’s Pillar One fails, the resistance from the developed countries (other than the USA) to the Framework Convention and at least to the protocol addressing digital economy taxation would cease to exist, and the outcome could be much faster.

29TH SESSION OF THE UN TAX COMMITTEE

This session was conducted in Geneva in October 2024 and several important workstreams have significantly progressed. Some of these workstreams are briefly summarised in the subsequent paragraphs.

New Article dealing with taxation of “Fees for Services”

Most Indian tax treaties contain a specific article dealing with “fees for technical services”. Such an article does not exist in the OECD Model and historically did not exist in the UN Model as well. The 2017 update of the UN Model included Article 12A, which deals with “fees for technical services”. The 2021 update of the UN Model included Article 12B, dealing with fees for automated digital services. Further, Article 14 of the UN Model deals with independent personal services, and Article 5(3)(b) of the UN Model is a Service PE provision.

The UN Tax Committee has recently finalised new Article XX (yet to be numbered), which deals with “fees for services”. The structure of this new provision is broadly comparable to Article 11 and gives taxing rights to the source country, which could be exercised on a gross basis. The existing Article 12A and Article 14 would be withdrawn.

New Article dealing with Insurance Premium

The UN Tax Committee has finalised new Article 12C, which gives taxing rights on the insurance and reinsurance premiums to the source country, which could be exercised on a gross basis. The structure of this new provision is broadly comparable to Article 11, etc.

New Article dealing with Natural Resources

The UN Tax Committee has finalised new Article 5C which gives taxing rights to the source country on Income from the Exploration for, or Exploitation of, Natural Resources.

As per this provision, a resident of a Contracting State which carries on activities in the other Contracting State which consist of, or are connected with, the exploration for, or exploitation of, natural resources that are present in that other State due to natural conditions (the ‘relevant activities’) shall be deemed in relation to those activities to be carrying on business or performing independent personal services in that other State through a permanent establishment or a fixed base situated therein, unless such activities are carried on in that other State for a period or periods not exceeding in the aggregate 30 days in any 12 months commencing or ending in the fiscal year concerned.

The term “natural resources” is defined to mean natural assets that can be used for economic production or consumption, whether non-renewable or renewable, including fish, hydrocarbons, minerals and pearls, as well as solar power, wind power, hydropower, geothermal power and similar sources of renewable energy. While it was orally clarified that telecom spectrum would not be treated as a ‘natural resource’, no clarification was given on humans and livestock. One will have to wait for the final version of the Commentary for this purpose.

Other major changes to the provisions of the UN Model

The UN Tax Committee is also making significant changes to the provisions of Articles 6, 8 and 15.

Fast Track Instrument

Adoption of these new provisions in the existing tax treaties would require a BEPS MLI-type instrument. For this purpose, the UNTC has already prepared a Fast Track Instrument, which will be sent to ECOSOC.

Other workstreams

Other workstreams of the UNTC include environment taxes, wealth and solidarity taxes, crypto assets, transfer pricing, tax and trade agreements, indirect taxes, extractive industries, etc.

WAY AHEAD

The Intergovernmental Member-State Committee will continue its work on the Framework Convention. It is expected that the Committee will prepare the final Framework Convention and two Early Protocols over the next three years and will submit them to the General Assembly for its consideration. If, for any reason, the OECD-led, Inclusive Framework Nations fail to implement the solutions of Pillar One, then the work on the Framework Convention may be expedited. We shall keep a close watch on these developments and will bring you updates from time to time. In the meantime, readers are welcome to share their ideas and inputs for the consideration of BCAS representatives at the UN.

Analysis of the Decision of the Supreme Court in Safari Retreats

BACKGROUND

The Odisha High Court, in the case of Safari Retreats Private Limited vs. CCCGST1 applied the Apex Court decision in Eicher Motors Ltd vs. UoI2 and held that Section 17(5)(d) was to be read down and purported that the very purpose of ITC was to benefit the assessee. It was held that the narrow interpretation given by the Department to Section 17(5)(d) would frustrate the very object of the Act. The petitioners before the Odisha High Court had claimed ITC for setting it off against rental income arising out of letting out a shopping mall. The Supreme Court, on appeal by the Revenue, pronounced its landmark verdict in the case of CCCGST vs. Safari Retreats Private Limited3.

ANALYSIS OF RELEVANT SECTIONS OF THE CGST ACT, 2017

GST is to be levied on supplies of goods or services or both4.There exist certain categories where the tax on the supply of goods or services or both shall be paid on a reverse charge basis by the recipient5. Only a registered person can avail ITC6. Availability of ITC is subject to certain conditions and restrictions as prescribed by the Act or its Rules. Section 16 (1) provides that a registered person is entitled to take credit of the input tax charged on any supply of goods or services or both to him, which are used or intended to be used in the course of or in furtherance of his business. 16(2) prescribes certain conditions to avail ITC. Section 16(4) was amended in 2022, and the new Section provides that a registered person can avail of ITC in respect of any invoice or debit note for the supply of goods or services before the 30th day of November following the end of the financial year to which such invoice or debit note pertains, or furnishing of annual return, whichever is earlier. Section 17 deals with apportioned and blocked credits, and Section 17(5) enumerates items where ITC is blocked.


1. (2019) 25 GSTL 341 
2. (1999) 106 ELT 3 (SC)
3. 2024 SCC OnLine SC 2691
4. Section 9(1)
5. Section 9(3),(4)
6. Section 16(1)

The two provisions that have been thoroughly analysed by the Supreme Court are:

17(5)(c) works contract services when supplied for construction of an immovable property (other than plant and machinery) except where it is an input service for further supply of works contract service;

17(5)(d) goods or services or both received by a taxable person for construction of an immovable property (other than plant or machinery) on his own account including when such goods or services or both are used in the course or furtherance of business.

Explanation.- For the purposes of clauses (c) and (d), the expression “construction includes re-constructions, renovation, additions, or alterations or repairs, to the extent of capitalisation, to the said immovable property;……

Explanation.- For the purposes of this Chapter and Chapter VI, the expression “plant and machinery” means apparatus, equipment, and machinery fixed to earth by foundation or structural support that are used for making outward supply of goods or services or both and includes such foundation and structural supports but excludes-

(i) land, building or any other civil structures;

(ii) telecommunication towers; and

(iii) pipelines laid outside the factory premises.

The Hon’ble Supreme Court, while breaking down the provisions contained in Section 17(5)(c) and (d), observed, “There are two exceptions in clause (d) to the exclusion from ITC provided in the first part of Clause (d). The first exception is where goods or services or both are received by a taxable person to construct an immovable property consisting of a “plant or machinery”. The second exception is where goods and services or both are received by a taxable person for the construction of an immovable property made not on his own account.”

The Supreme Court observed in Para 34 that “There is hardly a similarity between clauses (c) and (d) of Section 17(5) except for the fact that both clauses apply as an exception to sub-section (1) of Section 16. Perhaps the only other similarity is that both apply to the construction of an immovable property. Clause (c) uses the expression “plant and machinery”, which is specifically defined in the explanation. Clause (d) uses an expression of “plant or machinery”, which is not specifically defined.”

It is important to note that the Explanation clause to Section 17 defines the expression ‘plant and machinery’ but there has been no definition provided for the term ‘plant or machinery’. The Court further summarised the sections stating that ITC is not excluded altogether; if the construction is of plant or machinery under (d), ITC will be available.

The Supreme Court at Para 39 made an interesting summary, which is given below:

(i) Any lease, tenancy, easement, or licence to occupy land is a supply of services. Clause 2(a) is not qualified by the purpose of the use. But the sale of a land is not a supply of service;

(ii) Any lease or letting out of buildings for business or commerce, wholly or partly, is a supply of services. Clause 2(b) will not apply if the lease or letting out of a building is for a residential purpose;

(iii) Renting of an immovable property is a supply
of service;

(iv) Construction of a complex, building, civil structure, or a part thereof, including a complex, building, or civil structure intended for sale to a buyer, wholly or partly, is a supply of service. However, the construction of a complex, building or civil structure, referred to above, is excluded from the category of supply of service if the entire consideration for sale is received after issuance of the completion certificate, wherever required or its first occupation, whichever is earlier. Broadly speaking, if a building or a part thereof to which clause 5(b) is applicable is sold before it is ready for occupation, the construction thereof becomes a supply of service. Therefore, if a building is sold by accepting consideration before issuance of a completion certificate or before its first occupation, whichever is earlier, the construction thereof becomes a supply of service;

The Court also looked into MohitMinerals7 and observed that ITC is a creation of the legislature. It is possible to add as well as exclude specific categories of goods or services from ITC, and such exclusion will not defeat the object of the Act.


7. (2022) 10 SCC 700

PLANT OR MACHINERY

It was observed that the phrase ‘plant and machinery’ appears in various places in the Legislation, but ‘plant or machinery’ appears only in Section 17(5)(d). It was contended by the revenue that the use of the word ‘or’ was a legislative error, but this argument was dismissed on the ground that this being a six-year-old writ petition, the legislature could have stepped in any time to correct this. Seeing as this was not done, it is arrived at that the use of the word ‘or’ is intentional. Doing otherwise would defeat legislative intent. While observing the wording of (d), it was held that while interpreting taxing statutes, it is not a function of the Court to supply the deficiencies.

It was observed that according to the term ‘plant or machinery’, it can be either plant or machinery. Observing that the expression “immovable property other than ‘plants or machinery’ is used leads to the conclusion that there could be a plant that is an immovable property, and seeing that it is not defined by the Act, its ordinary meaning in commercial terms will have to be attached to it.

Relying on Commissioner of Central Excise, Ahmedabad vs. Solid and Correct Engineering Works & Ors.8, where one of the questions examined by the Tribunal was whether plants so manufactured could be termed as good. The Court applied the movability test by holding that the setting up of the plant itself is not intended to be permanent at a given place. The plant can be removed or is indeed removed after the road construction or repair project is completed.


8  (2010) 5 SCC 122

Another decision referred to was CIT, Andhra Pradesh vs. Taj Mahal Hotel, Taj Mahal Hotel, Secunderabad9.The issue before the Court was whether sanitary fittings and pipelines installed in the hotel constituted a ‘plant’ within the meaning of Section 10(5) of the Income- tax Act, 1922. The Court held as under, “6. Now it is well settled that where the definition of a word has not been given, it must be construed in its popular sense if it is a word of everyday use. Popular sense means “that sense which people conversant with the subject-matter with which the statute is dealing, would attribute to it” “9. If the dictionary meaning of the word plant were to be taken into consideration on the principle that the literal construction of a statute must be adhered to unless the context renders it plain that such a construction cannot be put on the words in question — this is what is stated in Webster’s Third New International Dictionary:

Land, buildings, machinery, apparatus and fixtures employed in carrying on trade or other industrial business….”


9  (1971) 3 SCC 550

In CIT, Trivandrum vs. Anand Theatres10, the issue was whether a building which is used as a hotel or cinema theatre can be considered as apparatus or a tool for running a business so that it can be termed as a plant. It was held that –“67. In the result, it is held that the building used for running of a hotel or carrying on cinema business cannot be held to be a plant because:

(1) The scheme of Section 32, as discussed above, clearly envisages separate depreciation for a building, machinery and plant, furniture and fittings etc. The word “plant” is given inclusive meaning under Section 43(3) which nowhere includes buildings. The Rules prescribing the rates of depreciation specifically provide grant of depreciation on buildings, furniture and fittings, machinery and plant and ships. Machinery and plant include cinematograph films and other items, and the building is further given meaning to include roads, bridges, culverts, wells and tubewells.

(2) In the case of Taj Mahal Hotel [(1971) 3 SCC 550 : (1971) 82 ITR 44], this Court has observed that business of a hotelier is carried on by adopting building or premises in suitable way. Meaning thereby building for a hotel is not an apparatus or adjunct for running of a hotel. The Court did not proceed to hold that a building in which the hotel was run was itself a plant; otherwise, the Court would not have gone into the question of whether the sanitary fittings used in bathroom was plant.”


10  (2000) 5 SCC 393

FUNCTIONALITY TEST

Laying down the functionality test, the Court held that whether a building is a plant is a question of fact. “The word ‘plant’ used in a bracketed portion of Section 17(5)(d) cannot be given the restricted meaning provided in the definition of ‘plant and machinery’, which excludes land, buildings or any other civil structures. Therefore, in a given case, a building can also be treated as a plant, which is excluded from the purview of the exception carved out by Section 17(5)(d) as it will be covered by the expression ‘plant or machinery’. We have discussed the provisions of the CGST Act earlier. To give a plain interpretation to clause (d) of Section 17(5), the word ‘plant’ will have to be interpreted by taking recourse to the functionality test. “Further observing that the High Court in the main appeal had not decided whether the mall in question will satisfy the functionality test of being a plant, the Court held that the case should be sent back to the High Court to fact find and apply the functionality test so that it can be termed as a plant as per Section 17(5) (d). It held that each case would have to be tested on merits as the question of whether an immovable property or a building is a plant is a factual question to be decided.

CONSTITUTIONAL VALIDITY

Referring to this Court’s judgement in Union of India &Ors vs. VKC Footsteps India Pvt. Ltd11, where the following principles were set out:

(i) The precedents of this Court provide abundant justification for the fundamental principle that a discriminatory provision under tax legislation is not per se invalid. A cause of invalidity arises where equals are treated as unequally and unequals are treated as equals. Both under the Constitution and the CGST Act, goods and services and input goods and input services are not treated as one and the same, and they are distinct species.

(ii) In enacting such a provision, the Parliament is entitled to make policy choices and adopt appropriate classifications, given the latitude which our constitutional jurisprudence allows it in matters involving tax legislation and to provide for exemptions, concessions and benefits on terms, as it considers appropriate.

(iii) Selecting the objects to be taxed, determining the quantum of tax, legislating for the conditions for the levy, and the socio-economic goals which a tax must achieve are matters of legislative policy.

(iv) In matters of classification involving fiscal legislation, the legislature is permitted a larger discretion so long as there is no transgression of the fundamental principle underlying the doctrine of classification.


11  (2022) 2 SCC 603

The Court also referred to Union of India vs. Nitdip Textile Processors Pvt Ltd. (2012) 1 SCC 226, CCT vs. Dharmendra Trading Co (1988) 3 SCC 570, Elel Hotels & Investments Ltd. vs. Union of India (1989) 3 SCC 698, Spences Hotel Pvt Ltd vs State of West Bengal (1991) 2 SCC 154. Specifically, paraphrasing this paragraph from Nitdip Textiles:

“66. To sum up, Article 14 does not prohibit reasonable classification of persons, objects and transactions by the legislature for the purpose of attaining specific ends. To satisfy the test of permissible classification, it must not be ‘arbitrary, artificial or evasive’ but must be based on some real and substantial distinction bearing a just and reasonable relation to the object sought to be achieved by the legislature. The taxation laws are no exception to the application of this principle of equality enshrined in Article 14 of the Constitution of India. However, it is well settled that the legislature enjoys very wide latitude in the matter of classification of objects, persons and things for the purpose of taxation in view of inherent complexity of fiscal adjustment of diverse elements. The power of the legislature to classify is of wide range and flexibility so that it can adjust its system of taxation in all proper and reasonable ways. Even so, large latitude is allowed to the State for classification upon a reasonable basis and what is reasonable is a question of practical details and a variety of factors which the court will be reluctant and perhaps ill-equipped to investigate.”

The Court, while determining the constitutional validity of the said provisions, noted that essentially, the challenge to constitutional validity is that, in the present case, the provisions do not meet the test of reasonable classification, which is a part of Article 14 of the Constitution of India. To satisfy the test, there must be an intelligible differentia forming the basis of the classification, and the differentia should have a rational nexus with the object of legislation. It was observed that “By no stretch of the imagination, clauses (c) and (d) of Section 17(5) can be said to be discriminatory. No amount of verbose and lengthy arguments will help the assessees prove the discrimination. In the circumstances, it is not possible for us to accept the plea of clauses (c) and (d) of Section 17(5) being unconstitutional.

Summarising their findings, the Court held that:

(i) The challenge to the constitutional validity of clauses (c) and (d) of Section 17(5) and Section 16(4) of the CGST Act is not established;

(ii) The expression “plant or machinery” used in Section 17(5)(d) cannot be given the same meaning as the expression “plant and machinery” defined by the explanation to Section 17;

(iii) The question of whether a mall, warehouse or any building other than a hotel or a cinema theatre can be classified as a plant within the meaning of the expression “plant or machinery” used in Section 17(5)(d) is a factual question which has to be determined keeping in mind the business of the registered person and the role that building plays in the said business. If the construction of a building was essential for carrying out the activity of supplying services, such as renting or giving on lease or other transactions in respect of the building or a part thereof, which are covered by clauses (2) and (5) of Schedule II of the CGST Act, the building could be held to be a plant. Then, it is taken out of the exception carved out by clause (d) of Section 17(5) to sub-section (1) of Section 16. Functionality tests will have to be applied to decide whether a building is a plant. Therefore, by using the functionality test, in each case, on facts, in the light of what we have held earlier, it will have to be decided whether the construction of an immovable property is a “plant” for the purposes of clause (d) of Section 17(5).

GOING FORWARD

Now that the Apex Court has decided on the issue, does it mean that the issue is closed once and for all? Not at all. The Odisha High Court has to decide by applying the functionality test, and that decision may be carried further in an appeal to the Supreme Court. Across the country, disputes at various levels would be decided by applying the functionality test. Given the fact that the Supreme Court has also said that the eligibility or otherwise would depend upon the facts and the test being met is indicative of the fact that there would be significant litigation across the country. A few scenarios are discussed below with reference to eligibility based on the decision.

SCENARIO 1

Can a developer of a mall claim ITC on the procurement of goods or services used for the construction of the mall?

The petitioners before the Odisha High Court were engaged in constructing shopping malls for the purpose of letting out to numerous tenants and lessees. The Supreme Court, in para 53 of the judgement, has held that “As discussed earlier, Schedule II of the CGST Act recognises the activity of renting or leasing buildings as a supply of service. Even the activity of the construction of a building intended for saleis a supply of service if the total consideration is accepted before the completion certificate is granted. Therefore, if a building qualifies to be a plant, ITC can be availed against the supply of services in the form of renting or leasing the building or premises, provided the other terms and conditions of the CGST Act and Rules framed thereunder are fulfilled.”

In light of the above, a developer of a mall can claim ITC on goods or services used for the construction of the mall, provided that the mall is intended to be let out to various tenants.

SCENARIO 2

Can a manufacturer claim ITC on goods and services procure for putting up a factory, building or warehouse?

The Supreme Court has opened a window in the context of Section 17(5)(d) since the Explanation cannot be applied as per the law laid down by the Supreme Court. Therefore, if the manufacturer can demonstrate that the factory, building, or warehouse constitutes a ‘plant’ for his operations or business, a claim can be made and tested in Courts. Various precedents on ‘plant’ under the Income-tax Act, 1961 can act as a double-edged sword. While the functionality test has been extended to the term ‘plant’ by the Supreme Court by drawing reference from Income-Tax decisions, all decisions under the Income-tax Act, 1961 need not be necessarily favourable. In fact, there are a number of decisions which have held that a building will not qualify as a plant. However, one also has to remember that the decisions in the Income-tax Act, 1961 are in the context of ‘plant’ with reference to depreciation or investment allowance and the Courts while deciding the issue, were conscious of the fact that ‘building’ was a separate species of assets for the purpose of depreciation. The manufacturer may have to demonstrate that based on the interpretation given by the Supreme Court, even a building would qualify as a plant, and thus, the factory, building, or warehouse should be treated as a ‘plant’ for the limited purpose of claiming ITC.

CONCLUSION

The Supreme Court has given a new lease of life to Section 17(5)(d) by delinking it from Section 17(5)(c). Each claim of ITC will have to be tested based on the law laid down by the Apex Court. Under the Income-tax Act, almost all decisions on whether an expenditure is a revenue expenditure or capital expenditure would begin with the premise that it depends on the facts and circumstances of each case. Future decisions on the claim of ITC under Section 17(5)(d) are likely to have the same premise.

Gifts and Loans — By and To Non-Resident Indians – II

Editor’s Note:

This is the second part of the Article on Gifts And Loans — By and to Non-Resident Indians. The first part of this Article dealt with Gifts by and to NRIs, and this part deals with Loans by and to NRIs. Along with the FEMA aspects of “Loans by and to NRIs”, the authors have also discussed Income-tax implications including Transfer Pricing Provisions. The article deals with loans in Indian Rupees as well as Foreign Currency, thereby making for interesting reading.

B. LOANS BY AND TO NRIs

FEMA Aspects of Loans by and to NRIs

Currently, the regulatory framework governing borrowing and lending transactions between a Person Resident in India (‘PRI’) and a Person Resident Outside India (‘PROI’) is legislated through the Foreign Exchange Management (Borrowing and Lending) Regulations, 2018 (‘ECB Regulations’) as notified under FEMA 3(R)/2018-RB on 17th December, 2018.

PRIs are generally prohibited from engaging in borrowing or lending in foreign exchange with other PROIs unless specifically permitted by RBI. Similarly, borrowing or lending in Indian rupees to PROIs is also prohibited unless specifically permitted. Notwithstanding the above, the Reserve Bank of India has permitted PRIs to borrow or lend in foreign exchange from or to PROIs, as well as permitted PRIs to borrow or lend in Indian rupees to PROIs.

With this background, let us delve into the key provisions regarding borrowing / lending in foreign exchange / Indian rupees:

B.1 Borrowing in Foreign Exchange by PRI from NRIs

∗ Borrowing by Indian Companies from NRIs

  •  According to paragraph 4(B)(i) of the ECB Regulation, eligible resident entities in India can raise External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) from foreign sources. This borrowing must comply with the provisions in Schedule I of the regulations and is required to be in accordance with the FED Master Direction No. 5/2018–19 — Master Direction-External Commercial Borrowings, Trade Credits, and Structured Obligations (‘ECB Directions’).
  •  Schedule I details various ECB parameters, including eligible borrowers, recognised lenders, minimum average maturity, end-use restrictions, and all-in-cost ceilings.
  •  The key end-use restrictions in this regard are real estate activities, investment in capital markets, equity investment, etc.
  •  Real estate activities have been defined to mean any real estate activity involving owned or leased property for buying, selling, and renting of commercial and residential properties or land and also includes activities either on a fee or contract basis assigning real estate agents for intermediating in buying, selling, letting or managing real estate. However, this would not include (i) construction/development of industrial parks/integrated townships/SEZ, (ii) purchase / long-term leasing of industrial land as part of new project / modernisation of expansion of existing units and (iii) any activity under ‘infrastructure sector’ definition.
  •  It is important to note that, according to the above definition, the construction and development of residential premises (unless included under the integrated township category) will be classified as real estate activities. Therefore, ECB cannot be availed for this purpose.
  •  To assess whether NRIs can lend to Indian companies, we must consider the ECB parameters related to recognised lenders. Recognised lenders are defined as residents of countries compliant with FATF or IOSCO. The regulations specify that individuals can qualify as lenders only if they are foreign equity holders. The ECB Directions in paragraph 1.11 define a foreign equity holder as a recognized lender meeting certain criteria: (i) a direct foreign equity holder with at least 25 per cent direct equity ownership in the borrowing entity, (ii) an indirect equity holder with at least 51 per cent indirect equity ownership, or (iii) a group company with a common overseas parent.
  •  In summary, lenders who meet these criteria qualify to become recognized lenders. Consequently, NRIs who are foreign equity holders can lend to Indian corporates in foreign exchange, provided they comply with other specified ECB parameters.

∗ Borrowing by Resident Individual from NRIs

  •  An individual resident in India is permitted to borrow from his / her relatives outside India a sum not exceeding USD 2,50,000 or its equivalent, subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with the Government of India (‘GOI’).
  •  For these regulations, the term ‘relative’ is defined in accordance with Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. This definition ensures clarity regarding who qualifies as a relative, which typically includes family members such as parents, siblings, spouses, and children, among others. This clarification is crucial for determining eligibility for borrowing from relatives abroad.
  •  Additionally, Individual residents in India studying abroad are also permitted to raise loans outside India for payment of education fees abroad and maintenance, not exceeding USD 250,000 or its equivalent, subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with GOI.
  •  It is also noteworthy that although the External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) regulations were officially introduced in 2018, no specific terms and conditions necessary for implementing these borrowing provisions have been prescribed by the RBI. The absence of detailed guidelines indicates that, although a framework is in place for individuals to borrow from relatives or obtain loans for educational purposes, potential borrowers may experience uncertainty about the specific requirements they need to adhere to.

B.2 Borrowing in Indian Rupees by PRI from NRIs

∗ Borrowing by Indian Companies from NRIs

  •  Similar to borrowings in foreign exchange, Indian companies are also permitted to borrow in Indian rupees (INR-denominated ECB) from NRIs who are foreign equity holders subject to the satisfaction of other ECB parameters.
  •  Unlike the FDI regulations, RBI has not specified any mode of payment regulations for the ECB. The definition of ECB, as provided in ECB regulations, states that ECB means borrowing by an eligible resident entity from outside India in accordance with the framework decided by the Reserve Bank in consultation with the Government of India. Further, even Schedule I of the ECB Regulation states that eligible entities may raise ECB from outside India in accordance with the provisions contained in this Schedule. Hence, based on these provisions, it is to be noted that the source of funds for the INR-denominated ECB should be outside of India.
  •  Hence, the source of funds should be outside of India, irrespective of whether it is a  foreign currency-denominated ECB or INR-denominated ECB.

∗ Borrowing by Resident Individuals from NRIs

  •  PRI (other than Indian company) are permitted to borrow in Indian Rupees from NRI / OCI relatives subject to terms and conditions as may be specified by RBI in consultation with GOI. For these regulations, the term ‘relative’ is defined in accordance with Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013. It is also noteworthy that although the External Commercial Borrowings (ECB) regulations were officially introduced in 2018, the specific terms and conditions necessary for implementing these borrowing provisions have yet to be prescribed by the RBI.
  •  Additionally, it is to be noted that the borrowers are not permitted to and utilise the borrowed funds for restricted end-uses.
  •  According to regulation 2(xiv) of the ECB Regulations, “Restricted End Uses” shall mean end uses where borrowed funds cannot be deployed and shall include the following:
  1.  In the business of chit fund or Nidhi Company;
  2.  Investment in the capital market, including margin trading and derivatives;
  3.  Agricultural or plantation activities;
  4.  Real estate activity or construction of farm-houses; and
  5.  Trading in Transferrable Development Rights (TDR), where TDR shall have the meaning as assigned to it in the Foreign Exchange Management (Permissible Capital Account Transactions) Regulations, 2015.

B.3 Lending in Foreign Exchange by PRI to NRIs

∗ Branches outside India of AD banks are permitted to extend foreign exchange loans against the security of funds held in NRE / FCNR deposit accounts or any other account as specified by RBI from time to time and maintained in accordance with the Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016, notified vide Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB dated 1st April, 2016, as amended from time to time.

∗ Additionally, Indian companies are permitted to grant loans in foreign exchange to the employees of their branches outside India for personal purposes provided that the loan shall be granted for
personal purposes in accordance with the lender’s Staff Welfare Scheme / Loan Rules and other terms and conditions as applicable to its staff resident in India and abroad.

∗ Apart from the above, the current External Commercial Borrowing (ECB) regulations do not include specific provisions that allow Non-Resident Indians (NRIs) to obtain foreign exchange loans for non-trade purposes, either from individuals or entities residing in India. For example, lending in foreign exchange by PRI to their close relatives living abroad is not permitted under FEMA.

B.4 Lending in Indian Rupees by PRI to NRIs

∗ Lending by Authorised Dealers (AD)

  •  AD in India is permitted to grant a loan to an NRI/ OCI Cardholder for meeting the borrower’s personal requirements / own business purposes / acquisition of a residential accommodation in India / acquisition of a motor vehicle in India/ or for any purpose as per the loan policy laid down by the Board of Directors of the AD and in compliance with prudential guidelines of Reserve Bank of India.
  •  However, it is to be noted that the borrowers are not permitted to utilise the borrowed funds for restricted end-uses. The list of restricted end-use has already been provided in paragraph B.4 of this article.

∗ Other Lending Transactions

  •  A registered non-banking financial company in India,a registered housing finance institution in India, or any other financial institution, as may be specified by the RBI permitted to provide housing loans or vehicle loans, as the case may be, to an NRI / OCI Cardholder subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses. The list of restricted end-use has already been provided in paragraph B.4 of this article.
  •  Further, an Indian entity may grant a loan in Indian Rupees to its employee who is an NRI / OCI Cardholder in accordance with the Staff Welfare Scheme subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses.
  •  Additionally, a resident individual is permitted to grant a rupee loan to an NRI / OCI Cardholder relative within the overall limit under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme subject to such terms and conditions as prescribed by the Reserve Bank from time to time. The borrower should ensure that the borrowed funds are not used for restricted end uses.
  •  Furthermore, it’s important to note that even the revised Master Direction on the Liberalized Remittance Scheme (LRS) still outlines the terms and conditions for NRIs to obtain rupee loans from PRI. The decision to retain these terms and conditions in the LRS Master Direction may indicate a deliberate stance by the RBI, especially since the RBI has not yet specified the terms and conditions mentioned in various parts of the ECB regulations.
  •  Specifically, Master Direction LRS states that a resident individual is permitted to lend in rupees to an NRI/Person of Indian Origin (PIO) relative [‘relative’ as defined in Section 2(77) of the Companies Act, 2013] by way of crossed cheque / electronic transfer subject to the following conditions:

i. The loan is free of interest, and the minimum maturity of the loan is one year;

ii. The loan amount should be within the overall limit under the Liberalised Remittance Scheme of USD 2,50,000 per financial year available for a resident individual. It would be the responsibility of the resident individual to ensure that the amount of loan granted by him is within the LRS limit and that all the remittances made by the resident individual during a given financial year, including the loan together, have not exceeded the limit prescribed under LRS;

iii. the loan shall be utilised for meeting the borrower’s personal requirements or for his own business purposes in India;

iv. the loan shall not be utilised, either singly or in association with other people, for any of the activities in which investment by persons resident outside India is prohibited, namely:

a. The business of chit fund, or

b. Nidhi Company, or

c. Agricultural or plantation activities or in the real estate business, or construction of farm-houses, or

d. Trading in Transferable Development Rights (TDRs).

Explanation: For item (c) above, real estate business shall not include the development of townships, construction of residential/ commercial premises, roads, or bridges;

v. the loan amount should be credited to the NRO a/c of the NRI / PIO. The credit of such loan amount may be treated as an eligible credit to NRO a/c;

vi. the loan amount shall not be remitted outside India; and

vii. repayment of loan shall be made by way of inward remittances through normal banking channels or by debit to the Non-resident Ordinary (NRO) / Non-resident External (NRE) / Foreign Currency Non-resident (FCNR) account of the borrower or out of the sale proceeds of the shares or securities or immovable property against which such loan was granted.

B.5 Borrowing and Lending Transactions  between NRIs

∗ ECB Regulations do not cover any situation of borrowing and lending in India between two NRIs.

∗ However, in line with our view discussed in paragraph A.3.f, NRI may grant a sum of money as a loan to another NRI from their NRO bank account to the NRO bank account of another NRI, as transfers between NRO accounts are considered permissible debits and credits. The expression transfer, as defined under section 2(ze) of FEMA, includes in its purview even a loan transaction. Similarly, granting a sum of money as a loan from an NRE account to another NRE account belonging to another NRI is also allowed without restrictions.

∗ However, a loan from an NRO account to the NRE account of another NRI, or vice versa, may not be allowed in our view, as the regulations concerning permissible debits and credits for NRE and NRO accounts do not specifically address such loan transactions.

B.6 Effect of Change of Residential Status on Repayment of Loan

∗ As per Schedule I of ECB Regulations, repayment of loans is permitted as long as the borrower complies with ECB parameters of maintaining the minimum average maturity period. Additionally, borrowers can convert their ECB loans into equity under specific circumstances, provided they adhere to both ECB guidelines and regulations governing such conversions, such as compliance with NDI Rules, pricing guidelines, and reporting compliances under ECB regulations as well as NDI Rules.

∗ Additionally, there may be situations where, after a loan has been granted, the residential status of either the lender or the borrower changes. Such situations are envisaged in the Regulation 8 of ECB Regulations. The following table outlines how the loan can be serviced in those situations of changes in residential status:

∗ Furthermore, it is to be noted here that not all cases of residential status have been envisaged under ECB Regulations such as those given below and, therefore, may require prior RBI permission in the absence of clarity.

INCOME TAX ASPECT OF LOAN

B.7 Applicability of Transfer Pricing Provisions under the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 92B(1), which deals with the meaning of international transactions includes lending or borrowing of money. Further, explanation (i)(c) of Section 92B states as follows: capital financing, including any type of long-term or short-term borrowing, lending or guarantee, purchase or sale of marketable securities or any type of advance, payments or deferred payment or receivable or any other debt arising during the course of business.

As per Section 92A of the Income Tax Act, NRI can become associated enterprises in cases such as (i) NRI holds, directly or indirectly, shares carrying not less than 26 per cent of the voting power in the other enterprise; (ii) more than half of the board of directors or members of the governing board, or one or more executive directors or executive members of the governing board of one enterprise, are appointed by NRI; (iii) a loan advanced by NRI to the other enterprise constitutes not less than fifty-one per cent of the book value of the total assets of the other enterprise, etc.

Hence, the borrowing or lending transaction between associated enterprises is construed as an international transaction and is required to comply with the transfer pricing provisions. Section 92(1) states that any income arising from an international transaction shall be computed having regard to the arm’s length principle. Consequently, financing transactions will be subjected to the arm’s length principle and are required to be benchmarked based on certain factors such as the nature and purpose of the loan, contractual terms, credit rating, geographical location, default risk, payment terms, availability of finance, currency, tenure of loan, need benefit test of loan, etc.

For benchmarking Income-tax Act does not prescribe any particular method to determine the arm’s length price with respect to borrowing/ lending transactions. However, the Comparable Uncontrolled Price (‘CUP’) method is often applied to test the arm’s length nature of borrowing/ lending transactions. The CUP method compares the price charged or paid in related party transactions to the price charged or paid in unrelated party transactions. Further, it has been held by various judicial precedents1 that the rate of interest prevailing in the jurisdiction of the borrower has to be adopted and currency would be that in which transaction has taken place. In this case, it would be the international benchmark rate.

To simplify certain aspects, Safe Harbour Rules (‘SHR’) are also in place, which now cover the advancement of loans denominated in INR as well as foreign currency. The SHR specifies certain profit margins and transfer pricing methodologies that taxpayers can adopt for various types of transactions. The SHR is updated and periodically extended for application to the international transactions of advancing of loans.


1   Tata Autocomp Systems Limited [2015] 56 taxmann.com 206 (Bombay); 
Aurionpro Solutions Limited [2018] 95 taxmann.com 657 (Bombay)

B.8 Applicability of Section 94B of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Further, to address the aspect of base erosion, India has also introduced section 94B to limit the interest expense deduction based on EBITDA. Section 94B applies to Indian companies and permanent establishments of foreign companies that have raised debt from a foreign-associated enterprise. The section imposes a limit on the deduction of interest expenses. The deduction is restricted to 30 per cent of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA). This provision may apply when NRI, being an AE, advances a loan to an Indian entity over and above the application of transfer pricing.

B.9 Applicability of Section 40A(2) of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Section 40A(2) of the Income Tax Act deals with the disallowance of certain expenses that are deemed excessive or unreasonable when incurred in transactions with related parties. When transfer pricing regulations are applicable for transactions with associated enterprises, the provisions of Section 40A(2) are not applicable.

As a result, in scenarios where transfer pricing provisions apply (for instance, when shareholding exceeds 26 per cent), both transfer pricing regulations and Section 94B will come into effect. In such cases, Section 40A(2) will not apply. Conversely, in situations where transfer pricing provisions do not apply (for example, when shareholding is 25 per cent, which is the minimum percentage required under ECB Regulations to be considered a foreign equity holder eligible for granting a loan), Section 40A(2) will be applicable, and the provisions of transfer pricing and Section 94B will not become applicable.

B.10 Applicability of Section 68 of the Income Tax Act, 1961

Same as discussed in the gift portion in paragraph A.8 of this article. Additionally, the resident borrower also needs to explain the source of source for loan availed by NRIs.

B.11 Applicability of Section 2(22)(e) of the Income Tax Act, 1961

In a case where the loan is granted by the Indian company in foreign exchange to the employees of their branches outside India (who are also the shareholders of the company) for personal purposes as permitted under ECB Regulations, implications of Section 2(22)(e) need to be examined.

C. Deposits from NRIs — FEMA Aspects

Acceptance of deposits from NRIs has been dealt with in Notification No. FEMA 5(R)/2016-RB – Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016, as amended from time to time.

According to this, a company registered under the Companies Act, 2013 or a body corporate, proprietary concern, or a firm in India may accept deposits from a non-resident Indian or a person of Indian origin on a non-repatriation basis, subject to the terms and conditions as tabled below:

It may be noted that the firm may not include LLP for the above purpose.

CONCLUSION

FEMA, being a dynamic subject, one needs to verify the regulations at the time of entering into various transactions. An attempt has been made to cover various issues concerning gifts and loan transactions between NRIs and Residents as well as amongst NRIs. However, they may not be comprehensive, and every situation cannot be envisaged and covered in an article. Moreover, there are some issues where provisions are not clear and/or are open to more than one interpretation, and hence, one may take appropriate advice from experts/authorized dealers or write to RBI. It is always better to take a conservative view and fall on the right side of the law in case of doubt.

Audit Trail Compliance in Accounting Software

The article covers the Audit Trail requirements in accounting software as mandated by the companies act, 2013. It covers how the auditor can check the compliance of the Audit Trail requirements when the client is using the most used accounting software Tally. The Article covers the comparison of different Tally versions, user access for Audit trail compliance, Frequently Asked Questions from Auditor’s perspective and action points by Auditors for the purpose of reporting. Let’s dive-in.

INTRODUCTION

In today’s digital landscape, maintaining the integrity and transparency of financial data is more crucial than ever. With increasing regulatory scrutiny, Companies must ensure compliance with audit trail requirements as mandated under the Companies Act, 2013. TallyPrime, a leading accounting software, offers a robust feature (called Edit Log) that facilitates the implementation of audit trails, enabling organisations to track changes and maintain comprehensive records of all transactions. This capability not only enhances accountability but also supports businesses in meeting their compliance obligations effectively.

As companies navigate the complexities of financial reporting and regulatory requirements, it is imperative for companies, as well as auditors, to understand how to leverage TallyPrime for audit trail compliance. This article will explore the significance of audit trails in TallyPrime, detailing the software’s features that support compliance, the steps necessary for effective implementation, various reports available for auditors, and best practices for maintaining an accurate audit trail.

We shall discuss the Audit trail compliance in TallyPrime by dissecting in following parts.

  •  Audit Trail compliance requirements as per Companies Act, 2013
  •  Overview of Audit Trail compliance in TallyPrime
  •  Edit Log in TallyPrime
  •  User Access in TallyPrime
  •  Frequently Asked Questions
  •  Conclusion

AUDIT TRAIL REQUIREMENTS AS PER THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013

The introduction of audit trail requirements under the Companies Act, 2013 marks a significant step towards enhancing transparency and accountability in corporate governance. Effective from 1st April, 2023, these requirements apply to all companies, including small companies and not-for-profit organisations. Here’s an overview of the audit trail requirements and their implications. We will examine the Audit trail requirements from the software compliance perspective only.

Definition of Audit Trail

An audit trail is a chronological record that captures all transactions and changes made within an accounting system. This includes details such as:

  •  When changes were made (date and time).
  •  What data was changed (transaction reference)?
  •  Who made the changes (user ID)?

This systematic recording is essential for tracing errors, ensuring compliance, and maintaining the integrity of financial records.

Applicability

The audit trail requirements apply to all types of companies registered under the Companies Act, including:

  •  Private limited companies
  •  Public limited companies
  •  One Person Companies (OPCs)
  •  Section 8 companies (not-for-profit)
  •  Nidhi companies etc.

However, these requirements do not extend to
Limited Liability Partnerships (LLPs) or other non-company entities.

Key Requirements in Accounting Software

  •  Mandatory Implementation: All companies (including small private limited companies) must use accounting software that has a built-in mechanism to record an audit trail for every transaction. This includes creating an edit log for each change made in the electronically maintained books of account.
  •  Non-Disabling Feature: The audit trail feature must be configured in such a way that it cannot be disabled or tampered with. This ensures that the integrity of the audit trail is maintained throughout the financial year.

Compliance and Responsibilities

  •  Management Responsibility: It is the responsibility of the management to implement the audit trail feature effectively. This includes ensuring that the software used for accounting complies with the audit trail requirements.
  •  Auditor’s Role: Auditors must verify the implementation of the audit trail feature in accounting software and report on its effectiveness in their audit reports. They should also ensure that the audit trail is preserved as per statutory requirements.
  •  Reporting Obligations: Auditors are required to report:

♦ Whether the company is using accounting software with an audit trail feature

♦ Whether this feature was operational throughout the year, and

♦ Whether the audit trail covers all transactions.

Overview of Audit Trail Compliance in TallyPrime

Considering the Audit Trail requirements, Tally has given “Edit Log” features in TallyPrime. The Edit Log feature in TallyPrime has been designed with the necessary controls in place to eliminate any scope of tampering with the trail of accounting transactions. These controls are designed as a default feature of the “TallyPrime Edit Log.

The Edit Log feature is introduced in TallyPrime Edit Log Release 2.1 and TallyPrime Release 2.1. This means there are now 2 products of TallyPrime. One is called “TallyPrime Edit Log”, and the other is called “TallyPrime”. Both the products have the same set of features, including Edit Log. However, only the TallyPrime Edit Log meets the Audit Trail compliance requirements. (Note: Edit log feature is available in TallyPrime Release 2.1 and onwards.)

The following table helps to better understand the difference between “TallyPrime Edit Log” and “TallyPrime.”

Hence, as an auditor, the first task is to check whether the company is using “TallyPrime Edit Log” or “TallyPrime”. If the Company is using only “TallyPrime”, one can simply say it is not complying with the Audit trail requirements as mandated by the Companies Act. (Reason: In TallyPrime, the Edit Log can be disabled.)

How to check which product you are using?

There are various ways in which one can check which product he is using.

  1.  Once you start TallyPrime, Click on F1: Help → About→Under Product Information. Check the “Application”

In the case of TallyPrime, it shows “Application: TallyPrime.”

In the case of the TallyPrime Edit Log, it shows “Application: TallyPrime Edit Log (EL).”

2. When you start TallyPrime, check the top left-side corner of the screen.

3. Check the shortcut Icon of TallyPrime; if it shows the word “EL”, it is TallyPrime Edit Log

Edit Log in “TallyPrime Edit Log”

Having understood the different products of TallyPrime and how to check the product you are using, let us now discuss the Edit Log functionality.

Edit Log is a view-only (display) report that maintains track of all activities with your vouchers and masters, like creation, alteration, deletion, and so on,
without the need for any additional controls to restrict access. This means that at any given point, a user can ONLY view the Edit Log report to understand the trail of activities.

The underlying design principle of Edit Log enables users to view the logs and compare them with their previous version, thereby providing more specific insights on the updates done to the vouchers and masters. Additionally, if a user attempts to open the Edit Log using a TallyPrime non-Edit Log version, a log gets created keeping track of this activity. This helps auditors check if any user has opened the Edit Log in any other non-Edit Log version of TallyPrime. Such inbuilt controls designed in TallyPrime make the Edit Log data much more reliable and tamper-proof.

Edit log is available at 3 levels viz. Company level, Master Level, and entry (transaction) level.

Edit log for Company.

The Edit log report at the company level consists of all the activities in the Company data that may affect the existing Edit Logs for transactions and masters.

To view this report, the user needs to follow the below-mentioned steps:

  •  Open the company data
  •  Press Alt + K
  •  Go to “Edit Log”

Once you go into the “Edit log” report at the company level, the sample report appears as follows:

By observing the above report, the auditor can know the various activities affecting the Tally data. E.g., In the above data, one can observe that data was moved from TallyPrime on 20th November, 2024, at 15.21. Kindly note that the above is a sample report.

Edit Log for Masters

Edit log is provided for three masters. Ledgers, groups, and stock items. The activities such as creation, alteration, or deletion in these masters can change the financial reports in the company data. For other masters like cost center or payroll, an edit log is not available. The reason is that these masters do not affect the financial reports like Trial balance, Profit & Loss Account, and Balance sheet.

Let us take the example of a ledger and understand how to view the edit log.

One may be making changes in the ledgers as per requirement. Edit Log tracks all such changes made. One can view the details of changes made in the selected version of the ledger as compared to its previous version, which TallyPrime highlights in red text. Similarly, one can drill down to any version and view the comparison between it and its previous version.

  1. Open the required Ledger.

Press Alt+G(Go To) → type or select Chart of Accounts and press Enter → select Ledger and press Enter.

The Ledger Alteration screen appears.

     2. Press Alt+Q (Edit Log).

Alternatively, press Ctrl+O (Related Reports) →Edit Log and press Enter.

The Edit Log report displays the Version, Activity, Username, and Date & Time.

One can observe that the ledger was created by the user “Urmi” on 7-Feb-23, and the ledger was altered by the user “asap” on 20-Nov-24. If one clicks enter on “Altered”, it will show the detailed comparison of Version 1 of the ledger and Version 2 of the ledger, and differences shall be highlighted in Red text.

Edit log for the Groups and Stock item masters works in a similar manner.

Edit Log for Transactions

The Edit Log report for transactions provides you with an idea of the nature of the activity that a particular user performed at a specific time. This helps you monitor the activities and have better internal control over your Company data.

To access the edit log report of any transaction, one can go inside the transaction in Alter mode or view mode (Alt + Enter) and select “Related reports” from the right-side bar (Press Ctrl + O) and press enter on edit log.

The Edit Log reports for transactions (sample report) are shown below.

 

 

One can view the details of changes made in the selected version of the entry as compared to its previous version, which TallyPrime highlights in red text. Similarly, one can drill down to any version and view the comparison between it and its previous version.

Consolidated reports for Altered entries / Cancelled Entries / Deleted Entries

Many times, an auditor needs a list of entries that are altered or deleted during the period. This report is available in the daybook.

To view the report, follow the below steps:

1. Go to the daybook (from Gateway of Tally →Display more reports → Day book. Alternatively, the day book can be accessed from “Go To”)

2. Select the required period Alt + F2

3. Once the daybook report is open, click on “Basis of Values” or press Ctrl + B

4. The following screen appears

5. In the option “Show report for”, press enter and select “Altered Vouchers.”

6. Press enter and accept the screen

7. A list of altered entries shall appear

8. In the same way, if you select the option “Include Deleted Vouchers” as “Yes”, Along with altered entries, deleted transactions shall appear.

9. One can go inside the deleted entries and check the edit log in deleted entries also.

User-based Access

After understanding the Edit Log functionality in Tally, Let us now answer the “Who” part of the Audit trail requirement, i.e. Who made the changes (user ID).

Tally offers a comprehensive user access management system that allows businesses to define roles and permissions for different users on a need-to-know basis. This feature is crucial for maintaining control over who can view or modify financial data.

For Audit trail compliance, the company needs to ensure that user access is enabled and that all users are given distinct user IDs. This shall help in answering the “Who” part of the question i.e., who made the changes.

There are detailed configurations possible in user-based access in the company data, including restriction to view reports, passing entries based on nature of work or location, implementing password policy, and locking the data backdated, etc.; however, that can be discussed in a separate note. Here, we shall only discuss how the auditor can check whether the company has enabled user-based access or not. User-based access is discussed from the perspective of the audit trail requirements only.

Once you open the company data, click on Alt + K  → Users and Passwords.

Once you enter the above report, a list of users and passwords shall appear. This will ensure that the company has activated user-based access.

Note: The above navigation is available only from the Admin login ID of the Tally data.

As an auditor, one should apply the audit techniques and check whether all the users who are required to access Tally data have been granted username and password.

FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQS)

These FAQs are designed based on the common queries faced by auditors.

(Caution: A few FAQs may sound basic to the more advanced users of Tally)

Q: Does Tally.ERP9 comply with the Audit trail requirements?

A: No, it does not comply with the Audit trail requirements.

Q: The client has done the customisation in Tally.ERP9, which reports on What, When, and Who of the Audit trail requirements? Does it comply with the Audit trail requirements?

A: No, it still does not comply with the Audit trail requirements. One of the key requirements of the accounting software is that the Audit trail features should be “non-disabling”. So even if some customisation is done in Tally.ERP9 for audit trail requirements does not comply with the requirements as per the Companies Act since any customisation done in Tally can always be disabled by the admin user.

Q: The client is using TallyPrime (Non-Edit Log version) and has enabled the edit log and has used it for the entire reporting period. Does it comply with the Audit trail requirements?

A: In the above scenario, although the entire audit trail is available for all the Masters and transactions, strictly speaking, it cannot be said that it is compliant with the audit trail requirements. One of the requirements of the Audit trail-enabled software is that the Audit trail feature cannot be disabled or tampered with. In case the
client is using TallyPrime (Non-Edit log version), the Edit log can be disabled. (Whether it is disabled or not is irrelevant).

Q: The client is using TallyPrime, and CA is using TallyPrime Edit Log. What if CA calls the data of the client and restores it in the TallyPrime Edit Log? Does it comply with the Audit trail requirements?

A: No, it does not comply with the Audit trail requirements. One of the requirements of an Audit trail is it should be operated throughout the reporting period. Hence it is not in compliance with the requirements.

Q: Do I need to buy a new license for the TallyPrime Edit Log?

A: No, the Same license works for both the products simultaneously, TallyPrime and TallyPrime Edit Log.

Q: Can we restrict users from viewing the Edit Log reports?

A: Yes, one can define the appropriate user access rights and restrict the users from viewing the Edit Log reports.

Q: If a company is using TallyPrime Edit Log, Can the Edit Log data be completely removed or deleted from the Company data?

A: No, it is not possible to remove or delete the Edit Log data of transactions and masters in the TallyPrime Edit Log Product.

Q: How is the Edit log created when we import the data from Excel to Tally?

A: Edit Log will show Created due to import along with date and time.

Q: How is the Edit log created when we sync the data from one Tally to another Tally?

A: Edit Log will show Created due to sync along with date and time.

Q: Are Tally Audit features and Edit Log features the same thing?

A: No, both are different features. Tally Audit is an old feature available in Tally.

Q: Can we use Tally Audit features and Edit Log features in the same company Tally data?

A: Yes, one can use both the features at the same time in the company data.

Q: Does the TallyPrime Edit Log provide one single report for all the changes made by the user?

A: No, it does not provide such a report, and it is also not required as per Audit trail compliance requirements. However, the said report can be customised. Alternatively, one can view the list of all altered vouchers or deleted vouchers from the daybook. To check what is altered at the entry-level, one needs to go inside the entry in alter mode or view mode (Alt + Enter) and check “Related reports”.

Q: Where can we learn more about the TallyPrime Edit log?

A: Tally has given on its website the details of the TallyPrime Edit Log. One can refer to the link “https://help.tallysolutions.com/tally-prime/edit-log/tracking-modifications/”

CONCLUSION

In the beginning, we understood the basic requirements of the Audit trail-enabled software. To summarise, the software used should be able to answer the following questions:

  •  When changes were made (date and time)
  •  What data was changed (transaction reference)
  •  Who made the changes (user ID)

Apart from the above, it is required that the Audit trail features need to be mandatory, and they cannot be disabled or tampered with.

Also, it is the responsibility of the management to adopt and implement the accounting software that is compliant with the Audit trail requirements. Auditors’ responsibility is to verify and report whether the company has implemented such software or not in compliance with the Audit trail requirements.

When the company is using Tally as Accounting software, As an Auditor, one needs to check the following points before reporting:

  •  The company is using the “TallyPrime Edit Log” and not “TallyPrime” or “Tally.ERP9”.
  •  The company has been using the “TallyPrime Edit Log” from the beginning of the reporting period. (Check Edit Log for Company).
  •  There is no migration of company data from/back in the “TallyPrime Edit log” during the period under Audit.
  •  User access is enabled, and users are given a distinct user ID to access the company Tally data.

Once the above points are checked, the auditor shall be able to report confidently on Audit trail compliance requirements.

From The President

Dear Members,

Circa 1990: “Here you go. Don’t forget to carry this winter-wear safari-suit jacket with you; it can get really chilly at times,” said Mehta Saheb in a thankful tone to Mr Das, his office stenographer. Handing over his cozy safari-suit jacket to Mr Das, the quintessential Mehta Saheb left his Ballard Estate office at 8:00 pm and took the Mumbai local to his home in Dadar.

Mr Das, a fervent steno, also doubled up as a personal assistant to Mehta Saheb on many occasions. Like the last three years, Mr Das had an important task to accomplish — making sure that he reserved a seat for his managing partner at the annual pilgrimage of practising Chartered Accountants, aka the BCAS Members’ Residential Refresher Course (‘RRC’).

Mr Das stood resolutely in a long, winding queue that extended from the BCAS office to the road bordering Churchgate station, braving the cold winter at 4:00 am before daybreak. Engaging in conversation with those ahead of him — some of whom claimed to have camped out since the previous night — he waited for the BCAS office to open at 8:00 am to start accepting applications. After persistent efforts, Mr Das successfully had his master’s application acknowledged by the BCAS at 2:00 pm. Notably, like many previous years, applications for the BCAS Members’ RRC closed on the same day they were opened.

The accomplishment of having enrolled was like a battle won, and feelings like this one from the 1990s continue to linger in the hearts of thousands of Chartered Accountants from across the country, for they have experienced and participated in countless BCAS RRCs over several decades… a feeling of pride and gratitude to have lived and breathed at the BCAS RRCs.

Although many things have changed since the 1990s, the appeal of attending the BCAS RRC events has remained strong and even grown. This year’s 58th Lucknow-Ayodhya Members RRC experienced house-full registrations well before the early-bird discount period even commenced, which was over 100 days prior to the event date! After persistent cajolery with the venue partner, the BCAS team successfully secured additional rooms to meet the high demand, which is also nearing capacity, as I write. The recently announced 22nd Residential Leadership Retreat has also witnessed encouraging take-off. Over the next few months, the adept committees at the BCAS are planning various subject-specific RRCs for the benefit of our community.

Your Society pioneered the format of RRC. The RRC format promises focused, uninterrupted, collaborative and deep-rooted learning along with professional networking. The format has been ever-so-popular that today, BCAS itself hosts multiple subject-specific RRCs, and many other organisations have also followed suit.

In response to evolving circumstances, our Society has been introducing various learning formats to address current needs. Beyond flagship residential courses, the BCAS stable includes a range of pedagogy formats, including lecture meetings, seminars, workshops, study circles, boot camps, webinars, e-learning, extended duration courses, hybrid learning, certificate programs, talk-and-share sessions, fireside chats, panel discussions, roundtables, etc. Each format is tailored for specific applications and offers varying levels of depth, interaction and coverage. As we progress with our ever-busy professional lives and the increased integration of technology into our daily routines, the way we consume learning content is rapidly evolving. In response to this trend, the Society has green-flagged the project on BCAS Academy. BCAS Academy aims to provide a comprehensive digital learning and membership ecosystem for BCAS members, aligning with the BCAS’s vision of fostering learning and professional development of Chartered Accountants. Stay informed as the dedicated volunteer-led team at the BCAS builds and rolls out BCAS Academy over the coming months.

Continuing with our journey of collaborating with like-minded institutions and amplifying our strengths, your Society and the National Institute of Securities Markets — an education and capacity-building initiative of the Securities and Exchange Board of India, entered into a strategic collaboration. This collaboration is aimed at fostering financial literacy, strengthening capital markets through research initiatives, learning initiatives and deepening the academia-profession interface. Both organisations of repute shall leverage their core strengths towards bridging the capacity and learning gap, thereby improving the robustness of the financial fabric of India. The training and development sessions through this collaboration are intended to provide practical exposure and hands-on experience, ensuring participants are well-equipped to navigate the complexities of the securities markets.

A series of events are scheduled for the upcoming months. With over 17 events planned, there is on offer a diverse array of opportunities tailored to suit everyone’s interests. The landmark BCAS course on Double Taxation Avoidance Agreements is now in its 25th avatar, offering a unique proposition to enthusiasts of international tax. A series of highly relevant sessions on Standards on Auditing and key insights from NFRA orders, featuring speakers from NFRA itself, presents an invaluable opportunity for audit professionals. Additionally, the upcoming lecture meeting on 4th December by market veteran Nilesh Shah will provide our members with thoughts on deciphering the current state of capital markets.

Information regarding other events, including sessions on AI in Tax, Succession Planning, Capital Markets, IBC, Negotiations, Not-For-Profits, CAThon, IFSC matters, etc., are detailed elsewhere in the journal and are also accessible on the Society’s website.

The triennial elections for the central and regional councils of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India are scheduled for the first week of December. It is imperative that we exercise our voting rights and more so, appropriately. As Thomas Jefferson aptly stated, “We do not have government by the majority. We have government by the majority who participate.”

With warm regards and greetings for upcoming Christmas festivities,

 

CA Anand Bathiya

 

President

Justice Delayed Is Justice Denied

VISHWAS BADHAO, VIVAD GATAO

In the recent decision in the case of OM Vision Infrasapce Private Limited vs. ITO, the Gujarat High Court (HC) made serious observations on the pendency of appeals before CIT(Appeals). It was a case where the petitioner approached the Court against the recovery proceedings pending appeals before the CIT(A). The Court took serious note of pending appeals before the CIT(A) for more than three to four years and issued notices to the Chairman, CBDT, The Finance Secretary, Principal CCIT (National Faceless Appeal Centre, Delhi) seeking replies on the pendency of appeals before the CIT(A), the average life of the appeal (i.e., time taken for the disposal of appeal), how many appeals are allocated on an average basis to each Commissioner and remedial measures suggested by the CBDT in cases of inordinate delay, as in the case of the appellant.

Interestingly, the Income-tax Department filed an affidavit giving the following statistics of the pending appeals as of 26th September, 2024:

With 279 CIT(A) working in a faceless manner, 64 CIT(A) working in a non-faceless manner, and 100 JCIT(A), the average pendency of appeals with faceless CIT(A) was around 1,400 cases and around 1,252 cases with non-faceless CIT(A) as at 26th September, 2024. The High Court expressed its displeasure with the huge pendency of appeals and lack of any concrete plan to dispose of them expeditiously and ruled in favour of the petitioners to grant a stay on recovery of the entire demand during the pendency of their appeals.

The pendency of appeals with CIT(A) has been a serious issue since the introduction of the faceless appeals scheme. The pendency is increasing day by day with Assessing Officers continuing to do high-pitched assessments, unwarranted adjustments being made by CPC while processing returns under section 143(1), frivolous additions / disallowances, denying credit of TDS / TCS, rectification applications being summarily dismissed, and other issues.

The Memorandum explaining the provisions of the Finance (No.2) Bill 2024 acknowledges the mounting pendency of cases at the CIT(A) level and the overall increase in litigation at various levels due to a larger number of new appeals than the number of appeal disposals.

Recently, the Supreme Court upheld the notices for re-opening the assessment under section 148 (under the erstwhile provisions of law), impacting more than 90,000 cases, thereby unsettling settled cases. As and when assessments are completed in these cases, a round of fresh litigation may start.

If we add the pendency of cases with the Tribunal, High Courts and the Supreme Court, the figure would be alarming.

To address the issue, the government appointed 100 JCIT(Appeals) in 20231, also notified the e-Dispute Resolution Scheme in 2022, and enacted the Direct Tax Vivad se Vishwas Scheme 2024 (DTVSV 2.0). However, these measures are grossly insufficient, without any definitive timeline for completing the pending appeals or deciding cases by the various authorities / courts. Radical measures are certainly called for. At the current rate of disposals, it would take about five years to dispose of the existing pendency. Bunching of similar appeals or repeated issues for different succeeding years in appeals, covered matters, etc., could be one of the solutions which can help in the speedy disposal of appeals by CIT Appeals.


1.Section 246 and E-Appeals Scheme, 2023 dated 29th May, 2023

In the given scenario, taxpayers can avail the benefits of the DTVSV 2.0. However, this scheme may really be of assistance only to taxpayers whose appeals are pending at higher appellate levels.

DIRECT TAX VIVAD SE VISHWAS SCHEME, 20242

The first DTVSV was brought out by the Government in 2020 for the appeals pending as on 31st March, 2020 and was successful in garnering revenue to the tune of about ₹75,000 crores from about one lakh taxpayers. The objective of DTVSV 2.0 is to provide a mechanism for the settlement of disputed issues, thereby reducing litigation without much cost to the exchequer.

DTVSV 2.0 provides for a lower rate of taxes for the new appeals as compared to the old appeals. Old appeals are those which are pending since prior to 31st January, 2020, and the new appeals are those filed after 31st January, 2020 and pending as on 22nd July, 2024. In the case of old appeals where the declaration is filed before 31st December, 2024, 110 per cent of the disputed tax is to be paid. The corresponding rate is 120 per cent if the declaration is made on or after 1st January, 2025. For new appeals, 100 per cent of the disputed tax is to be paid for declaration filed on or before 31st December, 2024 and 110 per cent for declaration filed on or after 1st January, 2025. The amount payable under the scheme will be reduced to 50 per cent in cases where the Income-tax Department files the appeal or if the taxpayer’s case has been decided in his favour by the ITAT / High Court and has not been reversed by the higher authority, namely, High Court or Supreme Court, as the case may be.

The new scheme does not apply to search and seizure cases, or where the prosecution is launched before filing the declaration or where disputes are relating to undisclosed foreign sources of income or assets, or tax arrears pertaining to assessments or reassessments based on information received from the foreign government/s. Besides, the large number of writ petitions against reassessment proceedings, moving back and forth between the High Courts and the Supreme Court, would also not be eligible for settlement under the scheme. The scheme does not apply to cases where the time limit for filing appeals has not expired as on 22nd July, 2024, if the taxpayer does not file an appeal. The last date for the scheme is not yet announced.

Broadly, some taxpayers having long pending demands may benefit from the scheme, as it provides substantial relief in interest and penalty amount. In any case, one needs to do a cost-benefit analysis. On the one hand, there is a huge cost of litigation, mental stress, waste of time and energy and yet, the uncertainty of outcome; while on the other hand, there is certainty and mental peace through settlement of disputes.


2. CBDT Circular No. 12 of 2024 dated 15th October, 2024

TRUST DEFICIT

It is said that prevention is better than cure. A scheme like DTVSV is not a permanent solution. It is good for settling the existing litigation, but not in arresting the creation of fresh litigation. For that, we need simpler laws and pragmatic administration based on trust and respect for the taxpayers. Assessing officers should be empowered with a positive mindset to facilitate taxpayers in compliance with laws and not threaten them with power and authority. High-pitched assessment orders, frivolous litigations, pressure for unreasonable recoveries, blatant violation of principles of natural justice, arbitrary disallowances of legitimate business expenses and so on have increased the trust deficit between the tax administration and taxpayers over the decades.

Both taxpayers and the tax administration need to work together to build a strong nation. It is heartening to note that the Government is aware of this and has taken steps to simplify provisions of the Income-tax Act. However, the need of the hour is simple yet effective tax administration. When we look at the quantum of tax litigations in India vis-à-vis some developed nations, we find a stark difference. There is a dire need for a drastic reduction of tax litigations in India by comprehensive measures of tax simplifications and administrative reforms.

Interestingly, the Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions issued a Print Release on 13th August, 2024 on “Less Government More Governance”3, announcing several measures to simplify tax laws, streamline Government administration, use of technology, repealing archaic laws etc. Let us hope that we get some lasting solution to reduce the tax litigation such that we can devote more time for some constructive work to make the dream of a developed India come true.


3. See Editorial for November, 2024 [56 (2024) 891 BCAJ]

 

Best Regards,

 

Dr CA Mayur Nayak

Editor

अर्थस्य पुरुषो दास:

Arthasya Purusho Daasah

(6.41.36,51,77 Mahabharata)

This is one of the all-time universal truths of human life. It was always true and applicable; it is applicable today and it will continue in future as well. What does it mean? It means that a man is a slave of money!

The background is like this: we know the Mahabharata, where Kauravas and Pandavas, first cousins, were at war against each other. Although the war ostensibly was for the kingdom or property, it was essentially a dispute between satya vs. asatya, dharma vs. adharma, truth vs. untruth, and righteous vs. evil. Kauravas represented the asatya, adharma, untruth, and evil. We know the disgraceful episode of Draupadi (Pandavas’ wife) being humiliated and ridiculed in the open court before all seniors in the family, ministers, gurus, and many others.

Surprisingly, Bheeshma, Dronacharya, Krupacharya, and many stalwarts who were basically the gurus (mentors), respected for knowledge, righteous behaviour, and selflessness, were silent observers of Kauravas’ misdeeds. Not only that they did not even attempt to effectively prevent Kauravas from doing wrong things and sinful acts, at the end of the most disastrous war, they stood to fight on behalf of the Kauravas against the Pandavas!

Those were the days when even wars were fought ethically! There can be a long essay on this topic. Pandavas sought blessings from all seniors from Kauravas’ side since they were ethical and followed rich traditions. When Yudhishthira (senior Pandava) bowed before Bheeshma (who was his grandfather and mentor), Bheeshma tried to justify why he was fighting on behalf of Duryodhana. He candidly confessed that all of them were slaves of money. They had always lived in Duryodhana’s kingdom, ever since Pandavas were fraudulently sent to exile by Duryodhana. Their livelihood was taken care of by Duryodhana.

Although their needs were limited, whatever they needed — food, shelter, clothing, and other facilities for studies, etc. were provided by Duryodhana. Naturally, they had to be loyal to him. The full text is –

अर्थस्यपुरुषोदास: Man is the slave of money.

दासस्त्वर्थो न कस्याचित् Money is never a slave  of anybody.

इतिसत्यम्महाराज This is the truth O dear king.

बद्धोसम्यर्थेंनकौरवे: We are under (monetary) obligation of Kauravas.

This truth applies to all walks of life, and our profession is no exception. Be it any field — education, health, business, profession, judiciary, politics, bureaucracy, police, defence, sports, arts and culture, and even spiritualism!! In today’s kaliyuga, it is visible more prominently, practically everywhere.

‘Money makes the mare go’ as the English saying goes. Even animals become loyal to their owner or someone who provides them with food! Another Subhashit in Sanskrit says that even a musical instrument like tabla ‘speaks’ well when atta is applied to it! It is also said द्रव्येण सर्वे वशा:!

As CAs, we are expected to perform our duties impartially and objectively, without fear or favour. However, no one disputes the fact that ‘independence’ is a ‘myth’. Very idealistic, selfless persons may refrain from actively supporting wrong things, but it is practically impossible to actively resist a sinful thing since one is afraid of one’sfinancial loss! Of course, there could be some exceptions when a person completely abstains from undertaking such activity or retires in forests, i.e. takes sanyas.

The readers are so knowledgeable and mature that this point needs hardly any elaboration. Reactions in ‘readers’ views’ are welcome!

Society News

International Economic Study Group
meeting held on 17th October, 2016

The International Economic Study
Group meeting was held on 17th October, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall
by International Taxation Committee which was addressed by the Speaker Ms.
Sharmila Ramani. She broadly discussed about the SWOT Analysis i.e. Strengths,
Weaknesses and Prospects of the Indian Economy.

Here is an overview of India’s
strengths, weaknesses and future prospects as addressed by her:-

Strengths

1.   Self-sufficiency
in food:
India is predominantly an agricultural country particularly with
reference to livelihood opportunities and self-sufficiency in food grains with
abundant resources.

2.  Domestic
market:
  With India’s top companies such
as Tata Steel, L& T, JSW Steel, Grasim Industries etc. turning their
focus back to domestic market on bigger priority, India has captured a robust
growth in the Domestic Market.

3. Renewable
energy:
India is ranked number one in terms of solar electricity production
per watt installed. In January 2015, the Government set a target of achieving
100 gigawatts of solar capacity by 2022.

4.   Real GDP:
India is World’s 3rd largest country in terms of real GDP on
Purchasing Power Parity basis after the USA and China. 

5.   IT industry:
India’s IT industry is considered one of the best in the world. This is mainly
due to the availability of a large pool of highly skilled, low cost workforce
with remarkable professional acumen.

6.   Science and
technology:
India is among the topmost countries in the world in the field
of scientific research, positioned as one of the top five nations in the field
of space exploration. The country has regularly undertaken space missions,
including missions to the moon and famed Polar Satellite Launch Vehicle (PSLV).

7.  Tourism:
India, with its diverse and fascinating history, arts, music, culture,
spiritual & social models, has a booming tourism industry attracting good
chunk of foreign exchange reserves to boost economy. 

8.  Defence:
India is today self-reliant in missile technology. India’s defence equipments
are the best to beat any external threat to the nation.  

9.   Culture:
India is a multi-ethnic, multi-lingual and multi-religious society with rich
cultural Heritage.

10. Demographic dividend:  In four years, India will have the world’s
largest population of working people, about 87 crore. More the working
population, more demographic dividend and hence, economic growth of the
country.

Weaknesses

1.   Corruption:
Corruption is the roadblock in the growth of any economy in the world.  Amongst measures of curbing corruption and
black money, the recent success of IDS-2016 initiated by the Modi Government
would help to eradicate corruption to a large extent.

 2. Poverty: Adequate measures are being
taken by the Government to uproot poverty to achieve better per capita income
thereby reducing the gap between rich and the poor. However, still a lot needs
to be done on the ground in this direction. 

3.  Illiteracy:  A higher literacy rate is an essential
requirement for any nation to bring it at par on a global platform with other
nations. Indian Government is taking concrete steps to eliminate illiteracy, to
put India on the world map from developing to developed country.     

4. Healthcare issues: In order to have healthy,
economically self-sufficient citizens, healthcare is essential right from
birth. Healthier the masses, stronger the working class contributing to the
nation building. Government has allocated adequate budget for this sector.  

5.  Female
infanticide:
Indian women contribute about 17% to India’s GDP today.
Stringent laws are a must to stop female infanticide. They can contribute more
significantly if they are allowed the freedom to grow and exploit their true
potential.

India’s
prospects

A developed country offers its
citizens 3 key conveniences:

1)  A better life in
terms of infrastructure – food, water, healthcare, roads, amenities, etc.

2)  Better job/business
prospects

3)  Good education

India has the potential to achieve
all the three basic necessities for resilient economic growth.

The participants enormously
benefitted from the Study Group Meeting.

Seminar Committee of Bombay
Chartered Accountants Society (BCAS) had organised jointly with Ahmedabad
Chartered Accountants Association (ACAA) a two days’ Seminar on 21st and
22nd  October, 2016  at Hotel Kohinoor Continental, Andheri.

From Ahmedabad 30 members, and 20
local members attended this seminar. The basic purpose of this seminar was, to
have Interactive Sessions on the various subjects and to provide networking
platform to the members from both the cities.

Day 1

CA. Chetan Shah (President)

CA. Raju Shah (President ACAA)

CA. Chetan Shah President of BCAS,
welcomed the members and highlighted the details of the Seminar. He also
briefed the participants about various activities conducted by BCAS. CA. Raju
Shah, President of ACAA, also welcomed the members and appreciated BCAS for
conducting such Seminar in the interest of the members. The seminar was
inaugurated by CA. Pinakin Desai, Past President of BCAS. He focused on the
need to unlearn old things and to learn /relearn new things with latest
technology. CAs today are required to face new challenges and continuous changes
throughout their career. He touched upon some decisions of the Supreme Court to
convey the importance of learning. He took an overview of the subjects which
were subsequently dealt with in this two days’ seminar.

 

L
to R – CA. Sonalee Godbole (Speaker), CA .Rajeev Shah and CA. Anil Sathe

The first paper was presented by CA.
Sonalee Godbole on the subject of “Penalties under Income Tax Act”. She dealt
with latest penal provisions u/s. 270A and 270AA.  She highlighted problems in interpretation
and implementation of these sections. CA. Anil Sathe, Past President of BCAS
who chaired the session, concluded with his observations, giving a masterly
touch to the issues.

 

L
to R – CA. Anil Sathe, CA. Chetan Shah (President BCAS), CA. Raju Shah (President
ACAA), CA. Pinakin Desai, CA. Mayur Desai and CA .Uday Sathaye

In the second session CA. Mayur
Nayak, Past President of BCAS, presented a paper titled “How to read DTAA”.
Some fundamental concepts and important phrases under DTAA were very ably
explained by him. This session was chaired by CA. Gautam  Nayak, Past President of BCAS who
supplemented his thoughts and experience on the subject matter.

 

L
to R – CA. Mayur Nayak (Speaker), CA. Mukesh Khandwala and
CA. Gautam Nayak

In
third session for the day, CA. Vishal Gada analysed various Provisions of
Taxation related to NRIs with practical examples and controversies therein. He
dealt with important case laws and propositions by the judicial forums. This
session was chaired by CA. Ameet Patel, Past President of BCAS highlighting
some important provisions under NRI Taxation.

L to R – CA.
Vishal Gada (Speaker), CA. Narayan Pasari (Vice President, BCAS)
and CA. Ameet Patel

Day 2

CA. Bhadresh Doshi presented his
paper on “Capital Gains relating to Real Estate”. He covered important
exemptions under various sections. Readymade compilation of case laws as
provided by him was very much appreciated by the participants. CA. Dilip
Lakhani, Past President of BCAS chaired this session and concluded with his
views based on his vast experience on the subject.

L
to R – CA. Kunal Shah, CA. Dilip Lakhani and CA. Bhadresh Doshi (Speaker)

In the second session, CA. Mandar
Telang presented a paper on “Transitional Provisions in GST”. He explained the
entire gamut of transitional provisions and very nicely explained the
difference between existing provisions of law and GST. CA. Govind Goyal, Past
President of BCAS who chaired this session, concluded the session and
summarised many important aspects of GST, highlighting transitional provisions.

 

L
to R- CA. Mandar Telang (Speaker), CA. Bharatkumar Oza and CA. Govind Goyal

In the last session
of this seminar,
Adv. Sunil Lala dealt with Sixteen Recent Judicial Pronouncements
covering
International Taxation, Transfer Pricing Laws and Domestic Taxation. He
explained certain provisions laid down by Judicial Forums. This session
was
chaired and concluded by CA. Kishor Karia, Past President of BCAS. He
complemented Adv. Sunil Lala for his command over the subject and also
presented
the concluding remarks.

CA.
Uday Sathaye,

Chairman,Seminar
Committee.

L to R
– Advocate Sunil Lala (Speaker), CA. Kishor Karia and CA. Ajit Shah

Chairman, Seminar Committee of BCAS,
CA. Uday Sathaye thanked the participants and office bearers of both the
associations, Chairmen and paper writers of all the Sessions for their
contribution in making this Seminar a success.

Participants
of Two Days’ Seminar Jointly with Ahmedabad Chartered Accountants Association

Overall, this two days’ seminar was
very successful and particularly with limited number of participants from
Mumbai and Ahmedabad, interaction with the paper writers as well as chairmen of
respective sessions provided extra benefit to the participants.

Company Law, Accounting &
Auditing Study Circle Meeting held on 25th October 2016.

The first Company Law, Accounting
&  Auditing Study Circle meeting, as
a part of a series of study circle meetings on Ind AS was held on 25th
October, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall. During the meeting, Group Leader
CA.  Anand Bathiya covered the topics (i)
Ind AS 16 – Property Plant & Equipment, (ii) Ind AS 38 – Intangible Assets
and (iii) Ind AS 40 – Investment Property.

Mr. Bathiya shared his insights on
the subject with the participants and explained the various concepts of
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure. He highlighted the
issues concerning valuation models, depreciation based on useful life of the
asset and estimated residual value and key GAAP differences. He also touched
upon effects of preparation of opening Balance Sheet under Ind AS and gave
practical examples of how these standards are being interpreted and implemented
by various companies in India and how it has impacted their financials.

The session was highly interactive
and all the participants benefitted immensely by the vast knowledge and experience
shared by the group leader.

“ITF Study Circle”
held on 7th November, 2016

The International Taxation Committee
of BCAS organised “ITF Study Circle” meeting on “Transfer Pricing – Practical
Issues”, on 7th November, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall addressed by
CA. Darshak Shah. Mr. Shah discussed about the meaning, importance and its
relevance for the professionals at large.

CA. Darshak Shah explained that as
30th November, 2016 is the upcoming due date of the Income-tax Act
for Transfer Pricing Auditable assessees in order to file their Return of
Income, it was a great initiative to have a discussion on the latest practical
difficulties faced by Chartered Accountants in Transfer Pricing.

CA. Darshak Shah, led the discussion
where he elaborately explained the latest Case Laws and Citations regarding
Deemed Associates, International Transactions. There was a detailed discussion
on 5 case studies giving different scenarios where cross holding, and indirect
participation and control of various inter related enterprises was tested for
understanding if they were falling under Associated Enterprises concept.

The participants also deliberated as
to how assessment of Transfer Pricing is a big challenge. The meeting was very
interactive and enlightening for the attendees.

“Direct Tax Laws Study
Circle” held on 9th November,2016

A “Direct Tax Laws Study Circle”
meeting was held on 9th November, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall.

The Group leader, CA. Kiran Gala
under the guidance of the Chairperson, CA. Saroj Maniar explained the purpose
behind introduction of Ind AS by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs and the
timeline set out for its phased implementation by various corporate entities.

Mr. Gala pointed out the key
conceptual differences between Ind AS 
and the existing  Accounting
Standards and explained the adjustments to be made on account of the adoption
of Ind AS which would be either accounted as ‘Other Comprehensive Income (OCI)’
in the Profit & Loss statement or as ‘Retained Earnings’ in the Balance
Sheet. He also discussed as to whether MAT tax would apply to Net profits
either including or excluding OCI and the suggestions made by the Lohia
Committee Report in this context. Further, the Group leader pointed out to
various notional incomes / expenses such as guarantee commission, loan
processing charges etc to be recorded in P & L on account of adoption of
Ind AS and the resulting tax implications.

Thereafter, several case studies
relating to peculiar adjustments to be made owing to Ind AS such as
retrospective restatements of financial statements, revaluation of plant &
machinery, reclassification of financial instruments, interest free loan to
subsidiary, embedded lease and the consequent tax implications were discussed
at length.

“FEMA Study Circle”
meeting held on 10th November,2016

FEMA Study Circle Meeting was held
on 10th November, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall, on the topic of
“Foreign Direct Investment in India – Issues in selected sectors and Indirect
Foreign Investment Rules.” where CA. Rutvik Sanghvi & CA. Naziya Siddiqui
led the discussion. The session was chaired by CA. Naresh Ajwani and the
audience benefited from his rich experience on the subject.

With India gaining popularity among
other countries as a preferred destination for Investment, this topic is of
immense importance for FEMA practitioners and the learned speakers exceeded the
expectations with their in depth analysis on the subject.

Important aspects of FDI, practical
cases, important sectors, FDI in LLP etc. were covered in this session.
There is a lot more to come like FDI in the Trading segment and E-Commerce and
hence the speakers and members present unanimously agreed to hold another
session on the subject. The members appreciated the hard work put in by the
learned speakers.

Lecture Meeting Transfer Pricing –
Recent Developments and Controversies held on 11th November 2016

International Taxation Committee of
BCAS organised a lecture meeting on Transfer Pricing-Recent Developments and
Controversies on 11th November, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall.
Speaker CA Waman Kale discussed the following topics related to Transfer
Pricing in detail:

 

CA.
Waman Kale (Speaker)

1)  Latest
developments as per the Finance Act 2016
:- Under this topic, CbCR – part of
TP documentation & reporting, CbCR reporting, Advance Pricing Agreements
(APAs) in India – Experiences to Date, Stringent Penalties prescribed, other
Penalty provisions and other TP proposals were discussed.

2)  Safe Harbour
Rules
:- Under Safe Harbour Rules, the Speaker explained Rule 10 TA
to 10 TG
Safe Harbour Rules, Safe Harbour Margins, Safe Harbour
Rules-Experiences, Action Plans, CbCR Requirements, Masterfile
Requirements,
Local File Requirements etc.

3)  Base Erosion
Profit Shifting (BEPS) TP Updates
:- He also deliberated Action
Plans-8-10-Intangibles, Action Plans-8-10 Intra Group Services, Action
Plan-13-TP Documentation, CbCR Requirements, Master File Requirements,
Local
File Requirements etc.

4)  Advance Pricing
Agreements (APAs) in India
– Experiences to Date:-Under this topic, APA
Program in India – Salient Features, APA as an option, Experience with APA
Authorities, Status of APAs etc were deliberated.

5)  Challenges and
Acceptability of a FAR:
– Mr Waman described the Issues and Challenges
involved in a FAR i.e. Bedrock of a TP analysis,  Rights and Obligations – Contractual vs
Actual Conduct, Financial capacity to undertake risks,  Impact of BEPS etc.

6)  Recent Important
Decisions on Market Intangibles (AMP Expenses)
:- Under important
decisions, Market Intangibles (AMP Expenses), AMP Expenses-Litigation Updates
and Corporate Guarantees etc. were discussed. 

The meeting was interactive and the
participants benefitted from the rich experience of the Speaker.

Full Day Workshop on
Writing and Drafting Skills” held on 12th November 2016 at
Aurangabad.

BCAS jointly with Aurangabad Branch,
WIRC of ICAI arranged a full day workshop on “Writing and Drafting
Skills”. The event was conducted at ICAI Bhavan, Aurangabad.

The workshop was inaugurated at the
hands of Chairperson, Aurangabad Branch CA. Renuka Deshpande with lightening of
lamp and her opening remarks.

Past Presidents of BCAS, Shri Anil
Sathe and Shri Raman Jokhakar were the speakers. Shri Raman made his
presentation on “Fundamentals of Professional Writing and Communication Skills,
Key considerations in drafting of various Deeds and Documents”. His
presentation was followed by test questions at each level.

Shri Anil Sathe presented his paper
on the subject of “Drafting in Tax Litigation-Submission to Tax Authorities,
Appeals and Opinions”.  He answered the
questions raised by the participants.

Both the sessions were interactive
with participation from the members.

Indirect Study Circle
Meeting held on 15th November 2016.

A Study Circle Meeting to discuss
draft GST rules was held on 15th
November 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall. Rules relating to Returns and
Registration were discussed. CA. Yash Parmar lead the study group and CA. Ashit
Shah mentored the session. At the outset Mr. Yash presented the group with a
list of various returns that need to be filed in the GST regime. He also
described the entire process flow of return filing. The group had an interactive
session and discussed various issues like treatment of turnover discounts,
correction of TIN errors in GSTR forms, importance of punching details
exempted, tax free and other non-GST revenues in the GSTR, treatment of
advances, tax on URD purchases and other important aspects relating to the
process of return filing. At end the group discussed the process of migration
to GST as per the draft registration rules.

Company Law,
Accounting & Auditing Study Circle held on 16th November 2016

The second Study Circle meeting on
Ind-AS was held on 16th October, 2016 at BCAS Conference Hall. The
meeting was addressed by CA. Sanjay Chauhan. He led discussions on Ind AS 21 –
The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates, Ind AS 23 – Borrowing Costs
and Ind AS 17 – Leases (Along with effects on Preparation of Ind AS Opening
Balance Sheet).

CA. Sanjay Chauhan explained various
new concepts in these Ind ASs and their comparison with present Accounting
Standards. He covered various important elements of these IndASs with the
practical examples and Case Studies. He also discussed the impact of first time
adoption of these standards and covered Ind AS Transition Facilitation Group
(ITFG) Bulletin issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India on
the subjects. The members  deliberated on
various issues on implementation of these standards.

Experts Chat @BCAS on
“Issues and Impact of Demonetisation” held on 18th November 2016

An expert discussion on Issues and
impact of Demonetisation was held at BCAS Conference Hall on 18th November,
2016. The event saw an encouraging participation through attendance as well as
through the Live streaming. President CA. Chetan Shah gave the opening remarks
and welcomed the Panel.

The experts on the Panel were :

(i) Mrs. Sucheta Dalal
– Founder-Trustee of Moneylife Foundation and Managing Editor of Moneylife
magazine.

(ii) Mr. Dharmakirti Joshi – Chief Economist at CRISIL
Limited.

(iii) Mr. Ameet Patel–Past President and Chairman of
Taxation Committee of the BCAS.

 

L to R – Mr. Dharmakirti Joshi, CA
Ameet Patel and Mrs. Sucheta Dalal

The Panel which was moderated by CA.
Ameet Patel deliberated  intensely on the
Notification by the Government which was brought to give effect to
Demonetisation.

The Panel touched upon various
facets of Demonetisation such as intention of the Government for taking the
step, practical challenges being faced by the citizens, the likely impact on
the Indian economy, taxation implications of persons depositing the old
currency in their bank accounts as well as various dos and don’ts that can make
life simpler in times to come.

The
discussion was very informative and clarified lot of myths surrounding the
issue. The speakers answered a lot of queries that were received from the
participants. The participants benefitted immensely with the interactive
sessions and detailed discussions.

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Seminar on Current Issues in International Taxation on 16th October 2014

L to R : Mr. Nitin P. Shingala (President), Mr. Mayur Desai, Prof. Mr. Kees Vaan Raad (Speaker), Prof. Dr. Michael Lang (Speaker), and Mr. Rashmin Sanghvi.

BCAS, jointly with CTC, organised a Seminar on International Taxation at the Status Hotel, Mumbai.

In the first Technical session, Prof. Dr. Michael Lang, Head of the
Institute for Austrian and International Tax Law of WU, Vienna
University of Economics and Business, deliberated on the subject of
“Impact of BEPS on Tax Treaties”. He explained that G20 has initiated an
action plan against Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) in respect
of avoidance of taxes by the MNCs who shift their profits/activities to a
low or no tax jurisdictions through dubious structuring and sham
transactions. The OECD, under the instruction from G20, has issued
series of action plans on various aspects of BEPS with possible
solutions. According to Prof. Lang mere changes in OECD Commentary to
address BEPS issue may not be sufficient unless countries make changes
in their bilateral tax treaties incorporating specific anti-abuse
provisions such as Limitation of Benefit (LOB) Article. He expressed
concern over the speed with which OECD is attempting to implement action
plans on BEPS. The Action Plan on “Preventing Granting Treaty Benefits”
may increase complexities. In the second Technical session, Prof. Kees
Van Raad, Chairman of the International Tax Center Leiden and Director
of the Leiden Adv LLM Program in International Tax Law, spoke on “Future
of Source Country Taxation of Active Business Income”.

Prof.
Raad discussed at length the origin of the concept of Permanent
Establishment (PE), attribution of profits to PE and its relevance or
otherwise in today’s digital world. Prof. Raad opined that there is a
gross misunderstanding as to where the profits are made, i.e., value is
created especially when sale is made in a country other than where
innovation and production takes place. Thresholds of
physical/project/agency PE are no more relevant in today’s digital
world. In any case PE was meant to be only a threshold. Perhaps we need
to relook at the entire concept of PE, he added. He said that splitting
of profits of an integrated internationally operating enterprise is
never going to be an easy task. May be then, the world needs to take the
difficult road the European Commission is walking with its Common
Consolidated Corporate Tax Base (CCCTB) proposal.

Intensive Workshop on Internal Financial Control as required under the Companies Act, 2013 on 17th& 18th October 2014

Mr. Y. M. Kale (Keynote Speaker)


L to R: Mr. Shivkumar Muthukrishnan (Speaker), Mr. Rajesh Muni, Mr. Y. M. Kale (Keynote Speaker), Mr. Harish Motiwalla, Mr. Himanshu Vasa, and Mr. Nitin Singhala (President).

This intensive workshop organised by the Accounting & Auditing Committee deliberated on various aspects of Internal Financial Control and helped the participants to better understand the various facets involved in developing the IFC which included:

  • scoping and materiality considerations,
  • identification of processes and sub processes,
  • design of control framework and mapping them to an acceptable control framework,
  • preparing test plans,
  • sampling strategy,
  • evaluations of controls etc.

The keynote address was delivered by Mr. Y. M. Kale. The faculties for this workshop were Ms. Preeti Dani and Mr. Shivkumar Muthukrishnan.

National Conference on Companies Act-2013 on 18th October 2014

The BCAS in association with the Federation of Andhra Pradesh Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FAPCCI) conducted a National Conference on The Companies Act, 2013 on 18th October, 2014 at Hyderabad where the following Topics were covered:


L to R : Mr. Anil Reddy Vennam, Mr. Harish Motiwalla, Mr. Mr. Abhay Kumar Jain, Mr. Shiv Kumar Rungta, Mr. C. Murali Krishna and Mr. Nitin Shingala (President)

Mr. Shiv Kumar Rungta, President, FAPCCI mentioned that Corporate Governance is an issue of vital interest to the business community and with the passage of the new Companies Act, 2013, there is now a larger focus on corporate governance. Every Director, whether independent/ non independent, executive/non-executive has a distinct role in the functioning of the company. It is only when the entire board functions effectively which results to good corporate governance and benefit minority as well as majority shareholder in the long term.

Mr. Nitin Shingala, President, BCAS also lauded the legislation of the Companies Act, 2013 and compared some of the provisions of the Act with the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Mr. Abhay Kumar Jain, Chairman, Corporate Laws, Legal and IPR Committee of FAPPCI was happy that the Joint National Conference by FAPPCI and BCAS is a momentous event and a first of its kind collaboration where both the industry and professionals have come together on a common platform which has given an opportunity to understand, work and perform the respective roles efficiently.

Mr. V. S. Raju, Advisor and Past President of FAPCCI introduced the keynote speaker Mr. Murali Krishna. The Keynote Speaker said that the Concept of True and Fair which was earlier restricted to the auditor has now been made the responsibility of the management. He also touched upon various other issues such as Internal Audit, Selection, Appointment and Rotation of auditors, Schedule III, Depreciation, Share Application Money, Independent Directors and Deposits. He felt that creating Jobs is the biggest Corporate Social Responsibility, Creating job is connected to every factor of the Economy, the GDP factor, the wellness factor or the human satisfaction index etc. He suggested for spending more on the employee, so that in turn they will spend into the economy and the whole economic system blooms and blossoms.

Lecture Meeting on International & Domestic Transfer Pricing – Recent Developments on 5th November 2014


Mr. T.P. Ostwal (Speaker)

This lecture meeting was held at the Walchand Hirachand Hall, IMC, Churchgate, Mumbai. Mr. T. P. Ostwal, Chartered Accountant shared his experience on the recent developments in International & Domestic Transfer Pricing with regards to Finance Bill 2014. He also explained the key challenges of the amendments with relevant case studies. More than 275 members gained immensely from the knowledge of the speaker. The presentation and video of the lecture is available at www.bcasonline.org&www. bcasonline.tv, respectively, for the benefit of all.

Workshop on Tax Audit (Advanced) on 8th November 2014

L to R : Mr. Kishore Karia, Mr. Ameet Patel (Speaker), Mr. Nitin Shingala (President), Mr. Mukund Chitale (Speaker) and Ms. Saroj Maniar

The Taxation Committee of the Society organised this Workshop at the Walchand Hirachand Hall, IMC, Churchgate, Mumbai. The objective of the workshop was to address the critical aspects of tax audits and the responsibilities of tax auditors with regards to the revised Forms for Tax Audit issued by the CBDT in July 2014, due to which the reporting requirements have escalated dramatically and several practical issues have arisen. The Following Topics were covered at the workshop:

levitra

Society News

fiogf49gjkf0d
Lecture Meeting – ‘Are the new requirements of IFC & EWRM a boon or bane?’ held on 28th October, 2015

The speaker on the subject, Mr. Monish Chatrath gave the audience an overview of the latest developments under Companies Act, which place an onerous responsibility on the auditor. Emphasising their importance, he stressed upon the need to make IFC a powerful and practical tool, in the hands of all the stakeholders – the organisation, the consultant and the auditor.

He shared several practical tips on the process of structuring a framework, which included:

1. Closely work with a client team comprising of not more than 20 members; empathise with their pain points, so as to make the entire exercise more meaningful.
2. Do a walk through to get a better understanding of the challenges on hand.
3. Define materiality, identify significant accounts, disclosures and map significant cycles with subprocesses.
4. Ensure a feedback from the auditor in advance, so as to make necessary changes to the structure, wherever required.

While internal controls are an integral part of the enterprise risk management, some key differences include:

1. EWRM is applied in strategy setting, while IFC operate more at the process level.
2. EWRM is applied across the enterprise and includes taking an entity level portfolio view of risk; on the other hand, IFCs are for the processes which contribute to financial reporting.

He explained the distinction between threats, vulnerabilities and risks and drove home the importance of maintaining a Key Risk Register. The participants also got the benefit of an interactive session with the speaker.

Study Circle on New Annual MCA-21 Filings on 19th October, 2015

The Technology Initiatives Study Circle of the Society organised this meeting at the Society’s office keeping the fast approaching filing deadline in mind. The objective of the meeting was to elaborate on the nuances of various Annual filing requirements and their analysis so as to equip the audience to grasp the recent amendments made by the MCA. The speaker for the session was C. S. Mandar Jog. The program was well received by the members.

Lecture Meeting – “Use of Digital Evidence by Income Tax Department” held on 18th November, 2015.

The speaker Mr. R. Ravichandran, Director of Income Tax (Intelligence & Criminal Investigation) explained in detail, the legal framework, procedures and issues involved in the use of Digital Evidence obtained by the Income Tax Department during various stages of assessments, search and seizures.

The learned speaker explained the importance of section 65 and 65B of the Indian Evidence Act 1872 and the Information Technology Act, 2008 which govern the legal framework on admissibility of digital evidence. He emphasised that the government officials have to be careful during the collection, analysis, preservation and presentation of digital evidence so that the integrity and admissibility of the same is not compromised.

Some of the points which the assessing officers have to be careful of while dealing with digital evidence are as follows:

Take a bit stream image or cloning of the storage device which is suspected to contain relevant data. This ensures that all the deleted files can also be recovered and analysed.

Evidence Collection Form as provided in the department manual is to be completely and carefully filled.

The “Hashing” of all the storage devices being seized is necessary. Hashing involves creation of a unique hash value for the data file which contains data about the creation, modification etc. of that particular data file. The hash values are also to be clearly noted in the Panchnama and also to be produced alongwith the evidences before the Court. The hash value proves the integrity of the digital evidence and that the same has not been tampered with.

A “Chain of Custody” Form has to be maintained to keep a tab on the exchange of digital evidence by the government officials during various stages of investigation.

At the time of search, all the computers and servers which are at switch-on mode are to be kept on and the data residing on the RAM (Temporary Memory) is to be copied. Switching off an active device deletes the data stored on RAM.

At the time of search, the assessee has to “Make Available” all the applications, softwares, licenses, user id and passwords to applications and cloud data to enable the tax officers to access the data and use their analytical tools.

The Income tax department has started forensic labs in Mumbai and few other metro cities and also use sophisticated forensic tools for analysing, data mining and collecting digital evidences.

The speaker also mentioned that the tax department is also analysing the digital footprints, location data, social media accounts, data from other government agencies and third party through AIR, to catch high value transactions and suspected tax evasions.

To conclude, the speaker also advised Chartered Accountants to make extensive use of forensic tools which are freely available while discharging their audit and certification duties. He also urged the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India to include the study of Information technology, forensic tools etc. in the CA curriculum.

The participants benefited immensely from the details and experiences shared by the speaker.

Students Study Circle on “Related Party Transactions and Loans to Directors, Investments and Loans by Companies and Acceptance of Deposits by Companies”

The Students Forum of the Society organised a study circle in two sessions on the topic “Related Party Transactions and Loans to Directors, Investments and Loans by Companies and Acceptance of Deposits by Companies” on Friday, 6th November, 2015 and 20th November, 2015 at the Society office.

The study circle was led by student speaker Mr. Pushkar Adhikari under the guidance of the Chairman CA. Tasnim Tankiwala and CA. Kumar Raisinghani respectively. The motive of organising this study circle was to make the future Chartered Accountants proactive & aware of the fresh piece of legislation. The average attendance in both the study circles was 20 students and it was a great learning experience for the student members.

The chairmen of both the sessions initiated the study circle with their opening remarks and deep knowledge on the subject. The speaker Mr. Pushkar Adhikari gave a deep insight of the topic.

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “Strategies to enhance ROI on HR Investments” held on 13th October, 2015
At this meeting, Ms. Chhaya Sehgal presented the Various Strategies and Tools leading to Enhanced return on HR Investments.

1. Employee Retention: Most important for an employer in order to receive the employee contribution after recovering the cost of his acquisition, development and maintenance. What makes an employee stay in the organisation is not merely his salary. In addition to his salary it’s a combination of rewards linked to productivity, welfare measures to fulfil his needs as per Maslow’s Hierarchy, Recognition, Developmental Opportunities, an organisation culture conducive for performance and work environment with team spirit. When employees learn Gratitude, they stay longer in the organisation. How to make employees learn Gratitude. Case study of Google.

2. Value Based Management, EVA (Economic Value Added), DELTA EVA as tools for performance measurement and rewards distribution at individual, divisional, functional and organisational level to ensure the three tier goal congruence between the shareholders, management and the employees. Case study of Mayo Clinic in USA; despite being a not for Profit set up, it tops in Financial Performance in the Medical Care Industry because of VBM.

3. What makes an employee productive – K S A H i.e. Knowledge, Skills, Attitude and Habits – eventually productive and service oriented habits also shape up his attitude, knowledge and skills. These enable employees to generate CASH for themselves and the organisation both. Case study of Taj Mahal Hotel where due to customer centric culture, employees served and saved the guests at the cost of their own lives during the 26/11 terrorist attack.

4. What is Human Performance? Performance is equal to Capacity multiplied by commitment.

Capacity is equal to Competencies multiplied by Resources multiplied by opportunity.

Individual performance is equal to ability multiplied by motivation multiplied by organisational support adjusted with environmental factors.

Unlike every other resource in a business whose productivity is measured by dividing the Output by Input; only for HR, Productivity is a sum total of Inputs + Output since a person can alter his Input in terms of his CAPACITY and COMMITMENT to get desired output. The case study of Tata Tea; where Women brew a turnaround story in a tea estate after a successful buy out of company by the employees as an option instead of downsizing.

5. How a culture of innovation creates opportunities for everyone to grow and earn more and improves the financial muscle of the Company/organisation. Innovation catapults an ordinary business into leadership position; example Apple.

 6. Calculation of Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) and its significance in Balance Score Card to see the cause and effect relationship between employee empowerment, improved processed, enhanced customer satisfaction and wealth creation. The case study of Tata steel.

At the end of the meeting, the participants recommended a full day meeting to discuss in more detail since this is a vast subject.

One day Seminar on BEPS in Action held on 7th November, 2015

One day Seminar on BEPS in Action was organised by the International Taxation Committee on 7th November, 2015 at Palladium Hotel in Mumbai.

The Seminar started with CA. Vishal Gada giving an overview of the final deliverables of the OECD on the 15 Action Plans on their Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) Project. He gave a detailed summary of the Action Plans. Thereafter, he dealt with the Action Plan on addressing tax challenges in Digital Economy. He informed the audience about the various options that the OECD has suggested to deal with the lack of permanent establishment threshold and indirect taxes issues arising out of e-commerce transactions for source countries. He also summarised some global developments like unilateral actions by countries relating to BEPS during his talk.

In the next session, CA. Paresh Parekh dealt with the BEPS action plans dealing with coherence issues. These included action plans for neutralising the effects of hybrid mismatch arrangements, limiting base erosion via Interest deductions and other financial payments, Strengthen the Controlled Foreign Corporation Rules and countering harmful tax practices more effectively, taking into account transparency and substance.

Thereafter, CA. Himanshu Parekh dealt with acton Plans relating to issues of substance in international tax law. These included action plans on Preventing treaty abuse and artificial Avoidance of PE status which result in base erosion and profit shifting.

All the above three technical sessions were chaired by CA. Gautam Nayak who shared his analysis with the participants.

In the subsequent session, action plans relating to substance issues arising in the transfer pricing field were taken up by CA. Sanjay Tolia. He dealt with value creation in case of intangibles, as regards risks and capital and high risk transactions. He also explained the new documentation requirement for country-by-country reporting with master file and country files.

Mr. S.P. Singh, IRS, dealt with the action plans dealing with the issues of transparency and certainty. These action plans related to establishing methodologies to collect and analyse data on BEPS, requiring taxpayers to disclose their aggressive tax planning arrangements, making Dispute Resolution mechanism more effective and developing a Multilateral Instrument to effectively implement the action plans.

In the final session, CA T. P. Ostwal updated the participants about the current developments like the ‘Google tax’ and reporting on aggressive planning techniques by taxpayers and other related developments in India and globally.

The above three technical sessions were chaired by CA. Rashmin Sanghvi who gave valuable insights on BEPS for the benefit of the participants.

All the speakers dealt with the Indian perspective on the action plans and what is to be expected going forward in India relating to BEPS. The Seminar was well received by the participants who benefited from the high level of discussions and topical analysis of BEPS.

Direct Tax Study Circle Meeting on Transfer Pricing – Recent Issues, Controversies and Jurisprudence held on 2nd November 2015

The speaker, CA. Namrata Dedhia under the guidance of the Chairman, CA. Mayur Nayak commenced the meeting by highlighting the recent amendments in relation to Transfer Pricing – Multiple year data and Range concept. She gave a brief overview of the existing provisions and practices used for benchmarking the data, and then moved to the rationale of using multiple year data for benchmarking. With the help of a diagrammatic representation, she explained the different scenarios where multiple year data and weighted average price is to be used for benchmarking. Thereafter, she commented upon the concepts of arithmetic mean and range concept. With the help of illustrations, she explained the procedure to be followed for determining the range, arriving at the arm’s length price and also the adjustment to be made to the arm’s length price by way of median value. Subsequently, she drew attention to the current issues relating to TP faced by the Industry and a host of recent decisions passed by various judicial authorities.

Direct Tax Study Circle Meeting on Section 195 – Recent Issues, Controversies and Jurisprudence held on 26th October 2015

The speaker, CA. Jhankhana Thakkar, under the guidance of the Chairman, CA. Gautam Nayak, gave a brief introduction of section 195 and the compliance procedures enshrined in Rule 37BB. She commented upon the mismatch between the amended section 195(6) and Rule 37BB and was of the view that the CA Certificate in Form 15CB is not required to be obtained if the sum to be remitted, is not chargeable to tax. She then drew attention to various issues in relation to withholding tax faced while making payments to non-residents such as FTS payments where section 44DA is applicable, payments for obtaining online database, payments for advertising on the websites, remittance to self, payments to companies which have a POEM in India. Thereafter, she discussed three recent decisions at length – Lionbridge Technologies Private Limited vs. ITO(IT–TDS) Mumbai ITAT 42 ITR(T) 413 which deals which TDS on reimbursement of cost of a software, ITO(IT) vs. Heubach Colour (P) Ltd – Ahmd ITAT (54 taxmann.com 377) which deals with payments for trademarks and intangible assets and ITO (IT) vs. Skill Infrastructure Ltd – Mumbai ITAT (62 taxmann.com 33) which is in relation to payments for consultancy services.

FEMA Study Circle held on 6th November

The Study Circle (Second Session) on Overview and Issues – External Commercial Borrowing (ECB) was held on 6th November which was very well led by CA. Mitali Pakle. She took the participants through the basics of the ECB such as statutory framework, key concepts and certain issues such as whether LLP/Partnership Firm are eligible to borrow, what software sector means where ECB is now permitted, whether purchase of business on slump-sale basis is permitted end use and many other relevant issues.She explained at length how to calculate ECB Liability Equity Ratio taking various illustrations and also discussed ambiguity in interpreting certain components therein.

Lecture Meeting –“Transfer Pricing – Recent Developments and Controversies” held on 4th November 2015

The speaker, CA. Rohan Phatarphekar shared with the audience, his views on the recent development and controversies in Transfer Pricing. He gave a brief overview on the application and interpretation of these recent developments. He emphasised on the issues involved and the approach of the revenue for these controversies and discussed the same in details.

He gave a brief overview on the following key controversies:

1) Market Intangibles – Dealing with AMP expenses, was led with the discussion on LG Electronics : Special Bench decision being that deals with legal issues not factual issues.
2) Share Valuation – General contentions of the revenue and the taxpayers, was led with the discussion on Vodafone India Services Pvt. Ltd: Bombay High Court Writ Petition.
3) BPO vs. KPO – Classification of broad range ITes services into BPO and KPO.
4) Contract R&D vs. Entrepreneurial R&D – Calculation of Cost plus mark up, the basis of the cost allocation, safe harbour rules and other parameters.
5) Location savings – Issues relating to location saving advantages and location saving rent, was led with the discussion on Watson Pharma Pvt. Ltd.

Along with the discussion on these controversies, CA. Rohan Phatarphekar also discussed about the disputes that are continuously revolving around Transfer Pricing and the mechanism on how to resolve such disputes. The recent developments of transfer pricing also includes developments in APA and MAP. The key recent developments included the discussion on areas such as:

1) Introduction of Range and Multiple-year analysis

2) Guidance on implementation of Transfer Pricing Provisions

3) OE CD/G20 BEPS Releases – Final reports on various Action Plans.

The learned speaker also showed the way forward in order to deal with such controversies and how effectively should we manage such disputes and what approach should we adopt to arrive on the final solutions.

Human Development Study Circle Meeting on “The Art of Asking Right Questions” on 3th November, 2015 at BCAS Conference Room ‘Gulmohar” by Presenter : Dr. Anil Naik

Anil Naik is an MBA from IIM, Kolkata, with a Phd. in Strategic Management. He is a consultant to large organisations such as Tata, Mahindras, etc. He is also a winner of many prestigious awards.

The subject was discussed in depth by Dr. Anil Naik touching upon various aspects of The Art of Asking Right Questions.

Knowledge is the Fuel for Power. Asking the right questions whether to self, one to one, to a group or in interactions is very important and useful in personal and professional life.

Right questioning with a purpose to collect and gain right information which has clarity of understanding is an Art.

The participants were amazed at the vastness and depth of the subject which was discussed in depth with practical examples of how individuals and companies succeeded due to the art of asking right questions.

Questions are asked with various purposes in mind. To name a few, it could be to motivate, to persuade, to move forward through tough times, to solve a problem, to collect information, etc.

Questions are useful to find specific, relevant or necessary information.

Questions enable communication which is useful in establishing strong relationships.

When a question is asked, we have an impulse to answer. This is answering reflex. A question stimulates the nervous system, gets the brain cells working and creates an impulse to answer.

Exactly what you ask and how you ask can affect the answer you get. The words make the difference. To whom am I asking this question? Is it a known or unknown person?

These are some of the glimpses of what was discussed in this presentation.

At the end, participants questions were duly addressed by the speaker.

The presentation was lively, interesting and humorous and the participants wanted more such interactive meetings.

Seminar on Charitable Trust on 7th November 2015

A full day seminar on “Charitable Trusts” was organised jointly with The Chamber of Tax Consultants. The objective of the seminar was to enlighten the participants with the entire aspects and procedures for formation, running rules, regulations, investments and taxation of Charitable Trusts with special emphasis on the updated laws and CSR provisions.

The participants benefited immensely from the interactive sessions.

Society News

BEPS Study Group

Meeting on “Exchange of Information and Tax
Transparency” held on 16th September 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall

The meeting was held to discuss the steps
taken by the Government on Exchange of Information to curb tax avoidance and
tax evasion. Mr. Rahul Navin, CIT (TPI) explained the trigger for the steps
i.e. how the global consensus has been achieved, various kinds of information
exchange agreements and how they will be implemented.

The economic crisis of 2009 brought the tax
avoidance by global firms into focus. US Government issued FATCA rules. These
rules require foreign banks doing business in the US and foreign Governments to
provide details of the bank accounts and financial assets of US persons, to the
US Government. This became the standard followed by the G20 / OECD. Now the
Governments have entered into agreements to exchange information on automatic
and simultaneous basis about each other’s residents.

The underlying instrument for Exchange of
Information (EOI) is the article in the DTA (Article 26 of the OECD Model DTA).
Wherever there is no DTA, countries have entered into Tax Information and
Exchange Agreements. There is a further Multilateral Convention on EOI. SAARC
countries also have entered into agreement for EOI. The agreements are on
reciprocal basis – i.e. two countries will share information with each other of
each other’s residents. However, FATCA agreements of US are not on reciprocal
basis. The agreement with India is not on reciprocal basis. The information to
be exchanged will be the beneficial ownership and identity information of
entities, bank accounts, beneficiaries, persons having control over bank
accounts, power of attorney holders, etc. The information should be shared
within 90 days, or updates should be provided to the other Government. The
agreements provide for information being held confidentially. However if
prosecution is launched, or if the Court requires the same, then information
can be made public. Indian tax return requires information to be disclosed of
foreign assets. Every foreign entity in which an Indian resident has an
interest has to be disclosed. In summary, banking and asset holding secrecy has
been abolished.

All the members were very appreciative of
the presentation and benefitted a lot from the session.

 BEPS Study Group

Meeting on “BEPS Action plan –
implementation and issues; and Developments in APA and Transfer Pricing” held
on 23rd September 2017 at IMC, Churchgate

The meeting was held to discuss Multilateral
Instrument under BEPS Action Plan – Implementation and Issues; and Developments
in APA and Transfer Pricing. The Speaker, Mr. Sanjeev Sharma CIT (APA-2) gave
the background about the BEPS measures and the ways Governments are tackling
Black Money. He also discussed about the disclosures required for the Advance
Pricing Agreements (APAs) and how countries negotiate the agreements.

He further explained how the countries have
agreed on BEPS Action reports on tax avoidance, information exchange and
co-operation and also to take action on preferential regimes by tax havens. All
this has resulted in a Multilateral Instrument being signed by various countries.
The MLI contains several provisions to amend the DTA. There are alternatives in
various clauses for the countries to choose from. Some minimum standards on Tax
avoidance are however non-negotiable and all countries have agreed to implement
the same. At the G20 / OECD forum, all countries have an equal say. The large
developing countries actively participated like India, China, and Brazil. India
has signed several Advance Pricing Agreements. Almost all big MNCs in India
have an APA with India. For a successful APA, it is essential that all
information be disclosed to the authority. The Speaker also highlighted how
India is helping other countries to develop its capabilities for tax laws and
its implementation. He then deliberated on several practical issues on the
negotiation of MLIs – judicial systems in different countries, administrative
systems, etc. In a nutshell, the coming years will witness a sea change in the
manner of tax structures and advice. One will have to pay taxes in some country
or the other.

The meeting was quite interactive and
participants benefitted a lot.

Direct Tax Study Circle

Meeting on “Deemed Income u/s. 68, 69, 69A,
69B and 69C” held on 2nd November 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall

Taxation Committee of BCAS organised the
meeting where Chairman of the session CA. Bhadresh Doshi gave his opening
remarks and explained the theory of peak credit which is crucial when additions
are made u/s. 68 or 69. 

The Group leader CA. Prerna Peshori briefly
explained the ingredients of section 68 (cash credit) and the conditions
attached to it. She also discussed over the issue as to whether section 68 is
applicable to an assessee not maintaining books of accounts. In this regard,
Chairman referred to the decisions of the Bombay High Court in the case of
Bhaichand H. Gandhi and Arunkumar Muchhala.

Thereafter, CA. Prerna described the issue
relating to share application money and share premium wherein the Assessing
Officers have made additions u/s. 68. In this context, decision of the Supreme
Court in Lovely Exports was discussed followed by the decision of Royal Rich
Developers Pvt. Ltd vs. DCIT (ITAT Mumbai)
wherein it was observed that
sections 68 and 56(2)(viib) can never simultaneously operate.

The group leader then briefly explained the
provisions of sections 69, 69A, 69B, 69C and 69D. The Chairman, CA. Bhadresh
Doshi explained the minor differences amongst sections 69, 69A and 69B. Few
judicial decisions pertaining to bogus purchase were also taken up.

Lastly, the group leader deliberated upon
the amendment made in section 115BBE by Finance Act, 2016. As per section
115BBE, income tax shall be calculated at 60% where the total income of
assessee includes Income under sections 68, 69, 69A, 69B, 69C, 69D and
reflected in the return of income furnished u/s. 139; or if any additions are
made under these sections by the Assessing Officer. The tax rate of 60% will be
further increased by 25% surcharge, 3% education cess, 6% penalty, i.e.,
effective tax rate comes out to be 83.25% (including cess).

The meeting was very enlightening and the
participants benefitted a lot from the session.

Indirect Tax Study
Circle

Meeting on
“Significant Issues in GST” held on 6th November 2017 at BCAS
Conference Hall.

The Indirect Taxation Committee of BCAS
organised a meeting on “Significant Issues in GST” at BCAS Conference Hall
which was addressed by CA. Aumkar Gadgil. The related issues discussed and
debated upon by/with the participants included matters relating to Reverse
Charge Mechanism, Input Tax Credit and Place of Supply Provisions amongst
others.

The meeting was quite interactive and the
participants benefitted a lot from the session.

ITF Study Circle

Meeting on “Indirect Transfer Provisions
under Income tax Act, 1961” held on 7th November 2017 at BCAS
Conference Hall

ITF Study Circle Meeting on Indirect
Transfer Provisions under Income tax Act, 1961 was held at BCAS Conference Hall
where CA. Kartik Badiani led the discussion. The session was chaired by CA.
Siddharth Banwat.

The Group leader briefly discussed the
history behind introduction of the provisions of indirect transfer by Finance
Act, 2012 and explained the provisions of indirect transfer through various
examples. The thorough analysis of each part of the provision through structure
and examples helped the participants to understand the nuances of the indirect
transfer provisions and its applicability in certain scenarios.

The discussion also included brief analysis
of OECD’s models on ‘Tax Treatment of offshore indirect transfers’ and its
correlation with the Indian approach and analysis on the decision in case of
Sanofi Pasteur Holdings SA and Cairn UK Holdings Ltd.

The participants benefitted a lot and
appreciated the efforts put in by the group leader.

FEMA Study Circle

Meeting on “Key changes in FDI Policy” held
on 9th November, 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall

International Taxation Committee of BCAS
organised FEMA Study Circle Meeting on “Key changes in FDI Policy” where CA.
Rajesh L. Shah led the discussion.

The Group leader discussed various changes
brought out by FDI Policy on topics such as Cash and Carry Wholesale Trading,
Downstream investment, FDI in LLP and FDI in Single Brand retailing etc. 

The participants appreciated the hard work
put in by the group leader and benefitted a lot from the discussion.

“Finserv Conclave” held on 10th November 2017

 Finserv Conclave covering tax, regulatory
and accounting aspects of financial service sector was held by the Taxation
Committee on 10th November 2017 at the St. Regis, Lower Parel,
Mumbai. The event was attended by 70 participants many of whom were from the
banking / custodian / private wealth management sector. President Narayan
Pasari gave the opening remarks followed by introduction from the Chairman of the
Taxation Committee, CA. Ameet Patel.

 The topics and speakers were as under:

 

Advocate Ashwath Rau

Overview of Financial Services Sector: The Speaker, Advocate Ashwath Rau took the participants through the
financial services landscape for pooling vehicles. He also touched upon various
sources that are used for raising of funds.

 

Advocate Sandeep
Parekh

SEBI Regulations concerning AIF,
Securitisation Trusts, REITS, InvITs
: Advocate
Sandeep Parekh discussed SEBI regulations for REIT, InvIT. with practical
insights about the REIT and InvITs.

 

CA. Subramaniam
Krishnan

Direct Tax Regulations concerning AIFs: CA. Subramanian Krishnan explained the direct tax provisions
applicable to trusts. He discussed how trust taxation has evolved over the
years and the impact of the same on AIFs. He also mentioned the disclosure
requirements in the return of income and the applicable forms.


CA. Bhavin Shah

Direct Tax Regulations applicable to
Securitisation Trusts, REITS and InvITs
: CA. Bhavin
Shah discussed the evolution of REITs / InvITs and the typical structure of
REIT/InvIT. He briefly explained pros and cons of setting up of REIT / InvIT,
overview of REIT / InvIT regime and also various tax implications relating to
REITs and InvITs. He also touched upon the tax implications applicable to
Securitisation Trust.

 

CA. Venkatramanan
Vishwanath

Accounting issues under Indian GAAP and
Ind AS
: CA. Venkatramanan Vishwanath initiated his
presentation with various issues faced by AIFs and other entities engaged in
the financial service sector. He also discussed audit consideration and
challenges under Ind AS (including the challenges faced by the entities
operating in financial service sector) and answered various queries from the
participants.

 

CA. Parind Mehta

Indirect tax issues under GST: CA. Parind Mehta gave a brief overview of key provisions of GST.
Post that, he discussed in detail the GST impact on every leg of a typical REIT
/ InvIT transaction. He also talked about the GST implication in case of AIFs
and Securitisation Trusts and compliances that should be adhered to.

Fireside chat between CA. Gautam Doshi,
CA. Anish Thacker and CA. Ameet Patel:
The final
session of Finserv Conclave was a fireside chat amongst CA. Gautam Doshi, CA.
Ameet Patel and CA. Anish Thacker. In this chat, CA. Gautam Doshi gave his
views and insights on various issues faced by financial services sector at
present and the challenges ahead in future. He also explained how technology is
going to impact the industry going forward and also expressed views on how the
various issues emerging from legal and tax regulations can be eased or
clarified by the government and the institutions governing them. CA. Anish
Thacker also chipped in with his valuable views on the topics discussed. The
chat was excellently moderated by CA. Ameet Patel. Thereafter he responded to
questions raised by various participants.

The sessions were highly interactive and the
speakers shared their insights on the subject. The participants benefited
immensely with the interactive sessions.

HRD Study Circle

Meeting on “Challenges, A Learning Curve to
Emerge Stronger” held on 14th November, 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall

HDTI Committee of BCAS organised the meeting
addressed by Mr. Shyam Lata who gave the presentation and explained why we fear
challenges and how Challenges can turn out to be the opportunities to scale up
in life. He also enlightened as to what one should do to learn from a
challenge, by accepting the challenge and turning it into a boon for one’s
life. Mr. Shyam highlighted the main factors that need to be kept in mind to
discipline, monitor and improve by facing day to day challenges and succeeding
to achieve in life by setting SMART goals.

The session was very interactive and
participants were trained in problem solving techniques in an efficient and
time bound manner and thus benefitted a lot from the meeting.

Lecture Meeting on “Developments in
Insolvency   &   Bankruptcy  
Code”   held   on 15th November, 2017 at BCAS
Conference Hall

 

Advocate Kumar
Saurabh Singh

A Lecture meeting on “Developments in
Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code” addressed by Advocate Kumar Saurabh
Singh was held on 15th November, 2017 to discuss the learnings from
the implementation of Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code (IBC) and some of the
recent changes. President CA. Narayan Pasari in his opening remarks briefed the
participants about the legislative history of the IBC and the challenges faced
by the entrepreneurs and financial institutions at the time of recovery in pre
IBC era due to multiple laws and regulations. The President also stated that
along with the GST, the IBC is also one of the emerging areas of practice for
the Chartered Accountant Community.

The Speaker started the meeting by stating
the objective of the IBC and mentioned that the new law brings the balanced
rights between the secured creditor and corporate debtor earlier not present in
the pre IBC era. “Shape up or Ship Out” was the theme emphasised by both
the President as well as the Speaker in their address to the participants.

Advocate Saurabh explained the IBC Trigger
point and also the entire IBC process i.e. 180-270 days Framework in which the
Insolvency Professional (IP) takes the control of the entire business
operation. This model is referred as “Creditor in Control” or “Committee of
Creditors”.

The Speaker also opined and debated on
various imperative issues such as allowing the existing promoter to participate
in bidding process. He also emphasised that under IBC the intent is to continue
the business as a going concern and not the liquidation.

He also talked about some of the critical
and important cases which are under IBC, such as ICICI vs. Innovative
Industries, Essar Steel India Limited vs. Reserve Bank of India
etc. He
further deliberated on the IBC case which involved the common man i.e. Home
Buyer which is IDBI Bank Limited vs. Jaypee Infratech Limited. He also
mentioned the key take away from each one of these cases and few issues which
still need to be addressed by the Insolvency Board. Thereafter, the Speaker
briefly explained various issues and concerns of the Shareholders of the
company during the entire IBC process. He also touched upon the various issues
relating to the listed companies once covered under IBC.

This being a very interactive meeting, the
participants were truly enriched with the presentation and the in-depth
insights given by the Speaker. The meeting concluded with Q & A session on
various issues relating to implementation of IBC.

Workshop on Foreign Tax Credit held on 16th
November 2017 at BCAS Conference Hall

 

CA. Himanshu Parekh

International Taxation Committee conducted a
workshop on Foreign Tax Credit at BCAS Conference Hall which was addressed by
CA. Himanshu Parekh by explaining the concept in a very lucid manner. He took
the participants through the framework under the treaties and the Income-tax
Rule 128 which has become effective recently. He dealt with the various types
of foreign tax credit mechanisms and highlighted the unique positions under
different treaties that India has entered into. The presentation was well
supported by a number of examples. He also listed down the issues which are
unresolved by the introduction of the new rules.

 

CA. P. V. Srinivasan

Thereafter, it was followed by CA. P. V.
Srinivasan’s incisive exposition on controversies surrounding Foreign Tax
Credit. His personal experience in dealing with the subject helped the
participants in understanding the nuances of the subject and his analysis of
judicial precedents on this subject also enlightened the participants. The
workshop ended with a panel discussion wherein both the learned speakers
answered all the questions provided to them before-hand and also those from the
floor.

Overall, the workshop matched the
participants’ expectations and was very well received. This is the first BCAS
workshop on Courseplay. Participants not attending the workshop could view the
course in real time. 

 

Corporate Law Corner : Part A | Company Law

15 Case Law No. 01/December/2023

M/s Antique Exim Private Limited

ROC-Guj/Adj. Order/Sec 138/ 2023/1676 to 80

Office of Registrar of Companies, GUJARAT DADRA & NAGAR HAVELI

Adjudication Order

Date of Order: 4th July, 2023

Adjudication order under section 454 read with Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 on the company and its directors for violation of provisions of section 138 read with Rule 13 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 with respect to non-appointment of Internal Auditor in the Company.

FACTS

The Ministry of Corporate Affairs (‘MCA’) vide letter no. 3/82/2020/CL-II (DGA CoA), dated 17th March, 2020 had ordered an Inquiry of M/s. AEPL under section 206(4) of the Companies Act, 2013.

During the course of the inquiry and on examination of financial statements for the financial years 2018–19 and 2019–20 of M/s AEPL, the Registrar of Companies (‘RoC’) had found that the turnover of M/s AEPL being a Private Limited Company exceeded R200 Crores. Based on the same, it was required and mandatory for M/s. AEPL to appoint an Internal Auditor under provisions of Section 138 of the Companies Act, 2013. However, the company had failed to appoint an Internal Auditor since the financial years 2014-15. Therefore, M/s. AEPL and Mr. PKB, Mr. SP, its officers in default had violated the provisions of the Act.

The ROC had issued an adjudication notice to M/s. AEPL and Mr. PKB, Mr. SP, its officers in default on 6th December, 2022 under section 454 of the Companies Act, 2013 for violation of Section 138 with a request to remit the penalty as prescribedunder the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013. A hearing was fixed on 21st June, 2023 to give the appellants an opportunity of being heard.

Mr. BV, Practising Company Secretary (‘PCS’), Authorised Representative of M/s. AEPL and its directors, present in the hearing stated that M/s. AEPL had already submitted their reply on two occasions i.e., 7th March, 2022 and20th October, 2022, which were taken on record.

Mr. BV further stated that M/s. AEPL had already constituted an in-house Internal Audit Department commensurate with the size of the company and had not appointed any external professional as an internal auditor of M/s. AEPL. Further, the Director’s Reports of M/s. AEPL for the F.Ys. 2014–15, 2015–16, 2016–17, 2017–18, 2018–19 and 2019–20 had reported on the adequacy of the Internal control system with reference to its Financial Statement. Hence, there was no violation of Section 138 of the Companies Act, 2013 with respect to the appointment of the Internal Auditor by M/s. AEPL. In view of the above representation, M/s. AEPL and Mr. PKB, Mr. SP, and its directors had requested a lenient view on the matter.

HELD

The Adjudication Officer (‘AO’) submitted that the reply received from M/s. AEPL was unsatisfactory since M/s. AEPL was liable to appoint an Internal Auditor from the F.Y. 2014–15. Thereby, M/s. AEPL and its directors were in default and shall be liable for penalty as per the applicable provisions.

After considering the facts and circumstances of the case, the AO imposed a penalty under Section 450 of the Companies Act, 2013 as per the below-mentioned table:

Sr. No. Name of the Company /Director Maximum Penalty () Penalty imposed ()
1. M/s. AEPL 2,00,000 2,00,000
2. Mr. PKB, Director of M/s. AEPL 50,000 50,000
Sr. No. Name of the Company /Director Maximum Penalty () Penalty imposed ()
3. Mr. SP, Director of M/s. AEPL 50,000 50,000

M/s. AEPL, Mr. PKB and Mr. SP were directed to pay the penalty and comply with this Adjudication order individually within 90 days and failure to do so may result in penal action without further intimation.

IBC: Tax or Creditors – Who Wins?

INTRODUCTION

One of the issues which has gained prominence under the Under the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016 (“the Code”) is that in case of a company undergoing a Corporate Insolvency Resolution Process (“CIRP”), do the tax dues have priority over the secured lenders / creditors? In other words, would the direct and indirect tax claims get paid off before the secured creditors?

The general legal principle (prior to the enactment of the Code) in this respect has been laid down by various Supreme Court decisions, such as, Union of India vs. SICOM Ltd, [2009] 233 ELT 433 (SC) which was in the context of priority of Central Excise dues over those of a financial creditor. It held that the rights of the Crown to recover its debt would prevail over the right of a subject. Crown debt meant the debts due to the State which entitled the Crown to claim priority before all other creditors. Such creditors, however, were held to mean only unsecured creditors.

This issue has gained more prominence because of a Supreme Court decision delivered in 2022. The Supreme Court recently had an occasion to revisit its earlier decision and it upheld the earlier decision.The answer to the above question would depend upon the manner in which the tax Statute in question is worded. Let us understand the position in this respect.

WATERFALL MECHANISM AND THE CODE

At the outset, it must be understood that section 53 of the Code provides for a waterfall mechanism for the mode and manner of distribution of the proceeds of the sale of the assets of a Corporate Debtor. It starts with a non-obstante clause which overrides anything to the contrary contained in any law enacted by the Parliament or any State Legislature for the time being in force. The mechanism is as follows:

(a)    the insolvency resolution process costs and the liquidation costs paid in full;

(b)    the following debts which shall rank equally between and among the following-

(i)    workmen’s dues for the period of 24 months preceding the liquidation commencement date; and

(ii)    debts owed to a secured creditor in the event such secured creditor has relinquished security;

(c)    wages and any unpaid dues owed to employees other than workmen for the period of 12 months preceding the liquidation commencement date;

(d)    financial debts owed to unsecured creditors;

(e)    the following dues which shall rank equally between:

(i)    any amount due to the Central Government and the State Government in respect of the whole or any part of the period of two years preceding the liquidation commencement date;

(ii)    debts owed to a secured creditor for any amount unpaid following the enforcement of security interest;

(f)    any remaining debts and dues;

(g)    preference shareholders, if any; and

(h)    equity shareholders or partners, as the case may be.

Thus, as is evident from the above section, secured creditors have a priority in being repaid as compared to unsecured creditors.

Secured creditor is defined to mean a creditor in favour of whom security interest is created. Security interest is defined in an exhaustive manner to mean right, title or interest or a claim to property, created in favour of, or provided for a secured creditor by a transaction which secures payment or performance of an obligation and includes mortgage, charge, hypothecation, assignment and encumbrance or any other agreement or arrangement securing payment or performance of any obligation of any person.

In this respect it should be noted that section 238 of the Code contains a non-obstante clause which states that the provisions of the Code shall have an effect, notwithstanding anything inconsistent therewith contained in any other law for the time being in force or any instrument having effect by virtue of any such law. The Supreme Court in PCIT vs. Monnet Ispat & Energy Ltd., [2019] 107 taxmann.com 481 (SC) has categorically held that:

“Given Section 238 of the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016, it is obvious that the Code will override anything inconsistent contained in any other enactment, including the Income-Tax Act.”

SC’S DECISION IN RAINBOW PAPERS

InState Tax Officer vs. Rainbow Papers Ltd, [2022] 142 taxmann.com 157 (SC),a two-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court was faced with the question whether VAT / CST dues under the Gujarat Value Added Tax Act, 2003 could be treated as dues of a secured creditor? Section 48 of this Act reads as follows:

48. Tax to be first charge on property— Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any law for the time being in force, any amount payable by a dealer or any other person on account of tax, interest or penalty for which he is liable to pay to the Government shall be a first charge on the property of such dealer, or as the case maybe, such person.”

Based on the above statutory charge in terms of section 48 of the Gujarat VAT Act, the Apex Court concluded that the claim of the Tax Department of the State, squarely fell within the definition of “Security Interest” under the Code and the State became a secured creditor under the Code. Such security interest could be created by the operation of law. The definition of a secured creditor in the IBC did not exclude any Government or Governmental Authority. It held that it was not the case that section 48 of the Act prevailed over section 53 of the Code. Rather, it was the case that the State fell within the purview of “Secured Creditor”. Section 48 of the Act was not contrary to or inconsistent with any provisions of the Code. Under s.53(1)(b)(ii), the debts owed to a secured creditor, which would include the State under the GVAT Act, were to rank equally with other specified debts including debts on account of the workman’s dues for a period of 24 months preceding the liquidation commencement date.

SUBSEQUENT CONTRARY SC VERDICT IN PASCHIMANCHAL

A two-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in Paschimanchal Vidyut Vitran Nigam Limited vs. Raman Ispat Private Limited, n C.A. No. 7976 of 2019, Order dated 17th July, 2023 observed that the decision in Rainbow Papers (supra) did not notice the ‘waterfall mechanism’ under section 53 of the Code and the provision had not been adverted to or extracted in the judgment. Furthermore, Rainbow Papers (supra) was in the context of a resolution process and not during liquidation. It observed that the dues payable to the government are placed much below those of secured creditors and even unsecured and operational creditors. This design was either not brought to the notice of the court in Rainbow Papers (supra) or was missed altogether. In any event, the judgment had not taken note of the provisions of the IBC which treat the dues payable to secured creditors at a higher footing than dues payable to the Central or State Government.

SC’S REVIEW PETITION DECISION

The above decision of Rainbow Papers (supra)has created several hurdles for secured creditors of companies undergoing resolution. Many secured lenders are afraid that there would not be anything left for them if the Government also ranks as a secured creditor along with them. Accordingly, many petitioners, strengthened by the above-mentioned verdict inPaschmianchal (supra), filed a Review Petition before the Supreme Court. The judgment in the same was delivered by a two-Judge Bench of the Apex Court in the case of Sanjay Kumar Agarwal vs. State Tax Officer, RP(Civil) No. 1620 /2023 Order dated 31st October, 2023. The Court refused to review the Petitions since it was a co-ordinate bench and even otherwise a well-considered judgment could not fall within the ambit of a Review Petition.

PRINCIPLES OF REVIEW

To refresh, a review petition could be filed before the Supreme Court since the power to review its own judgment has been enshrined on the Court under Article 137 of the Constitution. The Supreme Court in Sanjay Kumar (supra) laid down the following important principles which would govern a review of an earlier decision:

(i)    A judgment is open to review inter alia if there is a mistake or an error apparent on the face of the record – Parsion Devi and Others vs. Sumitri Devi and Others, (1997) 8 SCC 715.

(ii)    A judgment pronounced by the Court is final, and departure from that principle is justified only when circumstances of a substantial and compelling character make it necessary to do so – Sajjan Singh and Ors. vs. State of Rajasthan and Ors., AIR 1965 SC 845.

(iii)    An error which is not self-evident and has to be detected by a process of reasoning, can hardly be said to be an error apparent on the face of record justifying the court to exercise its power of review – Shanti Conductors Private Limited vs. Assam State Electricity Board and Others, (2020) 2 SCC 677.

(iv)    In exercise of the jurisdiction under Order 47 Rule 1 CPC, it is not permissible for an erroneous decision to be “reheard and corrected” – Shri Ram Sahu (Dead) Through Legal Representatives and Others vs. Vinod Kumar Rawat and Others, (2021) 13 SCC 1.

(v)    A review petition has a limited purpose and cannot be allowed to be “an appeal in disguise” – Parison Devi (supra).

(vi)    Under the guise of review, the petitioner cannot be permitted to reagitate and reargue the questions which have already been addressed and decided – Shanti Conductors (supra).

(vii)    An error on the face of record must be such an error which, mere looking at the record should strike and it should not require any long-drawn process of reasoning on the points where there may conceivably be two opinions – Arun Dev Upadhyaya vs. Integrated Sales Service Limited & Another, 2023 (8) SCC 11.

(viii)    Even the change in law or subsequent decision/ judgment of a co-ordinate or larger Bench by itself cannot be regarded as a ground for review – Beghar Foundation vs. Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retired) and Others, (2021) 3 SCC 1.

The above principles governing a review petition have been explained very succinctly and precisely by the Supreme Court. They would be useful in all cases for deciding whether or not a review could be filed.

PRINCIPLES OF JUDICIAL PROPRIETY

The Supreme Court inSanjay Kumar (supra)refused to entertain the review petition on grounds of judicial propriety which demands respect for the order passed by a Bench of coordinate strength. It referred to important cases on this point, such as, Jai Sri Sahu vs. Rajdewan Dubey and Others, AIR 1962 SC 83; Mamleshwar Prasad and Another vs. Kanhaiya Lal (Dead) Through L. Rs, (1975) 2 SCC 232; Sant Lal Gupta and Others vs. Modern Cooperative Group Housing Society Limited and Others, (2010) 13 SCC 336and held as follows:

a)    One co-ordinate Bench could not comment upon the discretion exercised or judgment rendered by another co-ordinate Bench of the same strength.

b)    If a Bench did not accept as correct the decision on a question of law of another Bench of equal strength, the only proper course to adopt would be to refer the matter to the larger Bench, for authoritative decision, otherwise the law would be thrown into the state of uncertainty by reason of conflicting decisions.

c)    Certainty of the law, consistency of rulings and comity of courts all flowered from this principle.

d)    The rule of precedent was binding for the reason that there was a desire to secure uniformity and certainty in law. Thus, in judicial administration precedents which enunciated the rules of law formed the foundation of the administration of justice under our system. Therefore, it was always insisted that the decision of a coordinate Bench must be followed.

RAINBOW PAPERS CORRECT ON MERITS

The Supreme Court further held that even on merits, the decision inRainbow Papers (supra)was correct. The plea that the court in the impugned decision had failed to consider the waterfall mechanism as contained in section 53 and failed to consider other provisions of the Code, were factually incorrect. The Court in the impugned judgment had categorically reproduced and referred to section 53 and other provisions of the Code. After considering the Waterfall mechanism as contemplated in section 53 and other provisions of the Code for the purpose of deciding as to whether section 53 IBC would override section 48 of the GVAT Act, it decided in favour of the State Government. Thus, the Court in Sanjay Kumar (supra) dismissed the review petitions.

POSITION BASED ON THE ABOVE VERDICTS

To apply the ratio laid down in Rainbow Papers, one would have to ascertain the exact nature of the wordings in the impugned tax statute. If they are of the type found in section 48 of the GVAT Act, then the Government would be treated as a secured creditor, and would rank pari passu with other secured lenders / creditors. Wordings similar to wordings of section 48 of the GVAT Act are found in the Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2002.

However, what happens when the wordings of the tax statute are not so explicit? In that event, it is submitted that the Government would not be considered as a secured creditor. The decision in Rainbow Papers was based upon specific wordings found in section 48 of the GVAT Act which provided that the tax dues “shall be a first charge on the property of such dealer. It is not a blanket verdict which holds that for all tax dues, the government is a secured creditor. Prior to the introduction of the Code, this was also the position as laid down by the Supreme Court in Dena Bank vs. Bhikhabhai Prabhudas Parekh & Co., (2000) 5 SCC 694, wherein it held that the Crown’s preferential right to recovery of debts over other creditors was confined to ordinary or unsecured creditors. The common law of England or the principles of equity and good conscience (as applicable to India) did not accord the Crown a preferential right for recovery of its debts over a mortgagee or pledgee of goods or a secured creditor.

A very old decision in M/s. Builders Supply Corporation vs. Union of India, AIR 1965 SC 1061, rendered under the Income-tax Act, 1922 is also relevant. Section 46(2) of that Act enabled the Income Tax Officer to forward to the Collector a certificate specifying the amount of arrears due from an assessee and requiring the Collector, on receipt of such certificate, to proceed to recover from the assessee in question the amount specified as if it were an arrear of land revenue. The Supreme Court held that merely on the basis of this provision it could not be construed that section 46 dealt with or provided for the principal of priority of tax dues. The provision could not be said to convert arrears of tax into arrears of land revenue either; all that it purported to do was to indicate that after receiving the certificate from the Income-tax Officer, the Collector had to proceed to recover the arrears in question as if the said arrears were arrears of land revenue.

Let us examine the position under some important tax statutes:

(a)    Income-tax dues– The Income-tax Act, does not contain any such wordings of the nature found under section 48 of the GVAT Act. Hence, it is submitted that the income-tax officer would not be a secured creditor of the corporate debtor. He would rank much lower as per the waterfall mechanism. The decisions in the case of TRO vs. Punjab and Sing Bank, 161 ITR 220 (Del) / Suraj Prasad Gupta vs. Chartered Bank, 83 ITR 494 (All)support the principle that in the absence of any specific statutory provision, income-tax dues cannot defeat the rights of any secured creditor. In fact, section 178(6) of the Income-tax Act, was specifically amended to provide that the provisions pertaining to the liability of a company in liquidation would override all laws other than the provisions of the Code.

The decision of the Delhi ITAT in ACIT vs. ABW Infrastructure Ltd, I.T.A. No. 2861/DEL/2018 (A.Y 2008-09)also states that it is well settled now that the Code has an overriding effect on all Acts including Income Tax Act which has been specifically provided under section 178(6). The Delhi High Court in Tata Steel Ltd vs. DCIT, WP(C) 13188/2018 Order dated 31st October, 2023, has also held that the Code overrides the provisions of the Income-tax Act to the extent that the latter is inconsistent with the provisions of the former. Section 238 of the Code, contains a non-obstante clause which makes this abundantly clear. It concluded that the Code was a special enactment, dealing with aspects concerning insolvency and, therefore, it would prevail over the provisions of the Income-tax Act 1961.

The NCLAT in Om Prakash Agrawal vs. CCIT, [2021] 124 taxmann.com 305 (NCL-AT) held that the priority was different for Government dues under s.53(1)(e) of the Code and under section 178 of the Income-tax Act. Both section 178(6) of the Act and section 53 of the Code start with non-obstante clause, and therefore, the legislature in its wisdom to give effect to the scheme of the Code, amended section 178(6). By virtue of the amendment the whole of section 178 had no application to the liquidation proceedings initiated under the Code. The matter pertained to the recovery of TDS (under section 194-IA) dues from a company in liquidation. The NCLAT held that as per section 194-IA of the Income-tax Act, 1% TDS was recovered on priority to other creditors of the transferor, whereas s.53(1)(e) in its waterfall mechanism provided that the Government dues came 5th in order of priority. Thus, with regard to recovery of the Government dues (including income tax) from a company-in-liquidation under IBC, there was an inconsistency between section 194-IA and section 53(1)(e). Therefore, by virtue of section 238, section 53(1)(e) had an overriding effect on the provisions of section 194-IA. Even otherwise section 53 started with a  non-obstante clause, whereas section 194-IA, did not start with a non-obstante clause, and it would necessarily be subject to the overriding effect of the Code.

(b)    GST dues  The Central Goods and Services Tax Act contains an express provision to the contrary of the type found in the VAT Acts referred to above. It contains a non-obstante clause which states that any amount payable by a taxable person on account of GST would be a first charge on the property of such person. This provision would apply notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other law except as otherwise provided in the Insolvency & Bankruptcy Code, 2016. Thus, the GST dues would not override the IBC Code.

CONCLUSION

One feels that the provisions of the Code are explicitly clear in as much as it overrides all other Statutes. In the absence of specific wordings of the type found in the State VAT Acts, it would be very difficult to consider the Revenue Department as a secured creditor along with other secured lenders. In spite of that, there have been several cases where the Revenue Department, relying on the decision in Rainbow Papers, is petitioning to be treated as a secured creditor. This is only increasing the cases of litigation and causing more problemsin the corporate resolution process. Some recent press reports indicate that the Government is considering a Notification which would clarify that the Revenuedoes not ipso facto become a secured creditor in all insolvency cases before the NCLT under the Code. It would depend upon the wordings of the statute in each and every case!

Regulatory Referencer

I.    COMPANIES ACT, 2013

1.    MCA Advisory to the stakeholders: The stakeholders are informed that the processing of application forms for the purpose of name reservation and incorporation at the Central Reservation Centre (CRC) is faceless and randomised. The applications if sent for resubmissions are normally not processed by the same official who has processed the application in the first instance. It is further advised that the stakeholders may inform the Ministry in case of any malpractice or irregularity on the part of any official / officer at CRC or any professional with supporting evidence at CVO-MCA@GOV.IN for taking action in accordance with the CVC guidelines. [Update on MCA website, dated 12th October, 2023]

2.    ICAI issues advisory to its members to ensure due compliance with Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) norms:Corporate Laws & Corporate Governance Committee of ICAI has issued an important announcement addressing the sensitization of companies to comply with the provisions related to Significant Beneficial Ownership (SBO) u/s 90 of the Companies Act, 2013 read with relevant Rules. This announcement is in reference to the initiative of the MCA to create awareness among companies regarding their obligations related to SBO. [Announcement dated 18th October, 2023]

3.    MCA mandates Private Companies except Small Companies to issue securities only in Demat form within 18 months from 31st March, 2023: MCA has notified the Companies (Prospectus and Allotment of Securities) Second Amendment Rules, 2023. As per the amended norms, every private company except small companies must issue the securities only in dematerialised form within 18 months from the closure of the Financial Year ended 31st March, 2023. Further, the company must facilitate the dematerialisation of all its securities in accordance with the provisions of the Depositories Act. These provisions shall not apply to Government Companies. [Notification No. G.S.R 802(E), dated 27th October, 2023]

4.    Every company must designate a person for furnishing information to ROC w.r.t beneficial interest in shares of company: MCA has notified the Companies (Management and Administration) Second Amendment Rules, 2023. As per the amended norms, every company must designate a person who shall be responsible for furnishing information and extending cooperation in providing information to the Registrar or any other authorised officer regarding beneficial interest in shares of the company. Further, a company may designate a company secretary (CS), a KMP or every director, if there is no CS or KMP. [Notification No. G.S.R 801(E), dated 27th October, 2023]

5.    MCA amends LLP norms; mandates declaration of beneficial interest and keeping of register for partners: MCA has notified LLP (Third Amendment) Rules, 2023. As per the amended rules, a person whose name is entered in the register of partners of LLP but doesn’t hold any beneficial interest in contribution must file a declaration to that effect in Form 4B within 30 days from the date on which his name is entered in the register. Further, every LLP must maintain a register of its partners in Form 4A from the date of its incorporation. The register must be kept at the registered office of LLP. [Notification No. G.S.R. 803(E), dated 27th October, 2023]

II. SEBI

6.    SEBI extends timeline for mandatory verification of market rumours by specified listed entities: SEBI has extended the timeline for mandatory verification of market rumours by listed entities. As per proviso to Regulation 30(11) of SEBI (LODR) Regulations, 2015, the top 100 listed entities by market capitalization must verify, confirm, deny or clarify market rumours from 1st October, 2023. This has now been extended to 1st February, 2024. Similarly, the top 250 listed entities were required to mandatorily verify, confirm, deny or clarify market rumours w.e.f. 1st April, 2024 which now stands extended to 1st August, 2024. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-POD-1/P/CIR/2023/162, dated 30th September, 2023]

7.    SEBI introduces a centralized mechanism for reporting the demise of investors through KRAs: SEBI has introduced a centralized mechanism for reporting and verifying the demise of an investor through KYC Registration Agency (KRAs) to smoothen the transmission process in the securities market. Further, upon receipt of intimation about the demise of an investor, the concerned intermediary must obtain a death certificate along with the PAN from the notifier. Also, after verification, the intermediary must submit a KYC modification request to KRA. The circular shall be effective from 1st January, 2024.[Circular No. SEBI/HO/OIAE/OIAE_IAD-1/P/CIR/2023/0000000163, dated 3rd October, 2023]

8.    SEBI relaxes listed entities from dispatching hard copies of annual report till 30th September, 2024 pursuant to MCA extension: Earlier, the MCA vide Circular dated 25th September, 2023, extended the relaxation from dispatching of physical copies of the financial statements (including Board’s report, Auditor’s report or other documents required to be attached therewith) up to 30th September, 2024. Therefore, SEBI in order to bring it in line with MCA, has decided to extend relaxation to listed entities also. Listed entities are now granted relaxation from sending a hard copy of the annual report to Non-Convertible Securities holders up to 30th September, 2024. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/DDHS/P/CIR/2023/0164, dated 6th October, 2023]

9.    SEBI extends the relaxation from sending proxy forms for general meetings held via e-mode till  30th September, 2024: Earlier, SEBI vide circular dated 11th July, 2023, relaxed the listed entities from complying with regulation 36(1)(b) of LODR i.e., sending hard copies of annual reports, and regulation 44(4) i.e., sending of proxy forms to holders of securities, for the general meetings (conducted in electronic mode) till 30th September, 2023. Now, the SEBI has extended these relaxations till 30th September, 2024. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/CFD/CFD-POD-2/P/CIR/2023/167, dated 7th October, 2023]

10. SEBI redefines ‘Large Corporates’ (LCs); relaxes borrowing norms for LCs through issuance of debt securities: SEBI has relaxed borrowing norms for large corporates (LCs) through issuance of debt securities. Now, an entity with outstanding long-term borrowings of Rs.1000 crore or above would be classified as LC. Also, SEBI has introduced incentives for LCs in case of surplus in requisite borrowings and moderated disincentives if they fail to meet at least 25 per cent of their incremental borrowings. Earlier, LCs were defined as those with outstanding long-term borrowings of at least R100 crore or above. [Circular No. SEBI/HO/DDHS/DDHS-RACPOD1/P/CIR/2023/172, dated 19th October, 2023]

11. MCA takes away RD’s power to levy additional costs to order confirming the shifting of RO from one state to another: The MCA has notified an amendment to Rule 30 of the Companies (Incorporation) Rules, 2014. As per the amended norms, no additional costs can be included in the Central Government’s order confirming the alteration of registered office from one state to another. Further, a new proviso has been inserted into Rule 30(9), which states that shifting of the registered office may be allowed where the resolution plan has been approved and no appeal against the resolution plan is pending. [Notification No. G.S.R. 790(E), dated 20th October, 2023]

12.     Unclaimed amounts transferred to IEPF under LODR shall not bear any interest:SEBI has notified amendments to Regulation 61A of LODR Regulations which prescribe provisions for dealing with unclaimed non-convertible securities and benefits accrued thereon a new proviso has been inserted which states that the amount transferred to the IPEF shall not bear any interest. Further, the unclaimed amount of a person that has been transferred to IPEF can be claimed in the manner specified by the Board. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2023/158, dated 20th October, 2023]

13.     SEBI amends InvIT & REIT Regulations, 2014: SEBI has notified amendment to Regulation 18 of InvIT & REIT Regulations, 2014 which prescribes provisions for Investment conditions, dividend policy and distribution policy. A new proviso has been inserted which states that the amount transferred to the IPEF shall not bear any interest. Further, the unclaimed or unpaid amount of a person that has been transferred to IEPF can be claimed in the manner specified by the Board. [Notification No. SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2023/159, dated 20th October, 2023]

III. DIRECT TAX: SPOTLIGHT

1.    Insertion of Rule 21AHA and Form 10IFA – CBDT notifies Form 10-IFA for opting for tax regime u/s 115BAE by co-operative society — Income-tax (Twenty-Third Amendment) Rules, 2023 — Notification No. 83/2023, dated 30th September, 2023:

The Finance Act introduced a new tax regime under section 115BAE for the resident co-operative societies engaged in manufacturing or producing an article or thing. The CBDT has notified Form 10-IFA for exercising the option of section 115BAE. This form is to be furnished electronically on or before the due date for furnishing the return of Income.

2.    Clarification regarding providing details of persons who have made a ‘substantial contribution to the trust or institution — Circular No. 17/2023, dated 9th October, 2023:

In Form 10B and 10BB, details of persons makingsubstantial contributions may be given with respect tothose persons whose total contribution during theprevious year exceeds fifty thousand rupees and details of relatives of such a person and details of concerns in which such person has a substantial interest may be provided only if available.

3.    Extension of time limit for filing Form 56F for Assessment Year 2023-24 — Circular No. 18/2023, dated 20th October, 2023:

The CBDT has extended the due date for furnishing Form 56F for claiming the benefit of section 10AA for A.Y. 2023-24 to 31st December, 2023.

4.    Condonation of delay in filing of Form No. 10-IC for Assessment Year 2021-22 — Circular No. 19/2023, dated 23rd October, 2023:

The delay in filing of Form No. 10-IC for A.Y. 2021-22 is condoned in cases where the following conditions are satisfied:

i)    The return of income for A.Y. 2021-22 has been filed on or before the due date specified under section 139(1) of the Act;

ii)    The assessee company has opted for taxation u/s 115BAA of the Act in ITR-6; and

iii)    Form 10-IC is filed electronically on or before 31st January, 2024, or three months from the end of the month in which this Circular is issued, whichever is later.

5.    Insertion of Rule 16D and Form 56F for claiming deduction under section 10AA – Income-tax (Twenty-Sixth Amendment) Rules, 2023 — Notification No. 91/ 2023, dated 19th October, 2023.

6.    Agreement between the Government of the Republic of India and the Government of Saint Vincent and the Grenadines for the Exchange of Information and Assistance in collection with respect to taxes, was signed at Kingstown, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines on19thMay, 2022. Agreement entered into force on14th February, 2023. All the provisions of the said Agreement as annexed in the notification shall be given effect to in the Union of India — Notification No. 96/ 2023, dated 1st November, 2023.

IV. FEMA AND IFSCA REGULATIONS

1.    RBI allows PROIs to purchase / sell dated Government Securities/Treasury Bills:

RBI has amended the Foreign Exchange Management (Debt Instruments) Regulations. Persons resident outside India that maintain a rupee account in terms of regulation 7(1) of Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016 may purchase or sell dated Government Securities / treasury bills, as perterms and conditions specified by the ReserveBank. Please refer to the Notification for otherconditions.

[Notification No. FEMA.396(2)/2023-RB, dated 16th October, 2023]

2.    Premature withdrawal for NRO and NRE Deposits:

RBI has decided that all domestic term deposits accepted from individuals for amounts of Rupees one crore and below shall have a premature withdrawal facility. This amount has been raised from Rs.15 lakh to Rs. 1 crore. These instructions shall also be applicable for Non-Resident (External) Rupee (NRE) Deposit / Ordinary Non-Resident (NRO) Deposits.

[Circular No. DOR.SPE. REC. NO 51/13.03.000/2023-24, dated 26th October, 2023]

3.    FATF adds Bulgaria to the list of High-Risk Jurisdictions under Increased Monitoring:

The Financial Action Task Force (FATF) releases documents titled “High-Risk Jurisdictions Subject to a Call for Action” and “Jurisdictions under Increased Monitoring” with respect to jurisdictions that have strategic AML / CFT deficiencies as part of the ongoing efforts to identify and work with jurisdictions with strategic Anti-Money Laundering (AML) / Combating of Financing of Terrorism (CFT) deficiencies. As per the 27th October, 2023, FATF public statement, Bulgaria has been added to this list of Jurisdictions under Increased Monitoring while Albania, the Cayman Islands, Jordan and Panama have been removed from this list based on a review by the FATF. This advice does not preclude the regulated entities from legitimate trade and business transactions with these countries and jurisdictions mentioned there.

[Press Release No. 2023-24/1223, dated 1st November, 2023]

4.    Sovereign Green Bonds accessible to non-resident investors too:

Under the RBI’s Fully Accessible Route (FAR) certain specified categories of Central Government securities were opened fully for non-resident investors without any restrictions, apart from being available to domestic investors as well. It has now been decided to also designate all Sovereign Green Bonds issued by the Government in the fiscal year 2023-24 as ‘specified securities’ under the FAR.

[Circular No. FMRD.FMID.NO. 04/14.01.006/2023-24, dated 8th November, 2023]

5.    Special current account exclusively for export settlement:

To provide greater operational flexibility to the exporters, RBI has permitted the AD Category-I banks maintaining a ‘Special Rupee Vostro Account’ to open an additional Special Current Account for its exporter constituents. The account is to be maintained exclusively for the settlement of their export transactions.

[FED Circular No. 08, dated 17th November, 2023]

Letter to the Editor

Dear Editor,
BCAJ, Mumbai.

I thoroughly enjoyed the editorial written by you in the November 2023 issue of BCAJ. The editorial incisively summarises the current litigation pile-up in the country and offers interesting insights. For instance, 96 per cent of the tax collections are voluntary payments by the taxpayers, and the whole fight is only forthe balance 4 per cent of taxes, which has caused so much distress and delay in justice to honest taxpayers. The editorial comprehensively highlights some of the causes of unnecessary litigation and brings home the point that the highest litigatorin the country is the government itself! If India can create an example of such a litigation management system, it would be one of its greatest contributions to the world.

CA Vishal Gada

Chaturmas (चतुर्मास): Why God Goes to Sleep

Hindus observe the period of four months from Ashadha to Kartika as ‘Chaturmas’. This is normally monsoon time — from the 11th day of Ekadashi of Ashadha to the 11th day of Kartika, usually coinciding with the English months of July to October. This year, due to Adhik (extra) month, which is an adjustment of leap year, it was extended to November.

Hindus believe that from Ashadha-Ekadashi to Kartika Ekadashi, God takes rest, i.e., He sleeps! Therefore, these four months are normally treated as not very auspicious. Very few weddings take place during this period. Since God goes to sleep on AshadhaEkadashi, it is called ‘Devashayani. ‘Shayanani’ means sleep. As against this, Kartika Ekadashi is called Prabodhini Ekadashi.(God wakes up). During this period, there are many religious activities performed, like Krishna Janmashtami, Ganesh Chaturthi, and Shraddha (rites of forefathers, etc.) — so that people do more religious things to safeguard against the ill effects of the inauspicious period. Similarly, there are many fasts during this period. Actually, fasting is meant for good health.

Against this background, there was once a discussion about why God goes on such a long sleep. The question was put to a common man who replied, “We people work only eight hours a day. In that also, we relax for six hours! But poor God cannot relax while on duty. He has to work 24×7, without any rest. Moreover, He finds it difficult to rush to the rescue of His devotees since the climate is bad, there are potholes on the road, railways are late, and flying is difficult. So, He takes compensatory leave for four months.”

Then, a civil engineer / architect was asked the same question. He said, “During this period, not much construction activity can be carried out due to heavy rains. Cement gets spoilt. Workers also do not attend regularly. So, He prefers to take rest.”

The lawyer said, “As it is, we hardly work except for taking adjournments. Judges and lawyers will have no work if cases are disposed of speedily. We need to maintain and increase the pendency. Judges also want to do many things, other than deciding the cases. So God feels, anyway, there is no work. Why not take a rest?”

A doctor had a different view. He said, “There are many viral diseases, God wants to support the medical fraternity. If He remains awake and protects the patients, doctors will have less business. Moreover, since He is afraid of our treatment, He prefers to sleep to keep away from diseases!”

Housewives felt that nowadays, God, by default, is always sleeping. Occasionally, He wakes up. That is why in today’s Kaliyuga, nothing is proper. There is corruption. The common man gets no justice. Everywhere there is gundaism, looting, thefts, scandals, atrocities against women and cheating of the poor. Everything is politically vitiated — be it education, the medical field or even so-called religious or spiritual activity. This is the result of God’s slumber or deep sleep!

Finally, the turn of a chartered accountant came. He was aggrieved as usual. He is very unhappy with his profession. He felt that we, CAs, spend sleepless nights working on clients’ audits and tax returns. God gets the comfort that somebody is awake. Mottos like ‘Ya Esa Suptesu Jagarti’ (ICAI)or ‘Na Bhayam Chasti Jagratah’ keep us awake. But according to him, the real reason for God going to sleep is that He is afraid of signing audits. His pledge is to help His bhaktas (devotees). A few devotees who were CAs showed Him the audit requirements — AS, SAs, Acts, Notifications, etc., and God said He was finding it difficult to understand these things. Devotees sought His help in signing, but God was horrified and went to sleep. He said He would wake up only after all the audits are signed.

Miscellanea

1. WORLD NEWS

1 South Korean robot crushes man to death after confusing him with a box of vegetables

A South Korean man was crushed to death by an industrial robot after it failed to differentiate between him and a box of vegetables.

The robotics company employee was inspecting the robot’s sensor operations on Wednesday at a distribution centre for agricultural produce in South Gyeongsang province when the incident happened.

The robotic arm was lifting boxes of peppers and moving them onto pallets when it allegedly malfunctioned and picked up the man instead, Yonhap news agency reported.

It then pushed the man against the conveyor belt, crushing his face and chest. He was rushed to a hospital but later succumbed to the injuries.

The employee, said to be in his 40s, was conducting checks on its sensor ahead of its test run at the pepper sorting plant. He had initially planned to conduct the tests on 6th November, but it was pushed back two days due to reported problems with the robot’s sensor.

Following the incident, an official from the Dongseong Export Agricultural Complex, which owns the plant, called for a “precise and safe” system to be established.

“Robots have limited sensing and thus limited awareness of what is going on around them,” Christopher Atkeson, a robotics expert at Carnegie Mellon University, told MailOnline.

Earlier in May, a man in South Korea suffered serious injuries after getting trapped by a robot while working at an automobile parts manufacturing plant.

At least 41 people have been killed by industrial robots in the US between 1992 and 2017, according to a study published by the American Journal of Industrial Medicine.

Stationary robots were responsible for 83 per cent of the fatal incidents. “Many of these striking incidents occurred while maintenance was being performed on a robot,” the study found.

A 22-year-old worker at a German Volkswagen factory was killed by a robot in 2015.

(Source: https://www.independent.co.uk/asia/east-asia/south-korea-robot-kills-man-b2444245.html — By Alisha Rahaman Sarkar — 9th November, 2023)

2. ECONOMY — ENERGY

1 Lithium Miners Bet on Direct Extraction in bid For Efficiency, Sustainability

Lithium is the most critical mineral to the future of global energy systems, powering everything from electric vehicles to personal electronics. It is also used to produce depression medications, large-scale energy storage systems, ceramics, and more.

The global demand for lithium is projected to increase seven-fold from 2023 to 2030. As the industry expands to a total value of $400 billion in the coming years to meet surging demand, lithium mining’s footprint on global ecosystems and local economies will spread accordingly.

Many major lithium companies are cognizant of the potential long-term ramifications of unfettered exploitation of lithium resources, particularly in Latin America’s lithium-rich salt flats, where evaporation plants are particularly taxing on limited local water tables.

A new lithium extraction technology aims to solve a critical dilemma facing the lithium industry: how to consistently ramp up global lithium production while containing the industry’s impact on local environments.

Direct Lithium Extraction (DLE) separates lithium from mineral-rich brines using chemical agents in a continuous process of water recycling, instead of using the traditional method of slowly evaporating the surrounding liquid. The technology promises higher lithium yields and lower water usage, if implemented at scale.

DLE has already been adopted at Argentina’s largest lithium mine, and will reportedly be introduced at dozens of high-profile lithium projects throughout the world in coming years, including at ExxonMobil’s lithium facility in Arkansas and Chile’s highly productive plants in the Atacama Desert.

Still, despite the purported benefits of DLE for the lithium sector, the technology is untested in large-scale applications and carries higher up-front costs for prospective investors.

While analysts disagree on the potential impact of DLE on the global lithium sector, the newly developed technology could still be the industry’s best hope of maintaining competitiveness in the future.

Direct Lithium Extraction: Mixed Results

International Business Times discussed the benefits and limitations of DLE with Jose Hofer, Commercial Manager at Livista Energy, a Luxembourg-based lithium processing firm that actively works with DLE companies. Hofer was also formerly Business Intelligence Manager at Sociedad Química y Minera de Chile (SQM), the largest of Chile’s two major lithium miners, as well as an Energy Analyst at Chile’s Ministry of Energy. He shared written comments with IBT on Tuesday.

DLE has proven an “increase in yield for the production of lithium chloride, which is an advantage [relative to] existing conventional evaporation projects,” Hofer said.
Early results from DLE’s applications at pilot plants suggest the technology could drastically increase lithium production from existing plants, without companies needing to expand the footprint of their operations.

“Much like shale did for oil, DLE has the potential to significantly increase the supply of lithium from brine projects, nearly doubling lithium production,” Goldman Sachs said in an April report on DLE, highlighting the technology’s importance to scaling global lithium production.

“DLE has proved to be feasible in China,” Hofer said, but did not identify the technology taking hold at scale elsewhere in the world.

While DLE has shown promising results so far, the technology has significant drawbacks at its current stages of development.

“Water consumption is the biggest issue” for DLE, Hofer told IBT. DLE’s “water use is higher than conventional evaporation,” Hofer said.

Existing DLE plants still need to undergo further research and development to even limit the technology’s water usage compared to existing mining practices, a central element of DLE’s advertised benefits. And the technology currently carries higher capital expenditures when compared to traditional evaporation mining (13 per cent higher, according to Goldman Sachs).

While DLE projects may have been feasible during the high-price environment of late 2022, margins for miners have shrunk considerably in 2023 as lithium prices have fallen and plateaued. Projects that are currently using DLE “will have to transit a maturity process” before reaching their full potential, Hofer told IBT.

The Industry Pivots to DLE, however slowly.

Goldman Sachs’ report tallied 28 distinct lithium mining projects employing DLE technologies worldwide, with statuses ranging from pilot programs to full operation. Only four DLE projects are currently in operation, three of which are in China, and the fourth of which is in Argentina at U.S. based miner Livent’s Fenix plant in the Salar del Hombre Muerto salt flat.

These four active plants could soon expand; two mines in Argentina (Eramet’s Centenario-Ratones and Tibet Summit’s Angeles projects) and two other Chinese plants are nearing final construction of DLE facilities, according to Goldman Sachs.

SQM, the world’s leading lithium company by annual output, is also beginning plans to convert its evaporation mine in the Atacama Desert to a DLE operation.

“We are looking forward to adopting industrial scaling for this technology,” Mark Fones, Vice President of Strategy at SQM said on the company’s third-quarter earnings call on Thursday.

(Source: International Business Times — By Jack Quinn — 17th November, 2023)

3. WORLD – ENVIRONMENT

1 Frustration As Latest Talks on Global Plastic Treaty Close

The latest negotiations toward a global plastic treaty concluded late Sunday with disagreement about how the pact should work and frustration from environment groups over delays and lack of progress.

Negotiators spent a week at the UN Environment Programme (UNEP) headquarters in Nairobi haggling over a draft treaty to tackle the growing problem of plastic pollution found everywhere from ocean depths to mountaintops to human blood.

It is the third time negotiators have met since 175 nations pledged early last year to fast-track talks in the hope of finalising a treaty by 2024.

The meeting in Nairobi was supposed to advance the process by fine-tuning the draft treaty and starting discussions about what concrete measures should target pollution from plastic, which is made from fossil fuels.

But the treaty terms were never really addressed, with a small number of oil-producing nations — particularly Iran, Saudi Arabia and Russia — accused of employing stalling tactics seen at previous negotiation rounds to hinder progress.

In closed-door meetings, so many new proposals were put forward that the text — instead of being revised and streamlined — ballooned in size over the course of the week, according to observers following the talks.

Graham Forbes from Greenpeace said the meeting had “failed” its objectives.

“A successful treaty is still within reach but it will require a level of leadership and courage from big, more ambitious countries that we simply have not seen yet,” he told AFP.

UNEP said “substantial” progress had been made by nearly 2,000 delegates in attendance.

The International Council of Chemical Associations, the main industry body for global petrochemical and plastic businesses, said governments had improved an “underwhelming” draft.

“We (now) have a document — a draft text — that is much more inclusive of the range of ideas,” spokesman Stewart Harris told AFP.

Environment groups have long argued that without laws to slow the growth of new plastic, any treaty would be weak and ineffective.

Plastic production has doubled in 20 years and at current rates could triple by 2060 without action, but 90 percent is not recycled.

Ahead of the talks, around 60 “high ambition” nations called for the treaty to eliminate some plastic products through bans and phase-outs, and enshrine rules to reduce plastic production and consumption.

But during the open sessions in Nairobi, some nations expressed reluctance to support cuts on plastic production, while divisions sharpened over whether treaty terms should be legally binding or voluntary.

Two further rounds of negotiations remain in 2024: the first in Canada in April and then in South Korea in November, with the goal of adopting a treaty by mid-2025.

(Source: International Business Times — By AFP News — 19th November, 2023)

Society News

LEARNING EVENTS AT BCAS

1. “Breast Cancer Awareness Talk” held on2nd November 2023, @ BCAS in Hybrid Mode.

As one of the many social initiatives under #BCASCares, a “Breast Cancer Awareness Talk” was organised by the Seminar, Public Relations & Membership Development Committee of the BCAS in a hybrid mode, with online access available to all outstation participants.

The meeting attracted 127 registrations from various cities. A heartening presence was the men in the audience, bearing testimony to their sensitivity and appreciation of the opportunity to hear the three speakers, Dr. Garvit Chitkara, Senior Consultant, Breast Surgical Oncology and Oncoplasty; Dr. Priti Kulkarni Tambat, M.D. (Kayachikitsa), Ayurveda; andPuriya Onkar, Mandala artist and cancer warrior.

Dr. Garvit Chitkara from Mumbai addressed the audience on various issues, particularly factors associated with an increased risk of breast cancer, how the treatment has evolved, the methods of early detection and the age to start the same.

Dr. Priti Kulkarni Tambat from Indore threw light on how prakriti (the nature of the body in terms of dosha) has an impact on a person’s susceptibility and immunity levels. She underlined the need to eat produce that is local and intrinsic to the region, the power of one’s thoughts and emotional well-being, the healing effects of specific classical raag and also the effect of planetary motions on a person. She emphasised the importance of a yearly nadipariksha (ancient Ayurvedic technique of diagnosis of both physical and mental diseases as well as imbalances by checking the pulse) and yearly horoscope analysis – both being part of Rigveda, and offered that a gaanth (a node) forms first in the mind before it manifests in the physical body.

Puriya Onkar from Mumbai bared her heart and spoke candidly about the various challenges that came her way, the reaction from family and friends and the support systems (both personal and professional) that helped her emerge far stronger and more confident.

The questions posed by the moderators and the audience (both online and offline) made the evening an extremely interactive and informative one.

Link to access the session:

QR code:

2. Lecture Meeting on “Decoding The Digital Personal Data Protection Act” held on 25th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

A lecture meeting “Decoding The Digital Personal Data Protection Act” (DPDPA) was organised in a virtual mode.

The speaker, Sandeep Rao took the audience through a detailed presentation on what constitutes personal data, the roles and responsibilities of the various players in the DPDPA ecosystem, the significance of documenting clear written consent from the party whose data is to be processed, using the data strictly for the agreed purposes, deleting it once the purpose has been served, the requirement for impact assessments, audits and other measures in place, the severe penalties proposed for non-compliance, and the importance of proper staff training to ensure due compliances.

He also dwelled on the merit behind defining a Personal Data Attribute Map to lay out in detail the types of data to be processed, the channels to be employed for the same, the manner and place for data storage and the various reasons for which it is to be used. While large corporations have the wherewithal to set up an in-house infrastructure to ensure due compliance, more particularly for small businesses in the SME sector, opting for a Privacy Management Platform will be both practical and economical.

The speaker focussed on the various professional opportunities for a Chartered Accountant — whether as an auditor, a consultant or a Data Protection Officer. All these would warrant undergoing certain training and obtaining relevant certifications.

While the notification of the Act and the Rules is expected to throw light on several aspects that are hitherto unclear, there is no doubt that the DPDP Act is set to change the way businesses, small or large, will need to handle, store and process personal data.

The meeting attracted 150 registrations from various cities.

Link to access the session:

QR Code:

3. Fema Study Circle Meeting on “Recent clarifications received from RBI to AD bank” held on 20th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

The Speaker CA Wrutuja Soni during the Fema Study Circle Meeting covered the following topics:

  • Directions by RBI to AD Banks
  • Last updates in LRS
  • Latest changes in ODI Rules
  • Case Studies

She elaborated on the practical aspects of recent RBI clarifications on various issues including practical approaches and authorities delegated by RBI to AD Banks. The latest updates in LRS with practical issues were also discussed such as consolidated investment in single name after remittance of funds under LRS by different family members.

CA Wrutuja made detailed elaborations on the Updated ODI Directions and Rules including the valuation aspects. In the case studies, she shared her personal experiences with AD Banks as well as RBI’s instructions.

The entire session was wonderfully received by the participants.

 

4. Suburban Study Circle Meeting on “Casestudy discussion on Transfer Pricing” held on20th October 2023, at Bathiya & Associates LLP, Andheri (E).

Group Leader CA Hardik Mehta shared with the group an array of interesting case studies covering various issues that may seem small but play a very significant role in assessments. An educative presentation on important points based on case studies and his views on the same were shared by the leader with the group.

The session was knowledgeable and practical, and all the points were very well covered with numerous real-life examples to make it simpler for the group to understand it better. CA Hardik interpreted some of the important provisions with the help of case studies.

The session had wonderful interactive participation from the group. There were a large number of queries from the participants, which were addressed satisfactorily by the group leader.

The participants benefited from the overall insightful case studies shared by the group leader.

5. International Economics Study Group on “Europe: A Continent Forged in Crisis’’ held on 19th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

In this Study Group, CA Harshad Shah presented a detailed analysis of various indicators of a strong economy and Europe’s fulfilment status qua those criteria looking at the prevailing economic situation in the European countries. The challenges faced by the European economy, such as a low GDP of 0.7 per cent for CY 2023 and recessionary tendencies in Germany, ageing population, migration, political fragmentation, security and geopolitical concerns, high debt, energy crisis (post Ukraine conflict), etc., were some ofthe points of discussion. Historical factors, namely the World Wars, economic factors, geopolitical changes, international pressure, post-war rebuilding, decolonisation movements, etc., and their impact on nine European Empires (including Roman, British, Russian, etc.) were discussed.

CA Harshad further explained how high inflation led to high interest costs, eroding people’s purchasing power, leading to their costs becoming non-competitive, and people finding it challenging to afford even basic necessities like food. Apart from household challenges, there are concerns regarding inefficient Health Care systems and hunger problems. The meeting also evaluated the future of Europe in the current geopolitical uncertain environment.

6. Corporate & Commercial Law Study Circle on “An Overview of SME IPO” held on 18th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

In this study circle meeting, speaker CA Hiten Shah briefed participants on the benefits of SME IPO along with the risks and negative optics for the same.

CA Hiten Shah also discussed, in detail, the key features of SME IPO, listing requirements in BSE, listing requirements in NSE, Pricing Methods, and Obligations before and after Listing. He also highlighted the role of a Chartered Accountant and the opportunities unfolding for them.

Many participants attended the event online and took an active part in the discussion.

7. Direct Tax Laws Study Circle Meeting on “Taxation Issues in Mergers and Demergers”, held on 17th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

CA Akshar Panchamia led the group discussion and the following points were discussed:

1.    Elements of merger

a.    Amalgamation as defined under section 2(1B) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 (Act).

b.    Exempt Transfer in reference to section 47(vi) and section 47(vii) of the Act.

c.    Computation of cost of assets in the hands of amalgamated company as per section 49(1)(iii)(e) and cost of acquisition of shareholders of the amalgamated company as per section 49(2).

d.    Carry forward of losses as per section 72A along with the conditions required to be fulfilled by the amalgamating and amalgamated company.

e.    Treatment of goodwill generated at the time of merger due to revaluation of assets at fair value and specific exclusion of goodwill from section 32 of the Act.

2.    Discussion on types of mergers — namely, Inbound and Outbound mergers.

3.    Issues relating to demergers and slump sale transactions.

4.    Elements of demerger

a.    Demerger as defined under section 2(19AA) of the Act.

b.    Computing taxability under the headcapital gains in the hands of the demerged company.

c.    Discussion on non-applicability of section 56(2)(x) in the hands of the Resulting Company. Also, discussion on exemption from capital gains in the hands of the shareholders under section 47(vid).

d.    Points to consider while determining the cost and period of holding for the purpose of computing tax liability.

e.    Treatment of transfer of losses of the undertaking as per section 72A(4).

f.    Rationale of slump sale and its taxability.

The speaker highlighted aspects to consider while filing return of income after the completion of a merger / demerger transaction and provided his detailed analysis during the interactive session.

8. ITF Study Circle Meeting on “The implications of the ruling of the Chennai Tribunal in the case of Cognizant” held on 12th October, 2023, in Online Mode.

The International Tax and Finance Study Circle organised a meeting on 12th October, 2023. CA Sangeeta Jain and CA Nemin Shah led the group discussion, and the following points were discussed:

  • The detailed and complex facts of the case were explained.
  • The outcome of the proceedings before the lower authorities was summarised.
  • The issue before the Chennai Tribunal was discussed.
  • The arguments made by the taxpayer and the tax authorities were laid out.
  • The observations and rulings of the Chennai Tribunal were discussed in great detail.
  • The potential way forward for the case and some of the arguments not made / considered by the Chennai Tribunal were laid out.
  • The implications of corporate law on the facts of the case were deliberated, with group members expressing divergent views.
  • Even though General Anti Avoidance Rules (GAAR) did not apply to the case (since it pertained to an earlier year), a hypothetical exercise in attempting to apply GAAR to the facts of the case was made, which resulted in an interesting discussion and exchange of ideas.

9. A four-day “Foreign Exchange Management Act (FEMA)” Study Course and a Panel Discussion held on 25th& 26th August and 1st& 2nd September, 2023, in Hybrid Mode.

FEMA was introduced to monitor dealings in foreign exchange / securities and transactions affecting the import and export of our currency. FEMA has evolved over the years, and knowledge of this topic has become a crucial factor in advising clients on implementing successful strategies for cross-border transactions in light of India’s positioning in the global arena.

The International Taxation Committee of BCAS organised a four-day FEMA Study Course, including the Panel Discussion, which was attended to by the participants from across the country, online as well as offline.

The Study Course began with introducing the basics — namely, the Structure of FEMA, Capital and Current
Account Transactions, Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment, Liaison / Project / Branch Office to more advanced topics — namely, ECBs, Succession under FEMA including Trust aspects, Compounding and ED Matters and Corporate Restructuring including Cross-Border Acquisition and ended with a Panel Discussion on various FEMA issues.

The host of experts who delved into each of the above topics not only made it interesting by sharing anecdotes from their personal experiences, but also by making it interactive by giving reference to the case precedents and encouraging participants to ask questions. The participants and speakers were enriched by the quality of questions posed by the participants, and their eagerness to know more about the topics in further detail.

Allied Laws

36 Paramjota vs. Deputy Director of Consolidation & Ors

AIR 2023 ALLAHABAD 222

Date of Order: 8th August, 2023

Adoption — Adoption Deed is sufficient — Rituals are not necessary — Adopted child entitled to property on parent renouncing the world.[Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act, 1965, S. 11, 15 and 16]

FACTS

Amidst a land dispute, a consolidation officer entered the name of the adopted son (Mahadeo) of one Mr Bholla, who renounced the world for Sanyas, in the revenue records.

This was disputed by the Petitioner; the Consolidation officer rejected the objections filed by the Petitioner.

On filing the Writ Petition.

HELD

CA ceremony is not necessary to prove that Mr Mahadeo is the adopted son of Mr Bhalla, especially since the adoption deed is registered. Subsequentnotarized deed revoking the adoption has no legal consequences. Further, since the father has renounced the world by becoming a Sanyasi, the property would devolve on his adopted son.

The Writ Petition was dismissed.

37 Usha Kumari vs. Santha Kumari

AIR 2023 KERALA 161

Date of Order: 26th June, 2023

Evidence — Submissions in court — Public document — Cannot be treated as secondary evidence. [Indian Evidence Act, 1872, S. 74]

FACTS

There was a dispute among the members of the family. A suit for partition was filed by one of the members. The defendants filed their written statements wherein the disputed gift deeds were annexed. The suit was dismissed for want of prosecution.

On appeal, inter alia, a question arose i.e., whether a written statement in a suit, is a public document falling under section 74 of the Indian Evidence Act?

HELD

Pleadings of the parties to the litigation, once filed in a court, become a part of the public records maintained by the Court and hence fall within the ambit of “public documents”. The same cannot be considered as secondary evidence.

The Appeal is allowed.

38 Akza Rajan vs. Rajan M S

AIR 2023 KERALA 166

Date of Order: 12th April, 2023

Maintenance of Daughters — Father responsible for daughter’s marriage even if they are Christians. [Hindu Adoption and Maintenance Act, 1956, S. 20; Transfer of Property Act, 1882, S. 39]

FACTS

The Petitioner is the daughter of the Respondent. The Respondent-father neglected the Petitioner’s mother and sold her jewellery to buy certain assets. The Respondent was trying to alienate the immovable property and hence Petitioner filed for a temporary injunction. The said injunction was denied by the Family Court.

On a Writ Petition.

HELD

Drawing a reference to the codified Hindu law that the maintenance of an unmarried daughter is a duty of the father, it was held that such a duty is applicable to all fathers irrespective of their religion. The Court secured a reasonable sum for the wedding expense of the Petitioner by way of charge on the immovable property and also held that the injunction could be lifted if the respondent furnished the sum by way of a fixed deposit or other mode.

The Writ Petition is allowed.

39 Rajesh Kumar Sahu vs. Manish Kumar Sahu

AIR 2023 MADHYA PRADESH 862

Date of Order: 26th June, 2023

Succession — Unregistered document “Abhiswikrati Patra” — Cannot be construed as a Will — Any unregistered document transferring title of more than Rs.100 is required to be registered. [Registration Act, 1908, S. 17(2)(v)]

FACTS

The Petitioner/original defendant objected to the admissibility of an unregistered and unstamped document before the Trial Court. The Trial Court rejected the objection and held the document to be a Will.

On a Writ Petition.

HELD

The unregistered and unstamped document is a “Abhiswikrati Patra”. Although the document transfers certain rights to his son, it is mentioned that a Will would be executed separately. Therefore, the said document could not be considered as a Will.

Further, as the document was intended to transfer a right and title of property valued more than Rs.100, such a document is mandatorily required to be registered otherwise it would not be taken on record.

The Writ petition is allowed.

40 G Venkatesh vs. Bridge Federation of India

AIR 2023 MADRAS 296

Date of Order: 7th August, 2023

Overseas Citizen of India Cardholder — Bridge player — Eligible to play in National Championships but cannot represent India internationally — Policy decision by the Central Government- Writ petition is held to be not maintainable. [Citizenship Act, 1955, S. 7A, 7B, Constitution of India, Article, 226]

FACTS

The Writ Petitioner is an Overseas Citizen of India (OCI) who desired to represent the Respondent internationally. He received a letter of rejection stating he would only be eligible to play in national championships and cannot represent the nation.

On a Writ Petition.

HELD

The Respondent is affiliated with the Central Government and is governed by the National Sports Development Code of India, 2011. A policy decision taken by the Central Government to only allow Indians to represent India in international sports cannot be interfered with Courts. Further, the rejection of the Petitioner was on the basis of two Circulars. As the said Circulars were not challenged in the Petition, the Petition becomes non-maintainable.

The Writ Petition is dismissed.

Purchase-As-Produced Contracts – Whether Derivative or Not?

ISSUE

Kleen Co. enters into a power purchase agreement (PPA) with a windmill operator to purchase electricity. Both Kleen and the operator are connected through a common national grid. The PPA obliges Kleen to acquire a 45 per cent fixed share of the wind energy produced by the operator. The price per unit for the energy is fixed in advance and remains stable throughout the contract duration of 25 years. The operator does not guarantee a specific amount of output (energy) but estimates with 80 per cent probability an expected amount. The energy produced is transferred to Kleen through the national grid.

The total energy demand of Kleen by far exceeds both the contracted share of the estimated output and the contracted share of the peak output of the wind park. However, Kleen does not operate its production facilities 24/7 but pauses production during the night times, on weekends and holiday season. There is thus a mismatch between the demand profile of Kleen and the supply profile of the wind park.

Kleen is obliged to acquire the energy of the wind park in the amount (45 per cent of the current production volume) and at the time it is produced. Since Kleen has no feasible option to store the energy, it sells energy that cannot be consumed immediately (e.g., on weekends or overnight) to the spot market and repurchases (at least) the same amount from that market at times when the production facilities are operated. The windmill operator continues to transfer the amounts of energy fed into the grid to the account of Kleen and Kleen has to sell unused amounts from its account to third parties. The process of selling and repurchasing is designed to be an autopilot that acts without the intention of trading to realize profits and has the sole intention to enable Kleen’s operations. The process of selling and repurchasing is delegated to a service provider.
For the purpose of this discussion, it is assumed that the conditions do not change throughout subsequent periods and that some market transactions become necessary for unused amounts of energy.

Will own-use exemption apply in this case, and consequently, whether the above PPA is to be treated as a derivative or not?

Kleen has considered aspects relating to whether the PPA is accounted for applying another Ind AS Accounting Standard, for example, Ind AS 110 Consolidated Financial Statements, Ind AS 111 Joint Arrangements, and/or Ind AS 116 Leases, and believes that those do not apply in the extant fact pattern.

RELEVANT REQUIREMENTS OF IND AS 109 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Paragraph 2.4 of Ind AS 109 states:

This Standard shall be applied to those contracts to buy or sell a non financial item that can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, as if the contracts were financial instruments, with the exception of contracts that were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receiptor delivery of a non financial item in accordance withthe entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements. However, this Standard shall be applied to those contracts that an entity designates as measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with paragraph 2.5.

Paragraph 2.6 of Ind AS 109 states:

There are various ways in which a contract to buy or sell a non-financial item can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments. These include:

(a)    when the terms of the contract permit either party to settle it net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments;

(b)    when the ability to settle net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, is not explicit in the terms of the contract, but the entity has a practice of settling similar contracts net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments (whether with the counterparty, by entering into offsetting contracts or by selling the contract before its exercise or lapse);

(c)    when, for similar contracts, the entity has a practice of taking delivery of the underlying and selling it within a short period after delivery for the purpose of generating a profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer’s margin; and

(d)    when the non-financial item that is the subject of the contract is readily convertible to cash.

A contract to which (b) or (c) applies is not entered into for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of the non financial item in accordance with the entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements and, accordingly, is within the scope of this Standard. Other contracts to which paragraph 2.4 applies are evaluated to determine whether they were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of the non financial item in accordance with the entity’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements and, accordingly, whether they are within the scope of this Standard.

ACCOUNTING FOR THE PPA

On the date of inception of the contract, Kleen regards the sole purpose of the PPA as a contract to buy a non-financial item as it is entered for the purpose of the receipt of energy in accordance with its expected usage requirements, as laid out in Ind AS 109.2.4. Kleen does not designate the contract as measured at fair value through profit or loss in accordance with Ind AS 109.2.5. Kleen views the difference in prices (lower prices during night times, on weekends and during the holiday season when production is paused vs. higher prices when repurchased on spot markets during peak times) as costs of storage, i.e., it uses the energy spot market as a storage facility. Kleen does not operate as a trading party in the market, the production schedule and the consumption profile dictate spot price transactions.Kleen further analyses whether the contract can be settled net in cash in accordance with Ind AS 109.2.6.

Kleen is always in a net purchaser position, i.e., it buys more energy from the spot market than it has sold to it based on a monthly view (meaning that for every calendar month, the Kleen has purchased more energy on spot markets than it has sold). The average purchase price exceeds the average sale price, so that Kleen incurs expenses for “storing” the energy on spot markets which is part of the fee paid to a service provider involved to sell unused amounts of energy to and repurchase additional demands from the grid/spot markets.

The various views are presented below:

View A

Kleen assesses at the inception of the contract that

(a)    the terms of the contract do not provide for an option to settle net in cash or by exchanging financial instruments.

(b)    Kleen has no practice of settling similar contracts net in cash or another financial instrument or by exchanging financial instruments.

(c)    Kleen intends to sell unwanted energy out of the contract to the spot market and also intends to purchase at least the same amount of energy at times when it is needed. Kleen uses the spot market as a storage mechanism and does not intend to generate profits from those transactions although it cannot rule out that some transactions will lead to profits or losses. Transactions on the spot market are solely used to store the energy.

(d)    Kleen assesses the non-financial item to be readily convertible to cash as there is an active market where unused energy can be sold and purchased at any time.

Kleen concludes that the own-use-exemption applies to its contract because it is entered into and continues to be held for the purpose of taking delivery of the non-financial asset (energy), in accordance with the entity’s expected (energy) consumption.

View B

Kleen expects transactions on the spot market already at the inception of the contract for the amount of energy it cannot use when it is produced. Under View B this would disqualify the contract from the application of the own-use-exemption because the contract was not – in its entirety – being held to the purpose of the receipt of the energy at the specific time of production (Ind AS 109.2.4) but with some anticipated sales transactions.View C

As Kleen intends to sell unused energy to the spot market, it creates a practice of settling similar contracts on the spot market and therefore the contract is not entered into for the purpose of the receipt of the energy (Ind AS 109.2.6(b)).View D

Under this View D, the transactions on the spot market may lead to a breach of the requirement set out in Ind AS 109.2.6(c) (generating profit from short-term fluctuations in price or dealer’s margin) because Kleen cannot rule out that profit arises from some sales transactions, even though this is not intended.CONCLUSION

Under View A, the PPA would be treated as a normal purchase of an electricity contract. However, Views B-D would all result in recognising the contract as a derivative financial instrument.

As laid out above, there are several ways to interpret the requirements of Ind AS 109.2.4 and .2.6 which give rise to diversity in practice. Failure to meet the requirements of the own-use-exemption results in a mandatory recognition as a financial derivative at fair value. Given PPA durations of 25 years and above, the fair value of such PPA is both difficult to measure and subject to enormous volatility and likely leads to massive effects on the financial statements and financial performance when changes in the fair value are recognized in profit or loss. It would also decouple the effects of Kleen’s efforts to secure its supply of energy from the operating results as the fair value changes will occur and be presented before the consumption of the energy, the production phase and the sale of the output manufactured using this energy.

There is a need for clarification on how Ind AS 109 isto be applied in the circumstances described above. The author believes that the economic purpose and the intention of Kleen when entering the contract are not adequately reflected by the treatment of such contracts as derivative financial instruments, solely because there is no feasible way to store the quantities of energy involved and Kleen has to use the spot market as a storage mechanism.

The author also questions whether accounting for such contracts as derivative financial instruments would adequately depict the operating performance of Kleen, since energy costs would affect the operating profit at their spot prices, and the effect of the PPA containing fixed prices would occur as a measurement adjustment in periods different from the period of consumption.

When the standards are not absolutely clear, it is essential to understand the intention of the standard-setters, and what the standard is trying to achieve. In the present case, Kleen’s objective is not to trade in electricity or profit from short-term fluctuations in the prices. On the contrary, the unwanted electricity is sold at a price lower than the fixed price per unit under the PPA. The average purchase price exceeds the average sale price, so that Kleen incurs expenses for “storing” the energy on spot markets which is part of the fee paid to a service provider involved to sell unused amounts of energy to and repurchase additional demands from the grid/spot markets.

Furthermore, in totality, Kleen is always a net purchaser rather than a net seller, i.e., it buys more energy from the spot market than it has sold to it based on a monthly view (meaning that for every calendar month, Kleen has purchased more energy on spot markets than it has sold).

Based on the above discussion, the author believes that View A is the most appropriate view, and reflects the intention of Kleen as well as the standard-setter and the overall economics of the PPA.

From Published Accounts

COMPILERS’ NOTE:

Post Covid, companies are undertaking several mergers and acquisitions. Accounting for the same is primarily governed by Ind AS 103 and the schemes as approved by NCLT. Given below are disclosures by two companies on mergers and acquisitions for the year ended 31st March, 2023.

Asian Paints Ltd

MERGERS, ACQUISITIONS AND INCORPORATIONS

(a)    Scheme of amalgamation of Reno Chemicals Pharmaceuticals and Cosmetics Private Limited with the Parent Company:

On 2nd September, 2021, the National Company Law Tribunal, Mumbai approved Scheme of amalgamation (“the Scheme”) of Reno Chemicals Pharmaceuticals and Cosmetics Private Limited (“Reno”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company, with the Parent Company. Pursuant to the necessary filings with the Registrars of Companies, Mumbai, the Scheme has become effective from 17th September, 2021 with the appointed date of 1st April, 2019. There is no impact of amalgamation on the Consolidated Financial Statements. The accounting treatment is in accordance with the approved scheme and Indian accounting standards.

(b)    Scheme of amalgamation of Asian Paints (Lanka) Ltd. with Causeway Paints Lanka (Pvt) Ltd:

On 1st April, 2021, the Registrar General of Companies in Sri Lanka approved the Scheme of amalgamation of Asian Paints (Lanka) Ltd. with Causeway Paints Lanka (Pvt) Ltd., subsidiaries of Asian Paints International Private Limited (‘APIPL’). APIPL is a wholly owned subsidiary of Asian Paints Limited. This is a common control transaction and has no impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(c)    Equity infusion in Weatherseal Fenestration Private Limited:

The Parent Company entered into a Shareholders Agreement and Share Subscription Agreement with the promoters of Weatherseal Fenestration Private Limited (“Weatherseal”) on 1st  April, 2022. Weatherseal is engaged in the business of interior decoration/furnishing, including manufacturing uPVC windows and door systems. The Parent Company subscribed to 51 per cent of the equity share capital of Weatherseal for a cash consideration of Rs.18.84 crores on 14th June, 2022. Accordingly, Weatherseal became a subsidiary of the Parent Company. Further, in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement and the Share Subscription Agreement, the Parent Company has agreed to acquire a further stake of 23.9 per cent in Weatherseal from its promoter shareholders, in a staggered manner, over the next 3 year period. The Parent Company has also entered into a put contract for the acquisition of a 25.1 per cent stake in Weatherseal. Accordingly, on the day of acquisition, a gross obligation towards acquisition is recognised for the same, initially measured at fair value amounting to Rs.18.08 crores. On 31st March, 2023, the fair value of the derivative asset / liability (net) was Rs.21.46 crores. Fair valuation impact of Rs.3.38 crores is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2023 towards gross obligation.

Rs. In crores

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed on acquisition date: 14th June, 2022
Property, plant and equipment 0.92
Intangible assets 12.98
Current Assets
Inventories 1.68
Trade Receivables 1.87
Cash and bank balances 18.85
Other receivables and repayments 1.65
Total Assets 37.95
Current Liabilities
Trade Payables and other liabilities 4.96
Other payables 14.14
Total Liabilities 19.10
Net Assets Acquired 18.85
Goodwill arising on acquisition of stake in Weatherseal 14th June, 2022
Cash consideration transferred (i) 18.84
Net Fair Value of Derivative Asset and Liability (ii) 1.86
Total consideration transferred [(iii) = (i)+(ii)] 20.70
Fair Value of identified assets acquired (iv) 18.85
Group share of fair value of identified assets acquired (v) 9.61
Group share of Goodwill arising on acquisition of Weatherseal [(iii)-(v)] 11.09
Net cash inflow on acquisition 14th June, 2022
Cash consideration transferred 18.84
Cash and cash equivalent acquired 18.85
Net cash and cash equivalent inflow 0.01

Impact of acquisition on the results of the Group: Revenue from operations of Rs.24.74 crores and Loss after tax of Rs.3.34 crores of Weatherseal has been included in the current year’s Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss.

(d)    Investment in Obgenix Software Private Limited:

The Parent Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement and other definitive documents with the shareholders of Obgenix Software Private Limited (popularly known by the brand name of ‘White Teak’) on 1st April, 2022. White Teak is engaged in designing, trading or otherwise dealing in all types and descriptions of decorative lighting products and fans, etc. In accordance with the agreement, the remaining 51 per cent of the equity share capital would be acquired in a staggered manner. The Parent Company acquired 49 per cent of the equity sharecapital of ‘White Teak’ on 2nd April, 2022 for a cash consideration of Rs.180 crores along with an earn-out, payable after a year, subject to achievement of mutually agreed financial milestones. Accordingly, White Teak became an Associate of the Group. On the day of acquisition, the Parent Company estimated and recognised gross obligation towards earn-outfor acquiring 49 per cent stake amounting to Rs.37.71 croresand derivative asset / liability (net) for acquiring the remaining 51 per cent stake in White Teak at fair value with a corresponding adjustment in the cost of investment amounting to Rs.1.32 crores. On 31st March, 2023, the fair value of earn-out is Rs 58.97 crores and that of derivative asset / liability (net) is Rs 3.85 crores. Fair valuation impact of Rs.21.26 crores and Rs.5.17 crores is recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended 31st March, 2023 towards earn out and derivative contracts respectively.

(e)    Incorporation of Asian Paints (Polymers) Limited:

On 11th January, 2023, the Parent Company incorporated a wholly owned subsidiary named Asian Paints (Polymers) Private Limited (‘APPPL’) for manufacturing of Vinyl Acetate Monomer and Vinyl Acetate Ethylene Emulsion in India. The Parent Company invested Rs.200 crores in the equity share capital of APPPL in the current year, thus subscribing to 20 crore equity shares of APPPL having a face value of Rs.10 each.

(f)    Agreement for the acquisition of a stake in Harind Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals Private Limited:

The Parent Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement and other definitive documents with the shareholders of Harind Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals Private Limited (‘Harind’) on 20th October, 2022 for the purchase of a majority stake over a period of five years, subject to fulfilment of certain conditions precedent in a staggered manner. Harind is a speciality chemicals company engaged in the business of nanotechnology-based research, manufacturing, and sale of a range of additives and specialized coatings. On fulfilment of the pre-condition, the acquisition would happen in the following manner: (i) First tranche of 51 per cent would be acquired for a consideration of 12.75 crores (approx.); and (ii) Second tranche of 19 per cent and third tranche of 20 per cent would be acquired during the FY 2023-24 and FY 2027-28, respectively, on such consideration as agreed between the Parent Company and the existing shareholders based on achievement of certain financial targets.

(g)    Incorporation of Asian White Cement Holding Limited:

The Parent Company has incorporated a subsidiary Company – Asian White Cement Holding Limited (‘AWCHL’) along with other partners in Dubai International Financial Centre, UAE on 2nd May, 2023 as the holding Company for the purpose of setting up an operating Company in Fujairah, UAE. The Parent Company is currently in the process of infusing capital in AWCHL and will hold a 70 per cent stake.

Tata Steel Ltd

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

i.    On 26th July, 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of itemised assets of Stork Ferro Alloys and Mineral IndustriesPrivate Limited (‘SFML’) to produce ferro alloys. The asset acquisition will provide aninorganic growth opportunity for Tata Steel Limited to augment its ferro alloys processing capacities. The asset acquisitionwas carried out for a purchase considerationof Rs1155.00 crore. The acquisition has been accountedfor in accordance with Ind AS 103 – ‘Business Combinations’. Fair value of identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed as on the date of acquisition is as below:

Rs. In crores

Fair value as on acquisition date
Non-current assets Property, plant and equipment 138.55
Right-of-use assets 17.94
Total assets [A] 156.49
Non-Current liabilities Lease liabilities 4.56
Other Liabilities 0.15
Total liabilities [B] 4.71
Fair value of identifiable net assets acquired [C=A-B] 151.78
Fair value as on acquisition date
Cash consideration paid 130.00
Deferred consideration 25.00
Total consideration paid [D] 155.00
Goodwill [D-C] 3.22

ii. Goodwill is attributable to the benefit of expected synergies, revenue growth and future market developments. These benefits are not recognised separately from goodwill because they do not meet the recognition criteria for identifiable intangible assets.

iii.    From the date of acquisition, SFML has contributed Rs.28.42 crore to revenue from operations and a loss of Rs.16.07 crore to profit before tax. Had the acquisition been effected at 1st April, 2022, the revenue of the Company would have been higher by Rs.13.24 crore and profit would have been lower by Rs.6.50 crore.

The Board of Directors of the Company had considered and approved the amalgamation of Tata Steel Long Products Limited (‘TSLP’), Tata Metaliks Limited (‘TML’), The Tinplate Company of India Limited (‘TCIL’), TRF Limited (‘TRF’), The Indian Steel & Wire Products Limited (‘ISWP’), Tata Steel Mining Limited (‘TSML’) and S & T Mining Company Limited (‘S & T Mining’) into and with the Company by way of separate schemes of amalgamation and had recommended a share exchange ratio / cash consideration. The equity shareholders of the entities will be entitled to fully paid up equity shares of the Company or cash consideration in the ratio as set out in the scheme. As part of the scheme of amalgamations, equity shares and preference shares, if any, held by the Company in the above entities shall stand cancelled. No shares of the Company shall be issued, nor any cash payment shall be made whatsoever by the Company in lieu of cancellation of shares of TSML and S & T Mining (both being wholly owned subsidiary companies). The proposed amalgamations will enhance management efficiency, drive sharper strategic focus and improveagility across businesses based on the strong parental support from the Company’s leadership. The amalgamations will also drive synergies through operational efficiencies, raw material security and better facility utilisation. As part of the defined regulatory process, the schemes of TSLP into and with the Company, TCIL into and with the Company, TML into and with the Company, TRF into and with the Company and ISWP into and with the Company have received approval(s) from stock exchanges and Security Exchange Board of India. Further, the schemes have been filed and are pending with the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal.

The Board of Directors of the Company had considered and approved the scheme of amalgamation of Angul Energy Limited (‘AEL’) into and with the Company by way of a scheme of amalgamation and had recommended a cash consideration for every fully paid-up equity share held by the shareholders (except the Company) in AEL as set out in the scheme. Upon the scheme coming into effect, the entire paid-up share capital of AEL shall stand cancelled in its entirety. The amalgamation will ensure the consolidation of all power assets under a single entity, which will increase system agility for power generation and allocation. It will help the Company to improve its plant reliability, ensuring a steady source of power supply while optimising cost. Further, such restructuring will lead to the simplification of group structure by eliminating multiple companies in similar operations, optimum use of infrastructure, and rationalisation of cost in the areas of operations and administrative overheads, thereby maximising shareholder value of the Company post-amalgamation. The scheme is subject to a defined regulatory approval process, which would require approval by stock exchanges and the Hon’ble National Company Law Tribunal.